E Proceeeding S Rice 2017 Final Draft

PROCEEDINGS
NATIONAL CONFERENCE
ON
RECENT INNOVATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(RICE-2017)
December 15-16, 2017

Organized by
Department of Civil Engineering
Editors:
Dr. V Srinivasa Reddy
Dr. V Mallikarjuna Reddy
Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering & Technology

Nizampet Road, Bachupally, Kukatpally Hyderabad- 500090,
Telangana State, India. Phone: +91-040- 65864440, 65864441 Fax:
+91-040-23040860 http://www.griet.ac.in/
PROCEEDINGS
NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON RECENT INNOVATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(RICE-2017)
© Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad
No part of this publication protected by the copyright notice may be reproduced or utilized in
any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or by
any information storage and retrieval system, without prior written permission from the
copyright owner. Statements and opinions in this proceedings are those the contributors and
the publishers or editors assume no responsibility for them. The authors are solely responsible
for the contents of the papers compiled in this volume.
ISBN 978-93-5279-269-6
Editors:
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Dr.V Mallikarjuna Reddy, Professor and HOD of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Printed and Published by-
GURU CALIXTO PUBLICATIONS

Road No 2, Srinivasa Housing Society, Nizampet
Road, Kukatpally, Hyderabad Telangana -500090
Email: gurupublishers@gmail.com
Late Sri Gokaraju Rangaraju Garu
Great Visionary and our Guiding Spirit
I congratulate the Department of Civil Engineering for
conducting National Conference on Recent Innovations in Civil
Engineering (RICE 2017) on 15-16 December 2017.
I wish them all the best.
We feel privileged to conduct a two day National Conference on

“Recent Innovations in Civil Engineering (Rice 2017)” on 15-16
December 2017 at GRIET. It is a moment of pride for our Civil
Engineering Department, youngest department at GRIET, to take
initiative to cover every aspect, potential for sustainable
environment, as part of various themes under the Conference. We
expect the participants to derive quality content as well as
contentment from these interactions, thus enriching the academic
circles for the growth and sustenance of society for generations
to come. I wish the conference a grand success.
About Department of Civil Engineering
The Department of Civil Engineering is established in the year 2008, with

an intake of sixty students which is further increased to 120 students from the
academic year 2009. It is a fast growing discipline in tune with the
infrastructure growth. The department has Master’s programme in Structural
Engineering, established in the year 2014 with an intake of eighteen students.
The department has well equipped laboratories with an emphasis on practical
skills and fundamentals. The Department has experienced and well talented
faculty which includes six doctorates.
About RICE 2017

National Conference on Recent Innovations in Civil Engineering
RICE 2017 held during December 15 – 16, 2017 in Department of Civil
Engineering, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology,
Hyderabad, Telangana, India, helps to bring together researchers, academicians
and Industrial experts in the field of Civil Engineering to a common forum.
The primary goal of the conference is to promote research and
development activities in Engineering and Technology. Secondly, it provides a
platform to exchange the knowledge and scientific information amongst
researchers, academicians, engineers, students and practitioners.
This conference will be held every year to make it an ideal workstation
for researchers, academicians, engineers and students to share views and
research and field experiences on recent innovations in relevant areas of Civil
Engineering.
I sincerely thank the participants of the conference for contributing their
research findings. Department of Civil Engineering is grateful to the
Management of GRIET for motivating us to conduct this conference.
- Convenor
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE
Chief Patron : Prof. P S Raju, Director, GRIET
Patron : Dr. Jandhyala N Murthy, Principal, GRIET
Convener : Dr. V Mallikarjuna Reddy, Professor and Head,

Dept. of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Co-Convenors : Dr. G V V Satyanarayana, Professor, GRIET

Dr. V Srinivasa Reddy, Professor, GRIET
Dr. C Lavanya, Associate Professor, GRIET
TECHNICAL COMMITTEE
1. Dr. Mohd Hussain, Prof, GRIET

2. Dr. N Sanjeev, Prof, GRIET
3. Dr. A Mallika, Prof & HOD, VNRVJIET
4. Dr. K Jagannadha Rao, Prof & HOD, CBIT
5. Dr. T Muralidhar Rao, Prof & HOD, CVR
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
1. Dr. M V Seshagiri Rao, JNTU (Retd.)

2. Dr. P Srinivas Rao, Vice Principal, JNTU
3. Dr. K Manjula Vani, Prof & HOD, JNTU
4. Dr. V Bhikshma, Prof & HOD, OU
5. Dr. I Satyanarayana Raju, Ex-Chairman, IEI
6. Er. S P Anchuri, GC Member, ICI
CHIEF GUESTS
Inaugural Ceremony:
Dr. G K Viswanadh
Professor of Civil Engineering & OSD to Vice-Chancellor JNTUH
Valedictory Ceremony:
Dr. Pradeep Kumar Ramancharla
Professor of Civil Engineering & Registrar IIIT Hyderabad
KEYNOTE LECTURES
1. Dr. G K Viswanadh, Professor of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH
2. Dr. M V Seshagiri Rao, Professor of Civil Engineering, CVR College of
Engineering, Hyderabad
3. Dr. N Darga Kumar, Asst. Professor & HOD of Civil Engineering, JNTUH
Manthani
4. Ar. Er. S P Anchuri, Chief Consultant, Anchuri and Anchuri, Vice President-
S, IAStructE, Hyderabad
5. Dr. R Pradeep Kumar, Professor of Civil Engineering & Registrar IIIT
Hyderabad
CHAIRS OF SESSIONS
Chair of Session 1: Dr. N Sanjeev, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Chair of Session 2: Dr. Md. Hussain, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Chair of Session 3: Dr. M V S Rao, Professor of Civil Engineering, CVR COE
Chair of Session 4: Dr. G V V Satyanarayana, Professor of Civil

Engineering, GRIET
PROGRAM
Day 1 (15-12-2107) (Friday)
9.30 am -10.00 am Inauguration Ceremony
10.00 am – 11.00 am Keynote Lecture by
Dr. G K Viswanadh, Professor of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH
11.00 am – 11.15 am Tea Break

11.15 am – 12.45 pm Keynote Lecture by
Dr. M V Seshagiri Rao, Professor & Dean, Department of Civil Engineering, CVR
College of Engineering, Hyderabad
12.45 pm – 2.00 pm Lunch
2.00 pm – 3.30 pm Keynote Lecture by

Dr. N Darga Kumar, Asst. Professor & HOD of Civil Engineering, JNTUH Manthani
3.00 pm – 3.15 pm Tea Break
3.15 pm – 5.00 pm Paper Presentation (Parallel Session -1&2)
Chair of Session 1: Dr. N Sanjeev, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Chair of Session 2: Dr. Md. Hussain, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET
Day 2 (16-12-2107) (Saturday)

9.30 am -11.00 am Keynote Lecture by
Ar. Er. S. P. Anchuri, Chief Consultant, Anchuri and Anchuri, Vice President-S,
IAStructE, Hyderabad
11.00 am – 11.15 am Tea Break
11.15 am – 1.00 pm Paper Presentation (Parallel Session -3&4)

Chair of Session 3: Dr. M V S Rao, Professor of Civil Engineering, CVR COE
Chair of Session 4: Dr. G V V Satyanarayana, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET
1.00 pm – 2.00 pm Lunch
2.00 pm – 3.30 pm Keynote Lecture by

Dr. R Pradeep Kumar, Professor of Civil Engineering & Registrar IIIT Hyderabad
3.00 pm – 3.15 pm
3.15 pm onwards
CONTENTS
S.No. Paper Title and Authors Page No.
Fuzzy Model Development In Green Building Material Selection

1 1
Akula Prakash, Naveen Reddy K, Tejeshwar Reddy P and Gunashekar M
A Feasibility study on beneficial use of crumb rubber for the improvement of
2 CBR Value 14
Swathi , Sushma and Amith K S
Performance of Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete Made With
3
Steel And Glass Fibers 20
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy, T Anil Kumar
Mechanical And Sorptivity Coefficient Studies Of Synthesized High Strength
4
Self-Compacting Concrete With Metakaolin And Micro Silica As Admixtures 31
Dr. M.V.Seshagiri Rao, K.V.Aruna Kumari
5 Settlement Analysis of Piled Raft System in offshore layered Soils

38
Srinivasa Reddy Ayuluri
6 Watershed Analysis of Anegunta

43
B.Shanmukheswara Babu
7 Effect of GGBS content on Age of Fly ash and GGBS based Geopolymer Mortar
49
G.Mallikarjuna Rao, R. Srujan, K. Sridhar Reddy
8 Performance Of Basalt Rock Fibre In Strength Characterstics Of Concrete

63
Mrs. K Hemalatha
Effect of High Temperature on Bond Strength of HYSD Bars in Fly ash based
9
Concrete 71
U. Tirumalesh, G. Hemalatha
10 FRP Retrofitting Of RC Building On Joints Using STAAD Pro

79
G. Hemalatha, U. Thirumalesh, Syed Mushtaq Hashmi
11 Experimental study on bacterial-based self-healing concrete

86
Karthik Chintalapudi1, Patil Aparna2, P.S.S. Himabindu3, S.Amulya4
Optimization of Electrolysis cell using CFD
12 K.Hanuma Rishi, Shagufta Akbari, G.SivaRama Krishna Reddy, S.Satya Venkatesh, 94
Pendyala Sowmya
13 A Material By Itself Can Be Eco-Friendly Bamboo: As A Construction Material

101
B. Vamsi Krishna
14 Comparative analysis of international codes of practices for buildings

111
Govardhan Mamilla, K.Radha Praneetha, A.Sai Sowmya, P.Vineetha, S.Manasa
15 Studies of Nitric acid Attack on SCBA Concrete

118
R Ramya Swetha
CONTENTS
An Experimental Study On Behaviour Of High Performance Glass Fibre

16
Reinforced Beam With Partial Replacement Of Cement By Silica Fume 126
M.S.Britto Jeyakumar
Optimization Of Quaternary Blended High Performance Concrete Mix
17
Proportioning 137
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy, R Nirmala
Case Study On Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete
18
149
P Santhi Raj, Ballekuri Swathi Jonnalagadda Anjani
Effect Of Packing Factor (PF) On Workability And Mechanical Properties Of

Self-Compacting Concrete Of M60 Grade With Fly Ash And Micro Silica As
19 153
Mineral Admixture
N Ramanjaneyulu, Dr.M.V.Seshagiri Rao, Dr.V.Bhasker Desai and Pravardhan Reddy
Spectral Reflectance Of Brinjal Crop Canopy With Stages
20 165
Rathod Ravinder
Analysis of Shear Behavior of BFRP Strengthened RC Beams
21 173
Vookanti Amarender, Dr. Sunil Pratap Reddy, Syed Riyaz
Experimental Studies of Blended SCC made with Granulated Blast Furnace Slag
22 as partial Fine aggregate replacement 178
SK.Shameena Bano, S. Shri Hari, Y.V.B.Sai Kumar
Evaluation of Cementing Efficiency of Ternary Blended High Strength Self-
23
Compacting Concrete 183
A. Venkat Sai Krishna, S. Shri Hari, B. Sneha Teja
Strength Appraisal Of Fibre Reinforced Concrete With Partial Replacement Of
24
OPC With Mineral Admixtures (Fly Ash, GGBS, Metakaolin) 189
Sathya Sai Regalla, Dr.N.Sanjeev
25 Effect of Elongation Index on the Bituminous Mixes

197
K.Shilpa
26 Study On Properties Of Construction Materials

202
P. SanthiRaj, P Sireesha
Compatibility of Sulphonated Naphthalene Formaldehyde and Lignosulphonates
27
based Superplasticizer with Portland Slag Cements 207
Janardhana Maganti and V.Siva Prasada Raju
28 Replacement of Sand with Quarry Dust in M30 Grade Concrete

214
T. Srikanth and K.Shyam Prakash
CONTENTS
A Study On Replacement Of Additives With CCR+FA To Improve Bearing

29
Capacity Of Soil 221
M. Surya Kumari,B. V. Siva Kavya, G. Jasmine Vincent
A Study On Replacement Of River Sand With Combination Of ROBO Sand, Fly
30 ash And GGBS In Fibre Reinforced Concrete 229
Pusa.Tanuj, Dr.N.Sanjeev
Strength of expansive soil treated with Lime, gypsum and coir fibre
31 237
Ch Vaishnavi
Effect of Recycled Aggregate on Fresh and Hardened State Properties of Self-
32
Compacting Concrete 245
Srinivas Vasam, K. Jagannadha Rao, M. V. Seshagiri Rao
Feasibility studies on influence of fibres in Self-Curing Concrete
33 C.Vivek Kumar, D Viharika, P Sanjana, P Anupama Reddy, T Shailaja,
253
N Varalakshmi
Autoclaved Aerated And Cellular Fly ash Concrete Blocks For Building
34
Constructions 259
Y. Kamala Raju, R. Meher Babu and Mohd. Husssain
35 An Experimental Investigation on Silica Fume on Steel Slag Concrete

265
Karthik, Dr.S Sunil Pratap Reddy,Muchakurthi Karthik
Compressive Strength Investigation On Ternary Blended Concrete And Normal
36
Concrete 278
G.Prudviraj, Saduwale Shrihari, C Rajashekar
Failure Of Pavements – Causes, Steps To Improve And Stabilization Of Roads
37
On Poor Subgrade Soils 286
Dr. N. Darga Kumar, Dr. C. Lavanya
Study On Observed Values Of Soaked CBR Of Lime-Stabilized Copper Slag
38
Cushion Laid Over Expansive Soil Bed 297
Dr. C. Lavanya, Dr. N. Darga Kumar
Studies On Mechanical Properties Of High Strength Self-Curing Concrete (M70
39
Grade) 303
Aelpula Girish Kumar, Dr.V.Mallikarjuna Reddy
40 Seismic Analysis Of RCC Multi-Storied Building On A Sloping Ground

311
Dr GVV Satyanarayana, B Abhilash
CONTENTS
Studies on Analysis of Rainfall and Runoff in Telangana Region of India

41
Dr.Mohd.Hussain, Ch.Chaitanya Lakshmi, Varala Akhila, Sai Sowmya Asadi , 325
Samatha Ratan and Sampath Manasa
42 Safety at Signalized Intersections – A Case Study in Kolkata City

334
Jahnavi Yarlagadda
43 Durability Studies Of SFR-SCC Subjected To Elevated Temperatures

338
G.Jyothi Kumari, ESTR Chandrasekhar.B, Dr.M.V.Seshagiri Rao
Studies on Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete Made With
44
Steel and Polypropylene Fibers 347
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy, N Ravikanth Goud
Studies on fresh and hardened properties of Self-compacting concrete with
45
GGBS, silica fume and metakaolin as mineral admixture (M30 grade) 358
B.Shushruth,V.Naresh Kumar Varma
A Brief Review On Strength And Durability Properties Of Fly Ash And Slag
46
Based Geopolymer Concrete 370
T.Srinivas, O.Srinath, G.Bharath
An Experimental Investigation On Mechanical Properties Of Self-Curing
47
Concrete (M20 Grade) 376
Mohammad. Sumair Talha, Dr. V. Mallikarjuna Reddy
Studies On Permeability And Sorptivity Of Low Calcium Fly ash And Slag
48
Based Geopolymer Concrete 387
T.Srinivas, V.Rahul, Dr. N. V. Ramana Rao
A Case Study Partial Replacement of Cement with Marble Powder in Concrete
49
Mix 395
S Venkatachrayulu
50 Studies on strength characteristics of Self-curing concrete

407
M V Jagannadha Kumar, Dr. B Dean Kumar, Dr. K Jagannadha Rao
51 Strength Appraisal of Concrete by Using Recycled Aggregates

418
B.C. Sri Krishna, V.Naresh Kumar Varma
Assessment Of Chloride Ion Penetration Of Bacterial Concrete
52 K Satya Sai Trimurty Naidu, Dr. M V Seshagiri Rao, Dr. V Srinivasa Reddy, 426
C Bhaskar
Lateral Response Of Steel Braced Reinforced Concrete Structure Of
53
Unsymmetrical High Rise Buildings 433
Dr.V Mallikarjuna Reddy , G.Sravanthi
Proceedings of National Conference on Recent Innovations in Civil Engineering (RICE 2017)
Department of Civil Engineering, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUZZY MODEL DEVELOPMENT IN GREEN BUILDING
MATERIAL SELECTION
Akula Prakash1, Naveen Reddy K2, Tejeshwar Reddy P3 and Gunashekar M4
1
Assitant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, Email: akulprakash93@gmail.com
2,3,4
Students, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad – 500090.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Fuzzy logic is a moderately new method for tackling building control issues. This method is regularly used to
execute frameworks beginning from simple, small or even inserted up to monster. Fuzzy set hypothesis has been
usual model frameworks that are challenging to diagram precisely. As a system, fuzzy set hypothesis joins
imprecision and subjectivity into the model definition and arrangement prepare. Probabilistic techniques are
being utilized progressively in development building. However, when a parameter is communicated in phonetic
as opposed to numerical terms, traditional likelihood hypothesis neglects to consolidate the data. The
etymological factors can be converted into scientific measures utilizing fuzzy set and framework hypothesis. A
development administration issue i.e., estimation of term of an action, is unraveled utilizing this hypothesis. The
proposed procedure is not touchy to little varieties in the participation values. This is an extremely alluring
property. In any case, the strategy is delicate to the decision of the fuzzy relations. The instability in the fuzzy
relations can be demonstrated alongside different wellsprings of vulnerability. The mean and difference of the
parameters required in the issue under thought are evaluated here utilizing another technique. The strategy
boosts the result of the whole of the enrollment relationship for a specific recurrence of event and the
comparing recurrence of event. One of the primary favorable circumstances of the proposed method is that it
can be effortlessly actualized in existing PC programs for venture planning. In Green building planning
viewpoints, material choice assumes a significant part in accomplishing the building guidelines; it is possible
that it might be of green or non-green materials. Keeping in mind the end goal to accomplish perspective
consummately, essential Fuzzy logic approach is to be actualized in order to choose the best option among
different accessible materials. This should be possible by dispensing the essential enrollment values based upon
the past encounters and positioning them in a request in view of our development necessities all the while. By
utilizing this approach, we can likely choose the best material in view of both subjective and quantitative
perspective.
Keywords: Green Building material; Fuzzy set theory; Fuzzy Model Development
1.0 Introduction
Nowadays, individuals give cautious thought to biological security; in this way develop
another example called Green Buildings. It's not about the shading green, but instead has
something to do with another basic thought. The "Green Building" is an interdisciplinary
subject, where the green building thought joins countless, fragments and philosophy which
veer to a couple subtopics that weaved to outline the green building thought. Generally, the
green building is thought to be a characteristic fragment, as the green building materials are
created from neighborhood eco-sources, i.e. biologically cordial materials, which are then
used to make an eco-advancement subject to an eco-arrange for that give a strong situation in
view of the social and compositional legacy being developed while ensuring security of
trademark resources.
Green building implies both a structure and the using of systems that are earth competent and
resource capable all through a building's life-cycle: from alluding to blueprint, improvement,
operation, upkeep, overhaul, and annihilation. Toward the day's end, green building plot
incorporates finding the amicability among homebuilding and the supportable environment.
1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This requires close coordinated effort of the setup gather; the artists, the authorities, and the
client at all suspect stages.
2.0 Green Building Material
Green Building material is a sort of building material which would not make harm human
body. As it were, Green Building material is of low-contamination, low-stench building
material. The toxic substance in the building material would spread through inside design and
connect to the indoor environment. To the individuals who stay inside for quite a while,
because of long introduction to this sort of lethal environment, there is a greatly negative
effect on human body. To recognize the advantageous building material that shields
individuals from toxin and risk, evaluation of building material is for the most part in light of
indoor development material and beautification material. Those building material which is
met all requirements for the assessing standard would be given the marker called "Green
Building Material."
There are three noteworthy points of interest:
 Diminishes the biological load and vitality utilization of the substance blend material.
 Diminishes the generation of vitality and asset utilization by reusing.
 Utilizing common material and low unpredictable natural building material may lessen the
peril of combination material.
Need of Green Building Material

The inside adornment material and floor surface material ought to be Green Building
material. As indicated by research examines, the decide that rate of Green Building material
ought to take up no less than 30 percent of the aggregate inside adornment material in
addition to floor surface material. In this way, the utilization of Green Building material is by
all methods important to Green Buildings.
Categories of Green Building material:
Green Building material is isolated into four sorts: the natural building material, the sound
building material, the elite building material, and the reusing building material.
Biological Green Building material:
In correlation with other building material, the Green Building material is the slightest
prepared, subsequently the most normal, biological material; it expends the minimum vitality
and asset
Solid Building material:
Solid building material is of low contamination, low request, and low physiological peril. It
points predominantly at low unpredictable natural mixes, for example, water ecological
neighborly paint, water-wood paint, and epoxy gum paint.
Superior Building material:
Superior building material can vanquish the inadequacy of customary building material,
enhancing quality execution. Elite soundproof Green Building material can adequately
counteract clamor impacts on the personal satisfaction
Reusing Building material:
Reusing building material is low handled, low vitality expending, low carbon dioxide release,
2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
low contamination release, actually disintegrated, and reusable. Blended material reusing
building material alludes to wood or stone building material blended with waste plastics,
glass, and so forth, which creates new building material, for example, impersonation wood
and water porous blocks.
3.0 Fuzzy Set
In traditional set hypothesis, a set is characterized as a gathering of articles having a general
property, e.g., a class or an arrangement of solid blends, or a gathering of worker. A
representative works either as an agreement premise or for perpetual. On the off chance that
he chips away at contract premise, he is said to have a place with the gathering of agreement
individuals, or to have a participation of 1 in the class of worker. On the off chance that he is
not chipping away at an agreement premise, he then has no participation in the class or his
enrollment review is zero. On the off chance that this idea is reached out to grasp another sort
of set, say a subset of "extremely experienced" contract worker. A tasteful response to this
question is troublesome one as the class of "extremely experienced" representative is not a set
in the established sense, but rather has a place witha fuzzy, not freshly characterized sort. The
meaning of "extremely experienced" may include a range of human observations and the
class of "exceptionally experienced" contractual worker representative is in this manner said
to speak to a fuzzy set.
In science, fuzzy sets will be sets whose components have degrees of participation. In
established hypothesis, fuzzy set allows the continuous evaluation of enrollment of
components in a set, this is portrayed with the guide of a participation work esteemed in the
genuine unit interim of [0, 1]
4.0 Related Literature

The first fuzzy set hypothesis by Zadeh and Goguen demonstrate the expectation of the
creators to sum up the established idea of a set and a suggestion to oblige fuzziness as in it is
contained in human dialect i.e., in human judgment, assessment, and choices. Presenting the
fuzzy set hypothesis by Zadeh in 1965 opened promising new skylines to various logical
zones such as project scheduling. fuzzy hypothesis, with assuming imprecision in choice
parameters and using mental models of specialists is a way to deal with adjust planning
models into reality
Zadeh composes: 'The thought of a fuzzy set gives a helpful purpose of flight for the
development of a theoretical structure which parallels in many regards the system utilized as
a part of the instance of standard sets, yet is more broad than the last mentioned and
conceivably may demonstrate to have a much more extensive extent of materialness,
especially in the fields of example grouping and data handling. Basically, such a system gives
a characteristic method for managing issues in which the wellspring of imprecision is the
nonappearance of forcefully characterized criteria of class enrollment as opposed to the
nearness of irregular factors.
To this end, a few strategies have been created amid the last three decades, the
acknowledgment of this hypothesis developed gradually in the 1970s of the most recent
century. In the second 50% of the 1970s, in any case, the principal effective useful
applications in the control of innovative procedures by means of fuzzy run based frameworks,
called fuzzy control (warming frameworks, concrete industrial facilities, and so forth.), and
3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
supported the enthusiasm for this region extensively. Effective applications, especially in
Japan, in clothes washers, camcorders, cranes, metro trains, thus on activated further intrigue
and research in the 1980s so that in 1984 as of now roughly 4000 distributions existed
The first strategy called FPERT (Fuzzy PERT), was proposed by Chanas and Kamburowski
(1981). They introduced the venture fulfillment time as a fuzzy set in the time space. Gazdik
(1983) built up a fuzzy system of an a priori unknown venture to evaluate the action term,
and utilized fuzzy arithmetical administrators to compute the span of the venture and its basic
way. This work is called FNET
The lists of sources by Zimmerman (1983) and Lai and Hwang (1994) survey the writing on
fuzzy sets in operations inquire about and fuzzy different target basic leadership separately.
Maiers and Sherif (1985) audit the writing on fuzzy mechanical controllers and give a list of
utilizations of fuzzy set hypothesis to twelve branches of knowledge including basic
leadership, financial aspects, designing and operations examine.
Karwowski and Evans (1986) distinguish the potential utilizations of fuzzy set hypothesis to
the accompanying regions of generation administration: new item improvement, offices area
and design, creation planning and control, stock administration, quality and money saving
advantage investigation. Karwowski and Evans distinguish three key reasons why fuzzy set
hypothesis is important to creation administration explore. To start with, imprecision and
ambiguity are natural to the chief's mental model of the issue under review. In this manner,
the chief's involvement and judgment might be utilized to supplement built up speculations to
cultivate a superior comprehension of the issue. Second, in the generation administration
environment, the data required to figure a model's target, choice factors, imperatives and
parameters might be obscure or not absolutely quantifiable. Third, imprecision and
unclearness thus of individual predisposition and subjective assessment may additionally
hose the quality and amount of accessible data.
Fuzzy enhancement and operations research was given by Negoita (1981), Zimmerman
(1983) and Kaufmann (1986). A thorough survey of fuzzy master frameworks in modern
designing, operations research, and administration science was given by Turksen (1992).
Han et al. (1994) consider the n work, single machine most extreme delay planning issue with
fuzzy due dates and controllable machine speeds. The goal is to locate an ideal calendar and
employment astute machine speeds which limit the aggregate total of costs related with
disappointment of all occupation culmination times and occupation insightful machine
speeds. A direct participation capacity is utilized to depict the level of fulfillment concerning
work culmination times. Incremental machine speed expenses are characterized as the cost
related with electrical power or potentially work. A polynomial time calculation is utilized to
acquire arrangements.
Ishii and Tada (1995) display an effective calculation for deciding non commanded plans for
the n work single machine booking issue when a fuzzy priority relationship exists between
occupations. The bi-criteria target of the calculation is to limit normal occupation delay while
boosting the insignificant fulfillment level as for the fuzzy priority connection. The
unpredictability of the calculation is contemplated and bearings for future research on
employment shop planning with fuzzy priority relations are distinguished.
4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Roy and Zhang (1996) build up a fuzzy element booking calculation (FDSA) for the n work
m machine work shop planning issue. Fuzzy rationale is utilized to consolidate customary
occupation shop planning tenets to shape total heuristic guidelines. Participation capacities
for occupations, measuring plans for need rules utilized in FDSA, and the fuzzy
administrators required in playing out the fuzzy changes are characterized. Recreation tests
including 20 occupations and up to 15 machines are directed. Routine need rules (FCFS,
SPT, EDD, and CR) are contrasted with three fuzzy heuristic guidelines under FDSA for the
accompanying execution measures: greatest and mean stream time, most extreme and mean
occupation delay, and the quantity of late employments. Comes about show that the fuzzy
heuristic guidelines perform well in the employment shop issues examined
Other scientists, for example, Kuchta (2001), Yao and Lin (2000), Chanas and Zielinski
(2001), and, Oliveros and Robinson (2005), utilizing fuzzy numbers, introduced different
strategies to acquire fuzzy basic ways and basic exercises and action delay. Past work on
system booking utilizing fuzzy hypothesis gives techniques to planning ventures.
5.0 Fuzzy Model Development

Give X a chance to be a universe, or an arrangement of components x's, and let A be a subset
of X. Every component "x" is related with an enrollment incentive to the subset A. In the
event that A is an standard, non-fuzzy or fresh set, then the membership function is given by
1 ; if x belongs to A
µA(x) =
0 ; if x does not belong to A
In the above condition, there are just two conceivable outcomes for a component x, either
being an individual from A. For this situation, A has sharp limits. Then again, if the
membership function is permitted to take values in the interim (0, 1), A is known as a fuzzy
set. In fuzzy set, A does not have sharp limits and the enrollment of x to A is fuzzy.
The documentation of fuzzy sets, concede fractional participation. A fuzzy set is

subsequently a net with individuals having a continuum of evaluations of participation, from
0 to 1. Equation 1 represents the fundamental idea of fuzzy sets by their membership
definition.
FUZZY SET (M) CRISP SET (N)

µM (A) = 0 to 1 µN (A) = 1
A = x, µA(x) , x € A and A ⊂ U; 0 ≤ µA(x) ≤ 1 -- (1)
U = Union Matrix
For example, let x be the level of experience of labor which may range from excellent
experience i.e., x =1.0, to “never been to a construction site,” i.e., x= 0. By dividing the range
5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of labor experience into increments of 0.1, “short experience,” A, as a linguistic variable and
can be expressed as Equation 2.
A= x1=0.5 / µA(x1) = 0.1, x2=0.4 / µA(x2) = 0.2, x3=0.3 / µA(x3) = 0.5, x4 =0.2 / µA(x4) =
0.6, x5=0.1 / µA(x5) = 0.9, x6=0 / µA(x6) = 1.0 -- (2)
Or in short, it can be expressed as

A= 0.5/0.1, 0.4/0.2, 0.3/0.5, 0.2/0.6, 0.1/0.9, 0.0/1
6.0 Research Methodology:

The accompanying strategy is created to choose the best material among the different
accessible materials utilizing fuzzy logic approach:
 Identify the applicable qualitative and quantitative components.
 Allocate membership values for such components from specialists.
 Develop a position network with the assistance of apportioned membership values for
every material
 Calculate the predominance lattice qualities to speak to the dominances of materials.
 Sum up the rows and columns.
 Select the materials with greatest column sum and low row sum.
 Rank the materials which come about the best option among the available materials based
upon the best qualitative and quantitative elements.
Example for Position Matrix:
M1 M2 • • • Mn
N1 D11 D12 • • • D1n
N2 D21 D22 • • • D2n
N3 D31 D32 • • • D3n
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
Nm Dm1 Dm2 • • • Dmn
Where,
M1, M2, M3, M4…Mn are various available materials
N1, N2, N3, N4 ….Nm are various quantitative and qualitative parameters for that material
D11, D12, D13, D14 …D1n and D11, D21, D31, D41…Dn1
Membership values allocated by experts for such parameter to that particular material
Conversion of Position matrix to Dominance Matrix:
M1 M2 • • • Mn
M1 d11 d12 • • • d1n
M2 d21 d22 • • • d2n
M3 d31 d32 • • • d3n
• • • • • • •
6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
Mm dm1 dm2 • • • dmn
Where,
d11, d12, d13, d14…… d1n and d11, d21, d31, d41,… dn1 are dominance values calculated for that
particular material based upon the qualitative and the quantitative aspects.
d12 indicates how many times column 2 is dominating 1
Whereas,
d11 = d22 = d33 = ……= d(n-2)(n-2) = d(n-1)(n-1) = dnn = 0 Because there is no self dominance
among themselves
Note:
 Obtained dominance matrix should be always a square matrix
 If row sum is not minimum while developing a dominance matrix, consider only
maximum column sum
 If both of the column sums or row sums are equal in number, then consider any material
arbitrarily.
Material determination criteria:

Material determination handle assumes a vital part in the building development rehearses.
Determination criteria rely on upon the cost and amount, as well as rely on upon the
subjective perspectives like usefulness, material accessibility, client appearance, development
rehearses and their troubles. The way toward selecting materials is in this manner a basic
leadership prepare including an extensive variety of criteria for which the data can be
uncertain and objective. The material determination prepares including various criteria have
been performed methodically by utilizing essential fuzzy set operations in this proposition.
In this process, I have taken different building materials, for example, Green building
materials, Non Green building materials and in addition recycled materials. Utilizing
fundamental fuzzy set operations, best option can be picked based upon qualitative and the
quantitative viewpoints regardless of the cost of that material.
In this procedure, I have considered the choice procedure of Concrete which gathers the real
bit in the development business and accepted that Fly Ash Concrete (15% Fly Ash) and
Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag Cement Concrete (20% GGBS) as Green building
materials, Temperature Controlled Concrete and Regular Concrete as Non Green building
materials, Recycled Concrete (Waste Concrete gathered from another Constructed site and
afterward it is reused and utilized for readiness of new cement for new Construction endless
supply of appropriate admixtures) is expected as Recycled material as appeared in Figure 1.
7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Types of
materials
Green Non Green Recycled

Materials Materials Material
Material 1 Material 2 Material 3 Material 4 Material 5
Temperature Regular Recycled

Fly Ash GGBS Controlled
Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
Concrete
Figure 1: Categorization of available materials
Subsequent to selecting the materials in view of the prerequisite, consider the qualitative and
also the quantitative angles for every material, which may change the choice criteria. In this
theory, I have accepted different parameters, for example nature of material, usefulness,
material accessibility, client bid, development hones, development challenges and cost of
materials.
Membership values are allocated based upon the accessible parameters for every individual
component, and they are to be positioned among themselves based upon the prerequisite for
the development hones as shown on Table 1. For instance, a material can be picking either by
high caliber or else with low quality material, in some cases either with high cost or else with
ease material. In any case, utilizing fundamental fuzzy set operations we can interlink the
different parameters. For example, material of high caliber with ease or high caliber with high
cost individually. To grow such relationship amongst qualitative and the quantitative
perspectives, classify the participation values for every last material considering each of the
individual viewpoints separately.
Based upon the enrollment values allotted to different materials regarding their qualitative
and quantitative parameters, material determination will be finished. These determination
criteria is not in light of a solitary parameter, it incorporates every single individual parameter
that can be assessed by building up the relationship between them, which should be possible
by utilizing essential fuzzy approach where we can classify the participation estimations of
the considerable number of materials as for their qualitative classifications with a specific end
goal to build up the position framework, and from that point changing over it to the strength
network by ascertaining the predominance values which speaks to that predominance of such
material when contrasted with different materials separately.
8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1: Membership values allocated for various materials with their rankings
Membership Value / Ranking Allocated
Green Material Non Green Material Re-cycled

Criteria
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
Quality 0.65 0.74 0.69 0.57 0.60

0.7 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.6
Functionality 0.79 0.74 0.53 0.46 0.83

0.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 1.0
Material Availability 0.61 0.55 0.76 0.79 0.65

0.6 0.5 0.8 1.0 0.7
Appearance 0.58 0.62 0.82 0.76 0.74

1.0 0.8 0.5 0.6 0.7
Construction Practices 0.78 0.74 0.55 0.43 0.88

0.6 0.7 1.0 0.8 0.5
Construction Difficulties 0.68 0.57 0.38 0.36 0.43
0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.7
Cost Of Material 0.68 0.67 0.58 0.62 0.54

0.5 0.6 0.9 0.7 1.0
Position matrix:
Tabulate the membership values of each and every element with respect to their
corresponding qualitative parameter.
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
Quality 0.65 0.74 0.69 0.57 0.60
Functionality 0.79 0.74 0.53 0.46 0.83
Material Availability 0.61 0.55 0.76 0.79 0.65
Appearance 0.58 0.62 0.82 0.76 0.74
Construction
0.78 0.74 0.55 0.43 0.88
Practices
Construction
0.68 0.57 0.38 0.36 0.43
Difficulties
Cost of Material 0.68 0.67 0.58 0.62 0.54
9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dominance matrix:
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
M1 0 2 3 2 4
M2 5 0 2 2 4
M3 4 5 0 2 3
M4 5 5 5 0 4
M5 3 3 4 3 0
After developing the dominance matrix using membership values, sum up all the rows and
columns of dominance values and choose column with maximum sum and row with
minimum sum respectively.
Step 1:
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 Sum
M1 0 2 3 2 4 11
M2 5 0 2 2 4 13
M3 4 5 0 2 3 14
M4 5 5 5 0 4 19
M5 3 3 4 3 0 13
Sum 17 15 14 9 15
Choose the material with maximum column sum and minimum row sum. In the above matrix,
Material 1 satisfies such condition, as a result Material 1 will be the best alternative among
available materials
Step 2:
M2 M3 M4 M5 Sum
M2 0 2 2 4 8
M3 5 0 2 3 10
M4 5 5 0 4 14
M5 3 4 3 0 10
Sum 13 11 7 11
In the above matrix, Material 2 satisfies such condition, as a result Material 2 will be the 2nd
best alternative among available materials.
Step 3:
M3 M4 M5 Sum
M3 0 2 3 5
M4 5 0 4 9
M5 4 3 0 7
Sum 9 5 7
In the above matrix, Material 3 satisfies such condition, as a result Material 3 will be the 3rd
Step 4:
M4 M5 Sum
M4 0 4 4
M5 3 0 3
Sum 3 4
In the above matrix, Material 5 satisfies such condition, as a result Material 5 will be the 4th
10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 5:
M4 Sum
M4 0 0
Sum 0
In the above matrix, Material 4 will be the last alternative among available materials
Results and Discussions:
Table 2: Material selection order based on Fuzzy logic approach
Preference
S.No Description Type of material
order
1 Material 1 Fly Ash Concrete Green material
2 Material 2 GGBS Concrete Green material
Temperature
3 Material 3 Controlled Non Green material
Concrete
Recycled
4 Material 5 Recycled material
Concrete
5 Material 4 Regular Concrete Non Green material
Despite the fact that we are dispensing higher cost to Green material than alternate materials,
best chose elective utilizing essential Fuzzy Logic approach technique is likewise a Green
material as appeared in Table 2. It essentially says that material choice won't depend just
upon the cost parameter; it likewise incorporates subjective and quantitative viewpoints as
talked about before. The designation of enrollment qualities is simply a supposition based
upon our prerequisite. As information parameter changes, naturally yield determination
criteria will likewise be modified. Material determination request of two people may not
correspond with each other; it is absolutely based upon the independently assigned
participation values for such materials. So keeping in mind the end goal to assess Fuzzy
Logic approach in choice process, ensure that each individual achieves same enrollment
values for the accessible materials, generally the examination of the last report may not
harmonize with others. Comparative system is connected in determination of different
materials.
Conclusions:
 Material choice assumes a vital part in the building outline and possesses a noteworthy bit
in the development rehearse. Every material ought to be tried whether that material meets
the Green building measures or else; those materials are to be supplanted by some different
materials.
 Material determination by Fuzzy Logic approach is simply done on a creative energy
premise. Designated enrollment values for those materials are given based upon the
individual enthusiasm for such material, and correspondingly rankings are likewise
distributed based upon the past encounters, as appeared in Table 1
 Material determination request of two people may not match with each other; it is
absolutely based upon the exclusively dispensed participation values for such materials. So
as to assess Fuzzy Logic approach in determination handle, ensure that each individual
achieves same participation values for the accessible materials; generally the examination
11
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the last report may not match with others, as appeared in Table 2
References
[1] Akula Prakash and Gopal Naik M (2017). “Analysis on Green Buildings, Case study:
CII Sohrabji GBC, Hyderabad, India” 3rd National Conference on Innovative
Research in Civil Engineering (NCIRCE 2017), Malla Reddy Engineering College
(Autonomous), Hyderabad. ISBN 978 93 83 038 52 7 Page : 69 - 83
[2] Akshay B. Mokal, Allaudin I. Shaikh, Shamashree S. Raundal, Sushma J. Prajapati
and Uday J. Phatak (2015). “Green Building Materials – A Way towards Sustainable
Construction.” International Journal of Application or Innovation in Engineering and
Management (IJAIEM), Vol. 4 (4), Page 244 - 249.
[3] Ali Hikmat H. and Al Nsairat Saba (2009). “Developing a green building assessment
tool for developing countries - Case of Jordan.” Building and Environment, Elsevier
publications, Page 1053 - 1064
[4] Boyd T. and Kimmet P. (2006). “The Triple Bottom Line Approach to Property
Performance Evaluation” PRRES Conference 2006, Cairns, Australia, School of
Construction Management and Property, Queensland University of Technology
[5] Carr, V. and Tah, J.H.M. (2001), “A fuzzy approach to construction project risk
assessment and analysis: construction project risk management system”, Advances in
Engineering Software, Vol. 32, page 847-857.
[6] Dubois, D. and Prade, H. (1980); “Fuzzy sets and systems. Theory and applications”,
Academic Press Inc., New York, USA.
[7] K.L. Edwards (2005). “Selecting materials for optimum use in engineering
components”, Materials & Design, Vol. 26, No.5, 469-472, 2005.
[8] K.R. Tretheway, R.J.K. Wood and P.R. Roberge (1998). “Development of a
knowledge-based system for materials management”. Materials & Design, Vol.19,
No.1, 39-56, 1998.
[9] Kumar V.S.S. and Hanna A.S. (2004). “A Fuzzy Logic Approach to Selection of
Cranes.” Journal of Structural Engineering, SERC, Vol. 30 (4), Page 215-224.
[10] Kumar V.S.S. (2003). “HRD Analysis using Fuzzy Logic Approach in
Construction Industry.” Journal of Construction Management, NICMAR, India, Page
45-53.
[11] Laura Florez, Daniel Castro-Lacouture and Javier Irizarry (2010). “Impact of
Sustainability Perceptions on Optimal Material Selection in Construction Projects.”
Second International Conference on Sustainable Construction Materials and
Technologies, June 28 - 30, 2010, Ancona, Italy.
[12] L.Y. Ljungberg (2007). “Materials selection and design for development of
sustainable products”, Materials & Design, Vol.28, No.2, 466-479, 2007.
[13] L.Y. Ljungberg and K.L. Edwards (2003). “Design, materials selection and
marketing of successful products”, Materials & Design, Vol.24, No.7, 519-529, 2003.
12
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[14] Pack, J.H., Lee, Y.W. and Napier, T.R. (1992), “Selection of design-build
proposal using fuzzy-logic system”, Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, Vol. 118, Page 303-317.
[15] Rao S.S., Kumar K. R., Raju S.S. and Kumar V.S.S. (2006). “Decision making
under conditions of Uncertainty in Construction Industry Using Fuzzy Logic
Approach.” Journal of Civil Engineering and Construction Review, New Delhi, India,
Page 48-52.
[16] R.S. Khabbaz, B.D. Manshadi, A. Abedin and R. A. Mahmudi (2009).
“Simplified fuzzy logic approach for materials selection in mechanical engineering
design”, Materials & Design, 30, No.3, 687-697, 2009.
[17] Satyanarayana G., Murthy V.S.N., Rao Irfan and Kumar V.S.S. (2004).
“Project Costing: Get Value for Money.” Journal of Construction World, India, Vol.
6(7), Page 40-44.
[18] Zhang Xiaoling, Andrew platen and Liyin Shen (2011). “Green property
development practice in China: Costs and barriers.” Building and Environment,
Elsevier Publications, Vol. 46 (11), Page 2153 – 5160
13
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A FEASIBILITY STUDY ON BENEFICIAL USE OF CRUMB
RUBBER FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF CBR VALUE
Swathi1, Sushma2 and Amith K S3
Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Use of waste material to stabilize the weak soil is one of the best solution for waste disposal. Tires which are not
properly disposed is significantly contribute to fire hazards. Many countries have banned the disposal of the
waste tires in sanitary landfills. The use of waste tires as fuel is now prohibited by the Indian Government due to
its environmental impact. In this regard, to develop newer application a study has been conducted for the
application of crumb rubber for possible use in highway construction. .This paper presents the feasibility study
conducted on weak soil to study the effect of crumb rubber on CBR Value with varying percentages. The study
revealed that there was a considerable decrease in pavement thickness and improvement in subgrade with
addition of shredded tire chips up to 10%.
Keywords: Shredded tire chips (Crumb rubber powder), CBR Value.
1.0 Introduction
Disposal of wastes is one of the major problem which has been found a great deal of concern
since the sprout of industrialization. This attention is mainly because of scarcity in usable
land and increase in industrial activities on the environment. Immense usage of industrial
waste in various applications is one of the best alternative to the land disposal. For many
years different types of non conventional materials like flyash fibers bio-enzymes etc (Laya
N Nayar 2016) have been immensely used to improve the problematic soils. This has given
chance to many researches to find an alternative non conventional materials in improving the
subgrade property and also to reduce the thickness of pavement. How ever crumb rubber
powder have proven to be a best non conventional material which is of major concern in
waste disposal (Binod Tiwari,2014). . It was used particularly to improve the shear strength
of a locally available soil where friction angle was founded to improve with addition of
crumb rubber powder to portage sand increases its shear strength and intial fiction angle
increases as shred content was increased (J.Bosscher1996) (Joon C Lee 2007) used
2.0 Material Properties and Methodology
Soil used in the study was locally available soil which has low strength and was dried
naturally to remove all the moisture content present in it and was passed through 425 micron
sieve before conducting the tests. Crumb rubber was procured from the local market
(workshop) for the purposed work which is a recycled rubber from automotive and truck
scrap tires. The specific gravity of crumb rubber powder was found to be 0.85. The index and
Engineering properties are tabulated in table 1
Locally available soil which was taken to know the variation of CBR Value with addition of
crumb rubber powder .By Atterberg limits the soil was classified as MH or OH and the
plasticity index is greater than 10% hence in its natural state it cannot be used as subgrade for
pavement. Since crumb rubber was locally available to find a suitable use for them it was
added to the soil in different percentages and was mixed with varying percentages of crumb
14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rubber powder viz 2%, 6%, 10% & 14% respectively and the behavior was studied by
conducting standard proctor test and CBR Test.
Property value
Specific Gravity 2.58
Coefficient of Uniformity (Cu) 5.65
Coefficient of Curvature (Cc) 1.01
Liquid limit 79%
Plastic limit 20%
Plasticity Index 59%
Soil Classification MH or OH
Maximum Dry Density 16.5g/cc
Optimum Moisture Content 16%
Fig 2.1 Crumb rubber from cracker mill
3.0 Results and Discussions
Fig 3.1 and 3.2 shows the Dry density of soil with variation in moisture content and
penitration of soil against load respectively . From the graph it was observed that for soil
without addition of crumb rubber powder the optimum moisture content was found to be
1.65g/cc and 16% respectively. The corresponding CBR value was found to be
4.23%
Fig 3.1 :Dry density vs W% for soil without addition of crumb rubber powder
15
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 3.2 : load-penetration curve for soil without addition of Crumb rubber powder
Similarly it can be observed from fig 3.3 and 3.4 that the drydensity of soil after addition of
2% crumb rubber was found to be 1.63g/cc with the same optimum moisture content. The
corresponding CBR value for the addition of 2% crumb rubber was found to be 8.62% which
is slightly more when compared to the CBR value of soil which was not stabilised with
crumb rubber.From this it can be inferred that with addition of shredded tyre chips the CBR
value can increased so that thickness of pavement can be decreased considerably .
Fig 3.3 :Dry density vs water content for soil without addition of crumb rubber powder
Fig 3.4 : load-penetration curve for soil with 2% Crumb rubber powder
The drydensity -moisture content plot for 6% 10% and 14% is shown in figure 3.5 and 3.7
respectively. Also load penetration plot for 6% 10% and 14% is shown in fig 3.6 ,3.8 and 3.9
respectively . It can be observed from these plots that for soil stabilised with 6% the dry
density and OMC was found to be 1.61g/cc and the corresponding OMC was found to be
14%. The corresponding CBR value for 6% , 10% and and 14% was found to be 9.13%
16
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
,9.63% and 6.08% respectively . It can be infered from the above analysis that there is a
considerable decrease in CBR value for percentage of crumb rubber powder beyond 10% and
this may be attributed to the fact that the soil cotaining 10% crumb rubber powder gets
maximum stabilisation beyond which even after addition of crumb rubber powder leads to
reduction in CBR value and and also maximum dry density respectively
Fig 3.6 :Dry density vs water content for soil With 10% of crumb rubber powder
Fig 3.7 load-penetration curve for soil with 10% Crumb rubber powder
17
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 3.8 :Dry density vs water content for soil With addition of 14% crumb rubber powder
4.0 Conclusions
Based on the analysis on the crumb rubber stabilized soils the following observations and
conclusions are drawn:
 Crumb rubber powder mixed with the soil showed improvement in CBR value with
its addition up to 10% and there onwards decreased with further increase in crumb
rubber powder.
 Percentage improvement in CBR value of soil is 10%. Increase in CBR value reduces
the overall thickness of the pavement and the total cost involved in construction of
roads.
 There was a considerable increase in CBR value with addition of crumb rubber
powder which intern leads to reduction in thickness of pavement
 The maximum load carrying capacity followed by less value of rebound deflection is
obtained for waste tyre rubber reinforces pavement as compared to unreinforced
flexible pavement system.
 Based on results the CBR value for 10% shredded tire chips was found to be greater
and feasible when compared to other varying percentages of tire chips added to soil.
Hence it is concluded that for light ,medium and heavy traffic the thickness of
pavement was found to be 390mm 450mm 600mm respectively .
 Based on the above study ,it can be inferred that the use of crumb rubber as a
stabilizer introduces a low cost method for stabilization and it significantly reduces
the waste tire disposal problem that currently exists.
18
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.0 References
[1] Guerrero Martinez, J, Lemmom, Tiwari, Moubayed : “Improving Geo technical

behavior of clayey soils with shredded Rubber Tyres-preliminary study, Geo-Congress
2014 Technical Papers, GSP 234 , ASCE 2014
[2] Joon C. Lee et al “Beneficial use of waste tire rubber for swelling potential mitigation in
expansive soils” ,ASCE2007
[3] Gary J. Fooseet al “SAND REINFORCED WITH SHREDDED WASTE TIRES Journal of
Geotechnical Engineering. Vol. 122. No.9, September, 1996,ASCE
[4] Masashi Kamon “Combining industrial wastes with lime for soil stabilization “
Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, Vol. 117, No. 1, January, 1991,ASCE, Paper
No. 25411.
19
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE OF HYBRID FIBRE REINFORCED
SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE MADE WITH
STEEL AND GLASS FIBERS
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy1, T Anil Kumar2
Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, Email:vempada@gmail.com
M.Tech Student, Department of Civil Engineering (Structural Engg.), GRIET Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The development of Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) is described by the Concrete Society and Building
Research Establishment (BRE) as a quiet revolution in the construction industry resulting in massive usage of
SCC worldwide. Incorporation of fibres has further enhanced the strength and durability of the properties of
SCC. In the present work, SCC mix of M30 grade was developed without fibres and with Glass, Steel and
Hybrid Fibres. The mechanical properties like compressive strength and tensile strength were studied. Detailed
studies have revealed that the Hybrid Fibre Self Compacting Concrete made with a combination of high
dispersion Glass Fibres and Steel Fibres displays better performance. For this purpose, M30 grade plain SCC
mix design suggested by Nan-Su(2001) is adopted. For developing GFRSCC, high dispersion glass fibres with
857 aspect ratio and 12mm filament length (0.025% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete ) were used and For
SFRSCC, steel fibres of 30 aspect ratio and 0.4mm diameter (1.3% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete
recommended was 1.3%) were used. The HFRSCC was obtained by combining 0.024% of glass fibres and 1.3%
steel fibres to the plain SCC mix satisfying the fresh concrete properties. All the mixes developed satisfied the
fresh and hardened properties of SCC.It was observed that the 28days compressive strength of plain SCC mix is
35.31 MPa. When glass fibers are added, the strength observed is 37.51 MPa, that is, an increase of 6.23%.
When steel fibers were added, the compressive strength observed is 38.20 MPa, that is, an increase of 8.18%.
This was found to be 39.49 MPa when hybrid fibres are used with a percentage increase of 11.84.The
percentage enhancement of split tensile strength for GFRSCC over plain SCC is 2.38 %, for SFRSCC 12.90%,
and for HFRSCC 14.43%. The increase is due to the presence of fibers.
Keywords: SFRSCC, GFRSCC, HFRSCC, steel fibre, glass fibre, hybrid fibre, SCC
1.0 Introduction
The development of Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) by Professor Hajme Okamura in 1986
has made a remarkable impact on the construction industry by overcoming some of the
problems associated with fresh concrete. Although SCC has proved to be an efficient
material, there is a need to conduct more research on the standardization of self-compacting
characteristics and its behaviour when used in different structural elements, paving way for
the acceptance of its usage in all hazardous and inaccessible project zones for greater quality
control. Development of latest generation ‘concretes’ in the recent past needs to update
knowledge on the behaviour of SCC with the addition of fibres to make them more efficient
and effective. Incorporation of fibres enhances the benefits of this special concrete at fresh
stage and in the hardened state. Hybridization of different types of fibres in concrete is
another concept which is proved to offer more attractive and enhanced properties to concrete.
Hybrid fibre concept consists of using a combination of minimum two types of fibres which
use the potential properties of fibres more efficiently. Many studies were reported by
different researchers on the characteristics of conventional concrete with hybrid fibre
reinforcement. In the present study, the effect of Hybrid Fibre Reinforcement consisting of
20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Glass and Steel Fibres in SCC is sought to be investigated. For this purpose, investigations
were made to explore the behaviour of Steel Fibre Reinforced SCC (SFRSCC), Glass Fibre
Reinforced SCC (GFRSCC) and Hybrid Fibre Reinforced SCC (HFRSCC) under axial
compression. As the fibers used in the present investigations are of steel and glass, a brief
description of these fibers is given below.
2.0 Experimental Programme
The present investigations are aimed at producing standard grade (M30) FRSCC with Glass
Fibers, Steel Fibers and Hybrid Fibers.
The different phases of the present research work are as follows:
Phase I: Development of M30 grade SCC and obtaining its fresh and hardened properties.
Phase II: Development of
1. Glass Fibre Reinforced SCC (GFRSCC),
2. Steel Fibre Reinforced SCC (SFRSCC),
3. Hybrid Fibre Reinforced SCC (HFRSCC), and study of fresh and hardened properties.
3.0 Experimental Investigations

In the present studies, the mechanical behaviour of Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting
Concrete of M30 grade made with Steel Fibres, Glass Fibres and Hybrid Fibres (with a
mixture of glass and steel fibres) is examined. The experimental investigations was taken up
in various steps to achieve the following objectives:
1.To develop plain SCC of M30 grade and obtain its fresh and hardened properties.
2.To develop Steel and Glass Fibre Reinforced SCC of M30 grade separately and study
their fresh and hardened properties.
3.To develop Hybrid Fibre Reinforced SCC with a combination of glass and steel fibres
and study its fresh and hardened properties.
4.0 Materials Used

Cement
Ordinary Portland cement of 53 grade available in the local market was used in the present
investigations.
Coarse Aggregate
Crushed angular granite available from a local market was used in the investigations.
Fine Aggregate
River sand available in the local market was used as fine aggregate.
Fly Ash
Fly ash from a thermal power station in Andhra Pradesh was used in the investigations.
Super Plasticizer
Super plasticizer with Sulphonated Naphthalene based Formaldehyde (SNF) conforming to
IS: 9103–1999 was used in the present investigations.
Viscosity Modifying Admixture (VMA)
Viscosity modifying agent from a standard agency conforming to standard specifications was
also used.
Water
Potable water conforming to IS: 3025–1986 part 22 & 23 and IS:456–2000 was used in the
investigations.
21
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Glass Fibres
Anti-Crack High Dispersion Fibres having a Modulus of Elasticity (E) of 72 GPa and 857
Aspect Ratio were used.
Steel Fibres
Plain steel fibres of 0.4 mm dia. and Aspect Ratio of 30, cut from steel wire were used in the
investigations.
Fig. 1 Glass Fibres Fig. 2 Steel Fibres

5.0 Development of Plain SCC
In this phase of investigations, M30 grade SCC mix is developed using mineral and chemical
admixtures to study its fresh and hardened properties. For developing SCC of M30 grade, the
mix proportions were designed based on the method suggested by Nan-Su et al(2001) using
fly ash as mineral admixture and chemical admixtures like Super Plasticizers (SP) and
Viscosity Modifying Agents (VMA). Finally, SCC mixes which have given required
compressive strength with satisfactory fresh properties were taken for the next phase of
investigations. This is explained in detail as given below.
6.0 Mix Design and Mix Proportions of Self Compacting Concrete
An SCC mix of M30 standard grade was aimed and the initial mix proportion was obtained
using the mix design methods as mentioned above. The mix proportion thus obtained was
fine-tuned by incorporating different guidelines available and making various trial mixes to
obtain the mix which satisfies the required fresh and hardened properties. The final mass of
ingredients for 1m3 of SCC are as follows:
Mass of Cement=330.0 kg
Mass of filler (Fly Ash)=150.0 kg
Mass of water=186.0 kg
Mass of Coarse Aggregate (CA)=794.4 kg
Mass of Fine Aggregate(FA)=860.6 kg
Super plasticizer dosage = 1.5% by weight of cement (bwc)
VMA dosage= 0.6% by weight of cement (bwc)
22
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1 Mixing of Ingredients
The mixing of ingredients was carried out in a power operated pan type concrete mixer.
Initially coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, cement and fly ash were put in the pan mixer and
mixed in the dry state for a few seconds. Then Superplasticizer (SP) was added to the water,
thoroughly mixed and added to the material in the concrete mixer. The required amount of
VMA was added and further mixed till a mix of required uniform consistency was achieved.
To obtain the Glass Fibre Reinforced SCC, anti-crack high dispersion glass fibre dosage was
added to the already developed mix, maintaining the fresh SCC requirements. Similarly, Steel
Fibre Reinforced SCC was made by adding suitable dosage of steel fibres maintaining the
fresh SCC requirements. The Hybrid Fibre Reinforced SCC was prepared by adding glass
and steel fibres in different proportions till fresh SCC properties were satisfied.
6.2 Testing of SCC in Fresh State
The SCC mix in fresh state was tested to get fresh properties like filling ability, passing
ability and segregation resistance by performing Slump cone, V-funnel, and L-box tests as
explained above.
7.0 Development of FRSCC
7.1 Addition of Anti Crack High Dispersion Glass Fibres to SCC Mixes
Anti-crack high dispersion glass fibres were added in different dosages to the selected SCC
mixes in the first batch of investigation and Glass Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting
Concrete (GFRSCC) was developed. After adding glass fibres to SCC mixes, its influence on
fresh and hardened states was observed by conducting tests on fresh and hardened GFRSCC.
The tests on fresh and hardened GFRSCC were conducted in the same way as they were
conducted for SCC.
Fig. 3: Addition of Fibres to SCC mix
23
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 Development of Steel Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete and Hybrid Fibre
Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete
The GFRSCC mix with an optimum dosage of glass fibres, satisfying the fresh and the
hardened properties, was considered for the next phase of investigation. Similarly, the
dosages of steel fibres in Steel Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete (SFRSCC) with a
fixed aspect ratio and Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete (HFRSCC)
consisting of a mixture of glass and steel fibres, were developed by trial mixes. The ratio of
steel fibres to glass fibres was determined in the laboratory by trial mixes satisfying the fresh
and the hardened properties.
8.0 Test Results
The test results of experimental investigations carried out in different phases are presented as
follows:
The first phase of investigations was carried out to develop SCC mix of a minimum strength
M30 grade using fly ash and chemical admixtures, and to study its fresh and hardened
properties. For developing SCC of strength M30 grade, the mix was designed based on Nan-
Su method of SCC mix design using fly ash as the mineral admixture. Finally, SCC mixes
which yielded satisfactory fresh properties and required compressive strengths, were selected
and taken for further investigations.
8.1 Determination of Optimum Dosage of Glass Fibres and Steel Fibres
Based on the literature and trial mixes, the minimum optimum dosage of glass fibre and steel
fibre in SCC was selected as 0.6 Kilograms per cubic meter and 31.42 kilograms per cubic
meter of SCC, respectively. The GFRSCC, SFRSCC and HFRSCC mixes with optimum
dosage of glass fibres and steel fibres satisfying fresh and hardened properties were
considered for the next phase investigations. The mix proportions are shown in Tables 1 and
2.
Table 1. Mix Proportions of SCC and FRSCC
Glass Steel
Fibres Fibres
S. Fly CA FA SP VMA Design-
Cement Water % %
No Ash kg kg % % ation
kg kg of 1 m of 1 m 3 3
kg bwp bwp
concrete concrete
1 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.2 0.06 - - SCCP

2 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.2 0.06 0.025 - GFRSCC
3 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.4 0.06 - 1.3 SFRSCC
4 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.5 0.06 0.025 1.3 HFRSCC
bwp -by weight of cement and fly ash
24
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 Fibre Content of FRSCC

Designation Mix proportion
GFRSCC SCCP + 0.6 kg/m 3 of HD Glass Fibre

SFRSCC SCCP + 31.42 kg/m3 of Steel fibre
HFRSCC SCCP + 0.6 kg/m 3 of HD Glass Fibre + 31.42 Kg/m3of Steel Fibre
Table 3. Fresh and hardened properties
Fresh concrete properties
L Box
Slump Test V Funnel Test
Test Remarks Designation
Slump T50 Time for T5 H2/H1

mm time Discharge min.
Sec. Sec. Sec.
670 2.68 3.93 8.31 0.947 RS SCCP
660 2.80 5.55 9.60 0.726 RS GFRSCC
655 4.27 6.17 9.82 0.88 RS SFRSCC
655 4.69 6.85 8.68 0.90 RS HFRSCC
RS – Results satisfactory in fresh state
25
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 Hardened concrete properties of SCC and FRSCC at28 days
% Cube Cylinder % %Split

S.No Designation Compressive Increase Compressive Increasee Tensile Increase
Strength Strength Strength
MPa MPa MPa
1 SCCP 35.31 - 26.02 - 5.89 -
2 GFRSCC 37.51 (+) 6.23 27.15 (+) 4.34 6.03 (+) 2.38
3 (+) 8.18 (+) 9.61 (+)12.90

SFRSCC 38.20 28.52 6.65
4 HFRSCC 39.49 (+)11.84 31.67 (+)21.71 6.74 (+)14.43
40
Compressive Strength (MPa)
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
SCCP GFRSCC SFRSCC HFRSCC
Types of FRSCC
Fig 4. Variation of Cube compressive strength in SCC made with different fibres
26
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
6.8
Split tensile Strength (MPa)

6.6
6.4
6.2
5.8
5.6
5.4
SCCP GFRSCC SFRSCC HFRSCC
Types of FRSCC
Fig. 4 Variation of split tensile strength in SCC made with different fibres
Table 5. Compressive strength of SCC Mixes at Different Ages
Description Cube Compressive Strength in MPa
7 days 14 days 28 days 56 days

SCCP 20.63 25.63 35.31 38.58
GFRSCC 25.66 28.74 37.51 40.25
SFRSCC 29.21 30.21 38.20 42.7
HFRSCC 29.94 31.75 39.49 44.7
Fig. 5. Cube Compressive Strength of SCC mixesat 7, 14, 28 and 56days
27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.0 Discussion of Test Results
The test results obtained from the experimental investigations on plain SCC, GFRSCC,
SFRSCC and HFRSCC in fresh and hardened states, are discussed in the following sections:
1. Fresh and hardened properties of Plain SCC.
2. Fresh and hardened properties of GFRSCC
3. Fresh and hardened properties of SFRSCC
4. Fresh and hardened properties of HFRSCC
8.1 Water / Powder Ratio of Self Compacting Concrete Mixes

Water-powder ratios, by weight, for the SCC plain mix and GFRSCC, SFRSCC and
HFRSCC mixes, are found to be 0.3875. For this value, it is observed that the required fresh
properties of SCC and strength of the mixes are satisfied. The main thrust of the present
investigations is to develop M30 grade SCC and to study its behaviour when different types
of fibres are introduced into it. For this purpose, M30 grade plain SCC was developed using
fly ash as an ingredient with super plasticizer and viscosity modifying agent as a chemical
admixture. The method of mix design suggested by Nan-Su(2001) is adopted. The number of
trial mixes were developed in the laboratory and a mix satisfying the guidelines given by
EFNARC in fresh state and compressive strength in hardened state, was finalized. The
cement content used is 330 kg/m3 with 150kg of fly ash and 182 litres of water giving a
water/binder ratio of 0.3875.
In this trial, SCC with three different types of fibers, namely glass fibres, steel fibres and
hybrid fibres, consisting a mixture of glass and steel fibres satisfying strength and fresh
properties, were developed. Here, the basic proportion of mix is not altered but the volume
and aspect ratio of fibres were so chosen as to satisfy the fresh properties. For developing
GFRSCC, high dispersion glass fibres with 857 aspect ratio and 12mm filament length
(0.025% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete ) were used and For SFRSCC, steel fibres of 30
aspect ratio and 0.4mm diameter (1.3% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete recommended was
1.3%) were used. The HFRSCC was obtained by combining 0.024% of glass fibres and 1.3%
steel fibres to the plain SCC mix satisfying the fresh concrete properties.
8.2 Fresh Properties of Self Compacting Concrete Mixes
From Table 3, fresh properties of Self-Compacting Concrete like the filling ability, passing
ability and segregation resistance values, which are the basic requirements for SCC in fresh
state, were found to be satisfying. These parameters are in accordance with EFNARC
specifications (2005).
8.2.1 Compressive strength
From the compressive cube strength results shown in Table 5.2.1.4, it can be seen that the
28days compressive strength of plain SCC mix is 35.31 MPa. When glass fibers are added,
the strength observed is 37.51 MPa, that is, an increase of 6.23%. When steel fibers were
added, the compressive strength observed is 38.20 MPa, that is, an increase of 8.18%. This
was found to be 39.49 MPa when hybrid fibres are used with a percentage increase of 11.84.
28
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The above results clearly show that the addition of fibres has enhanced the compressive
strength which is due to the holding of the concrete that is, confining the concrete. However,
the effect is different in different types of fibers, and hybridization of fibers enhanced the
confining effect partly due to the presence of high dispersion glass fibers holding the
concrete at micro-crack level and steel fibers at a later stage.
8.2.2 Split Tensile Strength
From the Table 5.2.1.4, it can be seen that the split tensile strength of plain SCC is 5.89 MPa,
that is, 16.68% of compressive strength, and it was enhanced with the addition of different
fibers. The percentage enhancement of split tensile strength for GFRSCC over plain SCC is
2.38 %, for SFRSCC 12.90%, and for HFRSCC 14.43%.
9.0 Conclusions
Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete (FRSCC) of M30 grade using three kinds of
fibres was developed. It has satisfied all the guidelines prescribed by EFNARC. Based on the
investigations carried out on Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete Mixes the
following conclusions are presented in this chapter.
1. Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete can be produced byincorporating
different types of fibres. However, the use of appropriate dosage of superplasticizer
and viscosity modifying agent is essential to maintain the fresh properties of self-
compacting concrete.
2. In the case of high dispersion of glass fibres, a dosage of 6 kg of fibres/m 3 of concrete
(0.025%) is used as optimum dosage by suitably adjusting the dosage of admixtures.
3. The aspect ratio and volume of steel fibres are selectedsatisfying the fresh and
hardened properties of self-compacting concrete by suitably adjusting the dosage of
admixtures. In the case of steel fibres, a dosage of 31.42 kg of fibres/m3 of concrete
(1.3%) is used as optimum dosage by suitably adjusting the dosage of admixtures.
4. The compressive strengths of the FRSCC design mixes are foundto be increased by
the addition of fibres.
5. The addition of glass fibres and steel fibres has shown improvedcompressive
strengths. The increase in compressive strength in SFRSCC was found to be higher
than that of GFRSCC.
6. In the case of HFRSCC, the compressive strengths were found tobe further enhanced
due to the combined action of glass and steel fibres, and the increase in compressive
strength is 11.84% over plain SCC.
7. The addition of fibres improved the split tensile strength whichis found to be
maximum in HFRSCC. Hence, it is concluded that the hybridization of glass and steel
fibres is useful in improving the strength properties of FRSCC.
29
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0 References
[1] Abdul Rahman. N, Hamzah. S.H and Wong. E.T “EffectivePerformance of Steel
Fibre Reinforced Concrete Wall Panel for IBS Component”-ICCBT 2008-C-(18) –
pp203-212.
[2] AnirwanSenguptha and Manu Santhanam“Application BasedMix Proportioning
for Self Compacting Concrete”, 31st Conference On Our World in Concrete &
Structures, Singapore, August 16-17, 2006, pp353-359.
[3] Boel. V, Audenaert. K. and DeSchutter. G “Characterization of the
Microstructure of Self-Compacting Concrete”,11thEuroseminar on
Microscopy Applied to Building Materials 5-9 June 2007, Porto, Portugal, pp1-10.
[4] Brouwers. H.J.H and Radix. H.J, “Self-Compacting Concrete: The Role of The
Particle Size Distribution” Proceeding of FirstInternational Symposium on Design,
Performance and Use of Self-Consolidating Concrete SCC’ 2005 – China, 26-28 May
2005, Changsha, Hunan, China © 2005 RILEM, Bagnenx, France.
[5] Chandramouli. K, Srinivasa Rao. P, Pannirselvam. N, Seshadri Sekhar. T. and
Sravana. P. “Strength Properties of Glass FibreConcrete” ARPN Journal of
Engineering and Applied Sciences, ISSN:1819-6608, Vol.5, No.4, April 2010, pp1-6.
[6] Cunha. V.M.C.F, Barros. J.A.O and Sena-Cruz. J.M. “AnIntegrated Approach for
Modelling the Tensile Behaviour of Steel Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting
Concrete” – Cement and Concrete Research 41 (2011) pp64-76.
[7] Gibbs. JC. and Zhu. W “Strength of Hardened Self-CompactingConcrete”,
Department of Civil, Structural and Environmental Engineering, University of Paisley,
Scotland, UK, SCC’2009, pp199-208.
[8] Groth. P and Thun. H “Influence of Steel Fibre Reinforcementon the Workability of
Self-Compacting Concrete”, Concrete Science and Engineering Vol.2, June 2000,
pp65-70, RILEM Publications, ISSN : 1295-2826/00.
[9] Grunewald. S, Laranjeira. F, Walraven. J, Aguado. A and Molins. C“Improved
Tensile Performance with Fibre ReinforcedSelf- Compacting Concrete” HPFRCC 6,
pp51-58 © RILEM 2012.
[10] Hajime Okamura and Masahiro Ouchi; Invited Paper on “SelfCompacting
Concrete”-Journal of Advanced Concrete Technology Vol.1, No.1, pp5-15, April 2003
Japan Concrete Institute.
30
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MECHANICAL AND SORPTIVITY COEFFICIENT STUDIES
OF SYNTHESIZED HIGH STRENGTH SELF COMPACTING
CONCRETE WITH METAKAOLIN AND MICRO SILICA AS
ADMIXTURES
Dr. M.V.Seshagiri Rao 1*, K.V.Aruna Kumari2
1
Professor of Civil Engineering (Rtd), Department of Civil Engineering, JNTUHCE, Hyderabad
2
Irrigation Department, Govt. of Telangana, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Self-compacting concrete (SCC) can flow into the frame work of reinforcement under its own weight without the
need for vibrating compaction.The mineral admixtures in concrete increase the strength, reduction in water
demand, and cost savings. In Nan Su’s type mix design, Fly Ash and GGBS together are mineral admixtures.
Here reported the SCC mixes contains different proportions of Metakaolin(MK)and Microsilica(MS) mineral
admixture design for M70 Grade of SCC with water-cement W/C Ratio=0.27,Packing Factor =1.10 with
aggregate 10mm coarse size. Destructive test assess the quality of concrete in the hardened state on cement
replacing with MK for 10%,20%,30%,40% mix of micro silica 8% samples. The Slump flow, V-funnel, L-box
and U-box tests revealed the filling ability, segregation resistance and passing ability of self-compacting
concrete. A 30 total, 100 mm cubes, prisms (100 mm x 100 mm x 500 mm) and cylinders (150 mm dia, 300 mm
height) were cast for determining various mechanical properties. The compressive strength is highest in M70
SCC of MIX3 (10%) at 7 (56.715 N/mm2) and 28 days (79.80N/mm2).The split tensile strength (4.2N/mm2) and
flexural strength (6.291 N/mm2) found to be high in the same ration at 28 days. The sorptivity test of cube
specimens immersed in water 5-10 mm depth showed the HSSCC with MK is less sorptivity compared to HSVC,
revealing the more homogeneous micro structures and denser interfacial zones of HSSCC. The best fit curve
resulted sorptivity coefficient of 0.0114x10-3 m/min0.5 for MK and 0.0142x10-3 m/min0.5for HSVC. The right
ration SCC and mineral mix improves the strength, capillary absorption coefficient (k), reduce cost and new
constituents to meet many varied requirements of the construction industry.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Normal concrete usually needs vibration. The vibrations cause noise that not only leads to
stress on construction site but also affect the surrounding neighbourhood. The definitions of
SCC given in the literature is that ‘a concrete that is able to flow under its own weight and
completely fill the formwork, while maintaining homogeneity even in the presence of
congested reinforcement, and then consolidating without the need for vibrating compaction’.
The use of SCC offers a more industrialized production. It can also reduce the technical costs
of in situ cast concrete constructions, due to improved casting cycle, quality, durability,
surface finish. However, SCC is a sensitive mix, strongly dependent on the composition and
the characteristics of its constituents. It has to possess the incompatible properties of high
flow ability together with high segregation resistance. This balance is made possible by the
dispersing effect of high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) combined with
cohesiveness produced by a high concentration of fine particles in additional filler material.
The main mechanisms controlling this fine balance are related to surface physics and
chemistry hence, SCC is strongly dependent on the activity of the admixtures, as well as on
the large surface area generated by the high content of fines. The particles are affected by a
complex balance of inter-particle forces (i.e. interlocking, frictional, colloidal, and
electrostatic forces), generating a time dependence and visco-plastic non Newtonian
31
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
behavior. The development of SCC has thus been strongly dependent on surface active
admixtures as well as on the increased specific surface area obtained through the used fillers.
Hajime Okamuraet al.,[2003] and Ozawa K et al.,[1989] have employed the following
methods to achieve self-compactability: (a) Limited aggregate content ,(b) Low water-
powder ratio and (c) Use of Super Plasticizer (SP). The frequency of collision and contact
between aggregate particles increases as the relative distance between the particles decreases
and the internal stress increases when concrete is deformed, particularly near obstacles. It
has been revealed that the energy required for flowing is consumed by the increased internal
stresses, resulting in blockage of aggregate particles. Limiting the coarse aggregate content,
whose energy consumption is particularly intense, to a level lower than the normal
proportions is effective in avoiding this kind of blockage. The scope of present work is to
compare the Sorptivity Coefficient of Self Compacting Concrete with metakaolin &
microsilica as mineral admixture (M70 Grade) and Sorptivity Coefficient of High Strength
Vibrated Concrete. The mix proportions are obtained on the basis of NAN-SU mix design.
The Concrete mixes contains different proportions of Metakaolin & cement and constant
proportions of water binder , microsilica, Coarse aggregate and Fine aggregate for constant
water-cement ratio 0.27 with a Packing factor of 1.10. The work focused on replacement of
Cement with metakaolin for 10%,20%,30%,40% mix of micro silica 8%, Destructive Test is
also conducted to assess the quality of concrete in the hardened state.
2.0 Experimental
The experimental program consisted of casting and testing specimens for testing the fresh and
hardened properties on M70 grade of concrete with metakaolin as filler material. Nan Su
method of mix design [2001] was adopted to arrive at the suitable mix proportions. A total of
30 cubes of standard size 100 mm x 100 mm x 100 mm, 30 prisms of standard size 100 mm x
100 mm x 500 mm and 30 cylinders of 150 mm diameter and 300 mm height were cast for
determining the compressive strength, flexural strength and split tensile strength respectively.
The materials used in the experimental investigation of SCC were
1.Ordinary Portland cement-53 grade 5. Admixture

2.River sand a. Mineral Admixtures (Metakaloin)
3.Coarse Aggregate of size 10mm b. Mineral Admixtures (Micro Silica)
4.Water c. Chemical Admixtures (B233)
The physical properties of ordinary Portland cement and fine aggregates & Coarse
Aggregates (10 mm) materials are given in table 1 and 2. Water used for mixing and curing
was potable water, confirming to IS : 3025 – 1964 part22, part 23 and IS : 456 – 2000 [Code
of practice for plain and reinforced concrete]. The pH value should not be less than 6.
Metakaolin differs from other supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs). Metakaolin is
produced by heating of the most abundant natural clay minerals, to temperatures of 650-900
°C. Metakaolin also decreases concrete permeability, which in turn increases its resistance to
sulfate attack and chloride attack, Metakaolin may reduce autogenous and shrinkage and
avoids cracking. Silica fume is a very fine amorphous (non crystalline) silica produced in
electric arc furnaces as a byproduct of the production of elemental silicon or alloys
containing silicon; also known as condensed silica fume or micro silica. The properties are
given in Table 1-6.
32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF TEST
Testing of hardened concrete plays an important role in controlling and confirming the
quality of self compacting concrete.
3.1 Compressive Strength
Compressive strength of a material is defined as the value of uniaxial compressive stress
reached when the material fails completely. In this investigation, the cube specimens of size
100 mm x 100 mm x 100 mm are tested in accordance with IS: 516 – 1969 [Method of test
for strength of concrete]. The testing was done on a compression testing machine of 200 tons
capacity.
Table: 1 Physical properties of Portland Table 2 Physical Properties of fine aggregates

cement & Coarse Aggregates (10 mm)
S.No. Characteristics F. A Value C.A Value
S. No Property Test Results
1. Normal Consistency 30% 1 Specific 2.61 2.630
2. Specific gravity 2.9 gravity
3. Initial setting time 99 min 2 Bulk density 1450 kg/m3 -
Final setting time 3 Fineness 2.64 6
207 min
4. Fineness 1.3% modulus
5. Soundness 2 mm 4 Grading Zone Zone – II -
Final setting time
Table: 3 Physical properties of Metakaolin Table: 4 Physical properties of silica fume
Description of physical S.No Property Result
S.No Result 1 State Amorphous Sub
properties
1 Bulk Density 356 Gm/liter micron Powder
2 Moisture (EX-Work) 0.22% 2 Specific Gravity 2.1 to 2.4
3 RESIDUE on 325 Mesh 0.13% 3 Specific Surface 18m2/g
4 PSD –D(50)- 50% particles 1.68µ 4 Bulk density 608 to 720 g/m3
5 Specific gravity 2.63 kg/m 3 (a) Densified 192 to 320 kg/m3
(b)Un Densified
Table 5 Details of Viscosity Modifying Table 6 Typical Properties of Super

Admixture plasticizer
Property Result Property Result
Aspect Colourless free flowing liquid
Aspect Yellowish free flowing
Relative density 1.01 liquid
pH ≥6 Relative Density 1.09 (+) 0.01 at 250c
Chloride ion < 0.2% PH 7 (+ or -) 1
content Chloirde ion content <0.2%
Dosage 50 to 500 ml/100 kg of Specific Gravity 1.09
cementitious material. Dosage 500ml to 1500ml per
100kg
33
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 Flexural Strength

Standard beam test (Modulus of rupture) was carried out on the beams of size 100 mm x 100
mm x 500 mm as per IS: 516 [Method of test for strength of concrete], by considering that
material is homogeneous.
3.3. Split Tensile Test
Tensile strength tests are used to assess the cracking resistance of concrete and bond strength
to reinforcing bars. A concrete cylinder of size 150 mm diameter and 300 mm height is
subjected to the action of a compressive force along two opposite edges, by applying the
force. The cylinder is subjected to uniform tensile stress. Horizontal tensile stress (ƒ s)
=2P/ΠDL, Where (ƒs) is the splitting strength (MPa), P is the failure load (kN), L is the
length of cylinder (mm) and D is the diameter of cylinder (mm). The Tests on fresh Concrete
are given in Table 7-10.
Table.7 List of methods for testing workable Table.8 Acceptance criteria for SCC as
properties of SCC per EFNARC guide lines
S.No METHOD PROPERTY Typical values
Method & units Min Max
1 Slump flow by Filling ability
Abrams cone Slump flow by
650 800
2 T50 Slump flow Filling ability Abrams cone
3 V-Funnel Filling ability (mm)
T50 slump-flow 2 5
4 V-Funnel at T5 Segregation (Sec)
V-funnel (Sec) 6 12
minutes resistance V-funnel at T5 6 15
5 L-Box test Passing ability (sec)
L-Box (H2/H1) 0.8 1.0
6 U-Box test Passing ability U-Box((h2-h1)mm) 0 30
Table: 9 Fresh properties of M70 SCC (Metakaolin Variable)
Concrete Mixes
Workability
Tests MIX MIX MIX
MIX 1(0%) MIX (20%)
2(10%) (30%) (40%)
Slump flow 705X705 700X700 695X695 685X685 670X670
(mm)
T 500(sec) 4.10 4.12 4.2 4.45 4.75
V-funnel (sec) 9.10 9.12 10.65 11.35 11.5
V-funnel T5 min 12.13 12.15 13.20 14.35 14.65
L-box (h2/h1) 0.96 0.98 0.95 0.92 0.85
U-box (mm) 2 3 4 5 6
Table: 10 Mechanical Properties of M70 SCC
34
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compressive Split Tensile Strength Flexural Strength

Type of
Strength(N/mm2 ) (N/mm2 ) (N/mm2 )
mix
7days 28days 7days 28days 7days 28days
MIX1( 0%) 52.16 75.8 3.58 4.00 5.11 6.119
MIX2 (10%) 54.95 78.45 3.65 4.16 5.28 6.242
MIX3 (20%) 56.715 79.80 3.84 4.2 5.30 6.291
MIX4 (30%) 53.83 77.18 3.716 4.021 5.16 6.18
MIX5(40%) 53.544 76.82 3.24 3.721 5.12 6.162
3.4 Non Destructive Tests

The main objective of the present experimental investigations is to assess the quality,
structural integrity and estimated compressive strength of metakaolin incorporated self
compacting concrete of grade M70 using Rebound hammer and Ultrasonic pulse velocity
measurements. The average rebound hammer gives the quality of concrete based on average
rebound number of > 40 for very good hard layer, 30-40 for good and 20 to 30 for fair and <
20 for poor quality of concrete.
3.5. SORPTIVITY TEST

The aim of this study is to determine the total water absorption capacity a measure the
volume of voids present in two mixes of concrete i.e HSSCC with Metakaolin and HSVC as
per ASTM C1585(Table 11-12). Sorptivity measures the rate of penetration of water into the
pores in concrete by capillary suction.
Table.11 Mix Proportion

CEMENT MK FA CA SP WATER M.SILICA
3
QUANTITY (kg/m ) 574.02 52.4 829.4 790.94 11.28 173.26 40.18
PROPORTION 1 0.09 1.44 1.38 0.02 0.26 0.08
TaTable.12 Quantities of mix for different percentage of Metakaolin as mineral admixture with PF-1.10
Mix Concrete Mixes

Components MIX MIX MIX 3 (20%) MIX 4 MIX 5
1(0%) 2(10%) Metakaolin (30%) (40%)
Metakaolin Metakaolin Metakaolin Metakaolin
Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty.
CEMENT 574.02 517.00 459.216 401.81 344.41
C.A 790.94 790.94 790.94 790.94 790.94
F.A 829.4 829.4 829.4 829.4 829.4
WATER 173.26 173.26 173.26 173.26 173.26
MK 52.400 109.802 167.2 224.608 282.08
S.P 11.28 11.28 11.28 11.28 11.28
MS 40.18 40.18 40.18 40.18 40.18
V.M.A 1.722 1.722 1.722 1.722 1.722
35
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measuring Type of Concrete Type of Concrete
Intervals HSSCC with MKHSVC I=(W/(Axd))x10-3(m)k=(I/√t)x10-3(m/min 0.5)
ti (min) mo= 2545g mo= 2410g HSSCCMK HSVC HSSCCMK HSVC
mi(gms) W(gms) mi(gms) W(gms)
0 2545 0 2410 0 0 0 0 0
15 2550.6 5.6 2416 6 0.56 0.6 0.144 0.16
30 2551.5 6.5 2417 7 0.65 0.7 0.118 0.13
60 2552.1 7.1 2417.5 7.5 0.71 0.75 0.091 0.1
120 2552.3 7.3 2417.8 7.8 0.73 0.78 0.066 0.07
240 2552.4 7.4 2418 8 0.74 0.8 0.047 0.052
360 2552.6 7.6 2418.2 8.2 0.76 0.82 0.040 0.043
720 2552.8 7.8 2418.3 8.3 0.78 0.83 0.029 0.031
1440 2553.1 8.1 2418.5 8.5 0.81 0.85 0.021 0.022
2880 2553.2 8.2 2418.7 8.7 0.82 0.87 0.015 0.016
4320 2553.3 8.3 2418.8 8.8 0.83 0.88 0.012 0.0134
Table 13. Water Absorption and Sorptivity Coefficient at different time intervals for
Sorptivity test of HSSCC and HSVC
3.6 Sorptivity studies of HSSCC and HSVC at Room temperature

Due of small initial surface tension and buoyancy effects, the relationship between
cumulative water absorption (kg/m2) and square root of exposure time (t0.5) shows deviation
from linearity during first few minutes. Thus, for the calculation of sorptivity coefficient,
only the section of the curves for exposure period from 15 min to 72 hrs, where the curves
were consistently linear, was used for the calculation of sorptivity. The values are given in
Table13.
Fig. 1 shows plot between gain in mass and duration and Fig.2 shows plot between the gain
in mass per unit area over the density of water (I) and the square root of the elapsed time (√t).
The slope of the line of best fit of these points is reported as the sorptivity coefficient (k).
From the test results HSSCC with Metakaolin shows less sorptivity, when compared to
HSVC (Fig 3). This is due to the more homogeneous micro structures and denser interfacial
zones of HSSCC. Based on best fit curve Sorptivity coefficient for Metakaolin is 0.0114x10 -3
m/min 0.5 and for HSVC is 0.0142x10 -3 m/min 0.5. The capillary absorption coefficient (k) is
greatly influenced by the addition of mineral admixtures to the concrete. The water
absorption, capillary and porosity characteristics indirectly reflect the durability performance
of the high strength self compact concrete.
Fig.3 Sorptivity
Fig.2 I vs duration for Sorptivity Coefficient vs Type of
Fig.1 Water absorbed vs Concrete
duration for Sorptivity
36
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conclusions
1. The water absorption is found to be less in High Strength Self Compacting Concrete
when compared to High Strength Vibrated Concrete at all periods.
2. The water absorption found to increase with time. It is found to be more in first 15
minutes in both concretes.
3. The Sorpitivity is found to be decreased from 75 min to 300 min in both cases .
4. From 60 min onwards the sorptivity is found to be further reduced to 2.81% from 60
to 120 min and later on it reached a constant of 2.81% for every 120 min interval after
120 min.
5. The same trend is observed in both High Strength Self Compacting Concrete and
High Strength Vibrated Concrete.
6. The Sorptivity Coefficient is found to be less by.
References
1. Nan Su, Kung-Chung Hsu, His-Wen Chai “ A Simple Mix Desgin Method for Self-
Compacting Concrete” Cement and Concrete Research 31 (2001) 1799-1807
2. Dias, W. P. S. (2000). "Reduction of concrete sorptivity with age through
carbonation."Cement and Concrete Research, 30(8), 1255-1261
3. Bai j., Wild S, Sabir BB (2002) “Sorptivity and strength of air-cured and water cured PC-
PFA-MK concrete and the influence of binder composition and carbonation depth”.
Cement and concrete research 32:1813-1821.
4. Gonen, T. and Yazicioglu, S. (2007). “The influence of compaction pores on sorptivity
and carbonation of concrete.” Construction and Building Materials, Vol. 21, No. 5, pp.
1040-1045
5. European Project Group, Specification and guidelines for self-compacting concrete,
United Kingdom EFNARC, 2002.
6. Lachemia M., Hossiana K.M.A, Lambrosa V., Nkinamubanzib and
Bouzoubaa N. “Performance of new viscosity modifying admixtures in enhancing the
rheological properties of cement paste”. Cement and concrete research, 2004, Vol.34, pp
185-193.
7. Okamura, H. and Ouchi, M. “Self-compacting concrete: development, present use and
future,” Proceedings of the First International RILEM Symposium, 1999, 3-14.
8. Okamura, H. and Ouchi, M. “Self-compacting concrete”. Journal of advanced concrete
technology, 2003, Vol.1, No.1, pp 5-15.
9. Subramanian, S. and Chattopadhyay D. “Experiments for mix proportioning of Self –
compacting concrete”, The Indian Concrete Journal, 2002, pp.13-20
10. Nan Su, Kung-Chung Hsu, His-WenChai “A Simple Mix Design Method for Self-
Compacting Concrete” Cement and concrete Research 31 (2001) 1799-1807.
11. Naveen Kumar C. Jagadish V and Ranganath R.V.” Self-Compacting Concrete with
Fly Ash and Metakaolin”, The Indian Concrete Journal, April 2006, pp33-39.
12. www.efnarc.org:European Specifications and guidelines for Production & Use of
SCC, February and May 2005.
13. IS: 456 – 2000 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete (fourth revision).
14. IS: 516 – 1959 Method of test for strength of concrete (sixth print January, 1976)
15. IS: 9103 – 1999 Specification for admixtures for concrete (first revision).
16. IS:1199-1959 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete.
37
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS OF PILED RAFT SYSTEM IN
OFFSHORE LAYERED SOILS
Srinivasa Reddy Ayuluri
Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and
Technology, Hyderabad, Telangana, India.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
To compute and compare settlement by the effect of length of piles, number of piles and thickness of raft on the
behavior of piled raft system. They are modeled in Plaxis 3D Software and compared Load-Settlement curves
for different pile raft configurations. The settlement was measured at the centre of the models of pile raft with
nine and sixteen piles. The Settlement of piled raft computed with constant load in case of 16 piles of short
length and 9 piles of enduring length. The settlement is less in case of 9 high length piles as compared with the
16 short length piles of the same loading cases.
Keywords: group piles, load-settlement, piled raft, and stratified.
1.0 Introduction
In a conservative method of design for pile foundations, once the decision to

introduce piles to a raft foundation has been made because the differential settlement of the
raft alone was large, the applied load is considered to be supported by piles and the capacity
of the raft is ignored. A contribution of the raft resting on a soil surface to the capacity of the
pile group or against the group settlement could be taken into account in design of piled raft
foundations.
Valuable measurements of load distribution for piles and rafts were made by
analytical methods. Settlement reducing piled, means to reduce the differential settlement of
shallow foundations using friction piles, whose shaft capacity may be fully mobilized under
working conditions. However, both the manner of the load transfer from the foundation to the
soil and the settlement characteristics of piled raft systems are not well understood due to the
complex system consisting of the piles, the raft and the surrounding soil.
2.0 Literature Review

A piled raft system is the composite structure which consists of the 3 elements: raft, pile and
the ground. Applied uniform loads are transferred to the soil both through the toped raft and
the beneath piles. This load transfer mechanism shown in figure 1 can be simply Load
sharing between raft and piles are the main distinctive feature that diversifies this type of
foundation from other type of piled foundations design.
Fig. 1: Simple piled raft system with load transfer mechanism
38
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1. Methods for the Analysis of Piled Raft Foundations
Poulos H.G [5] categorized the methods of analysis of piled raft foundations into 3
categories;
I. Simplified count strategies
According to Poulos H.G [5] overall stiffness equation is operative up to the fully
mobilization of pile capacity.
II. Estimated PC based techniques
The approximate computer-based strategies are based on elastic hypothesis and mainly
have two approaches as; strip on springs and plate on springs. In these methodologies, the raft
is treated as a strip and as a thin plate respectively. Also, piles are dealt with as springs and
the soil as an elastic continuum, which are additionally rearranged into springs, for the
foundation-structure interaction.
III. More thorough PC based techniques
More thorough strategies mainly include boundary element techniques and finite element
strategies. In addition, for the different members of the foundation, combination of these
strategies has been applied.
3.0 Methodology
3.1 Modeling of Pile Raft

Modeling of piled raft system with 16 piles are analysed and the settlements are
considered and comparison made by 9 Piles piled raft system, and the results plotted as load-
settlement curves are shown in figures 5 and 6.
Table 1: Properties of Pile & Raft
S. No Material Properties Value
Pile and Raft Elastic Modulus, E (kN/m2) 2.9x105

1
(concrete) Poisson’s Ratio, ʋ * 0.2
Table 2: Material properties, pile and raft model used for the numerical model.
Angle of
Unsaturated & Elastic Undrained
Type of Poisson’s Shearing
saturated Unit, Modulus, E cohesion,
Layer Ratio, ʋ Resistance,
γ (kN/m3) (kN/m2) Cu
Material Ø (0 )
Properties Very soft 16 4500 0.3 4 17

clay
Soft Clay 18 7000 0.3 5 22
Medium
18.9 14000 0.3 8 23
Clay
Pile Area = 43.56 m2 Pile length = 9 m
(16 Piles) (16 Piles)
Pile model
2
Pile Area = 36.36 m Pile length = 12 m
(9 Piles) (9 Piles)
2
Raft Model Raft Area = 100 m Raft Thickness = 0.3 m
39
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Properties of the Pile and Material (Table 1 & 2) were taken from the Poulos, H.G,
(2001) [3].
In piled raft system in normally consolidated clay, we can determine the settlement in
the following manner
 CcxH      
S  log  0  ________ Equation (1)
 1  e0   0 
Where S= Total Settlement (mm).
H= total thickness of the soil media (m).
Cc = coefficient of consolidation.
e0 =initial void ratio.
σ 0 = Initial over burden pressure (kN/m2)
Δσ = Incremental Pressure (kN/m2)
Fig.2: Modeling of Piled group for Numerical Analysis in layered soils
40
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.3: The massive Pile group Settlement in Layered clay with Soil Properties
Fig.4: The massive Pile Group Stress Intensities
4.0 Results and Discussion
Load kN
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 00
2
3
4
6
6.5
Settlement (cm)
7.15
8
8.75 9.13
10 9.89
12 12.29
14 14.04
16
16.85
18 9- Pile Plaxis 3D Settlement
16 - Pile Plaxis 3D Settlement 18.91
20
Fig.5: Load – Settlement Curves 16 and 9 Piled Raft Plaxis model.

From the above figure, it has been observed that the settlement of the Piled raft system
decreases in case of more length of less number of piles compared to the short length of more
number of piles.
5.0 Conclusion
The numerical modeling of the piled raft system considering the load effect, length of piles,
and number of piles using the finite element method through the program PLAXIS reveals
the following conclusions:
1. Piled raft system is beneficial to be used as settlement reducer in soft soils.
41
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. The length of the piles increases the load carrying capacity increases; settlement is also
reduced as compared to the short length of huge number piles.
3. This study seems, the Plaxis 3D Numerical model can be a time effective tool to get fairly
reliable results, hence the FEM based Software’s can be used to analyze and execute real
time Projects.
6.0 References
[1] Bowles, J.E., “foundation Analysis and Design”, Fifth edition, McGraw-Hill”, 1997.
[2] Fumio Kuwabara, “An elastic analysis for piled raft foundations in a nonhomogeneous
soil”,1989.
[3] Poulos, H.G, “Piled raft foundations: design and applications”, Geotechnique, 2001.
[4]Vermeer, P.A., and Brinkgreve, R.B.J., “PLAXIS 3D User’s Manual, Version
1.1”,Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands, 2004.
42
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WATERSHED ANALYSIS OF ANEGUNTA
B.Shanmukheswara Babu
Associate Professor, Civil Engineering Department, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and
Technology, Hyderabad, Telangana, India.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Watershed describes an area of land that contains a common set of streams and rivers that all drain into a
single larger body of water, such as a larger river, a lake or an ocean. For example, the Mississippi River
watershed is an enormous watershed.
The study area is Anegunta village which has more water scarcity.It is located in Medak district of Telangana
state and 6Kms from the Zahirabad watershed. Now a days Remote sensing is widely used in many water
resource management programs. The report was done by using Q-GIS software. Quantum GIS (QGIS) is an
open-source desktop GIS tool that helps you visualize, manage, edit, analyze, and compose maps with
geographic data.
Watershed Approach/Concept
Theoretically ‘watershed’ is a hydrological unit of an area draining to a common outlet point.

’Basin’ and ‘catchment ‘are synonymous as far as definition is concerned. However, whereas
watershed is used for agricultural development purpose, ‘basin’ is used for drainage area of
drainage area of a river and ‘catchment’ is generally referred to contributing area of a
reservoir/dam. Therefore, whereas an agricultural operational watershed may be around 500
ha area, the catchment and basins are much larger in size.
Scope of the present study:

Geo-scientific studies of the terrain, socio-economic appraisal of the stake holders
and knowledge about local practices aimed at providing well coordinated and synthesized
information on the overall watershed area are the need of the hour for the watershed
development. These include soils, hydro-geomorphology, land use/land cover pattern, surface
& ground water potential surveys in addition to gradient of the terrain particularly, slope and
aspect which plays a vital role in suggesting/implementing various soil and moisture
conservation measures.
The use of Remote Sensing Data for faster assessment of natural resources such as
soil, geology, drainage etc. as well as assessment of economic activities through land use and
infrastructure of the watershed area is well known. This is also used for monitoring of
watershed development at later years. GIS is a very powerful tool for development of the
watershed area with all natural and socio-economic facets for better planning, execution and
monitoring of the project. A GIS based model of the terrain with all relevant spatial data
related to natural resources, infrastructure and administrative boundaries attached with
relevant attribute data will enable the planners, stake holders and funding agencies to develop
the watershed keeping in mind to fulfill the stake holders need in the backdrop of natural
resources potential as well as limitation
Watershed Development:
Watershed development is carried out to: rehabilitate the watershed though proper
land use and conservation measures in order to minimize erosion; reduce the damage caused
by sedimentation to the multipurpose reservoir; develop the watershed’s crop, livestock,
43
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
forestry, fish culture and recreational activities; ensure that the watershed provides water of
the highest quality for municipal uses; and manage the watershed in order to minimize natural
disasters such as floods, drought and landslides, etc.
The watershed approach has been universally accepted as the most scientific way of land
resource management for several seasons. Few of them described below:
Location of the Study Area:
The study area comprises, Anegunta Micro-watershed of Zahirabad watershed of Medak
District, Telangana State. Which spreads over an area of 39.84 Sq.kms. These area lies
geographically between the 770 33' to 770 37' E Longitude and 170 37' to 170 33' N Latitude.
And falls in Survey of India Toposheet Nos. 58 1/9 and 58 1/13 East scale 1:50000 published
in 2009. The total area of Anegunta watershed is 39.84 Sq.kms.
Methodology
To achieve the above objectives, the following methodology and procedure is adopted in the
present study.
1.Procurement of high resolution satellite data, Survey of India Topographical maps,
Collection of rainfall and temperature data and other collateral data covering the study area.
2.Preparation of base map on 1:50000 scale using Survey of India Topographical Maps.
3.Preparation of Settlement and Transport network map using SOI 1: 50,000
topographical maps.
4.Preparation of Drainage Map using SOI topographical maps and updating with the satellite
data
5.Preparation of contour map of 5mts contour interval using SOI 1: 50,000 topographical
maps.
6.Preparation of DEM (Digital Elevation Model) from contour map (Using 3D Analyst
Module of Q-GIS 9.0 software).
7.Preparation of slope map using contours from SOI toposheet 1:50,000 scale.
8.Preliminary pre-field interpretation of Hydro geomorphology, soils and land use and land
cover maps using Satellite data on 1: 10,000 Scale.
9.Ground truth data collection, verification of doubtful areas and Collection of
representative water samples for chemical analysis from different lit units.
10.Correction, modification and transfer of post field details of Hydro
geomorphology,soil and Land use / Land cover on to original maps.
11.Generation of land & water resources development plan.
Results and Analysis

Base Map
A base map is the frame to which all your ancillary data will be registered. Base maps can be
river networks, shorelines or parcel maps to name a few. The base map allows all users to
generate numerous data layers, such as schools, floodplains or drainage areas, at different
times and places which will deop into an evolving spatial database.
44
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 5.1 Base map of study area

Drainage work:
Generation of TIN & DEM:
In order to establish flow accumulation points and possible stream network an elevation
raster has been created. For this contour data thus generated in the vector format has been
used to generate TIN (Triangulated Irregular Network) using Q-GIS analyst functions Later
this TIN has been converted to DEM (Digital Elevation Model) raster form by spatial
analyst functions.
Fig 5.2 Drainage Network Map of Study Area
Contour map of study area
45
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEM of Study area

Slope and Aspect:
46
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Slope map of study area
Aspect map of study area
GIS Analysis:
The hydrological analysis process in GIS is one of the effective methods in
terms of cost and time in proposing various water harvesting structures. This process deals
with assessing various hydrological characteristics of a surface. The basic parameter that
controls the surface water flow (run-off) is the shape of the surface (terrain). Slope and aspect
47
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
play a vital role in determining the shape of a surface. The basic inputs required to generate
a hydrological model for a region are slope, aspect, sinks, flow direction, flow accumulation,
pour points and a possible stream network. The whole hydrological process can be broadly
divided into 2 phases i.e. (1) Surface analysis and (2) Hydrological analysis
Flow Direction map of Study Area
Catchment Area Map of Study Area
48
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECT OF GGBS CONTENT ON AGE OF FLY ASH AND
GGBS BASED GEOPOLYMER MORTAR
G.Mallikarjuna Rao1, R. Srujan2, K. Sridhar Reddy3
1
Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering, Vardhaman College of Engineering, Hyderabad, Telangana, India
2
B.Tech Student, Civil Engineering, Vardhaman College of Engineering, Hyderabad, Telangana, India
3
B.Tech Student, Civil Engineering, Vardhaman College of Engineering, Hyderabad, Telangana, India
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Geopolymer is an innovative alternative material for cement concrete thus decreasing greenhouse emissions
and leading to better construction practices and is produced by complete replacement of cement and water with
fly ash and GGBS & alkaline activators. To examine the use of Geopolymer as replacement to cement, it is
essential to study the properties of binders and their combinations in preparing geopolymer mix. Sodium silicate
and sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution were used as alkaline activator in this study. The present research aims
at studying the effect of fly ash and GGBS combination on mechanical properties of Geopolymer mortars. The
concentration of NaOH was maintained as 8M. The geopolymer samples were prepared with different
combinations of Fly ash and GGBS (100GGBS-0FA, 75GGBS-25FA, 50GGBS-50FA, 25GGBS-75FA and
0GGBS-100FA) and Na2SiO3/NaOH ratio is taken as 2.5.The main evaluation technique in this study were
compressive strength. The geopolymer samples were tested at different ages to study the effect of GGBS under
outdoor condition. XRD analysis was done to study the mineralogical variations and the main minerals which
are responsible for strength contribution at different ages for the combinations of fly ash and GGBS.The
obtained results concluded that increase in GGBS content increases the compressive strength of geopolymer
mortar increases and which is also shown by XRD analysis.
Keywords: Alkaline activator, Compressive Strength, outdoor curing, Geopolymerisation, Geopolymer Mortar,
XRD analysis
1. Introduction
Concrete is the most commonly construction material in the world. Ordinary Portland cement
is used as the binding material to produce the concrete. In present days there is a rapid growth
in infrastructure development which leads to a boom in the housing sector which leads to
demand for the construction material cement. Cement production is highly energy intensive
and which is a source for production of lot carbon dioxide (CO 2) into atmosphere. Due to the
environmental concern there arises a strong realization which leads to sustainable
development and make an alternative for the energy intensive and also the carbon reduction
materials. There develops an interest over the alternative materials which can be used as
binders for the production of the concrete. To overcome these problems, geopolymer system
has been introduced that can completely eliminate cement with industrial by-products (Fly
ash and GGBS) and water with alkaline solution. These alternative binders can be activated
through the alkaline solution for the production of geopolymers. Davidovits [1999]
recommended that binders could be formed by a polymeric chain reaction of alkaline liquids
with alumina and silica present in the source materials of geological origin or by-products
such as Fly ash, GGBS and rice husk ash. He termed these binders as geopolymers. [Wang
SD et al., 1995] reported that NaOH and Na2SiO3 are commonly used in combination to form
alkaline solution. This solution activates silica and alumina in fly ash to form alumino silicate
hydrate and forms C-S-H by reacting with calcium in GGBS. [Van Jaarsveld et al., 2003]
found that fly ash with higher amount of Cao produced higher compressive strength, due to
the formation of calcium-aluminate hydrate and other calcium compounds, especially in the
49
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
early ages. Alternate binders using fly ash are produced through an alkaline activation
process which results in the formation of geopolymers.Geopolymerization is an exothermic
process involving formation of complex geopolymers through a chemical reaction between
alumina-silicates which are present in the raw materials and alkaline activators. The
commonly used activators are combination of Sodium Hydroxide NaOH or Potassium
Hydroxide KOH and; Sodium Silicate Na2SiO3 or Potassium Silicate K2SiO3. In general,
activation can be done by only Sodium Hydroxide or only Potassium Hydroxide. However,
the reaction process takes place at a slower rate in case of only hydroxides. Thus, the
combinations of hydroxides along with silicates (sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide
and; sodium silicate or potassium silicate) are more useful which accelerates the reaction rate
and polymerization process. Concentration of Sodium Hydroxide plays a crucial role in the
dissolution of elements present in the source materials. An increase in concentration leads to
more dissolution of aluminosilicate which results in faster geopolymerization process. First
step in polymerization process is the dissolution of solid reactants. This dissolution starts with
the leaching of Al3+ and Si4+ ions from the source materials. Sodium based activators helps in
higher rate leaching of aluminosilicate when compared to potassium based activators. Sodium
silicate solution along with high concentration of sodium hydroxide solution produces a high
alkaline environment which involves a better dissolution of solid particles (or) reactants
which leads to leaching the Si and Al atoms subsequently leads to the reorientation,
solidification reactions which involves some specific structures partially/totally amorphous to
compacted cemented frame work. Dissolution of aluminosilicate leads to release of the
monomeric aluminates and silicates from source materials. These monomeric elements
interact with each other forms dimers, in turn these elements react with other monomeric
elements to form trimmers, tetramers and so on.An experimental evaluation, combination fly
ash and GGBS in the alkaline environment, the role of the activating solution and the type of
product formed and the influence of the GGBS content on the compressive strength achieved
are presented.In this study, an attempt has been made to prepare geopolymer mortars with fly
ash and GGBS and hardened properties such as compressive strength were determined and
Phase transformations were studied through XRD analysis.
2. Research Significance
The test data provide a measure of the geopolymer mortar specimens prepared by using
different combinations of fly ash and GGBS as the source materials has the ability to gain the
strength with short period of time so that engineers can feel self-assured in considering these
new geo polymer mortars in structural constructions.
3. Experimental Program
3.1 Materials:
3.1.1. Fly ash and GGBS were used as source materials in the present study. GGBS was
obtained from Toshali Cements Pvt ltd, Bayyavaram, India and fly ash was collected from
National thermal power plant, Ramagundam, India. Specific gravity of fly ash and GGBS
were 2.17 and 2.90 respectively. Chemical Composition details are shown in Table 1. The
morphology of fly ash and GGBS were examined using Scanning electron Microscope
(SEM) and are shown in figures 1-2. Fly ash particles were spherical in shape and are mainly
composed of large percentages of silica and alumina. The shape of the GGBS grains is
crystalline and angular form. From the EDAX, it can be observed that GGBS is predominated
with calcium and silica compared to other elements. The calcium content of the slag results in
raised basicity and increases the compressive strength. The mineralogical characterization of
50
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fly ash and GGBS sample were carried out by X-Ray diffraction analysis which is presented
in figure 3. The XRD image of GGBS depicts glass content as 99%. The higher amounts of
glass content helps in increasing the hydraulic activity thus accelerates polymerisation
process.
Fig 1: SEMand EDAX of fly Ash
Fig 2: SEM and EDAX of GGBS
Fig 3: XRD analysis for fly ash and GGBS
51
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1. Chemical composition of fly ash and GGBS (% by mass)
Chemical Fly ash GGBS

Composition
(% by mass) (% by mass)
SiO2 60.11 34.06
Al2O3 26.53 20
Fe2O3 4.25 0.8
SO3 0.35 0.9
CaO 4.00 32.6
MgO 1.25 7.89
Na2O 0.22 NIL
LOI 0.88 NIL
3.1.2. Fine Aggregate: The nearby river sand conforming to Zone-2 according to IS 383
(BIS, 1970) is preferred as fine aggregate. The specific gravity and bulk density of fine
aggregate are 2.65 and 1.45 g/cm3 respectively.
3.1.3. Water: Potable water was used in the experimental work for preparation of alkaline
Solution.
3.2 Preparation of Alkaline Solution
In the present experimental work, the properties of geopolymer concrete were examined with
Sodium Hydroxide 8M. The ratio of Na2SiO3/NaOH Solution is taken as 2.5.The mixed
solution is stored for 24 hours at room temperature because the dissolution of NaOH in water
is an exothermic reaction and a substantial amount of heat is generated. So in order to use the
solution in concrete, it is to be left at room temperature until it cools down.
3.3 Casting and Curing of Geopolymer Mortar
For the preparation of the geopolymer mortars the individual dry materials (fine aggregate,
fly ash and GGBS) were weighed and mixed using electrically operated mortar mixer. Fine
aggregate, fly ash and GGBS are dry mixed before adding to the alkaline solution for 2
minutes in an electrically operated mortar mixer. The calcined source materials, fine
aggregate and alkaline solution are mixed for another 10 minutes in mortar mixer to ensure
homogeneity. Then, additional water was added to the mix to increase the workability and
homogeneity of the mortar. Conventional table vibrator is used for compaction of the mortar.
Steel moulds of dimensions 100mm × 100mm ×100mm are used for casting cube mortar
specimens. The specimens are demoulded after 24 hours of casting and cured in outdoor. For
outdoor curing, specimens are left out in outdoor (Temperature- 35±2⁰C and relative
humidity - 75%) up to specified age of testing. Temperature and humidity control is not
necessary for outdoor cured specimens. Outdoor temperature curing is effective if the fly ash
content is partially replaced by GGBS. The specimens were tested for 1, 3, 7 and 28 days.
52
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.4 Mix Proportions of Fly ash-GGBS Geopolymer Mortars
Five mixes were proposed according to the ratio of Fly ash -GGBS. The percentage ratio of
Fly ash: GGBS were taken as 100GGBS:0FA, 75GGBS:25FA, 50GGBS:50FA,
25GGBS:75FA and 0GGBS:100FA for the source material. The ratio of Na 2SiO3/NaOH was
kept constant as 2.5. By assuming the alkaline liquid to binder ratios as 0.5. The molarity of
alkaline activator is chosen as 8M. The density of geopolymer samples are varied is 2000-
2200 kg /m3. By knowing the density of mortars the amount of binder and quantity of
alkaline liquids were determined. The mix proportions were shown in table 2.
Table 2: Mix Proportions of geopolymer Mortar of Sodium Silicate to Sodium
Hydroxide ratio 2.5
Mix ID/ Fly ash GGBS Fine NaOH Na2SiO3 Alkaline
Proportion of (kg/m3) (kg/m3) Aggregate (kg/m3) (kg/m3) liquid
binders (kg/m3) (kg/m3)
Na2SiO3/NaOH = 2.5
M1F100G0 880 0 880 125.7 314.28 440
M2F75G25 660 220 880 125.7 314.28 440
M3F50G50 440 440 880 125.7 314.28 440
M4F25G75 220 660 880 125.7 314.28 440
M5F0G100 0 880 880 125.7 314.28 440
3.5 Testing Procedure for Compressive Strength

Standard Cube specimens of size 100mm × 100mm × 100mm were cast and tested under
compression using 2000 KN compression testing machine at standard rate of loading
suggested by IS 516 (BIS, 1956). The strength results reported at 1, 3, 7 and 28 days were the
average values of three cubes.
4.0 Results and Discussion
The results of the different tests are discussed and analyzed to study the strength properties of
geopolymer Mortars. Five different mixes are prepared varying Fly ash and GGBS
100GGBS:0FA, 75GGBS:25FA, 50GGBS:50FA, 25GGBS:75FA and 0GGBS:100FA with
Alkaline/Binder Ratio is maintained constant for all the mixes as 0.5 for different
Na2SiO3/NaOH ratio is taken as 2.5 and curing regime is selected as outdoor in order to
53
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
eliminate the oven curing. Three cubes of each geopolymer mortar set withdimensions
100mm × 100mm × 100mm were cast and tested in compression for 1,3 7 and 28days
compressive strength.
Compressive Strength
70
Compressive Strength (MPa)
60
50
100FA
40
75FA-25GGBS
30
50FA-50GGBS
20 75GGBS-25FA
10 100GGBS
0
1 3 7 28
Age (Days)
Figure 4: Compressive strength results of fly ash – GGBS based geopolymer mortars
The 28 days compressive strength of geopolymer mortar prepared with 8M NaOH solutions
ranged from 3.55MPa to 61.4MPa respectively. The specimens prepared with 100% fly ash
has very low strength compared to specimens with 100% GGBS. The 1 day strength is very
minimum and increases with increase in GGBS content. High early strength can be achieved
with higher proportion of GGBS. Only 16.16% of 28 day compressive strength is obtained
for 1 days for a cube prepared with 100% fly ash. Whereas for cube with 100% GGBS, 90%
of 28 day compressive strength is obtained within 7 days. The reason for increase in
compressive strength due to GGBS can be attributed to higher calcium content present in
GGBS. To utilize both fly ash and GGBS, a mix with 50% fly ash and 50% GGBS is
desirable. GGBS plays an important role for compressive strength development. A higher
dosage of GGBS results in a higher compressive strength of geopolymer mortar. The
compressive strength of geopolymer mortar ranges from 3.55 MPa to 61.4 MPa. Mix with
100% fly ash shows the less compressive strength among all the mixes. The mixes with
75FA-25GGBS, 50FA-50GGBS, 25FA-75GGBS and 0FA-100GGBS shows the higher
compressive strength with inclusion of GGBS content in the mix produced the highest
strength, while a further decrease in the GGBS content reduced the compressive strength.
Another reason is that the quantity of soluble Calcium content depends on the volume of
GGBS present in the mixture, which has a direct effect on the compressive strength. The
attainment of the strength in GPC mainly depends on the GGBS content in the mix. The
calcium present in the GGBS content dissolution will be more compared with silica and
alumina present in the fly ash. Due to the faster dissolution the formation of the dissolution
reactants like N-A-S-H gel and C-A-S-H gel will be formed and which contribute the strength
for Geopolymer mortar. The differences in the content and ratios of the main elements as a
function of the partial replacement (Fly and GGBS) composition indicated the formation of
54
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the reaction products with different compositions and structures (mineralogical variation)
studied through XRD analysis. In alkali-activated 100% Fly ash the formation of alkali
aluminosilicate geopolymer gel (N–A–S–H gel) albite and microcline took place, while the
main reaction product of alkali-activated GGBS was calcium silicate hydrate (C-A-S-H) gel
(Anorthite) was found. These minerals are responsible for the strength. Mix with 100% fly
ash shows the less compressive strength among all the mixes. The mixes with 75FA-
25GGBS, 50FA-50GGBS, 25FA-75GGBS and 0FA-100GGBS shows the higher
compressive strength with inclusion of GGBS content in the mix produced the highest
strength, while a further decrease in the GGBS content reduced the compressive strength.
Another reason is that the quantity of soluble Calcium content depends on the volume of
GGBS present in the mixture, which has a direct effect on the compressive strength. The
calcium content present in the mix plays an important role in attaining the strength of
GPC.As the GGBS content in the mix increases the strength of the geopolymer is also
increases. The attainment of the strength in GPC mainly depends on the GGBS content in the
mix. The calcium present in the GGBS content dissolution will be more compared with silica
and alumina present in the fly ash. Due to the faster dissolution the formation of the
dissolution reactants like N-A-S-H gel and C-A-S-H gel will be formed and which contribute
the strength for Geopolymer mortar.
4.1 Effect of age on strength of geopolymer Mortars

The work has attempted to estimate the strength of geopolymer mortar at 1, 3, 7 and 28 days
strength. The strength of geopolymer depends mainly on curing regime, type of binder
content and molarity of alkaline activator and the ratio of sodium silicate and sodium
Hydroxide Solution. The gain of strength for the geopolymer mortars was faster at early age
compared to that later age. This was observed in all the mixes of fly ash and GGBS
combinations. The mortar cubes were cast and cured at the age of 1, 3, 7 and 28 days were
tested for evaluating its compressive strength. The initial curing temperature influences the
polymerization process but the specimens were left under outdoor condition. At the initial
ages the gain of the strength was more for all the mixes of fly ash and GGBS combination
where as for 100FA-0GGBS the gain of strength was lessat the initial ages compared with the
other mixes. For the fly ash mixes in outdoor curing the gain in the strength is less due to
slow polymerization process. Compressive strength of all the combinations increased over the
time and higher at 28 days. The gels which are formed during polymerization is responsible
of the mechanical development of fly ash and GGBS based materials. With the age of curing,
a higher amount of gels was formed. The mixes containing the more slag gives the better
strength than other mixes due to their chemical composition and their slag content had much
effect on strength development of the geopolymer samples at any age.
Table 3: Percentage gain in Strength of Geopolymer Mortar
Mix ID 1 Day 3 Days 7 Days 28 Days

M1F100G0 16.16 30.26 40.15 100
M2F75G25 57 69 84 100
M3F50G50 60 67 82 100
M4F25G75 79.23 85.45 81.33 100
M5F0G100 69.54 83 93 100
55
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.2 Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity test for Fly ash and GGBS based Geopolymer Mortars
The UPV test is a measure to presence of voids and the consistency of mortar. The 28 days
UPV for 100FA:0GGBS mix was found 2.58 km/s for outdoor cured specimens where as for
the 100GGBS:0FA specimens it is in the range of 3.78 km/s where as for 100GGBS:0FA
there is little rise in the values compared to that of 100FA:0GGBS. Whitehurst classified fly
ash based geopolymer concrete as excellent, good, doubtful, poor and very poor for UPV
values of 4.5 km/s and above, 3.5–4.5, 3.0–3.5, 2.0–3.0 km/s and below 2.0 km/s,
respectively. Generally, high pulse velocity reading in mortar is indicative of mortar of good
quality. The presence of voids has been recognized to have an influence on the UPV
transmission. The measured 7 and 28 days UPV values for all geopolymer mortar specimens
are presented in table 4. For the samples, velocities at Outdoor curing are found within 3.0 to
3.5 km/sec and these can be treated as of good quality. There is no proper guidelines for the
geopolymer specimens. Here the microstructure is quite different compared with the
conventional mortar. In geopolymer specimens for the attainment of strength polymerization
process plays an important role. The quality of the concrete mainly depends on the internal
microstructure formed. In microstructure of geopolymer mortar be further investigated and
reason for the less UPV value should be find out and more investigation should be done.
Table 4 UPV results of fly ash – GGBS based geopolymer mortars (Km/s)
Percentage Variation of Fly
ash and GGBS Age (Days)
100GGBS-0FA 3.69 3.78
75GGBS-25FA 3.56 3.67
50GGBS-50FA 3.4 3.45
25GGBS-75FA 3.19 3.24
0GGBS-100FA 1.55 2.58
4.3 XRD analysis Fly ash – GGBS based Geopolymer mortars

XRD analysis was conducted on geopolymer powdered samples obtained after crushing the
cube. XRD analysis is done on all the samples at respective ages of 1, 3, 7 and 28 days and is
shown in Figures 5 to 9. From XRD patterns, it is evident that some dissolvable minerals
such as quartz and Mullite have remained in all the products. The broad band (between 260
and 300 ) observed in the XRD patterns of the fly ash and GGBS based geopolymer shows
that the geopolymer material has both semi-crystalline and amorphous structure, and that of
the reaction products between 260 and 300 with relatively smaller intensities indicates that the
geopolymer material has almost complete amorphous structure. By comparing the patterns of
geopolymer mortar by varying the sodium silicate to sodium hydroxide, significant change
was observed in geopolymer mortar with replacement of fly ash with GGBS (25%, 50%, 75%
and 100%). The major components of raw fly ash are quartz (SiO 2) and Alumina (Al),
sodium-aluminum-silica complex such as albite and microcline. The other trace materials
present in this curve were quartz (SiO2), mullite (Al2O3 SiO2) and calcite (CaCO3). The
presence of a broad elevation, i.e., hump from 20° to 36°, indicates the presence of
amorphous silicates. Amorphous compounds dissolve easier than crystalline compounds
during the first step of geopolymerization (dissolution of species), yielding higher amounts of
reactive SiO2 and Al2O3 to combine during the precipitation of the geopolymeric reaction
product which is responsible for the mechanical strength. (Fernandez-Jimenez and Palomo
56
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2003). For 100% fly ash based samples the main mineral identified as analcime along with
quartz, mullite and calcite which is responsible for the strength contribution. The geopolymer
consisted mainly of amorphous aluminosilicate products with similar or very slightly
increased in amount of crystal of predominantly quartz and mullite from fly ash. Increase in
crystalline products increased compressive strength of geopolymer.
Fig 5: XRD analysis for 100 FA-0GGBS with sodium silicate to sodium hydroxide ratio
2.5 for different ages
57
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 6: XRD analysis for 75FA-25GGBS with sodium silicate to sodium hydroxide ratio
58
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
59
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
60
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Conclusions
From the experimental investigation carried out on GPM,the following conclusions were
arrived
1. Compressive strength of geopolymer mortar increases with increase in percentage

replacement of fly ash with GGBS.
2. To develop geopolymer concrete under outdoor curing condition, combination of fly
ash with GGBS is a possible solution.
3. For 100% fly ash based samples the main mineral identified as analcime along with
quartz, mullite and calcite which is responsible for the strength contribution.
4. The minerals identified at 100% GGBS were albite, microcline and anorthite. These
minerals are responsible for the strength gain and the maximum strength was
observed for 100% GGBS mix and the N-A-S-H and C-A-S-H gel is responsible for
the strength.
5. For the combinations of fly ash and GGBS, the minerals albite and microcline were
responsible for improving the compressive strength of fly ash and GGBS based
geopolymer mortars.
References
[1] Davidovits, J.: Properties of geopolymer cements, First International Conference on

Alkaline Cements and Concretes. SRIBM, Kiev State Technical University, Kiev,
Ukraine, 131-149 (1994)
[2] Daniel, K., Sanjayan, J., Sagoe-Crentsil, K.: The behaviour of geopolymer paste and
concrete at elevated temperatures. International Conference on Pozzolan, Concrete
and Geopolymer, KhonKaen, Thailand, 105 – 118 (2006)
61
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[3] Davidovits, J., Comrie, D.C., Paterson, J.H., Ritcey D.J.: Geopolymeric concretes for
environmental protection. ACI Concrete International Journal, 12 (7), 30-40 (1990)
[4] vanJaarsveld, J.G.S., van Deventer, J.S.J., Lukey, G.C.: The effect of composition and
temperature on the Properties of fly ash and kaolinite-based geopolymers. Chemical
Engineering Journal 89, 63-73 (2002)
[5] Douglas, E., Bilodeau, A., Brandstetr, J.: Alkali activated ground granulated blast-
furnace slag concrete: Preliminary investigation. Cement and Concrete Research. 21,
101–108 (1991)
[6] Temuujin, J., van Riessen, A., Williams, R.: Influence of calcium compounds on the
mechanical properties of fly ash geopolymer pastes. J. Hazard Mater. 167, 82–8
(2009)
[7] Prof. Joseph.: Chemistry of Geopolymeric Systems, Terminology, Geopolymer
International Conference. In: James C, editor, France, 9-40 (1999)
[8] Purdon, A. O.: The action of alkalis on blast-furnace slag. Journal of the Society of
Chemical Industry – Transactions and Communications. 59, 191–202 (1940)
[9] Ingram, C., Crookes, B.: Inorganic Polymer Technology: Technical Overview and
Market Study of Key Raw Materials, Department of Chemical and Bio molecular
Engineering, The University of Melbourne, Australia, 157 (2005)
[10] Shi, C., Wu, Y., Riefler, C., Wang, H.: Characteristics and pozzolanic reactivity of
glass powders, Cement and Concrete Research, 35, 987–993 (2005)
[11] Wan, H., Shui, Z., Lin, Z., Analysis of geometric characteristics of GGBS
particles and their influences on cement properties. Cement and Concrete Research,
34, 133–137 (2004)
[12] IS: 383, Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for
concrete, Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi (1970).
[13] Hardjito, H., Cheak, C.C., Lee Ing, C.H.: Strength and setting times of low
calcium fly ash-based geopolymer mortar, Modern Applied Science. 2, 3-11 (2008)
[14] Hardjito, D., Wallah, S.E., Sumajouw, D.M.J., Rangan, B.V.: On the development
of fly ash-based geopolymer concrete, ACI Material Journal, 467-472 (2004)
[15] Yip, C.K., Van Deventer, J.S.J: Effect of granulated blast furnace slag on
Workable concrete. Increasing of slump of concrete made with magnetized water that
the phenomenon of magnetically activated water, produces a lot of the same polarity
as the ingredients of concrete mix, and a lot more of the smaller water clusters. These
can cause better dispersion of fine cement particulates.
62
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE OF BASALT ROCK FIBRE IN STRENGTH

CHARACTERSTICS OF CONCRETE
Mrs. K Hemalatha
Asst. Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering & Technology
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
In this paper, the new material Basalt rock fibre can improve the properties of concrete. The aim of this
research was to evaluate the performance of high strength concrete (HSC) containing supplementary
cementations materials. Concrete had a good future and is unlikely to get replaced by any other material on
account of its ease to produce , infinite variability , uniformity, durability and economy with using of basalt
fibre in high strength concrete. The point of choosing the basalt rock fibre, it has a good proportions of silica
which can improve the strength of concrete. In this project basalt fibre is replaced partially with
0.5%,1%,1.5%,2%,2.5% to the weight of cement and examined over the properties by performing slump cone
test, compressive strength test and tensile strength test.Finally, compared the basalt fibre concrete with high
performance concrete (M30) with good domination over ordinary concrete. I can conclude basalt rock fibre is
advantageous than ordinary concrete.
Keywords: Basalt rock fibre, high performance concrete.
1.0 OBJECTIVE OF WORK

The main objective of this experimental work is to investigate the behaviour of basalt fibre in
concrete in which the cement is replaced partially with basalt fibre by
0.5%,1%,1.5%,2%,2.5%. The different characteristics studied such as workability,
compressive strength, tensile strength. A design mix of M30 is prepared by using IS
10262:2009. 28 days water curing was adopted for all the testing specimens and repeated for
the basalt fibre concrete specimens. Strength characteristics of basalt fibre concrete are
compared with the reference mix (M30 concrete without fibre).
Fig.1.basalt fibre
2.0 Preliminary Experimental Programs

Materials used in the experiment are namely cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and
other admixtures have tested in the laboratory. According to Indian Standards the study was
presented in this chapter.
63
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 Test results of cement:
Table1. Test results of ement
Sl.no Test Result Requiremen IS code number

t as per IS
code
1 Normal consistency 32% 26-33% IS 4031 (part-4)
2 Specific gravity 3.11 3-3.2 IS 2720 (part-3)
3 Fineness 1% 10% IS 4031 (part-2)
4 Initial setting time 3mm(30 minutes) 30-60 IS 4031 (part-5)
minutes
5 Final setting time 1 mm(600 minutes) 600 minutes IS 4031 (part-5)
6 Soundness test 5 mm elongation 7mm IS 4031(part-3)
7 Compressive strength 25.8N/mm2(3 days) 27.8 N/mm2 IS 4031 (part-7)
38N/mm2(7 days) 37.8N/mm2
54N/mm2(28 days) 53.8 N/mm2
2.2 Fine Aggregates:
Fine aggregate is natural sand which has been washed and sieved to remove particles larger
than 5 mm and coarse aggregate is gravel which has been crushed, washed and sieved so
that the particles vary from 5 up to 50 mm in size. . The reason for using a mixture of fine
aggregate is that by combining them in the correct proportions, a concrete with very few
voids or spaces in it can be made and this reduces the quantity of comparatively expensive
cement required to produce a strong concrete.
Table 2. Test results of fine aggregates
Sl no. Test Result Is code

1 Specific gravity 2.605 IS 2386 (Part-3) -1963
2. Water absorption 1% IS: 383–1970
3 Fineness modulus 3.52 IS 2386 (Part-1) -1963
2.3 coarse aggregates:
Properties of aggregates which influence the properties of both the fresh and the hardened
concretes are mainly the particle size distribution, the maximum size of particles and the
shape and the surface texture of the particles. Furthermore, the density and porosity together
with water absorption and moisture content have to be considered when the concrete is
proportioned.Locally available crushed aggregates confirming to IS: 383–1970 were used in
this project work
64
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 Test results of Coarse Aggregates.
Sl.no: Test Results IS code

1 Specific gravity test 2.84(for 20mm aggregates) IS 2386(part 3)
2 Water absorption 0.5% IS 383-1970
3 Impact value(%) 17.14 IS 4031 part 4
4 Crushing value(%) 26.13% IS 4031 part 4
5 Flakiness index(%) 29 IS 2386 part 1
6 Elongation index(%) 27 IS 2386 part 1
7 Fineness modulus(%) 3.875 IS 2386 (Part I) –
1963
2.4 Basalt Fibre:
Table 4.Properties of basalt fibre
Property Value
Tensile strength 4.84 Gpa
Elastic modulus 89 Gpa
Elongation at break 3.15%
Density 2.7g/cm3
Aspect ratio 1500
Filament diameter 9-12 microns
3. Mix Design and Experimental Program
Water/cement: Cement: Fine Aggregate: Coarse Aggregate.
0.4 1 1.296 2.509
Table 5.Mix design for different grades of concrete
Sl.no Design Cement Fine Coarse water w/c Basalt Basalt

strength Kg/m3 aggregates aggregates fibre % fibre in
weight
(kgs)
1 M 30 478.620 620.753 1201.820 190.6 0.4 -
2 0.5% cement 190.4
replacement 476.227 620.753 1201.820 0.4 0.5 2.3931
3 1% cement
replacement 473.833 620.753 1201.820 189.3 0.4 1 4.787
4 1.5% cement
replacement 471.440 620.753 1201.820 188.6 0.4 1.5 7.18
5 2% cement
replacement 469.047 620.753 1201.820 187.6 0.4 2 9.573
4 2.5% cement
replacement 466.654 620.753 1201.820 186.7 0.4 2.5 11.966
65
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Results and Discussion
Table 6.WORKABILITY TEST RESULTS BY SLUMP CONE TEST
Percentage of basalt fibre by weight fraction Slump observed (mm)
0.00% 30
0.50% 15
1% 13
1.50% 7
2.00% 0
2.50% 0
Fig 2 Bar chart between % of basalt fibre and variation of slump
4.1 Compressive Strength Test Results:

The casted cubes of M30 grade concretes are cured, exposed to temperatures and tested for
its compressive strength at 7, 15 and 28 days after cooling to room temperature. The
compressive strength increases gradually upto 1.00% and decreases gradually. Hence the
optimum percentage is 1.00%
66
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7 compressive strength at 7 days

Percentage of basalt fibre by Compressive strength (Mpa) Percentage increase or
weight fraction decrease in compressive
strength w.r.t reference mix.
0.00%(reference mix) 25.21 -

0.50% 40 58.66%
1.00% 57.7 128%
1.50% 17.7 29.7%(-)
2.00% 16.88 33.4%(-)
2.50% 15.55 38.319%(-)
Percentage increase or
Percentage of basalt fibre by Compressive strength (Mpa) decrease
in compressive strength
weight fraction w.r.t
reference mix.
0.00% reference mix 30 -

0.50% 61.3 104.4%
1.00% 61.3 104.4%
1.50% 31.5 18.3%
2.00% 26.66 11.3%(-)
2.50% 22.22 25.93%(-)
Percentage of basalt fibre by Compressive strength (Mpa) Percentage increase or

weight fraction decrease in compressive
strength w.r.t reference mix.
0.00% (reference mix) 37.21 -

0.50% 61.33 64.82%
1.00% 64.4 73.17%
1.50% 40 7.49%
2.00% 31.1 16.4%(-)
2.50% 24 34.42%(-)
67
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.2 Tensile Strength Test Results:

The casted cubes of M30 grade concretes are cured, exposed to temperatures and
tested for its tensile strength at 15 and 28 days after cooling to room temperature. The
tensile strength of concrete increases upto 1% and decreases gradually. Hence, the
optimum percentage is 1.00%
Table 10 Tensile strength result at 15 and 28days
Percentage of
basalt Tensile strength Percentage Tensile strength Percentage
fibre by weight (Mpa) increase or (Mpa) increase or
fraction 15 days decrease in 28 days decrease in
tensile strength tensile strength
w.r.t reference w.r.t reference
mix mix
0.00%(reference 2.26 - 2.56 -

mix)
0.50% 2.88 27.43% 3.53 37.89%

1.00% 2.97 31.41% 3.61 14.01%
1.50% 2.78 23.00% 33 30.07%
2.00% 2.68 18.58% 3.24 26.58%
2.50% 2.57 13.57% 3.11 21.48%
Fig.3.Graph between % of basalt fibre and variation of compressive strength at 15 days
68
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.4 Graph between % of basalt fibre and variation of compressive strength at 28 days
Fig.5.Graph between % of basalt fibre and tensile strength at 15 days
Fig.6. Graph between % of basalt fibre and tensile strength at 28 days
69
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Conclusions
1. Compressive strength for the concretes increases from 0 to 1.00% and then decreased
gradually.
2. Tensile strength for the concretes increases from 0 to 1.00% and then decreased.
3. Hence 1% of basalt fibre with replacement of cement is optimum percentage.
4. As the slump value decreased from 0.5% to 2.5% of fibre, admixtures can be added to
improve workability.
5. There is 31.41% increase in tensile strength at 1% replacement of basalt fibre and 30%
increase in tensile strength at 1.50% replacement of basalt fibre at 28days.
6. There is 64.82% increase in compressive strength at 0.5% replacement of basalt fibre
and 73.17% increase in compressive strength at 1.00% replacement of basalt fibre at
28days.
7. Therefore, the use of basalt fibre in high strength concrete is good advantage than in
medium strength concrete.
6. References
[1] Mr.GoreKetan R, 2prof. SuhasiniM.Kulkarni, the performance of basalt fibre in high

strength concrete.journal of information, knowledge and research in civil
engineering, Issn: 0975 – 6744| Nov 12 To Oct 13 | Volume 2, Issue 2.
[2] TehminaAyuba,b,*, Nasir Shafiqa, M. Fadhil Nuruddina, mechanical properties of
high-performance concrete reinforced with basalt fibers, sciencedirect, Procedia
Engineering 77 ( 2014 ) 131 – 139.
[3] F. N. Rabinovich,1 V. N. Zueva,1 and L. V. Makeeva1, stability of basalt fibers in a
medium of hydrating cement, Vol. 58, Nos. 11 – 12, 2001.
[4] Arivalagan.S, Study On the Compressive and Split Tensile Strength Properties of
Basalt Fibre Concrete Members, Global Journal of Researches in Engineering Civil
And Structural Engineering Volume 12 Issue 4 Version 1.0 Year 2012.
[5] Gorde Pravin Jaysing1, Deepa A. Joshi2, Performance of Basalt Fiber in Concrete,
Volume 3 Issue 5, May 2014.
[6] P. Jyotsna Devi, Dr. K. Srinivasa Rao, A Study on the Flexural and Split Tensile
Strengths of Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete at High Temperatures, IJEAR Vol. 4,
Issue Spl-2, Jan - June 2014.
70
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDY ON EFFECT OF HIGH TEMPERATURE ON BOND
OF HYSD STEEL BARS WITH FLY-ASH
1
U. Tirumalesh. 2G. Hemalatha
1
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Matrusri Engineering College
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Geethanjali college of Engineering and Technology
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Concrete is a heterogeneous material with a wide variety of usage in structural design. The design of fire
resistant structural elements requires realistic knowledge on the behavior of concrete at high temperatures.
Concrete’s thermal properties are more complex than for most materials because not only is the concrete a
composite material whose constituents have different properties, but its properties also depend on moisture and
porosity. Replacement of cement with fly ash, an industrial waste product, offers a sustainable alternative. The
goal of this research was to explore the feasibility of using fly ash concrete for structural applications by testing
the material’s reinforcement bond properties.
Bond behavior between concrete and reinforcing bars was observed under elevated temperatures. Four
different concrete compositions were used. Hundred and twenty pull-out specimens (Ø100 mm, 100 mm) were
prepared. Maximum temperatures of specimen (33 °C, 100 °C, 150 °C, 200 °C and 250 °C). Specimens were
then cooled down in laboratory conditions. Finally the specimens were tested at room temperature. In order to
check the compressive strength standard cubes were cast, cured, and then tested to compressive strength. The
results showed considerable changes in steel-concrete bond under high temperatures. This experiment presents
a study about the bond of concrete with high strength steel. The concrete strength was about 30 MPa and the
steel was a 500 MPa grade. Bar diameters used were 12 and 16 mm. In order to investigate the effect of fly ash
with 30%, 40% and 50% replacement of cement by weight 100 mm diameter cylinder were used.
It can be stated that the pullout specimen with the smaller bar size has greater bond strength than the
specimen with the larger diameter bar.
Keywords: concrete, reinforcement, bond strength, elevated temperature, fly ash.
1.0 Introduction
Concrete is a heterogeneous material with a wide variety of usage in structural design. The
design of fire resistant structural elements requires realistic knowledge on the behavior of
concrete at high temperatures.
Concrete’s thermal properties are more complex than for most materials because not only is
the concrete a composite material whose constituents have different properties, but its
properties also depend on moisture and porosity. Because thermally induced dimensional
changes, loss of structural integrity, and release of moisture and gases resulting from the
migration of free water could adversely affect plant operations and safety, a complete
understanding of the behavior of concrete under long-term elevated-temperature exposure as
well as both during and after a thermal excursion resulting from a postulated design-basis
accident condition is essential for reliable design evaluations and assessments. Because the
properties of concrete change with respect to time and the environment to which it is
exposed, an assessment of the effects of concrete aging is also important in performing safety
evaluations. In some areas of bond behavior (like fatigue and especially high temperatures)
limited information is available. The main reasons are complexity of the experiments and the
high cost. During the exposure to high temperatures, concrete undergoes changes in its
chemical composition, physical structure and water content. These changes primarily occur in
the hardened cement paste. The resulting physical changes and chemical decomposition of
major concrete constituents are demonstrated by e. g. cracks, explosive spalling or both.
Investigations on the bond strength between concrete and reinforcing steel at room
71
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
temperature have been carried out over many years however, only few experiments have been
carried out to study the effects of high temperature on the bond characteristics. The
percentage reduction of bond strength for ribbed bars at elevated temperatures is less than
that for plain round steel bars.
1.1 BEHAVIOR OF BOND

The transfer of axial force from a reinforcing bar to the surrounding concrete results in the
development of tangential stress components along the contact surface. The stress acting
parallel to the bar along the interface is called bond stress. For reinforced concrete to function
effectively as a composite material it is necessary for the reinforcing steel to be bonded to the
surrounding concrete. Bond ensures that there is little or no slip of the steel relative to the
concrete and the means by which stress is transferred across the steel-concrete. Bond
resistance is made up of chemical adhesion, friction and mechanical interlock between the bar
and surrounding concrete. In the plain bars, only the first two of these components contribute
to the bond strength. In the deformed bars, the surface protrusions or ribs interlocking with
and bearing against the concrete key formed between the ribs contribute more positively to
bond strength, and is the major reason for their superior bond effectiveness.
1.2 FLY-ASH
Fly ash is finely divided residue that results from the combustion of coal and transported by
flue gas. India is a resourceful country for fly ash generation with an annual output of over
110 million tones, but utilization is still below 20% in spite of quantum jump in last three to
four years. Availability of consistent quality fly ash across the country and awareness of
positive effects of using fly ash in concrete are prerequisite for change of perception of fly
ash from 'A waste material' to 'A resource material'. Nowadays due to strict control on quality
of coal and adopting electrostatic precipitators, fly ash of consistent quality is separated and
stocked, and it is gaining popularity as a good pozzolanic material for partial replacement.
Fly ash is classified into three classes depending on its calcium content, in recognition of
the difference in behavior between low and high lime fly ashes. These classes are as follow:
a) Type F, low calcium, 8% CaO
b) Type CI, intermediate calcium, 8–20% CaO
c) Type CH, high calcium, 20% CaO
Low CaO fly ashes generally provide good resistance to alkali-silica reaction (ASR) and
sulphate attack. The spherical shape of fly ash particles causes an improvement in the
workability, and the particles alter the flocculation of cement, with a resulting lowering of the
quantity of water required. The addition of fly ash causes a reduction in the water required for
a given slump, typically in the order of 5-15 % when compared with a Portland cement only
mix. The improvement in ultimate strength obtained with the use of fly ash is due to its
pozzolanic action and the ability of small fly ash particles to fit in between cement particles.
Fly ash causes an increase of strength because of the “packing” of the fly ash particles at
the aggregate-cement interface, but the beneficial impact of fly ash on both strength and
workability is not extended beyond 30 % of the cementitious material.
72
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE I.1
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF FLY-ASH
S. No Physical Properties Test Results
Grey
1 Color
(Blackish)
2 Specific gravity 2.13
Lime reactivity- Average compressive strength After 28 days of
3 4.90 MPa
mixture
TABLE I.2
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF FLY-ASH
S.No Constituents % By Weight

1 Loss of ignition 4.17
2 Silica (SiO2) 58.55
3 Iron oxide (Fe2O3) 3.44
4 Alumina (Al2O3) 28.20
5 Calcium oxide (CaO) 2.23
6 Magnesium oxide (MgO) 0.32
7 Total Sulphur (SO3) 0.07
8 Insoluble residue -
Alkalies
9 a) Sodium oxide (Na2O) 0.58
b) Potassium oxide (k2O) 1.26
2. PROCEDURE
2.1 FIGURES AND TABLES
 By observing the existing literatures, this work is carried out with different
percentages of fly ash as the replacement of cement; the percentages of fly ash used
were 30%, 40% and 50%. In the previous research papers no work is done to study
the effect of elevated temperatures on bond strength of concrete with partial
replacement of cement with fly ash.
 The percentage replacement of Fly-ash is 70% in one literature. The drawback for the
HVFA concrete was that once the concrete began to crush around the reinforcing bar,
bond strength reduces at a higher rate.
 The percentage reduction of bond strength for ribbed bars at elevated temperatures is
generally less than for plain round steel bars.
 Bond strength is reduced as temperature increases and the reduction rate is greater
compared to concrete strengths.
 The difference in the diameter of bar have significant effect on bond strength.
73
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 The type of aggregate in the concrete affects the bond strength at elevated
temperatures.
3.OBSERVATION AND DISCUSSION OF TEST RESULTS
To study the effect of high temperature on concrete one hundred and twenty cylinders were
tested and compare with specimens at room temperature. The specimens were heated at
varying temperature from 100°C to 250°C.The target temperature was maintain for one hour
and the specimens then cool down to room temperature before testing. Results obtained from
experimental investigation to study the bond loss between the concrete and HYSD steel at
elevated temperature with and without fly ash are discussed in detail as given below
3.1 TEST RESULTS
3.1.1 PULL OUT TEST

The steel rebar was pulled out using a universal testing machine with a maximum capacity
of 100kn.the BS was calculated from external load (p) on the bar and total surface area of the
embedded portion of the reinforcing bar, assuming a constant stress along the bonded length
of the bar (i.e., BS =P/ (∏DL), where d and l are the diameter of the bar and embedded
length, respectively). the pair of specimens tested for bond behavior showed similar results.
the effect of replacement of fly ash in different proportions with cement on bond strength for
m30 grade was investigated by preparing a cylindrical specimen of (100mm dia and 100mm
height). the replacement level of fly ash was 30%, 40%, and 50%. specimens were cured in
water and tested at age of 28 days. after removing the specimens from curing pond they are
heated at elevated temperatures.pull out test results of 12mm dia bar are given below in table
3.1 and are represented graphically in fig 3.1.pull out test results using 16mm dia bar., are
given below in table 3.2 and are represented graphically in fig 3.2.
Table 3.1 Bond Strength with % Replacement Of Fly Ash At Different Temperatures
PERCENTAGE BOND STRENGTH IN MPA

REPLACEMENT
TEMPERATURES
OF FLY ASH
33° 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C
C
0% 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.29 6.23
30% 7.4 6.5 6.2 5.6 5.4
40% 7.6 7.1 6.7 6.3 5.8
50% 7.3 6.4 5.9 5.33 5.03
74
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
Bond strength in MPa 5
0
33°C 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C
Temperature
0% 30% 40% 50%
FIG. 3.1 BOND STRENGTH VS TEMPERATURE USING 12MM DIA BAR
TABLE 3.2 BOND STRENGTH WITH % REPLACEMENT OF FLY ASH AT DIFFERENT

TEMPERATURES
PERCENTAGE BOND STRENGTH IN MPA

REPLACEMENT
TEMPERATURES
OF FLY ASH
33° 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C
C
0% 8.02 7.5 7 6.43 5.96
30% 6.7 6.2 5.8 5.6 5.2
40% 7 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.5
50% 6 5.8 5.6 5.2 5.13
10
Bond strength in MPa
0
33°C 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C
0% Temperature
30% 40% 50%
FIG. 3.2 BOND STRENGTH VS TEMPERATURE USING 16MM DIA BAR
INFERENCES ON TEST RESULTS:

Based on the test results of one hundred and twenty pullout specimens, it can be stated that
the pullout specimen with the smaller bar size has greater bond strength than the specimen
with the larger diameter bar. The maximum bond strength value occurred in specimen with
75
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12mm diameter bar at room temperature whereas the minimum bond stress value was in
specimen with 16mm diameter bar with 50% replacement of fly ash subjected to temperature
of 250°c. Most considerable reduction of bond strength took place between 150°c and 250°c.
At temperature up to 100 °c the concrete specimens resulted in smaller reduction in bond
strength. Smaller the diameter of the bar more is the bond strength, larger the diameter of the
bar less is the bond strength.40 percent replacement level of the fly ash shows better bond
strength when compare to 30 and 50 percent replacement level.
4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

From the experimental study on the loss of bond strength with and without fly ash, with the
fly ash replacement as 30, 40 and 50 percent. Bond behavior between concrete and
reinforcing bars was observed under elevated temperatures. Four different concrete
compositions were used. A Hundred and twenty pull-out specimens (Ø100 mm, 100 mm)
were prepared. The temperature range used in study is (33 °C, 100 °C, 150 °C, 200 °C and
250 °C). Specimens were then cooled down in laboratory conditions. Finally the specimens
were tested at room temperature. The results showed considerable changes in steel-concrete
bond under high temperatures.
By conducting the pull out tests, the bond strength between concrete and reinforcements
can be obtained from the pull out load. In general, the bond stress corresponding to the pull
out can be regarded as the bond strength. Smaller the diameter of the bar more is the bond
strength, larger the diameter of the bar less is the bond strength. From the results it can be
stated that 12mm diameter bar shows better bond when compare with 16mm diameter of the
bar. as the exposure temperature increases the bond strength decreases.40 percent
replacement level of the fly ash shows better bond strength when compare to 30 and 50
percent replacement level. Optimum replacement level was found to be 40 percent.
Conclusions
 Based on the test results it can be stated the pullout specimens without fly ash shows
better bond strength compare to specimens with fly ash.
 Based on the test results of one hundred and twenty pullout specimens, it can be stated
that the pullout specimen with the smaller bar size has greater bond strength than the
specimen with the larger diameter bar.
 The influence of high temperatures on bond strength. Pull-out specimens tested at cold
state after heated up to (100 °C, 150 °C, 200 °C and 250 °C). The types of mixes were
Convention, 30, 40 and 50 percent replacement of fly ash. Type of steel reinforcement
was deformed rebar. Most considerable reduction of bond strength took place between
150°C and 250°C. As the temperature was increases to 250°C the bond strength of
concrete decreased progressively to 30 percent of the strength at room temperature.
76
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 At temperature up to 100 °C the concrete specimens resulted in smaller reduction in bond
strength nearly 7 to 10 percent of the strength at room temperature.
 Optimum percentage of mix containing Fly ash as partial replacement of cement was
found to be 40%.
Based on the test results it can be stated that, as the exposure temperature increases the
bond strength decreases.
REFERENCES
[1] ACI 211.1 (1991). Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight,
Mass Concrete. American Concrete Institute, Farminton Hills, MI.
[2] ACI 232R (2003). “Use of Fly Ash in Concrete”. American Concrete Institute, Farminton
Hills, MI.
[3] ACI 318 (2008). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318-08) and
Commentary. American Concrete Institute, Farminton Hills, MI.
[4] ACI 408R (2003). Bond and Development of Straight Reinforcing Bars in Tension.
American Concrete Institute, Farminton Hills, MI.
Bastami, M. and Aslani, F.: 2010, Preloaded High-Temperature Constitutive Models
and Relationships for Concrete, SCIENTIAIRANICA, Transaction A: Civil
Engineering ,Vol. 17, No. 1, 11-25.
[5] Bazant, Kaplan and Huang (1996). “Temperature effects on bond between concrete and
reinforcing steel.”
Bazant, P. and Chern, J.C. (1987), “Stress-induced thermal and shrinkage strains in
concrete”, ASCE, Journal of Engineering, Vol.113, No.10
[6] Bazant, Z., Kaplan, M. “Concrete at high temperatures Material Properties and
Mechanical Models.”Longman Group Limited, 1996.
[7] Bentz, D. P. and Ferraris, C. F.. “Rheology and Setting of High Volume Fly Ash
Mixtures.” National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD.
[8] Dept. of Civil Engineering, Karadeniz Technical University (2009), 61080 Trabzon,
Turkey Email: spul@ktu.edu.tr
[9] Dr. Jeffrey Volz, Advisor Dr. John Myers Dr. David Richardson (2009),Missouri
university of science and technology,“Bond strength of high-volume fly ash concrete.”
[10] Haddad, R., Shannis, L. “Post fire behavior of bond between high strength puzzolanic
concrete and reinforcing steel”. Consr. Build. Mater 18 (2004) 425-435.
[11] IS 10262-2009 “Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design”, Bureau of
Indian Standards,New Delhi, India.
[12] IS 12269-1987 “Specifications for 53 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement” Bureau of
Indian Standards,New Delhi, India.
[13] IS 2386-1963 “Method of Test for Aggregate for Concrete”, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi, India.
[14] IS 383-1970 “Specifications for Coarse and Fine Aggregate from Natural Source of
concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards,New Delhi, India.
[15] IS 456-2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian
Standards New Delhi, India.
[16] IS 516-1959 “Method of Tests for Strength of Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi, India.
[17] Khoury G. A. “Effect of fire on concrete and concrete structures,”Proc. Struct. Eng.
Mater J. 2 (2000) 429-447
77
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[18] Kodur R. V., McGrath: Fire endurance of high strength columns, Fire Technol. 89
(2003) 73-87
[19] Malhotra, H.L.(1985), “Design of fire-resisting structures,” London: Surrey
University Press.
[20] Malvar L.J. (1992) “Bond of Reinforcement under Controlled Confinement”, ACI
Materials Journal, Vol. 89, No. 6, November – December, pp. 593-601
[21] Milovanov, F., and Salmanov, G. D. “The Influence of High Temperature upon the
Properties of Reinforcing Steels and Upon Bond Strength between Reinforcement and
Concrete,” Issledovanijapozharoupornymbetonu I zhelezobetonu, pp. 203–223, 1984.
[22] Morely P., Royles R.: Response of the bond rein forcing concrete to high
temperatures Mag. Concrete Res. 35 (123) (198309 67-74).
[23] Naus, D. J.(2006), The Effect of Elevated Temperature on Concrete Materials
and Structures—A Literature Review, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of
Nuclear Regulatory Research, Washington, DC, 90-130.
[24] Nestore Galati University of Missouri-Rolla, USA Bryan Vollintine University of
Missouri-Rolla, USA(2004).
[25] RILEM 7-II-28. (1994). "Bond Test for Reinforcing Steel. 2. Pull-Out Test." E & FN
Spon, London.
[26] Savva, A., Manita, P. and Sideris, K.K.: 2005,Influence of elevated temperatures on
the mechanical properties of blended cement concretes prepared with limestone and
siliceous aggregates, Cement and Concrete Composites,Vol.27
[27] Youssef, M.A. and Moftah, M. (2007). “General Stress-Strain Relationship for
Concrete at Elevated Temperatures.” Journal of Engineering Structures, Vol.29
[28] Zhang, B., and Bicanic, N.: 2002, Residual fracture toughness of normal and high
strength gravel concrete after heating to 600°C, ACI Materials Journal, Vol.99, No. 3
78
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRP RETROFITTING OF RC BUILDING ON JOINTS
USING STAAD PRO
G. Hemalatha1, U. Thirumalesh2, Syed Mushtaq Hashmi2
1
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Geethanjali college of Engineering and Technology
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Matrusri Engineering College
3
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Muffakham Jah College of Engineering and Technology
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites consist of high strength fibres. Fibres typically used in FRP are glass,
carbon and aramid. These fibres are all linear elastic up to failure, with no significant yielding compared to steel.
The repair and upgrading of reinforced concrete structures damaged by seismic actions are challenging fields of
study in earthquake engineering. Seismic retrofitting of contructions are vulnerable to earthquake.Most of the
indian building stock is vulnerable to seismic action even if located in areas that have long been consideredof
high sesmic hazard. This is four storey reinforced concrete structure has been considered, which lies in Zone II
according to IS 1893:2000 classification of seismic zones in India.The structure is designed in STAAD.Pro v8i,
considering M20 concrete and Fe250 steel reinforcement for with and without earthquake loading conditions.Aim
is to focus on beam-column joints safe for occupation.The limitations of this project in existing building which
may require extensive repair before it is generally useful or considered are that not much is known about the
behavior of FRP materials and thus, no standardization has been achieved in it commercially. Also the code does
not give a specific method of jacketing columns
Keywords: Equivalent Static Method, Demand Capacity Ratio, Flexural Capacity, Shear Capacity, Reinforced
Concrete Structure, FRP Strengthening.
1.0 General
Fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites consist of high strength fibres. Fibres typically
used in FRP are glass, carbon and aramid. These fibres are all linear elastic up to failure, with
no significant yielding compared to steel. The repair and upgrading of reinforced concrete
structures damaged by seismic actions are challenging fields of study in earthquake
engineering, which have been developed during the last two decades guidance. On the other
hand, the failure of joints may, in many cases, lead to general failure of the whole construction.
Research in this area is essential since engineers in seismic-prone regions often face the
problem of designing repair or strengthening works for damaged buildings without
quantitative.The primary functions of the matrix in a composite are to transfer stress between
the fibres, to provide a barrier against the environment and to protect the surface of the fibres
from mechanical abrasion. Adhesives are used to attach the composites to other surfaces such
as concrete. The most common adhesives are acrylics, epoxies and urethanes. Epoxies provide
high bond strength with high temperature resistance, whereas acrylics provide moderate
temperature resistance with good strength and rapid curing. Several considerations are involved
in applying adhesives effectively. Careful surface preparation such as removing the cement
paste, grinding the surface by using a disc sander, removing the dust generated by surface
grinding using an air blower and carful curing are critical to bond.
 Ductile components are to be designed with sufficient deformation capacity at least to
satisfy displacement-based demand-capacity ratio to have good energy dissipation.
 Brittle components should be designed to achieve sufficient strength levels so as to
satisfy strength-based demand-capacity ratio
79
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Jacketing is a member-level retrofit technique. It can be used to increase concrete
confinement, shear or flexural strength of the members. Popular practices involve
jacketing with concrete, steel or fiber reinforced polymers (FRP).
Fig. 1.1 Types of jacketing in seismic retrofitting

2 .THEORY
2.1 Demand Capacity Ratio
The calculation of Demand Capacity Ratio to identify the failing members, is the part of
Equivalent Static Analysis.
DCR= Demand/Capacity
If DCR is lesser than 1, the member passes, else it passes. It is an important tool used to
determine whether a certain member of the structure is passing or failing due to moment and/or
shear. The check for DCR exceeding 1 was performed for both flexural and shear capacities of
the beams as well as columns of the structure.
2.2 FRP Strengthening of Concrete Members
The design philosophy for such sections is coherence with limit state principles. This approach
sets acceptable levels of safety against the occurrence of both serviceability limit states
(excessive deflections, cracking) and ultimate-limit states (failure, stress rupture, fatigue). By
applying limit state analysis, the internal strain and stress distribution for a rectangular section
of concrete can be found out at the ultimate stage. Thereafter, the strain level in the FRP
reinforcements can be determined.. The maximum strain for the FRP will be developed at the
point at which concrete crushes, FRP ruptures or FRP debonds from the substrate. ACI-
440.2R-02 (Clause 11.3.2) mentions that confining rectangular sections with FRP is effective
in improving the ductility of compression members but not in increasing their axial strength.
Hence, due to lack of any suggested method, the design of FRP jacketing was performed only
for the failing beams.
80
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 2.1 Internal strain and stress distribution for a Fig 2.2 Elastic strain and
stress rectangular concrete section (FRP strengthened) under distribution flexure
at ultimate stage
3. CALCULATION OF DCR
The structural engineering group that tried to use the design spectra for the analysis and
retrofit of the bridge found that a large number of members in the structure required retrofit.
After a careful study of the maximum peak values of the member forces (especially the large
peak axial forces), it was decided to run new time-history analyses using the basic time-history
records that were used to create the design spectra. After running all the time-history records,
the maximum Demand/Capacity Ratios were reduced by approximately a factor of three
compared to the design spectra results.
The detailed evaluation of the building involves equivalent static lateral force
procedure, load with response reduction factors and Demand Capacity Ratio (DCR) for
ductility as in IS 13920:1993. Since the building dates back to a period 50 years early, the grade
of concrete is assumed to be M20 and for steel Fe250.
Checks done by these types :
1. DCR for moments of resistance in sagging and hogging for beams
2. DCR for shear capacity in beams
3. DCR for moment of resistance in columns
4. DCR for shear capacity in columns.
For finding DCR for moments of resistance in sagging and hogging:
 In hogging, the capacity moment of resistance is calcuated by the formula-
Mr (H) = 0.36fckbXu (d- 0.44Xu) + fscAsc (d-d’)
 In sagging, the capacity moment of resistance is calcuated by the formula-
Mr (S) = 0.36fckbXu (d- 0.44Xu) + fscAst (d-d’)
d’ = effective cover= 33 mm
For finding DCR for moments of resistance in columns:
 The Interaction diagram in SP-16 has been used to find the value of Mu/fckbD2 for
the corresponding values of P/fck and Pu/fckbD
For finding DCR for shear capacity of beams:

 Calculate the percentage of steel 100As/bd.
 For the corresponding percentage, find the value of τc(design shear strength of
concrete) from table 19 of IS 456: 2000. The following are calculated-
Vus = 0.87
fyAsv d / Sv
Vu1 = Vus+
τcbd
81
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vu2= 1.4 [MR(H) + MR(S)]/
Lc whereLc= clear span of
the member
Shear resisted (capacity) is given by the maximum of Vu1 and Vu2
For finding DCR for shear capacity of columns:
 From table 19 of IS 456: 2000. The calculation are follows
Fig. 3.1 Beams Failing due to Flexural Capacity
Fig. 3.2 Beams Failing due to Shear Capacity
1st Level 2nd, 3rd and 4th Levels

Fig. 3.3 Columns Failing due to Flexural Capacity
3.1 DESIGN OF FRP JACKETING:

3.1.1 PROVIDING FLEXURAL STRENGTHENING TO BEAMS USING FRP:
Stress level in the reinforcing steel and FRP-
fs= Esεs<= fy
ffe= Efεfe
82
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design flexural strength of the section-
ΦMn = Φ[Asfs (d- b1c/2) + yAfffe(h-b1c/2))]
This should be greater than the required moment strength Mu
Calculation of service stresses in the reinforcing steel and the FRP by-
k= [(psEs/Ec + pfEf/Ec)2 + 2 (psEs/Ec + pfEfh/Ecd)-(psEs/Ec + pfEf/Ec)] 0.5
fs,s<= 0.80 fy (Serviceability conditions)

ff,s= fs,s [Ef(h-kd)/Es(d-kd)] - εbiEf
ff,s<= 0.55 fu (Creep-rupture stress limit)
For the calculations values assumed are as follows-
Environmental Reduction Factor Ce for carbon fibers = 0.89
Rupture Strain of FRP system efu* = 0.020
Ultimate Tensile strength of FRP system ffu * = 0.70kN/mm2
Modulus of Elasticity of FRP system Ef = 35kN/mm2
Dimensions of FRP strips
Thickness tf = 0.04” = 1.016 mm
Width wf = 12 in = 304.8 mm
4 . RESULTS
4.1 FRP Design Calculations
Table3.1.1 1st STOREY
Demand
Beam Moment ΦMn fs,s ff,s No. of
No. (kNm) (kNm) (N/mm2) (N/mm2) plies
20 100.034 98.259 68.401 15.106 4
25 99.5.261 106.137 52.397 10.973 5
30 115.292 102.12 55.977 11.696 5
Table3.1.2 2nd STOREY

Demand
65 50.485 75.61 40.716 9.749 3
83
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 40.57 44.369 51.64 10.299 4
92 100.49 96.42 70.259 12.691 5
Table3.1.3 3rd STOREY

Demand
183 70.836 99.196 50.963 10.678 3
184 482.371 530.496 90.604 15.872 3
190 280.009 348.326 92.495 19.212 4
Table3.1.4 TERRACE
Demand
250 192.458 245.06 100.08 20.627 2
264 180.208 210.564 110.47 22.239 2
282 170.496 118.565 108.391 22.517 2
4. CONCLUSIONS
The analysis of beams by Equivalent Static Method revealed that most of the beams
failed in flexural capacity. The number of failing beams decreased with increasing storeys.
Based on the above observations, the immediate need to counter deficiency in flexural capacity
was identified and the FRP jacketing scheme was suggested only for beams, failing in flexure.
Due to the high tensile strength and stiffness, stability under high temperatures and resistance
to acidic/alkali/organic environments, carbon fiber was chosen as the FRP material to be used.
The FRP design method used in this project is essentially trial and error where the value of the
depth of neutral axis has to be assumed and compared with the value obtained. This would
ensure feasibility of application of the FRP system to the beams. From the results of the
experimental program, effective methods for rehabilitating existing deficient beamcolumn
joints are developed. A comparison between the performance of original specimens and
84
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rehabilitated ones shows that the GFRP jacket was capable of increasing the shear resistance
of the joint and enhancing the performance of the connection from a ductility point of view.
The proposed rehabilitation techniques for beam-column joints.
5. REFERENCES
[1] Ghobarah, Ahmed, and Aly Said. "Shear strengthening of beam-column
joints." Engineering structures 24.7 (2002): 881-888.
[2] Agarwal, P. and Shrikhande, M. (2004), Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures,
PHI Publication
[3] Antonopoulos, Costas P., and Thanasis C. Triantafillou. "Experimental investigation
of FRP-strengthened RC beam-column joints." Journal of composites for
construction 7.1 (2003): 39-49.
[4] Mukherjee, Abhijit, and Mangesh Joshi. "FRPC reinforced concrete beam-column
joints under cyclic excitation." Composite structures 70.2 (2005): 185-199.
[5] Fardis, Michael N. (2009), Seismic Design, Assessment and Retrofitting of Concrete
Buildings, Springer
[6] Fukuyama, H., Sugano, S. (2000), Japanese seismic rehabilitation of concrete buildings
after the Hyogoken-Nanbu Earthquake, Cement and Concrete Composites,Vol. 22
Issue 1
[7] Griffith, M. C. and Pinto, A. V. (2000), Seismic Retrofit of RC Buildings - A Review
and Case Study, The University of Adelaide, Adelaide, Australia and European
Commission, Joint Research Centre, Ispra Italy.
[8] Kumar, E. S, Murugesan, A, Thirugnanam, G.S. (2010) Experimental study on
behaviour of Retrofitted with FRP wrapped RC Beam-Column Exterior Joints
Subjected to cyclic loading, International Journal of Civil and Structural Engineering,
Vol. 1 No. 1.
[9] Syal, I.C., Goel, A.K. (2010), Reinforced Concrete Structures, S. Chand Publications
[10] Thermou, G. E. and Elnashai, A. S. (2006), Seismic retrofit schemes for RC structures
and local–global consequences, Prog. Struct.Engng Mater, 8
[11] Wang, Y. P. (1998), Fundamentals of Seismic Base Isolation, International Training
Programs for Seismic Design of Building Structures
[12] Wha Bai, J. (2003), Seismic Retrofit for Reinforced Concrete Building Structures,
Texas A&M University, Mid-America Earthquake Center, CM-4: Structure Retrofit
Strategies
[13] BIS, IS 13920:1993, Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures subjected to
seismic forces — Code of practice, Bureau of Indian Standards, Second revision
[14] BIS, IS 456:2000, Plain and reinforced concrete code of practice‖ Bureau of Indian
Standards, Fourth revision
[15] BIS, IS 1893 (Part 1): (2002), Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
Part 1 General Provisions and Buildings, Bureau of Indian Standards, Fifth revision
[16] ACI Committee, ACI 318-99, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete-
Code of Practice, American Concrete Institute
[17] ACI Committee, ACI 440.2R-02, Guide for the Design and Construction of
Externally Bonded FRP Systems for Strengthening Concrete Structures- Code of
Practice, American Concrete Institute.
[18] Sasmal, S., Ramanjaneyulu, K., Novák, B., Srinivas, V., Kumar, K. S., Korkowski,
C., ... & Iyer, N. R. (2011). Seismic retrofitting of nonductile beam-column sub-
assemblage using FRP wrapping and steel plate jacketing. Construction and Building
Materials, 25(1), 175-182.
85
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON BACTERIAL-BASED
SELF-HEALING CONCRETE
Karthik Chintalapudi1, Patil Aparna2, P.S.S. Himabindu3, S.Amulya4
1
Assistant professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, 500090
2,3,4
Student, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, 500090
Email: karthikch964@gmail.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
In recent times rapid growth in infrastructure development can be seen in concrete structures, due to its durability.
The ingress of deleterious substances into the concrete due to the formation of micro-cracks may cause
deterioration or structural failure. Further, high maintenance and repair costs were required. Self-healing
concepts were adopted for the enhancement of durability of concrete and extending the service life of the concrete
structures. In which, Bio-mineralization is an eco-friendly bio-process, shows promising results in sealing the
micro-cracks by Microbially Induced CaCO3 Precipitation (MICP). Introduction of specific bacteria into concrete
embedding with self-healing agent helps to mediate MICP. Adopting greener alternatives and utilization of bio-
minerals increases the ability to seal the cracks in concrete. The mechanical and durability aspects such as
compressive strength, split tensile strength were done. The visual examination is done to observe the sealing of
cracks in concrete. SEM and EDS analysis were done to investigate the calcite precipitation in concrete specimens
and chemical depositions were seen.
Keywords: Microbially Induced CaCO3 Precipitation (MICP), Bacteria, SEM, EDS, self-healing.
1 Introduction
Concrete is the major construction material which is mostly used in construction and
infrastructure development due to its high compressive strength. Concrete is weak in tension,
tensile stresses leads to deterioration of concrete or a structural failure. This reduces the service
life of the structure. Formation of tensile cracks leads to ingression of chemicals or water into
the concrete. The renovation of buildings costs much; the expensive renovations could be
prevented by approaching self-healing techniques. To overcome these situations adopting a
novel based self-healing technique that can be used to prevent cracks in concrete. A realistic
self-healing technique which was rapidly developing by mineral deposition can be achieved by
incorporating bacteria as a healing agent into the concrete. Bacterial-based self healing
technique is an eco friendly bio-mineralization process which can able to heal the cracks
formed in concrete without human interaction. When cracks appear, the water finds its way
into the concrete and activates the bacteria, therefore precipitation takes place, and this closes
the cracks in the concrete. Bacillus pasteurii, which is a common soil bacterium, rich in urease
production is adopted for the bio-mineralization process. The bacteria present in the concrete
remains dormant and activates when water ingresses into these formed cracks [1, 3]. The
presence of micro-organisms in concrete helps in remediation of cracks and improvement of
compressive strength, in high pH environment conditions [13]. The main concept of
autogenous self-healing approach is adopted for non-hydrated cement particles in traditional
concrete. The Ca Co3 precipitation helps to seal and heal the micro-cracks in concrete by
immobilizing the urea producing bacteria in concrete by healing agent [2, 4]. The impact of
vegetative cells on hydration of cement in concrete matrix, compressive strength and the
influence of urea producing bacterial cells shows precipitation of Ca Co3 which helps in self
healing of cracks in the concrete [17]. This research is mainly focused on the increment of life
time of the structures by self-healing technique. H.M. Jonkers et.al investigated the
immobilization of bacteria and calcium lactate in expanded clay particles [3]. The survival of
86
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bacteria in the expanded clay aggregates was found to be sustainable. The EDS analysis had
shown the presence of calcite deposition in the form of CaCO3 precipitation in the concrete
specimens. Bacterial cell walls acts as a promising admixture in enhancing mechanical
performance of concrete. Increased carbonation of Ca(OH)2 and formation of calcium
carbonate on the surface of the concrete and inside the cracks can be seen [2,12]. The visual
inspection of healing the cracks proved that the bacteria suspended in water had survived and
helped in the self-healing process. Split tensile strength of the concrete is considered in the
design criteria, so, split tensile strength of concrete is more concentrated on this research.
Healing of cracks and percentage of load taken after healing is done in order to remediate the
tensile cracks formed. By comparing the conventional bacterial concrete techniques with the
bio-mineralization techniques of concrete can achieve an eco-friendly and effective biological
sustainable concrete [2] .
2 Project Significance
Cement: OPC 53 grade of cement with specific gravity 3.14 conforming IS: 12269-1987.
Coarse aggregates: locally available graded aggregates of size 20 mm were used confirming
IS: 383-1970.
Fine aggregates: Natural river sand of zone III confirming of IS: 383-1970 was used.
Calcium lactate: C6H10O6 Ca.5H2O white powder thing which is bought from local chemical
merchant is added 6% by weight of cement into concrete mix.
Bacteria: Bacillus pasteurii which is formerly known as sporosarcina pasteurii is a common
bacterium found in soil, produce urease. The bacterial pure culture strain was bought from
National collection of micro-organisms (NCIM) Pune.
3. Experimental study:
The concept of self-healing in both normal and light weight bacterial concrete is to form CaCO3
precipitation on the surface of the cracks. The ability to seal the cracks can be achieved by
Microbial Induced Calcium carbonate Precipitation (MICP). Calcium carbonate can be formed
on the surface of the cracks by reacting with CO2 present in the calcium hydroxide by following
reactions
CO2 + Ca (OH) 2 → Ca CO3 + H2O (1)
Ca (C3H5O2) 2 + 7 O2 → CaCO3 + 5 CO2 + 5 H2O (2)
This process is more efficient because active metabolic conversions of calcium nutrients and
bacteria present in the concrete [6]. The bacteria incorporated in the specimens for self-healing
gives rise to pH increase, resulting in formation of carbonate ions.
Ca2+ +cell → cell- Ca2+ (3)

Cell-Ca CO3 → cell- Ca CO3 ↓ (4)
2+ 2-
In the above equations, the cell wall of bacteria is negatively charged; cations from the
environment were drawn by bacteria. Including the Ca2+ ions to deposit on the cell surface,
Subsequent reaction with CO3 2- -ions can be seen by Ca2+ -ions leads to CaCo3 precipitation
at the cell surface.
87
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1. Preparation of Bacterial solution:
The bacteria should be added may be of liquid (broth) or solid (agar). For the purpose of adding
in the concrete we choose liquid form i.e., Nutrient broth. The bacteria to be added should be
grown in specific media. The broth solution can be prepared by suspending 13.0 grams of
nutrient broth in 1000 ml of distilled water which consists of ingredients such as sodium
chloride, beef extract, yeast extract and peptic digest of animal tissue. These ingredients act as
food for bacteria in the concrete. The media was autoclaved at 121o C for 20 minutes. Then the
bacterial pure culture was inoculated in broth media. The inoculated broth media was kept in
incubation chamber at 37o C for 24-48 hrs.
3.2. Adding bacteria into Concrete:

The addition of bacteria into the concrete for Microbilly induced calcium carbonate
precipitation (MICP) can be done by direct addition process. The bacteria is added to the
concrete directly at the time of mixing the concrete. The healing agent was mixed with cement
and added to the concrete to achieve better pore structure in concrete. This direct addition
process can be adopted for preparing the normal bacterial-based self healing concrete.
4. Results and Discussions:

4.1. Compressive strength test:
Concrete specimens of 100x100x100 mm specimens were casted and allowed to harden for
different ages like 7,14,28,56 and 90 days. The specimens were loaded in compressive testing
machine for maximum load. Average compressive strength for conventional and bacterial
concrete specimens were shown in fig.1 gradual increase in compressive strength can be seen
in bacteria induced concrete. Bacterial concrete specimens have attained a strong bonding
between the cracks formed. This helps in developing a bridging between the internal cracks
formed. Similar compressive strength, increased internal bonding strength and better
workability can be observed in bacterial concrete produced when compared to conventional
bacterial concrete.
Fig.1: Average Compressive strength for conventional and bacterial concrete specimens
4.2. Ultrasonic pulse velocity test:
Ultrasonic pulse velocity test was conducted on the concrete specimens of 100x100x100 mm
size at different ages of curing to determine the quality of the concrete. For conventional
88
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
concrete specimens it can be seen that the quality of concrete is achieved good at 14 days of
curing. As for bacterial concrete the quality of the concrete is good at 28 days of curing.
The average ultrasonic pulse velocity values for conventional and bacterial concrete specimens
at different ages can be seen in fig.2.
Fig.2: Average UPV values for Normal and Light weight concrete specimens at different
ages
4.3. Split tensile strength:
The split tensile strength test was conducted on concrete cylinder specimens of size 100 mm
diameter and 200 mm depth at different ages of curing. The specimens were kept horizontally
in order to create tensile cracks. The load was applied maximum and at first failure the
specimen was taken out and allowed for curing in water for self-healing observation. The
average split tensile strength for conventional and bacterial concrete specimens were shown in
fig.3.
Fig.3:Average Ultimate split tensile strength for Normal and Light weight concrete
specimens
After 56 days of curing of the cracked specimens, the healed specimens were again tested for
split tensile strength as shown in table.1- an average of 53% of the load was taken by bacterial
concrete specimens’ respectively after 56 days healing of cracked specimens as shown in table
1. The light weight bacterial concrete shows better results in tensile strength by encapsulation
of bacteria inside the light weight aggregates. The internal healing of the light weight concrete
specimens can be seen by SEM investigation of light weight aggregates present in the light
89
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
weight concrete. Comparing both the types of bacterial specimens light weight concrete shows
better healing ability to seal the internal and external cracks formed in the concrete.
Table 1: split tensile strength of cracked specimens after 56 days of healing
S.NO Split tensile strength Split tensile strength after

when cracked 56 days of healing
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
1 2.4 1.27
2 2.7 1.52
3 2.8 1.40
4 3.2 1.46
4.4. Crack width analysis:

The approximate crack widths for bacterial concrete specimens have done by using digimizer
software. By visual inspection of the specimens the healing can be observed. By using
digimizer software the approximate crack widths and mean values of cracks can be observed.
The cracks before and after healing of bacterial concrete specimens were shown in fig.4 and
fig.5.
Fig.4: Crack widths of bacterial concrete before and after 56 days of healing
90
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.5: Crack widths of bacterial concrete before and after 56 days of healing
Cracks up to 0.5-0.6 mm approximately were healed for bacterial concrete at the age of 56 days
of curing. The visual inspection of healing ability of the bacterial specimens shows the healing
capacity of the cracks. The bacterial concrete specimens show adequate formation of CaCO3
on the cracks. The healing of cracks was achieved in bacterial concretes shows better healing
in sealing the cracks.
4.5. Scanning electronic microscope (SEM):

The Scanning electronic microscopic (SEM) images were taken for bacterial specimens to
check the CaCO3 precipitation on the surface of the cracks formed. SEM images revealed that
the CaCO3 precipitation is rich in bacterial concrete as shown in fig.6.
Fig.6: Formation of CaCO3 on bacterial concrete specimen viewed in SEM

4.6. EDS analysis:
Energy-dispersive X-ray sectroscopic (EDS) analysis have done for the bacterial concrete
specimens to determine the chemical characteristics of the minerals formed in the cracked
specimens. EDS anlysis confimed the deposition of calcium compunds in the concrete
91
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
specimens. The chemical compositions present in the cracked specimens have shown in fig.7
for bacterial concrete specimens.
Fig.7: EDS spectrum of minerals deposited in bacterial concrete specimens

The EDS analysis revealed that the calcium deposit present in the bacterial concrete specimens
is due to formation of CaCO3 on the surface of the cracked specimens. This analysis was carried
out to check the capacity of aggregates in forming the CaCO3 on the aggregates which helps in
internal healing and bonding of the concrete.
5. Conclusions:
From this study it can be seen that the ability to heal the micro-cracks with the help of bacteria
and healing agent was observed in SEM analysis and confirmed by EDS, that Ca Co3
precipitation helps in sealing the micro-cracks and the following conclusions were drawn:
 A tensile strength of around 50% after the curing of specimens subjected to healing
process can be seen.
 Increased tensile strength percentage is observed in the bacterial concrete proven to be
more effective than conventional bacterial concrete.
 The visual examination and UPV transmission tests have proved the efficiency of
biological treatment of concrete by bonding between the cracks. Complete sealing and
better healing of cracks was observed.
 Cracks of width 0.24 mm, 0.34 mm, 0.5 mm were completely sealed in bacterial
concrete specimens.
 The enriched calcium source helps in remediating the cracks by spore forming bacteria
embedded in the bacterial concrete specimens confirmed by EDS analysis.SEM
investigation revealed the healing of cracks by CaCO3 precipitation incorporating with
bacteria and healing agent.
 Compared to conventional techniques, microbial self-healing agents have shown better
ability to seal the cracks and enhancement of durability in concrete structures. Adopting
smart materials helps in the development of sustainable concrete for long lasting
structures.
92
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. References:
[1] Gandhimathi, N. Vigneswari, S.M. Janani, D. Ramya, D. Suji and T. Meenambal,
Experimental study on self-healing concrete, Emerging trends in engineering research,
ISBN 978-93-82338-32-1.
[2] Chintalapudi Karthik, Rama Mohan Rao P, Properties of Bacterial-based Self-healing
concrete- A review, International Journal of ChemTech Research, CODEN (USA):
IJCRGG ISSN: 0974-4290, Vol.9, No.02 pp 182-188, 2016.
[3] H.M. jonkers, Bacteria-based self-healing concrete, HERON vol.56 (2011) No. 1/2.
[4] Henk M.Jonkers, Erik Schlangen. “A two component bacteria-based self-healing

concrete.” Concrete repair, Rehabilitation and Retrofitting II- Alexander et al (eds)
©2009 Taylor & francis Group, London, ISBN 978-0-415-46850-3.
[5] Jing Xu, Wu Yao, Multiscale mechanical quantification of self-healing concrete
incorporating non-ureolytic bacteria-based healing agent, cement and concrete research
64 (2014) 1-10.
[6] Kim Van Tittelboom, Nele De Belie, Willem De Muynck, Willy Verstraete, Use of
bacteria to repair cracks in concrete, cement and concrete research 40 (2010) 157-166.
[7] Klaas van Breugel, self-healing material concepts as solution for aging infrastructure,
37th conference on our world in concrete & structures, 29-31 August 2012, Singapore.
93
Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIMIZATION OF ELECTROLYSIS CELL USING CFD
1
K.Hanuma Rishi, Shagufta Akbari, G.SivaRama Krishna Reddy, S.Satya Venkatesh,
Pendyala Sowmya
1
Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, 500090
khanumarishi@gmail.com; akbarishagufta1@gmail.com;raakrishna05@gmail.com;
satyavenkatesh.s@gmail.com.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The effect of bubbles on the current density distribution over the electrodes of analkalineelectrolyzer cell
is studied using a two-dimensional computational fluid dynamics model. Model includes Eulerian-Eulerian two-
phase flow methodology to model the multiphase flow of Hydrogen and Oxygen with water and the
behavior of each phase is accounted for using first principle. Hydrogen/Oxygen evolution, flow field and
current density distribution are incorporated in the model to account for the complicated physics involved in
the process. Model is validated with mesh refinement study and by comparison with experimental
measurements. Model is found to replicate the effect of cell voltage and inter-electrode gap (distance between
the electrodes) on current density accurately. Further, model is found to capture the existence of optimum cell
height. The validated model is expected to be a very useful tool in the design and optimization of alkaline
electrolyzer cells.
Keywords: Alkaline electrolysis, Hydrogen production, Two phase flow Electrode distance.
1 Introduction
Alkaline electrolysis is an attractive path toward renewable Hydrogen production. However,

cost is a big impediment to using hydrogen more widely as a fuel. Low cost alkaline
electrolysis requires innovation in cell and system design. Computational fluid dynamics
(CFD) model presented in this paper is developed to aid in the design and optimization
of such electrolyzer cells. The presence of gas phase in the liquid electrolyte of the alkaline
electrolyzer makes it a two phase flow problem. Bubbles nucleate and grow on electrode
surfaces due to electrochemical reaction. During their growth, bubbles make part of
electrode inactive for reaction. Once bubblereach bulk electrolyte flow, they decrease the
effective electric conductivity of the electrolyte by reducing the cross-sectional area of pure
electrolyte available for current transport. Hence, bubble/gasrelease and motion
significantly affect the performance of the alkalineelectrolyzer. Dahlkild[1] applied the
mixture two-phase flow model for electrolysis process and implemented a boundary layer
analysis. The numerical results showed that ionic species concentrations are essentially
homogeneous as the mixing effect of the bubble suspension usually is much larger than
dispersion by molecular diffusion even at laminar flow conditions. He also showed that the
non-uniformity of the bubble distribution along the electrode results in a non-uniform current
density distribution. Mat et al.[2,3] developed a two-phase mathematical model for hydrogen
production ina forced flow electrochemical system and found that model successfully
captures the main characteristics of electrolysis process. Nagai et al.[4] experimentally
investigated effects of current density and space between electrodes on efficiency of
water electrolysis. They also studied the341effects of electrode heights, system temperature
and electrode inclination in the presence as well as absence of separator.
94
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.METHODOLOGY
2.1 TWO PHASE FLOW
The two phase flow of gas and liquid is interpreted using mathematical equation continua .
As following is the two phase flow and volume occupied by one phase cannot be occupied by
another phase the concept of phase volume fraction is introduced. These volume fractions are
assumed to be continuous functions and their sum is equal to one.
𝛼𝑙 + 𝛼𝑔 = 1................(1).
Where l and g are represented to liquid and gas phase respectively. Conservation equations
were developed to set of equations (2), (3). Which has similar structure for all phases. Standard
electrolysis with 2 phase flow is shown in Fig.1.
Continuity:
𝜕
(αiρi) + ∇. (αiρiϑ)………………(2)
𝜕𝑡
Momentum:
𝜕
(𝛼𝑖𝜌𝑖𝜗̅) + ∇. (𝛼𝑖𝜌𝑖𝜗̅𝜗̅)
𝜕𝑡
𝐷𝑗
= −𝛼𝑖∇𝜌 + ∇. (𝛼𝑖𝜇𝑒𝑓𝑓∇𝜗̅) ̅̅̅ +
+ 𝛼𝑖𝜌𝑖𝑔̅ + 𝑘𝑗𝑖𝜗𝑟 𝑘𝑗𝑖( ∇𝛼𝑗
𝛼𝑗𝜎𝑗𝑖
𝐷𝑖
−
∇𝛼𝑖) … … … … … … . . (3)
𝛼𝑖𝜎𝑗𝑖
Where i& j represent gas and liquid phases, 𝜇𝑒𝑓𝑓 is effective viscosity which is the
combination of turbulent and laminar flows ,𝛼𝑖𝜌𝑖𝑔̅ is buoyancy force, 𝑔̅ is gravity vector,
𝛼𝑖𝜌𝑖𝑔̅ is buoyancy force .drag function. Where
𝐶𝑑𝑅𝑒
f= ..........................................(4)
24
𝐷j 𝐷𝑖
𝜗𝑟 =kji(𝛼j𝜎𝑖j ∇ 𝛼𝑖𝜎𝑗𝑖 ∇𝛼𝑖) … … … … … (5)
𝛼𝑖𝛼𝑗𝜌𝑗𝑓
𝑘𝑗𝑖 = ……………………… (6)
𝜏𝑗
CD = 24(1+0.15Re0.687)/Re,Re≤ 1000 … … (7)

0.44, Re >1000
∇. (𝜎𝑒𝑓𝑓∇∅𝑖)=0………………….(8)
𝜎𝑒𝑓𝑓 = 𝜎0(1 − 𝛼)…………………… (9)
95
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 Experimental setup
Fig.1 Schematic diagram of Standard Electrolysis
Experimental setup is made as per the requirement. We have done the experiment for two cases.
In the first case, the electrode plates are placed parallel to each other and a spacing of 1mm
maintained between the electrode and the membrane shown in Fig.2.In the second case the
electrodes are kept in an inclined position as in Fig.3. and is tested for efficiency. KOH solution
is placed in between the electrodes plates, anode 24 and cathode 14, asbestos membrane 30.
Fig.2 Electrode plates at equal distance parallel to each
96
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fi
Fig.3 Electrode plates inclined at top
2.3 EXPERIMENTAL DETAILS

Current-cell voltage curves were recorded in a 5”x5” square parallel plate divided or undivided
flow cell equipped with a Tin cathode and 204 stainless steel anode. The data was obtained at
temperatures ranging from 20 to 60˚C, using a Xantrex XHR20-50 power supply as a DC
source. The electrocatalytic cathodes were prepared by co-depositing nickel and zinc or nickel
and aluminum onto a stainless steel 204 substrate by a wire-arc deposition method. Most of the
zinc oraluminum was then removed from the surface of the electrode by leaching in
circulating 30% KOH solution at 60˚C for periods of 6 to 24 hours. The anode material was
204 Stainless Steel. The active electrode surface area was 161cm2. 30% w/w KOH
solution was prepared by dilution of Fisher Certified 45% w/w solution with de-ionized
water. In a typical experiment, a 30% KOH solution at temperatures of 20˚to 60˚C was
circulated through the cell at flow rates of up to 2L/minute. The current was increased in
5A increments, and the cellvoltage at each current was recorded manually.
2.4 THEORITICAL CONSIDERATIONS
The hydrodynamic and electrochemical components of the model are coupled through the
source terms in the continuity equation and through the voidage of the electrolyte solutiondue
to gas bubbles. Mass of Hydrogen produced at the cathode is obtained from the local current
density value using the first law of electrolysis. This value of Hydrogen mass is given as the
mass ‘source’ value in the continuity equation for Hydrogen. Similarly, mass of Oxygen
produced at the anode is obtained from the local current density and given as mass ‘source’
value in the corresponding continuity equation. Mass ‘sink’ term for water is also obtained
using the first law of electrolysis and added in it’s continuity equation. Voidage computed with
these source/sink terms is used to find the new local current density.
Vtheoritical = (R I T t) / (F p z)
97
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Where:
R=8.314 Joule/(mol Kelvin)
I = current in amps
T = the temperature in Kelvins (273 + Celsius temperature)
t = time in seconds
F = Faraday's constant = 96485 Coulombs per mol
p = ambient pressure = about 1 x 105 pascals (one pascal = 1 Joule/meter3)
z = number of "excess" electrons (2 for Hydrogen)
Table 1: Standard values of different parameters
Symbol Value
𝜌𝑙 1050 kg/m3
D 100e-6m
𝜎0 50-100S/m
𝑖0 0.2 A/m2
T 20 – 60 ˚C
F 96487 C/mol
R 8.314 J/mol
2.5 LOSSES IN THE COLLECTION OF H2

1. Failure to capture all the hydrogen
2.Energy lost due to heat
3. Various measurement error
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Experimental setup was designed and the results that was obtained are as follows.
3.1 Amount of H2 Evolved :

Trial -1:
• Total volume of test tube = 65 ml
• Voltage supplied = 6V
• Time interval = 5 mins
• Reduction in Height of water = 1 cm
• Volume of H2 produced = 1 cm3
Trial 2:
• Total volume of test tube = 65 ml
• Reduction in height of electrolyte = 1.3 cms
• Volume of H2 produced = 1.3 cm3
Trial 3:
• Total vol of test tube = 65 ml
• Reduction in height of electrolyte = 2.7 cms
• Volume of H2 produced = 2.7 cm3
98
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thereotical value
Trial 1:
Temperature = 273 + 37 C
Time = 5 mins
Current = 11 amp
Vtheoritical = 0.719 cm3
Efficiency (in %) = 100 x Vproduced / Vtheoretical
3.2.Best Result Validation
Experimental setup was simulated in the software by following the above conditions and
constrains. The results that will be obtained are as follow. Different values or constants that are
used in simulation
MODEL VALIDATION WITH EXPERIMENTAL OBSERVATION
Cell width 0.125 inch
200.00
density, mA/cm^2
Average Current
Predicted
150.00
Experimental
100.00
50.00
0.00
1.6 1.8 2 2.2
Cell Voltage, V
Fig.4: (ModellingBubble Flow and Current Density Distribution in an Alkaline Electrolysis

Cell)
Cell width 0.1875 inch
150.00
density, mA/cm^2
Average Current
Predicted
100.00 Experimental
50.00
0.00
1.6 1.8 2 2.2
Cell Voltage, V
Fig.5(Modelling Bubble Flow and Current Density Distribution in an Alkaline Electrolysis

Cell)
99
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Advantages of hydrogen over other fuels:
 Highest energy weight ratio of all fuels

 Diffuses in air faster than petrol & CH4
 Burns in air over a wide range.
Fig.6 weight and volume related energy densities for hydrogen in comparison with
Other energy carriers
5. Conclusions
Eulerian-Eulerian two-phase flow model available in Fluent 6.2 is used to develop a
computational fluid dynamics model for multiphase flow involved in alkaline
electrolysis.Electrochemistry isincorporated using the UDF (User Defined Function)
feature of Fluent. Electrolyzer physicsincorporated in the model is validated by mesh
refinement study and by comparison with in-houseexperimental data. Model predicts the
existence of an optimum inter-electrode gap at any particular electrolyte flowrate. Further,
optimum inter-electrode gap is found todecrease with increase in flow rate. Modelwould serve
as a very useful tool in the design andoptimization of alkaline electrolyzer cell and stack.
References
[1] RavichandraJs, Zhang Hongmei2,Guillermo zappi2 and richard bourgeois.

Modelingbubble flow and current density distribution in an alkaline electrolysis cell
applied combustion lab, Ge India Technology ge global research center, Niskayuna,
Ny, Usa.
[2] Computational fluid dynamics by J.D.AndersonJr
[3] M. mat, k. Aldas, int. j. hydrogen energy, 30, 411 (2005).
[4] Cfd simulation of bubble columns using vofmodel : comparison of commercial sources
solvers with an experiment by Horvath Andras, Lusakaseer Michael, Harseek Michael
[5] Acase study on bubble formation: Numericsvs. measurements Jaromír Havlica 1,
Miroslav Šimčík 1, Radovan Bunganič 1, Marek Večeř 1,2, Marek Ruzicka 1,
KamilWichterle 2, JiříDrahoš
100
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A MATERIAL BY ITSELF CAN BE ECO-FRIENDLY
BAMBOO: AS A CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL
B. Vamsi Krishna
Assistant Professor Department of Civil Engineering,
Malla Reddy Engineering College (Autonomous), Maisammaguda, Secunderabad-500100
E-Mail Id:localvamsi1987@gmail.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
In this world of constantly increasing population and depleting resources there is urge to adopt cost effective and
ecofriendly structures. These papers discuss the potential of bamboo and project the possibilities of usage of
bamboo in the construction field. Bamboo is an ancient solution for the present day problem. Bamboo is an
appropriate substitute for the present convention building material such as steel and wood. The main
characteristic of the bamboo which makes it a suitable building material is it’s high tensile strength which is
equivalent to mild steel at the yield point and very good weight strength ratio making it high resilient against the
forces created by the earth quakes and hurricanes. Bamboo can replace 70% of steel and wood used in the
construction and reduce the cost by 40%. Bamboo can be used from scaffolding to every stage of construction
like in footings, beams, columns, slabs, stair cases, doors, windows etc. Bamboo is the renewable resource with
amazing growth rate, rejuvenates the soil and grows in varied climatic conditions. Bamboo absorbs carbon
dioxide and releases 35% more oxygen into the atmosphere than other hardwood trees. There are few building
codes also available for the usage of bamboo in the construction such as ISO 22156: 2004 Bamboo structural
design, ISO 22157: 2004 Bamboo physical and mechanical properties, IS 9096: 1979 Code of practice for
preservation of bamboo for structural purposes. Thus bamboo is environmental friendly, energy efficient and cost
effective material.
Keywords: Bamboo, ISO 22156:2004, ISO 22157: 2004, IS 9096: 1979
1 Introduction
Bamboo is primarily a type of giant grass with woody stems. The stems are called “shoots”
when the plant is young and “culms” when the plant is mature. Each bamboo plant consists of
two parts – the “Culm”/stem that grows above the ground and the underground “rhizome” that
bears the roots of the plant. “A single bamboo clump can produce up to 15 kilometers of usable
pole (up to 30 cm in diameter) in its lifetime.”
Fig1: Various species of Bamboo
101
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 POTENTIAL OF BAMBOO
It is Fastest growing plant. Bamboo has highest carbon dioxide absorption. It has Continuous
absorption of carbon dioxide and release of oxygen .Quick harvest is possible which can be
also continuous harvest .Sustains green cover of world.
1.2 GROW BAMBOO AT YOUR OWN PLACE
Just a 2ft length, 2 ft width and 2 ft depth pit is required. Mixture of 1/3rd of soil sand and
manure each .The bamboo is to be properly watered it properly until it is nourished. If you
don’t have proper place it can also be planted in a 100 liters plastic drum. To protect it once in
every 6 months remove weak shoots affected by insects.
1.3 BAMBOO STRUCTURES IN THE WORLD
Bird-Like Amphitheater, Hanoi, Vietnam: This amphitheater in Vitenam used for the plays,
auditorium is constructed only with bamboo and ropes.
Fig2: Bird-Like Amphitheater
Green School, Bali: The Green School in Bali is the school with no walls. It’s one of the green
schools in the world where education is taught in the laps of environment.
Fig3: Green School, Bali
102
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4 BAMBOO FOOTINGS

For use as foundation, the bamboo poles are directly driven into the ground. They have to,
however, be pre-treated for protection from rot and fungi.
1.5 BAMBOO TRUSSES
For the spanning larger distances in public utility buildings like schools, storage areas,
commercial buildings, bamboo is utilized as a truss member. Bamboo has a high strength
/weight ratio and hence is a good alternative for roof framing.
Fig4: Bamboo Truss
1.6 BAMBOO WALLS

Bamboo walls are constructed by nailing a thin bamboo mat to either sides of a braced timber
frame.
Fig4: Bamboo Walls
103
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 BAMBOO SCAFFOLDING
Since ancient times, bamboo poles have been tied together and used as scaffolding. The
properties of bamboo such as resilience, shape and strength make it an ideal material for the
purpose. The working platforms for masons can also be built of bamboo.
Fig5: Bamboo Scaffolding
1.8 BAMBOO TILE ROOFING

• This is the simplest form of bamboo roofing. The culms are split into halves, the
diaphragms scooped out and these run full length from eave to ridge.
• The first layer of bamboo splits are layed concave side up and the second layer interlock
over the first with convex side up. Though a very simple method, it can be completely
watertight. The minimum pitch of the roof should be 30°.
Fig6: Bamboo Tile Roofing
1.9 BAMBOO REINFORCEMENT

Besides the use of bamboo as a building material, there have been proposals to use bamboo as
reinforcement in RC columns, beams and slabs. One of the examples is a silo made of bamboo-
104
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
reinforced concrete. This is the avenue for further research in the process of combining the
ancient of bamboo building with modern materials like concrete.
Fig7: Bamboo Reinforcement
2. PROPERTIES OF BAMBOO
Tensile strength: The fibers of the bamboo run axial. In the outer zone are highly elastic
vascular bundles that have a high tensile strength. The tensile strength of these fibers is higher
than that of steel.
Shrinking: Bamboo shrinks more than wood when it loses water. The canes can tear apart at
the nodes. Bamboo shrinks in the cross section ca. 10-16 %, in the wall thickness ca. 15-17 %.
Fire resistance: The fire resistance is very good because of the high content of silicate acid.
Filled up with water, it can stand a temperature of 400° C while the water cooks inside
Strength Compressive: The portion of lignin affects the compressive strength. Whereas the
high portion of cellulose influences the buckling and the tension strength, because it represents
the building substance of the bamboo fiber.
Elastical modulus: In connection with the elastic modulus you can see an advantage in the use
of slim tubes in relation to their cross section, too. The accumulation of highly strong fibers in
the outer parts of the tube wall also work positive in connection with the elastically modulus
like it does for the tension shear and bending strength. There exist an perfect relation of the
cross section of the tube, if you fall below or above it the elastically modulus decreases (the
higher the elastically modulus of the bamboo, the higher is the quality). Like the elastically
modulus of solid wood the one of bamboo also decreases 5 to10% with growing stress. The
enormous elasticity makes bamboo to be a very useful building material in areas with high risk
of earthquakes. In Asia they still construct scaffolds with bamboo tubes
Flexural (bending) strength: A trops analyzed common bamboos: diameter of tubes= 70-100
mm, wall thickness= 6-12 mm with a span of 3,60m. The elastically deflections were minimum
=1/25under maximum 1/16, and as an average 1/20,1 of the spans. Where a deflection in the
construction was unavoidable and annoying, one could bend the recently harvested tubes so
that you get a super elevation, which later will be compensated under the working load.
105
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shearing strength: Especially for the construction of the bamboo tube joining it is important
to consider the shearing resistance. The influence of the distance of the shearing surface
decreases with growing length of shearing surface. At a wall thickness of 10 mm the shearing
strength is about 11% lower than at a tube with a wall thickness of 6 mm; this could be
explained by the distribution of the high-strength fibers per cross section surface.
3. THE FRACTURE BEHAVIOR:
The behavior of breaking of common building wood differs clearly from the breaking
conditions of bamboo. Here you don't have a spontaneous break through the whole material
after the tearing of single bamboo fibers like wood does. The appearing clefts are led off
immediately in direction of the fiber and so they impair the critical region less. The energy
transfer is delayed by diffusion. Especially the pressure-, shearing-, and inter laminar strength
are raised by the knots. Those symptoms are titled as increasing factor of the fracture toughness.
In the research of modern compound material it is less important to prevent the formation of
cracks than to counteract the distribution of the clefts by finding a suitable material
construction.
Fig8: The fracture behavior
The work that is needed for the punch of a bamboo tube is nearly the same whether the punch
hits the knot or the intern odium. But the breaking conditions itself are totally different. If the
106
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
punch hits the knot the tube will burst in axial stripes; that means a break as a result of the
effort of the strength vertical to the fibers.. It is not comparable to the value of the spruce (0,5
mkp/cm²) because the bamboo is of course not solid but a tube.
Fig9: The punch fracture behavior of bamboo

Table 1: Properties of bamboo
PROPERTIES BAMBOO
Specific gravity 0.575 to 0.655
Average weight 0.625kg/m
Modulus of rupture 610 to 1600kg/cm2
Modulus of Elasticity 1.5 to 2.0
x105kg/cm2
Ultimate compressive 794 to 864kg/cm2
stress
Safe working stress in 105kg/cm2
compression
Safe working stress in 160 to 350kg/cm2
tension
Safe working stress in 115 to 180kg/cm2
shear
Bond stress 5.6kg/cm2
4. WORKING OF BAMBOO
Bamboo can be worked with the simplest tools which must be especially sharp because of the
highly silicified outer zone. Tool wear is considerably high.
107
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Splitting: very easy as long as you work along the cane axis. The cane is split in halves and
quarters and the driven apart by a wedge. It can also be split with a knife frame into four or
eight segments cutting with a machete-type or knife used for cutting.
Fig10: Bamboo Splitting

Shaping: Bamboo which grows in a box gets a square shape. So it can be better used for
connections.
Bending: Freshly cut, bamboo can be bent and will keep this shape after drying. When heated
above 150° C, bamboo keeps its shape after it goes cold.
Fig11: Bamboo Bending

5. PRESERVATION AND TREATMENT
As bamboo has less natural durability it requires chemical treatment for longer life. Bamboos
have low natural durability (1 to 3 years) against attacks by fungi and insects. They are very
difficult to be treated by normal preservative methods in dry condition since their outer and to
some extent inner membranes are impermeable to liquids. The treatment of bamboo is,
therefore, best carried out in green conditions.
108
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1 TYPES OF PREVENTION
Coal Tar Creosote:
• This is a fraction of coal tar distillate with a boiling point range above 200°C and is
widely used admixed with fuel oil in the ratio of 50:50.
• The fuel oil ensures stability to creosote against evaporation and bleeding from the
treated bamboos.
• Creosote has high performance; it is non-corrosive and provides good protection from
termites.
Boric Acid Borax:
• This has been used successfully against lyctus borers. A mixture of 2:5 percent of each
is found more suitable.
5.2 METHODS OF TREATMENT
• Surface Application: this is done by brushing, spraying or dipping of timber in
preservative solution for the required period.
• Soaking process: the debarked timber is submerged in the preservative solution for
sufficient period till the desired absorption is obtained.
6. ADVANTAGES OF BAMBOO
• Bamboo is low weight material to be used for construction.
• It can be transported and worked easily.
• The use of cranes is mostly unnecessary.
• It is a very flexible plant.
• Grows back very rapidly once harvested.
• Raw material for paper making.
• Bamboo has a higher tensile strength.
• Usage of bamboos will reduce deforestation
• Composite material
7. DISADVANTAGES OF BAMBOO
• If not treated well it will get attacked by the fungi.
• Bamboo does not lend itself to being painted because of its waxy coating.
• Bamboo is not designed to bear weight width-wise.
CONCLUSION
 Bamboo is lighter in weight than bird but is stronger than steel.
 It takes carbon dioxide in and releases 30% more oxygen than tree. It grows a meter in
one year and is mature in almost 3 years.
 Houses constructed using this bamboo are cool in summer and stays warm in winter
and more over it can withstand earthquakes and can stand forever.
 The environmental and financial comparison demonstrates that bamboo can compete
with building material.
 Bamboo is a natural product and will therefore always have some extent of irregularity.
 It is therefore suggested that the bamboo culm should be used in functions were the
measurement requirements are not entirely precise or fixed, as in temporary buildings
(e.g., pavilions and tents) or small civil projects.
109
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Furthermore, bamboo can play a role as a non-supporting or finishing material.
REFERENCES
[1] Farrelly, David (1984). The Book of Bamboo. Sierra Club Books. ISBN 087156825X
[2] "Alteration On Physical And Mechanical Properties of Bambusa vulgaris From Sabah
Forest Through Heat Treatment Process," University Malaysia Sabah & Forest
Research Institute Malaysia
[3] Gratani, Loretta; Maria Fiore Crescente, Laura Varone, Giuseppe Fabrini, and Eleonora
Digiulio (2008). "Growth pattern and photosynthetic activity of different bamboo
species growing in the Botanical Garden of Rome". Flora 203: 77–84.
[4] Michelle Nijhuis (June 2009). "Bamboo Boom: Is This Material for You?". Scientific
American Earth 3.0 special. Scientific American. Retrieved 11 August 2009.
[5] "Bamboo Construction". CD3WD. Retrieved 11 August 2009
[6] CASSANDRA ADAMS. "Bamboo Architecture and Construction with Oscar
Hidalgo". Natural Building Colloquium. Retrieved 11 August 2009.
110
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF INTERNATIONAL CODES
OF PRACTICES FOR BUILDINGS
Govardhan Mamilla1, K.Radha Praneetha2,A.Sai Sowmya3,P.Vineetha4,S.Manasa5
1
AssistantProfessor, Civil Engineering,Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of EngineeringandTechnology,
Hyderabad,e-mail : mgr08091a0109@gmail.com
2,3,4,5
Student, Department of Civil Engineering, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering &
Technology, Hyderabad,500090.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Design procedures and assumptions relating to design of various structural components are
governed by various codes of practices. American Standards are used in USA /Canada/ Latin
America/ South American Countries. EU specifications are used in Europe and Scandinavia.
IS standards govern Design in SAARC region while Australia and New Zealand. These Codes
of practices govern building activities of about 80% of world human population. In the present
Thesis comparative study of different Codes of Practices for Buildings and Bridges such as
Euro & Indian [IS: 456-2000, American Concrete Institute, Hong Kong government concrete
code of practice CP-04 will be done.
Introduction
Structural engineering is the back bone of Civil Engineering and infrastructure in any
society. It is crucial that all the codes related to structural engineering are based on principles
of mechanics, and experimentally verified. They should be logical, rational and efficient, and
should be revised as has been conducted on various aspects in advanced countries. Factors
affecting strength, stability and performance of R.C.C structures frequently as necessary.
Performance based codes need to be introduced at the earliest so that our engineers may
compete globally. Each society has developed its own guidelines. On how to construct safe
houses/structures in its own ways from times immemorial based on its own experiences with
materials, constructionPractices and nature. Over the last century each code has evolved based
on scientific and technical inputs. In India, it is an open fact that there is no fundamental and
focused research in structural engineering field including earthquake engineering.
Until 1950’s there were no engineering methods of designing R.C.C buildings and thickness
of walls was based on Rule-of-Thumb tables given in Building codes and Regulations. As a
result walls used to be very thick and R.C.C structures were found to be very uneconomical
beyond 3 or 4 stories. Since 1950’s intensive theoretical and experimental research have been
identified, which need to be considered in design.In India, there has not been much progress in
the construction of tall load bearing R.C.C structures.
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
N. Subramanian, The Indian concrete journal (August 2005)The bond between concrete
and reinforcement bars is very important to develop the composite behavior of reinforced
concrete. Bond strength is influenced by several factors such as bar diameter, cover of concrete
over the bar, spacing of bars, transverse reinforcement, grade and confinement of concrete
around the bars, aggregates used in concrete, type of bars and coating applied on bars, if any,
for corrosion prevention. In the Indian code on concrete structures which was revised in the
year 2000, the provisions regarding development length remained unchanged. The effect of
high strength concrete, self-consolidating concrete and fiber reinforced concrete on the
111
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
development length is also discussed. A formula for inclusion in the Indian code is also
suggested based on recent research..
Ashok K Jain, (MARCH 2014) in his paper related to the state of codes on structural
engineering in India,Structural engineering is the back bone of Civil Engineering and
infrastructure in any society. It is crucial that all the codes related to structural engineering are
based on principles of mechanics, and experimentally verified. They should be logical, rational
and efficient, and should be revised as frequently as necessary.It is recommended that India
should adopt any of the code in full from amongst some of the finest international codes along
with commentary. A national annexure can be appended to address the local practices and other
issues. Performance based codes need to be introduced at the earliest.
SaravananRamalingam and Manu Santhanam in The Indian Concrete Journal, MAY 2012,
The Indian Code IS 456:2000 for plain and reinforced cement concrete specifies five exposure
classifications namely, mild, moderate, severe, very severe and extreme, which seem to be
arbitrary and prescriptive in nature regarding durability requirements. Further, the
classifications do not necessarily address the relevant mechanisms of concrete deterioration
adequately. Given the importance of environmental effects on concrete service life and
performance, it is necessary to have detailed classifications catering to all exposure conditions,
which address the appropriate mechanisms of deterioration.
The shortcomings of the present system are described first, followed by a
summarization of the international developments in exposure classifications. Concrete mix
designs from several construction sites across India executed by Central Public Works
Department are then presented and analyzed in the light of the prescriptions made by codal
provisions from a number of countries across the world. The results of the analyses, along with
the relevant features of international developments, are used to finally propose a rational system
for classification of concrete exposure conditions.
SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES

The objective of the thesis is to study different codes from a number of countries on the
design of reinforced cement concrete structures.
Various aspects considered in analysis are:
1. Methods for analysis & design
2. Specifications related to materials, design load combinations.
3. Design detailing.
4. Provisions for durability, serviceability, and sustainability.
The different international construction codes of practices considered are
1. IS 456-2000(Indian Standard Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced
Concrete for General Building Construction)
2. BS 8110-97 (Structural Use of Concrete Code of Practice for design and
construction
3. ACI 318-99 (Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and
Commentary)
4. HONGKONG Government concrete code of practice (CP:04)
112
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
METHODS OF ANALYSIS & DESIGN
IS456:2000 BS8110:97 ACI-318:99 HONGKONG CODE
1 Limit state Limit state Theory of elastic Limit state method of

method of design method of design analysis design
2 Working stress
method of design
Stress Strain Curve for Concrete
Stress Strain curve for concrete IS456 Stress Strain curve concrete BS8110
stress strain curve for steel IS456 Stress and strain curve for concrete ACI318
113
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOMINAL COVER
IS 456 in (mm) BS8110 in (mm) ACI-318 in (mm)
Columns Beams not less than 25 mm Footing
Not less than 40mm Resting on mat – 50
When dimension is 200mm Columns not less than Resting on earth – 75
or size of bar is 12mm then 40mm. Top of piles – 50
cover is 25mm Beams and columns
Footings Footings not less than For dry conditions
Not less than 50mm 50mm. Stirrups, spirals, ties – 38
Main reinforcement – 50
Slabs not less than 20mm. Exposed to earth
Slabs Stirrups, spirals, ties – 50
Not less than 15mm Main reinforcement – 60
Beams not less than 20mm Slabs
No. 11bars – 20mm
No. 14 – 18 bars – 38mm
Exposure condition IS456-2000 BS8110-97 ACI-318-99
Normal (mm) 0.3 0.3 0.33(inside)

0.44(outside)
Aggressive(mm) 0.1 0.1 0.1
Exposure condition ACI CEB-FIP IS456-2000
Low humidity, dry air or 0.4 0.4-0.6 0.3

protective environment
High humidity, moist, air, soil 0.3 0.2-0.3 0.2
Deciding chemicals 0.2 0.1-0.15 0.1
Sea water and sea water spray 0.15 0.1-0.15 0.1
Water-retaining structures 0.31
114
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Control of deflection IS456 ACI318 BS8110
Final deflection due to all loads
including the effects of creep,
temperature, shrinkage and Span/250 Span/250 Span/240
measured from as cast level of
the supports of floors, roofs
and all other horizontal
members, should not normally
exceed
The deflection including the

effects of creep, temperature, Span/480
Span/350(or)20mm Span/500(or)20mm
shrinkage occurring after
erection of partitions and the
(whichever is less) (whichever is less)
application of finishes soul dot
normally exceed
Load combinations
IS456 BS8110 ACI318-99
1.5(DL+IL) 1.4(DL)+1.6(IL) U= 1.4DL+1.7IL

1.2(DL+IL+EL) 1.4(DL+WL) U=0.7(1.4DL+1.7IL+1.7WL)
U= 0.9DL+1.3WL
1.5(DL+EL) 1.4(DL+EL)
U=1.4DL+1.7IL+1.7H
0.9(DL)+1.5(EL) 1.2(DL+IL+WL)
U=0.7(1.4DL+1.7T+1.7IL)
DL+LL+WL+TL 1.2(DL+IL+EL)
U= 1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S ±
1.4DL + 1.6IL+ 1.6SL 1.6WL
1.2D+1.2L+1.2SL±1.2WL
U=1.05DL+1.28IL+1.4EL
U= 0.9DL+1.43WL
115
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINIMUM AREA OF TENSION REINFORCEMRNT

MINIMUM AREA OF TENSION
REINFORCEMENT MM^2
IS456-2000 ACI-318-99 BS8110
270
253
234
190
164
164
164
164
140
140
140
140
M20 FE415 M30 FE415 M35 FE415 M40 FE415
GRADE OF CONCRETE & STEEL
DESIGN STRENGTH OF REINFORCEMENT

IS456-2000 BS8110-97 ACI-318-99
DESIGN STRENGTH OF
REINFORCEMENT
425
425
400
352
352
332
FE415 FE500
CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH OF STEEL MATERIALS
ULT I MAT E MO ME N TC A RRYI N G C A PAC I T Y O F BEA M

125100000
123000000
119200000
115600000
IS456-2000 BS8110-97 ACI-318-99

107600000
104300000
104000000
103000000
99000000
95200000
92000000
90500000
89700000
89000000
87000000
81600000
77000000
76400000
76000000
74000000
74000000
MAXIMUM MOMENT
68000000
64000000
62000000
M25 FE415 M25 FE500 M30 FE415 M30 FE500 M35 FE415 M35 FE500 M40 FE415 M40 FE500
GRADES OF CONCRETE & STEEL
116
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONCLUSION
• ACI318 is frequently revised for at least every 6 years but IS456 & BS8110 are not
revised frequently.
• ACI318 Code are more extensive for design requirements point of view than BS8110
&IS456 as it permitting using higher concrete strength.
• The principles contained in various codes are generally based on the similar
considerations but they differ in detailspecifications and application consideration.
• IS456 & BS8110 allows more factor of safety allowing less economical structures.
• Ultimate moment carrying capacity of ACI-318 is high compared to other codes.
• Tension reinforcement value is also high compared to other codes.
REFERENCES
[1] Indian standard code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete forgeneral building
construction, IS 456:2000, Bureau of Indian Standards, NewDelhi, India.
[2] IS 1893:2002 Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Part 1 General
Provisions and Buildings, BIS, New Delhi.
[3] Saravanan, R. “Comparison of Concrete Durability Requirements (Exposure
Classifications) of World Wide Standards,” M. Tech Project Report, (2011),
Department of Civil Engineering, IIT Madras, Chennai, India.
[4] American Concrete Institute (ACI318:08), Building CodeRequirements for Structural
Concrete and Commentary, 2008, FarmingtonHills, MI, USA
[5] British Standard Institution (BS8110:97 Part-1), Structural Use ofConcrete, Code of
Practice for design and construction, 1997, London, UK.
[6] Subramanian N., Controlling the crack width of flexural RC members, TheIndian
Concrete Journal, November 2005.
[7] Subramanian N., Development length of reinforcing bars – need to revise
[8] Indian code provisions, The Indian Concrete Journal, August 2005.
[9] British Standard Institution (BS8110:85 Part-2), Structural Use ofConcrete, Code of
Practice for Special Circumstances, 1985, London, UK.
[10] Serviceability, limit state, bar anchorage and lap lengths in ACI318:08 and
BS8110:97: A comparative study by Ali S. Alnuaimi and Iqbal Y. Patel NOVEMBER
2013 The Indian Concrete Journal.
[11] Hong Kong government concrete code of practice.
[12] Experimental investigations on Elastic Properties of Concrete containing Steel by
K.Anbuvelan, Dr.K.Subramanian Anna University .
117
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES OF NITRIC ACID ATTACK ON SCBA CONCRETE
1
R Ramya Swetha
1
Assistant Professor, Institute of Aeronautical Engineering, Hyderabad.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The main objective of this paper is to study the influence of partial cement replacement with rice husk ash in
concrete subjected to different curing environments. Experimental investigation was carried out to assess the acid
resistance of concrete in HNO3 solution. The variable factors considered in this study were concrete grade of M40
and curing periods of 7days, 28 days, 60 days, 90days, and 180 days of the concrete specimens. The parameter
investigated was the time in days to cause strength deterioration factor of fully immersed concrete specimens in
1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5% HNO3 solution. Bagasse ash has been chemically & physically characterized & partially
replaced in the ratio of 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20%. Fresh concrete tests like compaction factor test and
hardened concrete tests like compressive strength at the age of 7days, 28 days, 90, 180 days was obtained.
Keywords: Sugar cane baggase ash, compressive strength, Acid attack, durability, HNO 3 solution.
Introduction
Sugarcane production in India is over 300 million tons/year leaving about 10 million tons as
unutilized and, hence, wastes material. The utilization of SCBA in concrete as a partial
replacement of cement is gaining immense importance today; mainly it enhances the long term
durability of concrete combined with ecological benefits. The use of SCBA in concrete as a
supplementary cementitious material was tested as an alternative to traditional concrete. This
SCBA is a great environment threat causing damage to the land and the surrounding area in
which it is dumped. Lots of ways are being thought of for disposing them by making
commercial use of this SCBA.
Experimental Programme
The experimental investigation carried out by producing concrete by replacing cement by
SCBA in the range of 0%, 5%, 10%, 15%, and 20% by weight of cement and tested for 7, 28,
60, 90 and180 days for compressive strengths when exposed to HNO3 solution of 1%, 2%, 3%,
4%, 5% to evaluate effect of the acid attack .
Test Results & Discussion

The following table gives the specifications of SCBA:
Table 1: Physical properties of SCBA

S. No. Property Test Result
1. Density 96 kg/m3
2. Physical state Solid non-Hazardous
3. Appearance Very fine powder
4. Particle size 25 microns – mean
5. Color Gray
6. Specific gravity 2.3
Table 2: Chemical composition of SCBA
118
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Characteristic Test Results %
(SiO2) + A12O3. Fe2O3 % by mass 85.14
SiO2 % by mass 60.20
2.48
MgO % by mass
Total sulfuras SO3 % by mass 0.10
Available alkali as sodium oxide (Na2O) % by mass 4.32
Loss of ignition % by mass 5.10
Table 4.Workability
% Replacement of cement with Workability
SCBA compaction factor
0% 0.84
5% 0.82
10% 0.81
15% 0.80
20% 0.76
Table 5: Compressive Strengths of M35 SCBA Concrete
compressive compressive compressive compressive compressive

Sample % of
strength strength strength strength strength
Designation SCBA
at 7 days at 28 days at 60days at 90days at 180days
W-0 0 38.24 46.19 56.82 59.99 62.00

W-05 5 38.95 47.08 57.54 60.18 62.20
W-10 10 39.69 48.145 57.86 61.16 63.16
W-15 15 37.30 45.61 55.28 58.12 60.12
W-20 20 35.76 44.14 54.01 57.81 59.81
Table 6: Compressive Strength results for cubes cured in 1% HNO3 solution:

Sample % of compressive compressive compressive compressive Compressive
Designation SCBA strength strength strength strength Strength
(ƒ𝒄𝒖 ) (ƒ𝒄𝒖 ) (ƒ𝒄𝒖 ) (ƒ𝒄𝒖 ) (ƒ𝒄𝒖 )
H11 0 34.59 42.52 52.31 55.38 63.60
H21 5 36.12 43.90 53.66 56.72 65.14
H31 10 37.49 45.16 55.91 59.46 67.30
119
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Designation SCBA strength strength strength strength strength
H13 0 35.50 43.34 53.51 56.91 65.28

H23 5 36.56 44.52 54.66 57.89 66.84
H33 10 38.27 46.11 57.24 60.57 68.79
H43 15 34.91 43.29 55.84 59.21 67.08
H53 20 34.38 42.19 52.97 56.06 64.07
H41 15 34.75 42.94 54.31 57.58 65.50
H51 20 34.11 41.83 51.45 54.33 62.29
Table 7: Compressive Strength Results for cubes cured in 2% HNO3 solution:

Designation SCBA strength strength strength strength Strength
H12 0 35.27 42.98 52.68 56.05 64.61
H22 5 36.42 44.44 54.64 57.54 66.02
H32 10 37.94 46.29 57.13 60.47 68.41
H42 15 34.87 43.77 55.55 58.74 66.85
H52 20 34.40 42.64 52.48 55.47 63.53
120
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Designation SCBA strength strength strength strength strength
H14 0 35.74 43.68 53.85 57.23 65.70
H24 5 36.96 44.89 55.23 58.35 67.00
H34 10 38.69 46.63 57.34 60.66 68.88
H44 15 35.55 43.98 56.05 59.38 67.27
H54 20 35.05 42.88 53.17 56.13 64.23
Designation SCBA strength strength strength strength strength at
at 7 days at 28 days at 60days at 90days 180days
H15 0 36.15 44.42 54.41 57.47 66.08
H25 5 37.58 45.66 55.72 58.41 67.52
H35 10 38.98 46.98 57.95 61.13 69.34
H45 15 35.94 44.51 56.43 59.45 67.73
H55 20 35.46 43.37 53.55 56.39 64.85
121
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70
60
compressive strength N/mm2

50 0% SCBA
40 5% SCBA
10% SCBA
30
15% SCBA
20
20% SCBA
10
0
7 28 60 90 180
no.of days cured in water
1.Compressive Strength Results of cubes Cured in Water
70
60
50
0% SCBA
40
5% SCBA
30
10% SCBA
20
15% SCBA
10 20% SCBA
0
7 28 60 90 180
no.of days cured in 1%HNO3
2. Compressive Strength Results of cubes cured in 1% HNO3
122
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70
60

50
40 0% SCBA
30
5% SCBA
20
10 10%
0 SCBA
7 28 60 90 180
no.of days cured in 2% HNO3
70
60
50
0% SCBA
40
5% SCBA
30
10%
20 SCBA
15%
10 SCBA
0
7 28 60 90 180
70
60
compressive strength
50
0% SCBA
40
N/mm2
30 5% SCBA
20
10%
10
SCBA
0
7 28 60 90 180
123
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70
60
50
40 0% SCBA
5% SCBA
30
10% SCBA
20
15% SCBA
10
20% SCBA
0
7 28 60 90 180
Fig 1: Casted cubes of M35 SCBA Concrete of 10% replacement
Fig 8: M35 SCBA Concrete of 10% replacement after acid attack
124
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONCLUSIONS
From the experimental studies following conclusions are drawn:
1. The specific surface area OF SCBA is 420 m2/kg greater than 330 m2/kg of cement.
The workability of SCBA concretes have decreased in compared with ordinary
concrete. It is inferred that reduction in workability is due to large surface area of
SCBA.
2. The compressive strengths of concrete (with 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20%, weight
replacement of cement with SCBA cured in seawater & in 1%,2%,3%,4%,5% HNO3
solution for 7, 28, 60 ,90 and 180 days) have reached the target mean strength.
3. The compressive strengths of concrete (with 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20%, weight
replacement of cement with SCBA cured in seawater & in 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5% HNO3
solution for 7, 28, 60, 90 and180 days), indicate that at 5% replacement there is decrease
in strength, increased at 10% and 15% replacement but at 20% replacement loss in
strength nearly equal to normal concrete.
4. Due to slow pozzolanic reaction the Sugar Cane Bagasse Ash (SCBA) concrete
achieves significant improvement in its mechanical properties at later ages.
5. In concretes cement can be replaced with 20% SCBA without sacrificing strength.
REFERENCES
[1] ACI Committee Report NO. 226, BR8 “Use of Flyash”ACI Material Journal Sept/Oct
1987.
[2] Alain Biloideau and V.Mohan Malhotra “High-Volume Fly ash system: Concrete
Solution for Sustainable Development” ACI Material Journal, January-February, 2000.
[3] Al-Amoudi “Mitigating effect of chloride ions on sulfate attack of cement mortars with
or without silica fume.(Technical report)”.
[4] A M Neville “Properties of Concrete” English language book society, Longman.
[5] Andre Bisaillon, Michael Rivest, and V.M.Malhotra “ Performance of High – Volume
Fly ash concrete in Large Experimental Monoliths” ACI Materials Journal,
March/April, 1994
[6] Biczoc, Imre, “Concrete Corrosion- Concrete Protection”, 8th edition,
AkademialKiado, Budapest, 1972,PP 545
[7] BilodeauA.Sivasundaram V, K.E. Painter, and V.M.Malhotra “ Durability of Concrete
Incorporating High Volumes of Fly Ash from Sources in the U.S.” ACI Material
Journal / January - February, 1994, pp. 3-12.
125
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON BEHAVIOUR OF
HIGH PERFORMANCE GLASS FIBRE REINFORCED BEAM
WITH PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF CEMENT
BY SILICA FUME
M.S.Britto Jeyakumar
Assistant professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This paper presents the experimental investigation conducted to study the behavior of flexure for beams produced
from High Performance Concrete (HPC) with silica fume and glass fibre as a partial replacement of cement in
concrete . In this investigation HPC was manufactured by usual ingredients such as cement, fine aggregate, coarse
aggregate, water and mineral admixtures such as Silica Fume (SF) of various replacement levels and the Super
Plasticizer CONPLAST-430 were used by adopting water cement ratio (w/c) of 0.26. The concrete used in this
investigation was proportioned to target a mean strength of 80 MPa. Specimens such as cubes, cylinders and
beams were cast and tested for various mixes. Seven mixes M1 to M7 are cast with 0%, 5%, 7.5% and 10%
replacement of cement using SF and another set of specimens with 0%, 5%, 7.5% and 10% replacement of cement
using SF along with 0.2% constant replacement of Glass fibre to study the mechanical properties such as
compressive strength, split tensile strength, flexural strength, water absorption and modulus of elasticity. The
results shows that for the optimum replacement of silica fume 7.5% more cohesive concrete were obtained which
is less prone to segregation.
Keywords: High Performance Concrete (HPC), Silica fume , Cem Fil Anti crack fibers
1.0 Introduction
The development of concrete technology has been a gradual process over many years.
With the advent of new admixtures and cementitious materials, it becomes possible to produce
highly workable concrete with superior mechanical properties and durability. This newly
developed concrete is being called High Performance Concrete (HPC). HPC has very high
degree of durability, which is obtained by using supplementary cementitious materials like fly
ash, silica fume and GGBS etc., to replace a certain percentage of OPC. The use of these
replacing materials improves the properties of concrete, both in fresh and hardened stages.
1.1 High Performance Concrete (HPC)

According to ACI “High Performance Concrete is defined as concrete which meets
special performance and uniformity requirements that cannot always be achieved routinely by
using conventional materials and normal mixing, placing and curing practices”.
According to A.M. Neville, “HPC is concrete selected so as to fit for the purpose for
which it is required. There is no mystery about it, no unusual ingredients are needed, and no
special equipment has to be used. All we use is an understanding of the behavior of the concrete
and will, to produce a concrete mix within closely controlled tolerances”.
The High performance concrete is used for concrete mixture, which possesses high strength,
high modulus of elasticity, high density, high dimensional stability, low permeability and
resistance to chemical attack. In normal concrete, relatively low strength and elastic modulus
are the result of high heterogeneous nature of structure of the material, particularly the porous
and week transition zone, which exists at the cement paste- aggregate interface. To produce
126
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HPC it is generally essential to use mineral and chemical admixtures such as silica fume, fly
ash, and superplasticizer.
1.2 Pozzolanic Action
This is a chemical mechanism, silica fume reacts with the calcium hydroxide, which is
liberated during process of hydration, about 22-24 percent and produces calcium-silicate-
hydrate (C-S-H). The following are the chemical reactions that are taking place.
Portland cement reaction: C3+H=C-S-H+CH
Portland reaction of silica fume: S+CH+H = C-S-H
2. MATERIAL PROPERTIES
This chapter deals with the study and testing of various materials before using for the
experiment.
2.1 Materials Used

 Cement: Ordinary Portland cement, 43 Grade conforming to IS: 12269 – 1987.
 Fine aggregate: Locally available river sand conforming to Grading zone II of IS: 383
–1970.
 Coarse aggregate: Locally available crushed blue granite stones conforming to graded
aggregate of nominal size 20 mm as per IS: 383 – 1970.
 Silica fume: Obtained from ELKEM India (P) Ltd., Navi Mumbai conforming to
ASTMC 1240 as mineral admixture in dry densified form.
 Super plasticizer: CONPLAST 430 was used as chemical admixture to enhance the
workability of the concrete.
 Water: potable water.
 Cem Fil Anti crack fibres
2.2 Cement
To produce high performance concrete, the utilization of high strength cements is
necessary. Different types of cement have different water requirements to produce pastes
of standard consistence. Different types of cement also will produce concrete have a
different rates of strength development. The choice of brand and type of cement is the most
important to produce a good quality of concrete. The type of cement affects the rate of
hydration, so that the strengths at early ages can be considerably influenced by the
particular cement used.
2.3.1 Tests on Cement

Tests were conducted to find the specific gravity, consistency, setting time and
compressive strength of OPC and the results are tabulated in Table 2.1. This table also
compares the results obtained and the requirement as per IS: 8112-1989
127
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2.1 Properties of 43 grade OPC
Test Particulars Result Obtained As per IS:8112-1989
Specific gravity 3.15 3.10-3.15

Normal consistency (%) 31 30-35
Initial setting time (min) 33 30 minimum
Final setting time (min) 540 600 maximum
4 Aggregates
Aggregates generally occupy about 70 to 80% of the volume of concrete and combine
with the binder (cement and pozzolana) and water to produce concrete. Therefore, it can be
expected to have an important influence on its properties. The aggregates chosen should not
affect the durability of the hardened concrete.
2.4.1 Tests on Aggregate Properties

Tests were conducted to obtain specific gravity and fineness modulus of the fine
aggregate and coarse aggregate used in this study as per IS: 2386-1983 and the results are
tabulated in Table 2.2 and Table 2.3
2.4.2 Fine Aggregate:

Sand is naturally occurring organic material composed of finely divided rock and
mineral particles; it is defined by size, being finer than gravel and coarser than silt. Sand from
river with a specific gravity ranging from 2.63-2.67 can use for the experiments.
Table 2.2 Properties of river sand
S. Properties Values
No.
1 Specific Gravity 2.63-2.67
2 Zone II
2.4.3 Coarse Aggregate:
Crushed stone from Tirunelveli district with a size of 20mm and normal continuous grading
can be used. The content of flaky and elongated particle is less than 3%, the crushing index
less then are equal to 6% specific gravity is 2.52. Coarse aggregate are usually those particles
which are retained on an IS 4.75mm sieve.
Table 2.3 Properties of Coarse Aggregate
S. Properties Values
No.
1 Specific Gravity 2.60
2 Fineness Modulus 7.88
128
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5 Silica Fume
Silica fume which is also known as micro silica is a very fine pozzolanic material,
composed of amorphous silica produced by electric arc furnaces as a byproduct of the
production of elemental silicon or ferrosilicon alloys. Silica fume can be used in a variety of
cementitious products such as concrete, grouts and mortars.
As the quartz is heated to 2000˚C and an electric arc is fired through the furnace, it releases
silicon monoxide gas. This gas rises and reacts with oxygen in the upper parts of the furnace
and condenses as it cools, into the pure spherical particles of micro silica.
Fig 2.1 Micrograph from scanning electron microscope showing typical silica
Table 2.4 Chemical properties of silica fume
Constituent Percentage (%)

SiO2 90-96
Al2O3 0.5-0.8
MgO 0.5-1.5
Fe2O3 0.2-0.8
CaO 0.1-0.5
Na2O 0.2-0.7
K2O 0.4-1
C 0.5-1.4
S 0.1-0.4
Fig. 2.2 Silica Fume Sample
129
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.6. Glass Fibres
The use of fibres in concrete increases the mechanical properties such as compressive
strength, tensile strength of concrete to some extent. Hence the flexural behaviour can be
increased to some extent. It also possesses the ability to reduce plastic shrinkage in
concrete.Cem-Fil Anti Crack Fibres used in this study is shown in Fig. 2.3
Fig. 2.3 Cem-Fil Anti Crack Fibres
2.6.1 Material Properties of Fibre
Density - 2.6 t/m3

Elastic modulus - 73 GPA
Tensile strength - 1700 MPa
Number of fibres - 220 million / kg
Filament diameter - 14μ
Specific gravity - 2.6
Length - 12mm
Aspect ratio - 857:1
Specific surface area - 105m2/kg
3 RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS
3.1 Compressive Strength Test
Table:3.1 Compressive Strength Results
% of % of 3 Days 7 Days 28 Days

Mix
SF GF MPa MPa MPa
M1 0 0 40.33 53.67 69.33
M2 5 0 41.33 56.33 70.67
M3 7.5 0 43.67 60.33 75.67
M4 10 0 40.67 58.67 73.33
M5 5 0.2% 41.67 56.67 70.67
M6 7.5 0.2% 45.33 62.67 77.33
M7 10 0.2% 40.67 59.33 74.67
130
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.3.1 Variation of Compressive strength at various age
2.3 Split Tensile Strength Test
Table: 3.2 Split Tensile Strength Result

Theoretica
% of % of 28 Days
Mix l Value
SF GF MPa
MPa
M1 0 0 5.23 5.83
M2 5 0 5.78 5.88
M3 7.5 0 5.97 6.09
M4 10 0 5.84 5.99
M5 5 0.2% 6.12 5.88
M6 7.5 0.2% 6.58 6.16
M7 10 0.2% 6.35 6.05
Fig .3.2 Split tensile strength of various mixes
131
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Flexural Strength Test
Fig.3.3 Flexural Strength of various mixes
Table 3.3 Flexural Strength Result
% % 28 Theoretical
Mix of of Days Value
SF GF (MPa) (MPa)
M1 0 0 5.43 5.83
M2 5 0 5.84 5.88
M3 7.5 0 6.05 6.09
M4 10 0 5.89 5.99
M5 5 0.2 6.33 5.88
M6 7.5 0.2 6.70 6.16
M7 10 0.2 6.54 6.05
2.4 Water Absorption Test
Table 3.4 Water Absorption Test Result
Wet weight of Dry weight of cube Water Absorption

Mix % of SF % of GF
cube (gms) (gms) (%) In 24 Hrs
M1 0 0 8625 8544 3.18

M2 5 0 8639 8561 3.05
M3 7.5 0 8645 8572 2.84
M4 10 0 8651 8583 2.63
M5 5 0.2% 8699 8622 2.94
M6 7.5 0.2% 8705 8635 2.66
M7 10 0.2% 8765 8698 2.48
132
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.3.4 Water Absorption for various mixes
3.5 Modulus of Elasticity
In the case of concrete, since no part of the graph is straight, the modulus of elasticity is found
out with reference to the tangent drawn to the curve at the origin. The modulus found from this
tangent is referred as initial tangent modulus. This gives satisfactory results only at low stress
value. For higher stress value it gives misleading picture.The modulus of elasticity is
determined by subjecting a cube or cylinder specimen to axial compression and measuring the
deformations by means of dial gauges fixed between certain gauge lengths.
Modulus of elasticity = Stress / Strain N/mm2
Table 3.5 Young’s Modulus Test Result
Mix Stress Strain Young's Modulus

33% of Ultimate strength N/mm2
N/mm2 N/mm2
M1 60.51 20.17 0.00048 42462.84

M2 57.32 19.11 0.00043 44960.65
M3 70.06 23.35 0.00045 51899.03
M4 63.69 21.23 0.00048 44697.73
M5 66.24 22.08 0.00053 42058.43
M6 71.34 23.78 0.00053 45293.7
M7 62.42 20.81 0.0005 41613.58
3.6 Stress-Strain Behavior
Tests were conducted to study stress-strain behavior of HPC on cylinder specimens of

size 100x300mm for all the mixes in the compression testing machine of capacity 2000kN.
These specimens were tested under axial compression and the values of axial stress and axial
strain were recorded at regular intervals. The stress versus strain curves are shown for the mixes
M1 to M7 in Fig3.5. The maximum stress and maximum strain values for various mixes are
given in Table3.6.It is found that M3 (with 7.5% silica fume) shows higher strength and
ultimate strain compared to normal concrete.
133
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
134
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. 3.5 Stress-Strain Curve for MixM1 -M7
Table 3.6 Maximum Stress Strain Values
Mix Stress (MPa) Strain in Microns
M1 60.51 2490
M2 57.32 3050
M3 70.06 3470
M4 63.69 3175
M5 66.24 3300
M6 71.34 3350
M7 62.42 3125
4. CONCLUSIONS
 The addition of silica fume results in a more cohesive concrete which results in a good
concrete which is less prone to segregation.
 The M3 mix which is without fibre give maximum compressive strength of concrete
without addition of fibre(ie) 75.67 MPa which is 9.14% greater than control mix.
 It is observed that M6 mix shows the maximum compressive strength. For M6 mix with
7.5% silica fume and 0.2 % glass fibre, the 28 days’ compressive strength is 77.33 MPa
which is 11.54% greater than control mix.
 The M3 mix which is without fibre give maximum split tensile strength of concrete
without addition of fibre (ie) 5.97 MPa which is 14.15% greater than control mix.
 The M6 mix which is with fibre give maximum tensile strength of concrete without
addition of fibre (ie) 6.58 MPa which is 25.81% greater than control mix.
135
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 The M3 mix which is without fibre give maximum flexural strength of concrete without
 The M6 mix which is with fibre give maximum flexural strength of concrete without
5. REFERENCES
[1] Er. Magudeaswaran, Dr. Eswaramoorthi (2013) Experimental Study on Durability
Characteristics of High Performance Concrete.
[2] Vaishali G Ghorpade “An experimental investigation on glass fibre reinforced high
performance concrete with silica fume as admixture”.
[3] P. Vinayagam (2012) Experimental Investigation on High Performance Concrete
Using Silica Fume and Super plasticizer.
[4] N. Seshadri Sekhar1 and P.N. Raghunath (2014) Influence of water binder ratio on
high performance concrete .
136
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIMIZATION OF QUATERNARY BLENDED
HIGH PERFORMACE CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONING
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy1, R Nirmala2
Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, Email: vempada@gmail.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
High performance concrete can be made by partial substitution of cement by one or a combination of two or three
supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs), when available at competitive prices, can be advantageous, not
only from an economical point of view but also from a rheological and sometimes strength point of view. One of
the main objectives of the present research work was to investigate synergistic action of binary, ternary and
quaternary blended high strength grade (M80) concretes on its compressive strength. The present investigations
are aimed to studythe effect of synergic action of Metakaolin(MK), Microsilica (MS) and fly ash (FA) in binary,
ternary and quaternary blended high strength grade (M80) concretes on compressive strength. The findings of
various trail mixes made with different combinations of metakaolin (MK), micro silica (MS) and fly ash (FA) as
pozzolans, carried out in the laboratory to determine the optimum quantities of pozzolans (expressed in terms of
percentages by weight of powder) to be used in the development of high performance blended high strength grade
(M80) concretes.Based on the experimental observations, it can be concluded that when compared to ternary
blended (MS+FA combination) high strength SCC mixes of M80 grade, the quaternary blended (MK+MS+FA)
high strength SCC mixes are more advantageous from economical and sustainability point of view.
Keywords: High Performance Concrete, Metakaolin, Fly ash, Quaternary Blended Concrete, High Strength
Concrete
1.0 Introduction
In the present-day scenario to fulfill the demands of sustainable construction, concrete made
with multi-blended cement system of Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) and different mineral
admixtures, is the sensible choice for the construction industry. One of the effective methods
to conserve the Mother Nature's resources and also reduce the environmental impact is to use
Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCMs) by substituting OPC partly or totally in
concrete. Since most of SCMs are pozzolanic in nature and hence they are helpful in increasing
later strength of concrete. Blending of SCMs with cement has many advantages such as saving
in cement, utilization of industrial by-products, enhancement of microstructural properties of
concrete and reduces environmental impact through reduced greenhouse gases production.
Most of the SCMs are industrial by-products which are considered as waste and pollutants
when dumped into land or thrown into water bodies. So blending them in concrete becomes
safe disposal method for them. Such SCMs are Fly ash (FA), Ground Granulated Blast furnace
Slag (GGBS), Micro Silica(MS) or Silica Fume(SF), Copper slag (CS), Rice Husk Ash (RHA)
etc.
2.0 Objectives of the Present work

The primary objectives of this paper is to quantitatively comprehend and assess the role of
optimum metakaolin (MK) in development of strength in binary, ternary and quaternary
blended concrete, made with optimal micro silica and fly ash, of High strength grade (M80)
137
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.0 Experimental Programme
To accomplish the defined objectives for the present work and to obtain specific experimental
data which helps to understand the behaviour and significance of utilization of metakaolin in
blended concretes, the total experimental programme was taken up in various phases.
They are framed into three phases:
PHASE 1: Determination of Physical and chemical Properties of materials used
The materials used in the experimental investigation are locally available cement, sand, coarse
aggregate, mineral and chemical admixtures. The chemicals used in the present investigation
are of commercial grade and properties are supplied by the manufacturer and are appropriately
acknowledged.
 Cement
Ordinary Portland cement (OPC) of 53 grade [IS: 12269-1987,
 Fine Aggregates (River Sand)
The fine aggregate used was locally available river sand without any organic impurities and
conforming to IS: 383 – 1970.
 Coarse Aggregate
The coarse aggregate chosen for blended concrete was typically round in shape, crushed granite
metal of size of 20 mm and 10 mm graded obtained from the locally available quarries was
used in the present investigation.
 Water
Water used for mixing and curing was potable water, which was free from any amounts of oils,
acids, alkalis, sugar, salts and organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to
concrete or steel confirming to IS : 3025 – 1964 part22, part 23 and IS : 456 – 2000 [Code of
practice for plain and reinforced concrete].
 Fly Ash
Fly ash used in this investigation was procured from Vijayawada Thermal Power Station,
Andhra Pradesh, India. It confirms with grade I of IS: 3812 – 1981 [Specifications for flyash
for use as pozzolana and admixture].
 Micro silica (MS)
Micro silica Grade 92D conforming to IS: 15388 -2003 is used. Silica fume has specific surface
area of about 20,000m2/kg.
 Metakaolin (MK)
Metakaolin obtained from KOAT manufacturing company, Vadodara, Gujarat has been used.
Metakaolin is obtained by calcination of pure or refined kaolin clay at a temperature between
6500C and 8500C, followed by grinding to achieve a fineness of 15000 m2/kg (B.E.T).The
specific gravity is found as 2.50.
PHASE 2: Determination of Quantities of materials
The mix proportioning was done based on the Erntroy and shaklock mix design approach for
high strength grade (M80) of binary , ternary and quaternary blended concretes made with
optimum combinations of fly ash (FA), microsilica (MS) and metakaolin(MK). Different trial
mixes were attempted in the laboratory to get an optimum blended concrete mixes, which gives
required strength property.
138
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHASE 3: Optimization of pozzolans quantities in blended concrete mixes

Several trial mixes are conducted on number of blended concrete mixes made with the different
possible combinations of Fly Ash (FA), Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK) to develop
various binary, ternary and quaternary blended concrete systems to determine the appropriate
optimized quantities of Fly Ash (FA), Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK) on realization
of desired strength.
3.0 Test Results and Discussions

The test results of experimental investigations carried out during the development of high
strength grade (M80) binary, ternary and quaternary blended concrete mixes made with
optimum proportions of fly ash (FA), microsilica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) combination
are tabulated in the following sections.
3.1 Determination of Quantities of materials
Quantities required for 1 cu.m are evaluated for high strength grade (M80) binary, ternary and
quaternary blended concretes made with optimum proportions of Fly Ash (FA), Microsilica
(MS) and Metakaolin (MK) combination based on calculations from Erntroy and shacklock
mix design method. Final quantities, for all blended concrete mixes considered, are assumed
after several trial mixes on quantities computed.
Table 1– Quantities in kg per cu.m for high strength (M80) grade blended concrete
obtained using Erntroy and shacklock Mix Design
Coarse
Cement Fine Aggregate Water
Aggregate
Quantity kg/m3 700 644 966 150 L
The computed amount of OPC is 700 kg. But keeping in viewthe clause 8.2.4.2 of IS 456-2000,
the maximum cement content is limited to 450 kg per cum of concrete. After trail mixes, revised
quantities in kg per cu.m for high strength grade (M80) blended concrete mix are arrived
without compromising the desired strength property.
The final quantities for high strength M80 grade blended concrete mix are tabulated in Table
2.
Table 2 – Final Quantities for trial mixes of high strength M80 grade blended concrete
mix
Water
Total Total
Fine Coarse (water/pow
Cement Pozzolana Powder
Aggregate Aggregate der =0.23)
Content
Quantity
450 250 700 644 966 150L
kg/m3
139
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Henceforth, the total amount of powder quantity (cement + pozzolanic mixture) adopted for
high strength M80 concrete is 700 kg/m3 and water/powder ratio is 0.23 for all blended high
strength M80 concrete mixes.
3.2 Optimization of SCMs proportions in blended concrete mixes
This phase identifies the optimum proportions of fly ash, micro silica and metakaolin in binary,
ternary and quaternary blended concrete mixes in order to obtain the enhanced performance of
blended concrete at all ages. The details of the quantities of materials, replacement percentages
and quantities (kg) of SCMs and OPC in total powder content and their corresponding fresh
properties are shown in Table 3 to Table 5 respectively for high strength grade (M80) of binary,
ternary and quaternary blended concrete made with optimum proportions of Fly Ash (FA),
Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK) combination. Table 3 gives base quantities of high
strength grade (M80) blended concrete mix derived after several trial mixes on the quantities
calculated using Erntroy and shacklock mix design method. It can be observed that the total
powder content is 700 kg/m3 with cement content restricted to 450 kg/m3 from durability of
concrete point of view and rest of the powder is fly ash (250 kg/m3). Depending on the above
calculated base quantities for high strength grade (M80), twenty nine (29) blended concrete
mixes were designed in three groups of binary, ternary and quaternary.
Table 3 – Base Quantities for high strength M80 grade concrete mix
Total Water
Pozzolana Total
Fine Coarse (water/powder
Cement Powder
Aggregate Aggregate =0.23)
Fly ash Content
Quantity
450 250 700 644 966 150L
kg/m3
Table 4 shows various blended high strength grade (M80) blended concretemixtures made with
different proportions of Fly Ash (FA), Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK). In Mix
designation, number indicates percentage by weight of total powder content. Various binary,
ternary and quaternary blended concrete mixes were prepared with different proportions of Fly
Ash (FA), Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK). (B1 to B8, T1 to T8 and Q1 to Q12). Mix
numbers B1 to B8 are binary blended concrete mixtures made of either fly ash (FA) or
microsilica (MS) or metakaolin (MK) while Mix numbers T1 to T8 are ternary blended fly ash
based concrete mixtures made of microsilica (MS) or metakaolin (MK) and Mix numbers Q1
to Q12 are quaternary blended fly ash based concrete mixtures made of microsilica (MS) and
metakaolin (MK) combination.
In high strength grade (M80) concrete mix ‘C1’ developed with 100% OPC does not yield
desired strength. So using 100% OPC in development of high strength grade (M80) concrete
mix is completely ruled out. In binary blended high strength grade (M80) concrete mixtures,
percentage replacement of fly ash by weight of total powder content is 35% i.e. 250 kg/m3
(B1) which is based on preliminary calculation from mix design. For the mix proportion
C65+FA35, desired strength is not realized. For binary blended concrete mixtures made with
percentage replacement of either micro silica (MS) or metakaolin (MK) or both combined,
micro silica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) are limited to 5-15% and 5-20% respectively.
In ternary blended micro silica (MS) and fly ash (FA) blended high strength grade (M80)
concrete mixtures (T1 to T4) percentage replacement of micro silica (MS) is limited to 5 -20%
140
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
by weight of total powder content. Similarly in ternary blended metakaolin (MK) and fly ash
(FA) blended high strength grade (M80) concrete mixtures (T5 to T8), percentage replacement
of metakaolin (MK) is limited to 5 -20% by weight of total powder content. In both the above
ternary blended MS+FA blended concrete and MK+FA blended concrete mixtures (T1 to T8),
the cement content is kept constant (65% by weight of total powder content).
In binary blended high strength grade (M80), for fly ash (FA) blended concrete mix (B1) and
metakaolin (MK) blended concrete mixes (B5 to B8) desired strength is not realized. But in
binary blended micro silica (MS) blended concrete mix, desired strength is attained, if the MS
percentage replacement is limited to 5-10% by weight of powder. The optimal mix chosen for
binary blended micro silica (MS) basedconcrete mix is 5% MS replacement (B2). Henceforth,
for high strength grade (M80) mixes, Mix OPC95+MS5 (B2) is taken as reference mix.
In ternary blended metakaolin (MK) and fly ash (FA) blended high strength grade (M80)
concrete mixtures (T5 to T8), desired strengths are not obtained for any of the mixes. But for
micro silica (MS) and fly ash (FA) blended ternary blended concrete mixes (T1 toT4), up to
15% MS by weight of powder, desired strengths are attained satisfactorily. So
C65+FA20+MS15 (T3) concrete mix is considered optimal in ternary blended high strength
grade (M80) concrete mixes.
In quaternary blended high strength grade (M80) concrete mixtures (Q1 to Q12) made of
microsilica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) combination, keeping cement content constant (65%
by weight of total powder content), microsilica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) proportions are
limited to 7 – 14%. For quaternary blended concrete mix (Q1), initially 7% MS and 7% MK
replacements are assumed, keeping cement content constant i.e. 65% by weight of total powder
content and rest of powder is fly ash, and required workability is not satisfied. So microsilica
(MS) and metakaolin (MK) are gradually increased to 14% each yet workability is not
achieved. Then author proposed to additionally increase fly ash content incrementally by 10%
by weight of powder content (700 kg/m3), thereby incrementally increasing the powder
quantity by 70 kg. With addition of 30% of fly ash (FA) to the C65+FA7+MS14+MK14
concrete mix (Q11), required workability and strength properties are achieved. So for
quaternary blended concrete mix, the optimum combination of cement and pozzolanic mixture
is revised as C50+FA28+MS11+MK11 concrete mix where final total powder content is 910
kg/m3 in which cement content is 455 kg/m3 and pozzolanic mixture is 455 kg/m3.
Table 4 presents several possible binary, ternary and quaternary blended high strength grade
(M80) concrete mixes with the quantities of pozzolanic mixtures, their flow properties and
achieved strengths. From this table, three optimally blended concrete mixes are selected.
From the experimental investigations, the mixes B2, T3 and Q11 are chosen as optimum binary,
ternary and quaternary blended high strength grade (M80) concrete mixes made with fly ash
(FA), microsilica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) where both desired workability and strength
properties are met along with optimal usage of pozzolanic quantities. The following are mix
designations of optimum combinations of binary, ternary and quaternary blended high strength
grade (M80) desired mixes:
(1) C95+MS5 [B2]
(2) C65+FA20+MS15 [T3]
(3) C50+FA28+MS11+MK11 [Q11]
141
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4– Trail mixes of high strength grade (M80) blended concretemixes

Mix Designation Replacement % Quantities Total Achieved
Additional
Mix (Values indicate (bwp)* kg per cu.m Powder Slump Strength
% of FA
No. percentage by Content mm (MPa)
OPC FA MS MK bwp* OPC FA MS MK
weight of ‘P’ ‘P’
C1 C100 100 - - - - 700 0 - - 700 50 72.35
B1 C65+FA35 65 35 - - - 450 250 - - 700 66 58.94
B2 C95+MS5 95 - 5 - - 665 - 35 - 700 50 108.56
B3 C90+MS10 90 - 10 - - 630 - 70 - 700 31 106.04
B4 C85+MS15 85 - 15 - - 595 - 105 - 700 18 88.32
B5 C95+MK5 95 - - 5 - 665 - - 35 700 54 72,15
B6 C90+MK10 90 - - 10 - 630 - - 70 700 46 75.78
B7 C85+MK15 85 - - 15 - 595 - - 105 700 37 78. 82
B8 C80+MK20 80 - - 20 - 560 - - 140 700 48 69.35
T1 C65+FA30+MS5 65 30 5 - - 455 210 35 - 700 55 81.23
T2 C65+FA25+MS10 65 25 10 - - 455 175 70 - 700 55 94.20
T3 C65+FA20+MS15 65 20 15 - - 455 140 105 - 700 55 100.54
T4 C65+FA15+MS20 65 15 20 - - 455 105 140 - 700 46 78.91
T5 C65+FA30+MK5 65 30 - 5 - 455 210 - 35 700 54 76.23
T6 C65+FA25+MK10 65 25 - 10 - 455 175 - 70 700 52 77.34
T7 C65+FA20+MK15 65 20 - 15 - 455 140 - 105 700 51 78.12
T8 C65+FA15+MK20 65 15 - 20 - 455 105 - 140 700 43 67.21
Q1 C65+FA21+MS7+MK7 65 21 7 7 - 455 147 49 49 700 44 90.88
Q2 C60+FA28+MS6+MK6 65 21 7 7 10 455 217 49 49 770 54 82.34
Q3 C54+FA34+MS6+MK6 65 21 7 7 20 455 287 49 49 840 55 72.17
Q4 C65+FA14+MS14+MK7 65 14 14 7 - 455 98 98 49 700 41 80.16
Q5 C59+FA22+MS13+MK6 65 14 14 7 10 455 168 98 49 770 54 81.23
Q6 C54+FA28+MS12+MK6 65 14 14 7 20 455 238 98 49 840 54 83.65
Q7 C50+FA34+MS11+MK5 65 14 14 7 30 455 308 98 49 910 55 71.37
Q8 C65+FA7+MS14+MK14 65 7 14 14 - 455 49 98 98 700 33 90.94
Q9 C58+FA16+MS13+MK13 65 7 14 14 10 455 119 98 98 770 52 93.25
Q10 C53+FA23+MS12+MK12 65 7 14 14 20 455 189 98 98 840 54 94.72
Q11 C50+FA28+MS11+MK11 65 7 14 14 30 455 259 98 98 910 55 110.71
Q12 C46+FA34+MS10+MK10 65 7 14 14 40 455 329 98 98 980 56 79.91
Numbers in the above mix designations indicate percentage by weight of total powder content.
Total powder content for binary, ternary is 700 kg/m3 and while for quaternary blended high
strength grade (M80) it is 910 kg/m3. Thus, by incorporating metakaolin (MK) into micro silica
(MS) and fly ash (FA) blended ternary blended desired mixes, the amount of fly ash used has
almost doubled to achieve the requisite workability and therefore desired strength. From this
observation, it can be understood that micro silica (MS) in blended desired mixtures imparts
high strength but flow properties are marginally satisfied while metakaolin (MK) inclusion
enhances the usage of high quantity of fly ash in blended concrete mixes for superior rate of
gain of strength and more importantly for improved workability of concrete mix. The
quaternary blended fly ash based concrete mix made of microsilica (MS) and metakaolin (MK)
combination is found to be superior to ternary blended fly ash based concrete mix made with
either microsilica (MS) or metakaolin (MK) due to reasons that for similar strength, better early
strength, enhanced rate of gain of strength, improved flow properties and more use of fly ash
quantity in developing blended high strength grade (M80) concrete.
142
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In high strength grade (M80), three optimally blended binary and ternary concrete mixes
(C95+MS5, C65+FA20+MS15, C50+FA28+MS11+MK11) are chosen based on desired
compressive strength achievement. From the studies, it is observed that without inclusion of
micro silica (MS), desired high strength cannot be attained. Further investigations have showed
that metakaolin (MK) based quaternary blended high strength concrete mix yield better
performance than ternary and binary blends in terms of (1) usage of high quantity of fly ash,
(2) enhanced fresh properties and (3) reduction in quantity of cement used.
Table 5 presents the summary of all the optimal quantities of binary, ternary and quaternary
blended M80 grade concrete mixes. The table also displays the replacement percentages of
SCMs, total powder content in kg and water/powder ratios along with corresponding mix
numbers and mix designations
From Table 5 , the total powder content for binary and ternary blended concrete mixes of high
strength grade (M80) the total powder content adopted is 700 kg/m3 and whereas for quaternary
blended concrete mixes of M80 grade, the total powder content adopted is 910 (additionally
30% of FA is added). It can be concluded that quaternary blended concrete mixes are more
efficient that ternary blended concrete mixes for high strength grade (M80).
Based on the compressive strength attained at specified age of curing, the efficacy of pozzolans
are understood. In this study, pozzolans used for blended concrete mixes are Fly Ash (FA),
Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK). Age of curing specified for Fly Ash (FA) blended
binary, ternary and quaternary blended concrete mixes of various grades is 60 days while it is
28 days for Microsilica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK) blended concrete mixes.
Metakaolin (MK) blended concrete mixes will set relatively quickly due to its high reactivity,
which also prevents bleeding and settling of aggregates.In fresh state, tensile strengths have
increased rapidly in order to prevent any internal stresses caused by drying shrinkage
preventing cracks in the younger concrete. Metakaolin (MK) when compared to micro silica
(MS) has similar particle density and surface area but different morphology and surface
chemistry. Because of its hydrophilic surface, Metakaolin (MK) is easier to disperse into wet
concrete. Metakaolin (MK) can be incorporated at any stage of concrete production; it should
be mixed thoroughly to achieve even distribution; intensive mixing is not necessary like micro
silica (MS) based concrete.Metakaolin (MK) concrete normally requires smaller super
plasticizer dose than that required for the equivalent micro silica (MS) concrete. With no super
plasticizer, it may be required to increase the water/binder ratio in order to maintain
workability. This is partly due to fact that Metakaolin (MK) has a lower density than cement
so that replacing, say, 10 mass % cement by Metakaolin (MK) decreases the water/binder
volume ratio and the slurry rheology which is determined by the liquid/solid volume ratio.
The workability of fly ash based concrete mixes increases significantly with increase in fly ash
content. For fly ash contents above 10% in concrete mixes workability falls. The reduction in
workability is attributed to flocculation/coagulation at low fly ash concentration and the
increase in workability at high concentration is attributed to neutralization of positive charges
on cement particles and their resultant dispersal. When super plasticizer is used as a dispersing
agent, no fall in workability is observed.Loss of workability due to the present of Metakaolin
(MK) can be compensated for by the incorporation of fly ash (FA). The degree of restoration
of workability, provided by fly ash, is influenced significantly by the cement replacement level,
the MK/FA ratio and the W/b ratio. The addition of metakaolin increases the viscosity of
blended concrete mixtures.
Fly ash addition reduces heat of hydration and slows the strength attainment at early stages. To
overcome this shortcoming, metakaolin is added to fly ash based concretemixes to offset the
delayed early strength attainment. Also incorporation of metakaolin (MK) to fly ash (FA) based
concrete, enables to consume more amount of fly ash. With increased amount of pozzolanic
143
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
content due to inclusion of metakaolin (MK) in fly ash (FA) based concretein turn reduces w/p
ratio resulting in the increase of strength and flow properties.
Since metakaolin (MK) is cheaper than micro silica (MS), for same strength criteria,
metakaolin (MK) blended fly ash (FA) basedconcrete is better in performance and
economically viable than micro silica (MS) blended fly ash (FA) based M80 gradeconcrete.
Micro silica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) in blended fly ash (FA) basedconcrete mixes will
increase the strength of concrete largely because it increases the strength of the bond between
the cement paste and the aggregate particles. Addition of metakaolin (MK) to blended concrete
mixes will enhance early hydration because of it high reactivity due to its glassy nature. The
rate of pozzolanic reaction and calcium hydroxide (CH) consumption in metakaolin (MK)
blended concrete mixes is higher than micro silica (MS) blended concrete mixes indicating
high initial reactivity of metakaolin. Usage of metakaolin not only improves the workability
but also makes the concrete microstructure denser. Thus with the inclusion of metakaolin in to
concretemixes, super plasticizer dosage can be reduced noticeably so is the costs involved. So
water demand is less for metakaolin blended concretemixes than micro silica (MS) blended
concretemixes. It can be quantified that strength improvement in the metakaolin based concrete
mixes is due to changes in the structure of the interfacial zone and the increased paste-aggregate
bond strength. Also the dissolved Ca2+, SiO44- and OH- ions readily in concrete combine with
the metakaolin to give cementitious phases with a modified morphology.
Strength loss in the early ages, which was proportional to the cement replacement level, was
probably due to the dilution effect of the pozzolan and as well as the slow nature of the
pozzolanic reaction.
In blended concrete mixes, fly ash (FA) based mixes are assumed to yield desired strength at
60 days where as for micro silica (MS) or metakaolin (MK) or combination based concrete
mixes desired strengths at 28 days are considered for assessment.
Metakaolin (MK) blended concrete mixes attain much higher early strength when compared to
other concrete mixes while fly ash (FA) based concrete mixes are accomplishing strengths at
later age. Nowadays usage of fly ash (FA) in concrete has become almost mandatory because
(1) it enhances fluidity of concrete and (2) it is major part of powder content. So Metakaolin
(MK) and fly ash (FA) concrete blends derive both the benefits of fly ash (FA) and Metakaolin
(MK) in concrete by attaining early and later strengths consistently. So the rate of gain of
strength attainment is steady in Metakaolin (MK) and fly ash (FA) blended concrete mixes.
Metakaolin (MK) based ternary blended concrete mixes exhibit better performance than
Metakaolin (MK) based binary blended concrete mixes due to the synergic action of blended
pozzolans.
Table 5 - Final optimized mix proportions of blended concrete mixes

Replacement
% Quantities
Grade Mix Designation
(bwp)* Additional kg per cu.m
of Mix (Values indicate
% of FA Total Powder
concrete No percentage by weight of
bwp* OPC FA MS MK Content Fine Coarse W/P
Mix ‘P’ OPC FA MS MK Water
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) ‘P’ kg Aggregate Aggregate ratio
(i)+(ii)+(iii)+(iv)
B2 C95+MS5 95 - 5 - - 665 - 35 - 700 644 966 150 0.23
T3 C65+FA20+MS15 65 20 15 - - 455 140 105 - 700 644 966 150 0.23
M80
Q11 C50+FA28+MS11+MK11 65 7 14 14 30 455 259 98 98 910 644 658 150 0.23
bwp* – By weight of Total Powder Content

W/P ratio – Water/Powder Ratio
144
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Metakaolin cementing reaction rate is very rapid, significantly increasing compressive strength
before first three days, which can have various benefits in fast paced construction industry.
Use of micro silica (MS) in high strength grade (M80) also acts as a micro-filler in making the
concrete dense. Therefore it is established that micro silica (MS) is required for the
development of high strength concrete. But metakaolin (MK) being less expensive and give
better flow ability than micro silica (MS) is much preferred for the development of concrete
mixes. Use of metakaolin accelerated the initial set time of concrete; however the final set time
remained unchanged. This was caused mainly by the higher reactivity of the blended binder
with metakaolin.
The addition of micro silica (MS) or metakaolin (MK) is advantageous in concrete mixes
because in general, the strength at the transition zone between cement paste and coarse
aggregate particles is lower than that of the bulk cement paste. The transition zone contains
more voids because of the accumulation of bleed water underneath the aggregate particles and
the difficulty of packing solid particles near a surface. Relatively more calcium hydroxide (CH)
forms in this region than elsewhere. Without micro silica (MS) or metakaolin (MK), the
calcium hydroxide (CH) crystals grow large and tend to be strongly oriented parallel to the
aggregate particle surface. CH is weaker than calcium silicate hydrate (C-S-H), and when the
crystals are large and strongly oriented parallel to the aggregate surface, they are easily cleaved.
A weak transition zone results from the combination of high void content and large, strongly
oriented CH crystals. Micro silica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) in blended concrete mixes will
increase the strength of concrete largely because it increases the strength of the bond between
the cement paste and the aggregate particles. The presence of micro silica (MS) and metakaolin
(MK) in fresh concrete mix generally results in reduced bleeding and greater cohesiveness.
Metakaolin (MK) may be better alternative to micro silica (MS) especially in normal grades
but in higher grades of concrete, its combination with micro silica (MS) will yield better
performance.
Metakaolin (MK) is highly reactive alumino silicate whereas micro silica (MS) is reactive
silicate so Metakaolin (MK) supplemented concrete mixes have high strengths because silica
and alumina present in Metakaolin (MK) reacts with CH forms CSH (pozzolanic reaction) and
CAH (aluminate hydration) respectively which contributes to additional strength than micro
silica (MS). Fe2O3 in more in Metakaolin (MK) leading to high enhancement of strength in the
blended concrete mixes due to the rapid consuming of Ca(OH)2 which was formed during
hydration of Portland cement specially at early ages related to the high reactivity of Fe2O3
particles. As a consequence, the hydration of cement is accelerated and larger volumes of
reaction products are formed. Also Fe2O3 particles recover the particle packing density of the
blended cement, directing to a reduced volume of larger pores in the cement paste.
Micro silica (MS) beyond 15% and Metakaolin (MK) beyond 20-25% should not exceed to
preserve residual free CH in the paste to maintain pH of pore solution. High dosages of
Metakaolin (MK) or micro silica (MS) in concrete mixes may lead to lower C/S ratio of the
CSH gel formed from pozzolanic reaction resulting in high shrinkage of the formed gel.
Metakaolin (MK) blended fresh concrete mixes will set relatively quickly due Metakaolin
(MK) when compared to micro silica (MS) has similar particle density and surface area but
different morphology and surface chemistry.
Cement average size is 100 times larger than micro silica (MS) while Metakaolin (MK) average
size is 20 to 30 times larger than micro silica (MS) so in Metakaolin (MK) + micro silica (MS)
blended FA based quaternary concrete mix, coarser pores in fly ash (FA) based concrete can
be reduced by inclusion of Metakaolin (MK) and finer pores are filled up by micro silica (MS).
145
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
So quaternary blended concrete mix made with micro silica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK) has
improved microstructure which is dense and impermeable. Metakaolin (MK) blended concrete
mixes improves workability, finishability, reduces surface dehydration and plastic cracking.
Since Metakaolin (MK) does not increase the compressive strength of cement paste directly, it
is concluded that strength improvement in the concrete is due to changes in the structure of the
interfacial zone and the increased paste-aggregate bond strength. For the same reasons,
Metakaolin (MK) has a beneficial effect on flexural strength, although the magnitude of the
effect is less than that observed for compressive strength.
The cost of metakaolin is about three times the cost of ordinary Portland cement, thus using
metakaolin alone as a supplementary cementitious material (SCM) may not be cost effective.
On the other hand, the slow reaction rate of fly ash can make its use impractical when rapid
early strength development is required. However, use of these materials in combination has the
potential to overcome the higher cost associated with metakaolin concrete and the slower
strength development associated with fly ash concrete.
Metakaolin (MK) may be better alternative to micro silica (MS) especially in normal grades
but in higher grades of concrete, its combination with micro silica (MS) will yield better
performance.
Metakaolin (MK) is highly reactive alumino silicate whereas micro silica (MS) is reactive
silicate so Metakaolin (MK) supplemented concrete mixes have high strengths because silica
and alumina present in Metakaolin (MK) reacts with CH forms CSH (pozzolanic reaction) and
CAH (aluminate hydration) respectively which contributes to additional strength than micro
silica (MS). Fe2O3 in more in Metakaolin (MK) leading to high enhancement of strength in the
blended concrete mixes due to the rapid consuming of Ca(OH)2 which was formed during
hydration of Portland cement specially at early ages related to the high reactivity of Fe2O3
particles. As a consequence, the hydration of cement is accelerated and larger volumes of
reaction products are formed. Also Fe2O3 particles recover the particle packing density of the
blended cement, directing to a reduced volume of larger pores in the cement paste.
Micro silica (MS) beyond 15% and Metakaolin (MK) beyond 20-25% should not exceed to
preserve residual free CH in the paste to maintain pH of pore solution. High dosages of
Metakaolin (MK) or micro silica (MS) in concrete mixes may lead to lower C/S ratio of the
CSH gel formed from pozzolanic reaction resulting in high shrinkage of the formed gel.
Metakaolin (MK) blended fresh concrete mixes will set relatively quickly due Metakaolin
(MK) when compared to micro silica (MS) has similar particle density and surface area but
different morphology and surface chemistry.
Cement average size is 100 times larger than micro silica (MS) while Metakaolin (MK) average
size is 20 to 30 times larger than micro silica (MS) so in Metakaolin (MK) + micro silica (MS)
blended FA based quaternary concrete mix, coarser pores in fly ash (FA) based concrete can
be reduced by inclusion of Metakaolin (MK) and finer pores are filled up by micro silica (MS).
So quaternary blended concrete mix made with micro silica (MS) and Metakaolin (MK) has
improved microstructure which is dense and impermeable. Metakaolin (MK) blended concrete
mixes improves workability, finishability, reduces surface dehydration and plastic cracking.
Since Metakaolin (MK) does not increase the compressive strength of cement paste directly, it
is concluded that strength improvement in the concrete is due to changes in the structure of the
interfacial zone and the increased paste-aggregate bond strength. For the same reasons,
Metakaolin (MK) has a beneficial effect on flexural strength, although the magnitude of the
effect is less than that observed for compressive strength.
The cost of metakaolin is about three times the cost of ordinary Portland cement, thus using
metakaolin alone as a supplementary cementitious material (SCM) may not be cost effective.
On the other hand, the slow reaction rate of fly ash can make its use impractical when rapid
146
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
early strength development is required. However, use of these materials in combination has the
potential to overcome the higher cost associated with metakaolin concrete and the slower
strength development associated with fly ash concrete.
4.0 Conclusions
Based on the systematic and detailed experimental study conducted on high strength grade
(M80) of binary , ternary and quaternary blended Concrete mixes made with fly ash (FA),
microsilica (MS) and metakaolin (MK) with an aim to develop high performance concrete
mixes, the following are the conclusions arrived.
1. Metakaolin blended binary, ternary and quaternary concrete mixes attain early strengths
due to its inherent faster reacting capability than microsilica (MS) blended concrete mixes.
2. For development of high strength concrete mixes (M80), use of micro silica is compulsory
due to its inherent high reactive property and micro-filler capacity.
3. In development of high strength (M80) grade fly ash blended concrete mixes, both
metakaolin and micro silica are required to be added to leverage the benefits of micro-filler
capacity of micro silica and early strength attainment of metakaolin. Addition of metakaolin
(MK) to blended concrete mixes will enhance early hydration because of it high reactivity.
4. Optimally blended high strength grades M80 quaternary concrete mixes made of
50%OPC+28%FA+11%MS+11%MKyields both required workability and desired
compressive strengths. From this observation, it can be understood that micro silica (MS) in
blended concrete mixtures imparts high strength while metakaolin (MK) inclusion enhances
the usage of high quantity of fly ash in concrete mixes for superior rate of gain of strength. So
it is evident that both metakaolin and micro silica are required in blended concrete mixes made
with low water/powder ratio.
5. From the above observations it can be assumed for better flow and strength realization, in
high strength grades (M80) blended fly ash based concrete mixes, the optimum percentage use
of metakaolin is found to be 11%.
6. Metakaolin (MK) is highly reactive alumina silicate whereas micro silica (MS) is reactive
silicate. Hence Metakaolin (MK) supplemented concrete mixes have high strengths at all ages
because silica and alumina present in Metakaolin (MK) reacts with CH forms CSH (pozzolanic
reaction) and CAH (aluminate hydration) respectively which contributes to additional strength
than micro silica (MS). So quaternary blended concrete mix made with micro silica (MS) and
Metakaolin (MK) has improved microstructure which is dense and impermeable.
References
[1] Bhanumathidas, N & Mehta, PK 2004, Concrete mixtures made with ternary blended
cements containing fly ash and rice husk ash : Fly ash, Silica fume, Slag and Neutral
pozzolans in concrete, Proceeding of International conference, CANMET, ACI SP-199,
ed. Molhotra, USA,379-391.
[2] Jutice, JM & Kurtis, KE 2007, Influence of metakaolin surface area on properties of
cement based materials, ASCE Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, vol. 19, no.
9, pp. 762-771.
[3] Ramezanianpour, AA &BahramiJovein, H 2012, Influence of metakaolin as
supplementary cementing material on strength and durability of concretes Construction
and Building Materials, vol. 30, no. 1, pp. 470-479.
[4] Caldarone, M. A.; Gruber, K. A.; and Burg, R. G., “High-Reactivity Metakaolin: A
147
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New Generation Mineral Admixture,” Concrete International, V. 16, No. 11, Nov.
1994, pp. 37-40.
[5] Caldarone, M. A., and Gruber, K. A., “High Reactivity Metakaolin— A Mineral
[6] Caldarone, M. A., and Gruber, K. A., “High Reactivity Metakaolin— A Mineral
Admixture for High-Performance Concrete,” Concrete under Severe Conditions:
Environment and Loading, Proceedings of the International Conference on Concrete
under Severe Conditions, CONSEC 1995, Sapporo, Japan, Aug. 1995, K. Sakai, N.
Banthia, and O. E. Gjorv, eds., V. 2, E&FN Spon: Chapman & Hall, New York, 1995,
pp. 1015-1024.
[7] Thomas, M. D. A.; Gruber, K. A.; and Hooton, R. D., “The Use of High-Reactivity
Metakaolin in High-Performance Concrete,” High-Strength Concrete, Proceedings of
First International Conference, A. Azizinamini, D. Darwin, and C. French, eds., ASCE,
1997, Kona, Hawaii, pp. 517-530.
[8] Balogh, A., “High-Reactivity Metakaolin,” Aberdeen’s Concrete Construction, V. 40,
No. 7, 1995, 604 pp. 9.
[9] Dubey, A., and Banthia, N., “Influence of High-Reactivity Metakaolin and Silica Fume
on the Flexural Toughness of High-Performance Steel Fiber-Reinforced Concrete,”
ACI Materials Journal, V. 95, No. 3, May-June 1998, pp. 284-292.
[10] Kostuch, J. A.; Walters, G. V.; and Jones, T. R., “High-Performance Concrete
Containing Metakaolin: A Review,” Concrete 2000: Economic and Durable
Construction through Excellence: Proceedings of the International Conference,
Dundee, Scotland, Sept. 1993, R. K. Dhir and M. R. Jones, eds., 1993, pp. 1799-1811.
[11] Ambroise, J.; Maximilien, S.; and Pera, J., “Properties of Metakaolin Blended
Cements,” Journal of Advanced Cement-Based Materials, V. 1, No. 4, 1994, pp. 161-
168.
[12] Admixture for High-Performance Concrete,” Concrete under Severe Conditions:
Environment and Loading, Proceedings of the International Conference on Concrete
under Severe Conditions, CONSEC 1995, Sapporo, Japan, Aug. 1995, K. Sakai, N.
Banthia, and O. E. Gjorv, eds., V. 2, E&FN Spon: Chapman & Hall, New York, 1995,
pp. 1015-1024.
[13] Thomas, M. D. A.; Gruber, K. A.; and Hooton, R. D., “The Use of High-Reactivity
Metakaolin in High-Performance Concrete,” High-Strength Concrete, Proceedings of
First International Conference, A. Azizinamini, D. Darwin, and C. French, eds., ASCE,
1997, Kona, Hawaii, pp. 517-530.
[14] Balogh, A., “High-Reactivity Metakaolin,” Aberdeen’s Concrete Construction, V. 40,
No. 7, 1995, 604 pp. 9.
[15] Dubey, A., and Banthia, N., “Influence of High-Reactivity Metakaolin and Silica
Fume on the Flexural Toughness of High-Performance Steel Fiber-Reinforced
Concrete,” ACI Materials Journal, V. 95, No. 3, May-June 1998, pp. 284-292.
[16] Kostuch, J. A.; Walters, G. V.; and Jones, T. R., “High-Performance Concrete
Containing Metakaolin: A Review,” Concrete 2000: Economic and Durable
Construction through Excellence: Proceedings of the International Conference,
Dundee, Scotland, Sept. 1993, R. K. Dhir and M. R. Jones, eds., 1993, pp. 1799-1811.
[17] Ambroise, J.; Maximilien, S.; and Pera, J., “Properties of Metakaolin Blended
Cements,” Journal of Advanced Cement-Based Materials, V. 1, No. 4, 1994, pp. 161-
168.
148
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASE STUDY ON GLASS FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE
P Santhi Raj1, Ballekuri Swathi2 Jonnalagadda Anjani3
1
Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad
2,3
B.Tech Student, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Concrete being one of the majorly used construction materials, continuous efforts have been made to further
improve its properties to meet the demands of the modern construction world. Concrete is a best material to
handle compressive loads, it is very well known for its stiffness and durability properties but it is also brittle and
is found to be very weak in tension, so efforts have been made in reinforcing concrete over the days in order to
improve its tensile strength. Glass Fiber is a material consisting of numerous extremely fine fibers of glass. These
fibres when added in certain percentage to the concrete are found to improve the strain properties well as crack
resistance, ductility, flexure strength and toughness Glass fibers have high tensile strength and fire resistant
properties thus reducing the loss of damage during fire accidents. The main aim of the study is to study the effect
of glass fibre in the concrete and the properties like compressive strength, flexure strength, split tensile strength.
Keywords: glass fibres, strength, durability
1.0 Introduction
Concrete is one of the revolutionary building materials made by man, its ability to form a hard
matrix with a binding property enabled engineers to tackle challenging designs. To improve its
tensile strength reinforcement materials are used. Steel is one of the most widely used
reinforcement material, it is an excellent material due to its ductility but it is affected by
corrosion. The search for other materials which could overcome this limitation lead to the glass
fibers. Glass fibre reinforced concrete or GFRC is a type of fiber-reinforced concrete. It is a
material made of a cementatious matrix composed of cement, sand, water, and admixtures, in
which short length glass fibers are dispersed. The effect of the fibers in this composite leads
to an increase in the tension and impact strength of the material. They also have high tensile
strength and fire resistant properties thus reducing the loss of damage during fire accidents.
GFRC has been widely used in construction industry for non structural elements, like façade
panels, piping, and channels.
Manufacturing process of glass fibers
Glass fibers are produced in a process in which molten glass is drawn in the form of filaments,
through the bottom of a heated platinum tank or bushing. Usually, 204 filaments are drawn
simultaneously and they solidify while cooling outside the heated tank; they are then collected
on a drum into a strand consisting of the 204 filaments. Prior to winding, the filaments are
coated with a sizing which protects the filaments against weather and abrasion effects, as well
as binding them together in the strand.
Composition of GFRC
 Cement.
 Coarse aggregate the crushed aggregates used were maximum size of aggregate 20mm
and minimum size of aggregate 12mm.
149
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Fine aggregate River bed sand was used as fine aggregate.
 Glass fibre (12mm, 15mm, 20mm in length) to provide tensile and flexural strength.
Types of Glass Fibres
A-glass: it is mainly used in the manufacture of process equipment.

C-glass: This kind of glass shows better resistance to chemical impact.
E-glass: This kind of glass combines the characteristics of C-glass with very good insulation
to electricity.
AE-glass: Alkali resistant glass. Generally glass consists of quartz sand, sodium phosphate,
soda, potash, feldspar and a number of refining and dying additives.
 Polymers in some cases to increase toughness.

 Plasticizers to enhance workability if necessary.
Mixing procedure
Mixing Procedure of Pre Mix GRC: The sand and cement are mixed dry and then the
water/admixture and polymer (if used) are added. Generally a twospeed slurry/fiber blender
mixer is used. With this type of mixer, the fast speed is designed to create smooth creamy
slurry. This takes about one-two minutes. The mixer is switched to slow speed and fiber in the
form of chopped strand (length approximately 13 mm) is added slowly. The fibre is blended
into the mix for approximately 1 min. Once the mix is ready, it is poured into the moulds, which
are vibrating using a vibrating table.
Casting procedure
After mixing in a pan mixer, the mix was cast in moulds for each % of fiber sufficient no of
cubes and flexure beams were cast for testing at the ages of 28 days. The GFRC mix is left into
the mould to set and is covered with polythene sheet to prevent moisture loss. The product is
demoulded the next day and kept for curing.
Tests
 Workability: The workability tests are performed using standard sizes of Slump
Moulds as per IS: 1199 - 1999 and Compaction Factor apparatus which was developed
in UK and is described in IS: 1199 - 1999.
 Compressive Strength: The Steel mould of size 150 x 150 x 150 mm is well tighten
and oiled thoroughly. They are allowed for curing in a curing tank for 28 days and they
are tested in 200-tonnes electro hydraulic closed loop machine. The test procedures
used are as per IS: 516-1979.
 Flexural Strength: The Steel mould of size 100 x 100 x 500 mm is well tighten and
oiled thoroughly. They are allowed for curing in a curing tank for 28 days and they are
tested in universal testing machine. The test procedures used are as per IS 516-1979.
 Split Tensile Strength: The specimens shall be cylinder with 150 mm in diameter and
300 mm long and is well tighten and oiled thoroughly. They are allowed for curing in
a curing tank for 28 days and they are tested in universal testing machine. The test
procedure used are as per IS 516-1979.
150
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications of GFRC
 Architecture: Prefabricated architectural cladding, architectural moldings and Features,

Environments & Landscaping.
 Building: Industrial and agricultural roofing, Walls and Windows, Renovation,
Foundations and Floors, Modular Buildings.
 Engineering: Permanent Formwork, Utilities, Acoustics, Bridges and Tunnels, Water
and Drainage.
Advantages of GFRC
 Light weight: With GFRC, concrete can be cast in thinner sections and is therefore as
much as 75% lighter than similar pieces cast with traditional concrete. It is beneficial
to use GFRC mix for countertops, a concrete countertop can be 1-inch thick with GFRC
rather than 2 inches thick when using conventional steel reinforcement.
 High strength: GFRC can have flexural strength as high as 27.5N/mm2 and it has a very
high strength-to-weight ratio.
 Reinforcement: Since GFRC is reinforced internally, there is no need for other kinds of
reinforcement, which can be difficult to place into complex shapes.
 Consolidation: For sprayed GFRC, no vibration is needed. For poured, GFRC, vibration
or rollers are easy to use to achieve consolidation.
 Equipment: Expensive equipment is not needed for poured or vibrated GFRC with a
face coat, for sprayed GFRC, equipment generally costs about Rs. 50,000.
 Toughness: GFRC doesn’t crack easily it can be cut without chipping.
 Surface finish: Because it is sprayed on, the surface has no bug holes or voids.
 Adaptability: Sprayed or poured into a mould can adopt
 Durability: It has been increased due to use of low alkaline cement and puzzolana.
 Sustainable: because it uses less cement than equivalent concrete and uses a recycled
material.
Conclusions
 GFRC has more tensile strength when compared to steel reinforced concrete. The
addition of glass fibers prevents crack formation in concrete. Unlike steel
reinforcement, glass fibers are not corrodible, they are also resistant to fire, alkali
attacks and hence GFRC results in a more durable structure.
 GFRC is mostly used for architectural purposes, the compatibility of glass fiber with
concrete or mortar helps in using it easily in daily projects such as facade of buildings,
as AR glass fibers have good resistance to alkalinity
 The fatigue performance of GFRC is observed to be better than plain concrete.
 Cement, when reinforced with glass fiber, produces precast elements much thinner and
therefore lighter elements than that would be possible with steelreinforced precast
concrete, where 30mm or more concrete cover to the steel is essential as protection
against corrosion. GFRC is an eco-friendly material because it consumes less energy
during production and can be used to control pollution and carbon dioxide which is
dangerous to human life.
151
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
References
[1] Md. Abid Alam, Imran Ahmad, Faztur Rehman, “Experimental Study on Properties
of Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete”-International Journal of Engineering Trends
and Technology.
[2] S. Hemalatha, D. A. Leema Rose “An Experimental Study on Glass Fiber Reinforce
Concrete”- International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET)
[3] Komal Chawla1 and Bharti Tekwani, “Studies of Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete
Composites”- International Journal of Structural and Civil Engineering Research.
[4] Eng. Pshtiwan N. Shakor, Prof. S. S. Pimplikar, “Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete
Use in Construction”- International Journal of Technology and Engineering System
(IJTES
[5] J.D.Chaitanya Kumar, G.V.S. Abhilash, P.Khasim Khan, G.Manikanta Sai,
V.Taraka Ram, ” Experimental Studies on Glass Fiber Concrete”- American
Journal of Engineering Research (AJER).
152
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECT OF PACKING FACTOR (PF) ON
WORKABILITY AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF
SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE OF M60 GRADE WITH
FLY ASH AND MICRO SILICA AS MINERAL ADMIXTURE
N Ramanjaneyulu1, Dr.M.V.Seshagiri Rao2, Dr.V.Bhasker Desai 3and Pravardhan Reddy 4
1
CVR College of Engineering/Civil Engineering, Hyderabad, India, Email: rams.613@gmail.com
2
CVR College of Engineering/Civil Engineering, Hyderabad, India, Email: rao_vs_meduri@yahoo.com
3
JNTU Anantapur / Civil Engineering, Anantapur, India, Email: vbdesaijntu@g.mail.com
4
M.Tech Student, CVR College of Engineering / Civil Engineering, Hyderabad, India, Email:
pravardhanreddy12@gmail.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This paper presents the results of an experimental research on the workability and mechanical properties of self-
compacting concrete. The work focused on concrete mixes having Packing Factors of 1.11, 1.12, 1.13, 1.14 and
1.15 for a Water Cement ratio of 0.33The Concrete mixes contains different proportions of fine aggregate, coarse
aggregate and constant proportions of Cement, Micro Silica, fly ash, Super plasticizers, VMA, water binder ratios
for different Packing factors ratios. The percentage of Micro Silica and fly ash added is 7% for all mixes. The
proportions of mix design are obtained on the basis of NAN-SU mix design. All the mixes contain Cement of 518
kg/m3 but with different total binder content. The workability tests utilized in this research were the Slump flow,
Slump flow T500mm, V-funnel, V-funnel T5min and J-ring, which can be used to evaluate the filling ability,
segregation resistance and passing ability of self-compacting concrete Based upon the experimental results, it is
observed that when Packing Factor is less than 1.11 the mix requires more binders there by affecting the
workability, whereas when Packing Factor is more than 1.15 the required strengths and workability are not
achieved.
Keywords: Self-Compacting Concrete, Packing Factor, Workability, Fly Ash, Micro silica, Super plasticizer and
VMA.
Introduction
Self-compacting concrete having advanced viscosity and workability properties can easily fill
the moulds without compaction.High volume of mineral powder is a necessity for a proper self-
compacting concrete design. For this purpose, mineral admixtures such as limestone powder,
Fly Ash, micro silica, rice husk ash, blast furnace slag and kaolinite can be used. In this study,
investigation had been done on fresh and hardened properties of self -compacting
concrete(SCC). It is worth noting that extensive investigations on the workability of self-
compacting concrete have been made recently. Kayat et al reported that the L-box, U-box, and
J-ring tests can be performed to evaluate the passing ability of self-compacting concrete. When
combined with the slump flow test and the L-box test is very suitable for the quality control of
on-site self-compacting concrete. It is apparent that workability depends on a number of
interacting factors such as water content, aggregate type and grading, fine aggregate to coarse
aggregate ratio, packing factor, kind and the fineness of cement and dosage of super
plasticizers. The main factors on self-compacting concrete are water and super plasticizer
contents, the inter particle lubrication is increased by simply adding them. In this research mix
design used is based on NAN-SU method. His design is based on packing factor(PF) of
aggregate. In this research W/C ratio and FA/CA used are 0.33 and 58/42 for different Packing
Factors. Proportions of Coarse aggregate, Fine aggregate and water binder ratios are different
and proportions of Cement, Micro Silica, Fly ash, Super plasticizers and VMA are constant for
153
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
different Packing Factors. The percentages of Micro Silica, Fly ash added are 7%, super
plasticizer is 0.02 and VMA is 0.004% for all mixes.
Materials and mix proportions:

This part of the paper presents the specifications of the mixes used for obtaining the
compressive strength, split tensile strength, flexural strength andworkability of self-
compacting concrete. OrdinaryPortland Cement (OPC 53 grade), Fly Ash and Micro silica
were used as cementitious materials. Natural river sand with a fineness modulus of 2.96 and
crushed gravel with a nominal maximum size of 10 mm were used as the aggregates. Chemical
admixtures used were polycarboxylated ether as super plasticizer and glenium stream 2 as
VMA.
Table 1: Mix proportions of concrete containing different Packing Factors.
Concrete Mixes for W/C =0.33
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
P.F=1.11 P.F=1.12 P.F=1.13 P.F=1.14 P.F=1.15
Qty. Prop. Qty. Prop. Qty. Prop. Qty. Prop. Qty. Prop.
(kg/m3) (kg/m3) (kg/m3) (kg/m3) (kg/m3)
Cement 518.87 1 518.87 1 518.87 1 518.87 1 518.87 1
Fly ash 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07
Miro Silica 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07 36.32 0.07
F.Aggregate 1036.51 1.99 1045.85 2.01 1055.19 2.02 1064.53 2.05 1073.87 2.07
C.Aggregate 614.91 1.18 620.45 1.99 625.99 1.20 631.53 1.21 637.07 1.22
Water/Binder 176.39 0.33 170.74 0.33 170.78 0.33 168.43 0.32 165.89 0.32
Super 17.74 0.02 17.74 0.02 17.74 0.02 17.74 0.02 17.74 0.02
Plasticisers
VMA 2.95 0.004 2.95 0.004 2.95 0.004 2.95 0.004 2.95 0.004
Workability and compressive strength:

The strict definition of workability is the amount of useful internal work necessary to produce
full compaction. The physical property of concrete and energy required to overcome the
internal friction between the individual particles of the mixture. Because of the very high
workability of self-compacting concrete, it needs no external vibration and can spread into
place, fill the framework and encapsulate reinforcement without any bleeding or segregation.
In other words, to ensure that reinforcement can be encapsulated and that the framework can
be filled completely, a favourable workability is essential for self-compacting concrete.
Moreover, aggregate particles in self-compacting concrete are required to have uniform
154
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
distribution in the specimen and the minimum segregation risk should be maintained during
the process of transportation and placement.
Because the strength of concrete is adversely and significantly affected by the presence of voids
in the compacted mass, it is vital to achieve a maximum possible density. This requires a
sufficient workability or virtually full compaction. The presence of voids in concrete reduces
the density and greatly reduces the strength, which means the presence of 5 percent of voids
can lower the strength by as much as 30 percent. This research compares the compressive
strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength of self-compacting concrete mixtures for
different water cement ratios.
Results and discussion:
The experimental results of self-compacting concrete mixes related to compressive strength,
split tensile strength, flexural strength and workability are discussed for different fine aggregate
and coarse aggregate contents. The workability tests performed in this research were as
EFNARC methods. They are Slump flow, Slump flow T500, V-funnel, V-funnel T5min and J-
ring.
Experimental Results:
The results of workability tests on self-compacting concrete are shown in Table 2. The results
of compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength are shown in Table 3.
Fresh and hardened state properties of Self Compacting Concrete:
Slump flow (SF) decreases as the Packing Factor (PF) increases. When PF increases
from 1.11 to 1.15(3.5%) slump flow decreases from 680mm to 650mm (4.41%).T500, V-
funnel, T5 and J-ring values are increasing as the PF increases. When PF increases from 1.11
to 1.15(3.5%), T500 time increases from 3.11 sec to 4.64 sec (32.97%), V-funnel time increases
from 6.92sec to10.59sec (34.65%), T5 time increases from 11.66sec to 14.29sec(18.40%) and
J-ring value increases from 2mm to 9mm(77.77%). It is observed that workability decreases as
the PF increases.Compressive strength decreases as the Packing Factor increases. When PF
increases from 1.11 to 1.15(3.5%), 7days Compressive strength decreases from 51.2MPa to
43.47MPa (15. 09%).Whereas 28days Compressive strength decreases from 71.92MPa to
69.18MPa (3.08%).Split tensile strength decreases as the Packing Factor increases. When PF
increases from 1.11 to 1.15(3.5%) 7days Split tensile strength decreases from 10.49MPa to
8.46MPa (19.35%). Whereas 28 days Split tensile strength decreases from 12.22MPa to
10.26MPa (16.03%).Flexural strength decreases as the Packing Factor increases. When PF
increases from 1.11 to 1.15(3.5%), 7days Flexural strength decreases from 4.98MPa to
4.23MPa (15.06). Whereas 28days Flexural strength decreases from 5.76MPa to 4.53MPa
(21.35%). It was observed that the Compressive and Split tensile strengths decreases at higher
rate for 7days strength when compared to 28days strength, whereas the Flexural strength
decreases at higher rate for 28days strength when compared to 7days strength.
The relation between the strengths and Packing Factor are as given below.
fck = -181(PF) + 250.4
ft = -51.2(PF) + 69.05
fcr =-29.9(PF) + 38.83
155
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Where
fck = 28 days compressive strength in MPa.
ft = 28 days split tensile strength in MPa.
fcr = 28 days flexural strength in MPa.
PF= Packing Factor.
The relation between the flow values and Packing Factors are as given below.
S.F in mm = -1850(PF) + 2785
T500 in sec = 39.4(PF) - 40.68
V-funnel in sec = 91.7(PF) - 95.02
T5 in sec = 66.4(PF) - 61.89
J-ring in mm =180(PF) - 198.2
The relation between Compressive strength and Flexural strength is shown in Fig.10 and the
relation between them is obtained as given below.
fcr = 0.437( fck) - 25.75
The relation between Compressive strength and Split tensile strength is shown in Fig.11 and
the relation between them is obtained as given below.
ft = 0.738( fck) - 40.75
Water Binder
178
176 176.39
174
Water Binder
173.74
172
170.78
170 Water Binder
168 168.43
Linear (Water Binder)
166 y = -263.1x + 468.35 165.89
164
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 1: Packing Factor Vs Water Binder
156
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Slump Flow
740
735
730
720
Slump Flow in mm
710 710
700
695
690 Slump Flow
680 Linear (Slump Flow)
675
670
660 y = -1850x + 2785.5 660
650
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 2: Packing Factor Vs Slump flow
T500
5
4.5 y = 39.4x - 40.682 4.64
4.22
4 3.89
3.5
3.34
3 3.11
T500
2.5
T500
2
Linear (T500)
1.5
1
0.5
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 3: Packing Factor Vs T500
157
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V-funnel
12
y = 91.7x - 95.027 10.59
10 9.32
8.65
7.49
8
V-Funnel in sec
6.92
6
V-funnel
4 Linear (V-funnel)
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 4: Packing factor vs V-funnel
T5
16 14.29
13.43 13.84
14 12.46
11.66
12 y = 66.4x - 61.896
10
T5 in sec
8
T5
6
Linear (T5)
4
2
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 5: Packing Factor Vs T5
158
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J-ring
10 9
9
8 7
7 y = 180x - 198.2
J-ring in mm
6 5
5
j-ring
4 3
3 Linear (j-ring)
2
2
1
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 6: Packing Factor Vs J-ring
159
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 71.92 y = -67.6x + 146.75
70.81 70.39 69.53 69.18
70
Split Tensile Strength in MPa
60
compressive
50 strength(28days)
51.2 compressive strength(7days)
40 46.46 44.58
43.82 43.47
y = -181x + 250.44
30
Linear (compressive
20 strength(28days))
10 Linear (compressive
strength(7days))
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 7: Packing Factor Vs Compressive strength
Split Tensile Strength

14
12.22
11.76
12 11.17 y = -51.2x + 69.05
Split Tensile Strength in MPa
10.56 10.26
10 Split tensile strength(28days)
10.49 10.18
8 9.14 8.71 8.46 Split tensile strength(7days)
y = -55.3x + 71.885
6
Linear (Split tensile
4
strength(28days))
2 Linear (Split tensile
strength(7days))
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 8: Packing Factor Vs Split tensile strength
160
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexural Strength
7
5.76
6 5.29 y = -29.9x + 38.833
Flexural Strength in Mpa
4.89 4.76
5 4.53 Flexural strength(28days)
4.98
4 4.56 4.4 4.3 4.23 Flexural strength(7days)
y = -26.1x + 34.688
3
Linear (Flexural
2 strength(28days))
1 Linear (Flexural
strength(7days))
0
1.1 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16
Packing Factor
Figure 9: Packing Factor Vs Flexural strength
161
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexural strength
7
6 y = 0.4377x - 25.755 5.76
5 4.89 5.29
Flexural Strength
4.76
4.53
4
3 Flexural strength
Linear (Flexural strength)
2
0
69 70 71 72 73
Figure 10: Compressive Strength Vs Flexural strength
Split tensile strength

14
12 y = 0.7382x - 40.75 12.22

11.17
10.2610.56 11.76
10
6 Split tensile strength

Linear (Split tensile strength)
4
0
69 70 71 72 73
Figure 11: Compressive Strength Vs Split Tensile strength
162
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conclusions
Based on the experimental work conducted on SCC mixes of M60 grade, with the aim to study
effect of different Packing Factors for constant water cement ratio, the main conclusions are
 As the packing factor increases, the workability decreases and also strengths are
decreasing.
 Maximum strengths are achieved for a Packing Factor of 1.11 with optimum slump for
M60 grade high strength self-compacting concrete.
 These values are obtained for a Water Cement ratio of 0.33 with addition of 7% micro
silica and 7% of flyash.
 It is observed that when Packing Factor is less than 1.11 the mix requires more binders
there by affecting the workability. Whereas when Packing Factor is more than 1.15 the
required strengths and workability are not achieved.
 There is increase in Compressive strength and split tensile strength with decrease in
Packing Factor.
References
[1] Nan su, Kung-Chung Hsu, His-Wen Chai (2001) “A Simple mix design method for
Self-Compacting concrete” cement and concrete research 31(2001) 1799-1807
[2] J. Guru Jawahar, C. Shashidar, I.V. Ramana Reddy and J. Annie Peter (2012) “A
Simple Tool For Self-Compacting Concrete Mix Design” International Journal of
advances in Engineering and Technology, May 2012.
[3] Krishna Murthy. N, Narasimha Rao A. V, Ramana Reddy I.V and Vijaya
ShekharReddy.M (2012) “Mix Design Procedure for Self-Compacting Concrete ”
IOSR Journal of Engineering (IOSRJEN), Volume 2,Issue 9(September 2012),PP 33-
41.
[4] Rakesh Kumar (2015) “Self-Compacting Concrete Mix Design and its Comparison
with Conventional Concrete(M-40)” ISSN:2165-784x JCEE, Volume 5 Issue 3,2015.
[5] Sandra nunes, Paula Milheiro-oliveira, Joana souse Coutinho and Joaquim Figueiras
(2013) “Robust SCC Mixes through Mix Design” Journal of Materials in Civil
engineering(ASCE), Volume 25(2), 2013.
[6] Vipul Kumar (2015) “Study of Mix Design of Self Compacting Concrete” International
research Journal of Engineering and Technology(IRJET), Volume 02 Issue :05, August
2015.
[7] Amir BaniasadiMoghdam, AbdolhamidBahrpeyma& Mohammad Givehchi (2012)
“Achieving The Best Mixture Plane For Self-CompactingConcrete” IJRRAS, Volume
11 Issue 2, May2015
[8] Matha Prasad Adari, Prof. E.V.Raghava Rao, D.Sateesh(2015) “An Experimental
Development Of M-40 Grade Self Compacted Concrete and comparison With M-40
Conventional Concrete” International Journal of Engineering Sciences and research
Technology, Volume 4 Issue 9, September 2015.
[9] Okamura, H. and Ouchi, M. “Self-compacting concrete: development, present use and
future,” Proceedings of the First International RILEM Symposioum, 1999, 3-14.
[10] Buia, V.K., Montgomeryb, D., Hinczak, I. and Turner, K. “Rapid testing method for
segregation resistance ofself-compacting concrete,” Cement and Concrete Research,
Vol.32, 2002, pp 1489-1496.
[11] European Project Group, Specification and guidelines for self-compacting concrete,
United Kingdom,EFNARC, 2002.
163
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[12] Khatri, R.P. and Sirivivatnanon, V. “Effect of different supplementary cementitious
materials on mechanicalproperties of high performance concrete,” Cement and
Concrete Research, 25, 1, 1995, 209-220.1
[13] Hemant Sood, Khitoliya R.K. and Pathak.S., “Incorporating European Standards for
testing self-compacting concrete in Indian conditions”. International Journal of Recent
Trends in Engineering May 2009, Vol.1, No.6, pp 41-45.
[14] Okamura, H. and Ouchi, M. “Self-compacting concrete”. Journal of advanced

concrete technology, 2003, Vol.1, No.1, pp 5-15
[15] Subramanian, S. and Chattopadhyay D. “Experiments for mix proportioning of Self
– compacting concrete”, The Indian Concrete Journal, 2002, pp.13-20.
[16] Gibbs JC, Zhu W. “Strength of hardened self-compacting concrete”. In the 1st
International RILEM Symposium on Self-compacting concrete, 1999. Skarendahl.A.
Petersson.O.,editors, RILEM Publications S.A.R.L., PP 199-209.
[17] Collepardi.M., “Self –compacting concrete: What is new? “Poceeding of the seventh
CANMET/ACI Conference on Superplasticisers and other chemical dmixtures in
concrete, Berlin(Germany), 2003, pp. 1-16.
[18] Gomes.P.C.C, Ravindra Gettu et al., “Experimental optimisation of High Strength
Self Compacting Concrete”, proceedings of the second international conference on Self
Compacting Concrete, Tokyo, October 2001.
[19] Lachemia M., Hossiana K.M.A, Lambrosa V., Nkinamubanzib and Bouzoubaa N.
“Performance of new viscosity modifying admixtures in enhancing the rheological
properties of cement paste”. Cement and concrete research, 2004, Vol.34, pp 185-193.
[20] Su, N. and Miao,B. “A new method for mix design of medium strength flowing
concrete with low cementcontent,” Cement and Concrete Composites, 25, 2003, 215-
222.
164
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECTRAL REFLECTANCE OF BRINJAL CROP CANOPY
WITH STAGES
Rathod Ravinder
Assistant Professor (GRIET), GokarajuRangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology – Bachupally,
Hyderabad, Email: rathod506ravinder@gmail.com, Mobile.No. 9573827333, 7674077032
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The reflectance spectrum or spectral reflectance curve is the plot of the reflectance as a function of wavelength.
Spectral signature is the difference in reflectance or emittance characteristics with respect to wavelength
.Spectroradiometer is an instrument used for measurement of reflectance in percentage values from the objects.
It has been using in many fields such as vegetative stress analysis, Forestry Analysis, Marine and Wetlands studies
measurement etc. The graph given by Spectroradiometer is between percentages of reflectance on Y-axis and
Wavelength in nanometer on X-axis. Graphs suggest how much percentage of energy reflects from incident energy
and the drawn graph which is not a straight line or smooth curve. Rise and fall indicates the water absorption
bands. Dips vary with material to materials which also depends on molecules present in them. Healthy vegetation
will absorb more light than unhealthy or stress condition vegetation. If the reflectance is more than 26% then the
crop is in healthy condition if it is less than 26% means crop is in stress condition. For any vegetation dips can
be found at 400nm, 500nm, 550nm, 670nm, 770nm, 870nm and 920nm. There may be the same dips for a
particular crop irrespective stages but percentage of reflectance will be vary because of chlorophyll , leaf internal
structure and moisture content. In the present study, the spectral reflectance of brinjal crop for maturation and
harvesting stages in Sri KondaLaxman Horticultural University of Telangana (Rajendra Nagar) farmhouse from
the visible/near infrared spectra of sensitive spectral band was applied to develop a method for rapid detection
of spectral reflectance.
Keywords: Horticulture, controlled condition, Spectral reflectance, emittance
1.0 Introduction
Remote sensing is the collection of information about an object or phenomenon without making
physical contact with the object and thus in contrast to on-site observation. Remote sensing is
used in numerous fields, including geography and most Earth Science disciplines for example,
hydrology, ecology, oceanography etc. In Optical Remote Sensing, optical sensors detect solar
radiation reflected or scattered from the earth, forming images resembling photographs taken
by a camera high up in space. Spectroradiometer is basically emitting the light which has the
properties such as electromagnetic radiation light exists as photons displaying both wave and
particle properties, discrete quanta of energy wavelength measurements in 350nm-1050nm
range of EM spectrum. The interaction of electromagnetic radiation with materials on a
macroscopic level, including the refraction, diffraction and scattering effects formed the basis
of traditional remote sensing theory. The hyperspectral spectral analysis is a fast and non-
destructive method and has been used in many fields such as oil industry, food industry,
Vegetative stress analysis, Surface color measurement. In most of the vegetation, dips can be
found at 400nm, 450nm, 500nm, 550nm, 670nm, 770nm and 920nm wavelengths. This is due
to presence of chlorophyll content in the leaves in visible region more chlorophyll present so
lesser the reflectance whereas in near infrared region chlorophyll content is medium and in
middle infrared and lesser the chlorophyll content so by observing that it is found that the
165
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
spectral response is rising trend in vegetation with dips at specific wavelengths. For the purpose
of study data captured for mainly, two stages at maturity stage. There were same dips for
particular crop irrespective stages of the crop. Only difference is percentage of reflectance
value varied because of chlorophyll content within the crop this change is due to leaf internal
structure, moisture content etc. Rise and fall of trend can be noticed which provides the
information about water absorption dips varies with material to materials which also depends
on molecules present which them. There are various objects which can reflects different range
of percentage mostly for simple study some of the major curves are scientifically drawn such
as vegetation, water, soil and snow.
Fig: 1.1.Spectral Signature of different materials
2.0 LITERATURE OF REVIEW

Dhavalet al (2013) had attempted to derive canopy level estimation of chlorophyll and Leaf
Area Index (LAI) for tropical species using the Hyperion data. 50 leaves were picked up from
different individuals. Leaf area and leaf dry weight were measured, SLA was calculated.
Hyperion data was collected with cloud cover less than 25%. Atmospheric correction was
carried out using ACORN 1.5 software. Subset extraction and image processing were
performed using ENVI V.4.6 software.
Dhavalet al (2013) had attempted to derive canopy level estimation of chlorophyll and Leaf
Area Index (LAI) for tropical species using the Hyperion data. 50 leaves were picked up from
different individuals. Leaf area and leaf dry weight were measured, SLA was calculated.
Hyperion data was collected with cloud cover less than 25%. Atmospheric correction was
carried out using ACORN 1.5 software. Subset extraction and image processing were
performed using ENVI V.4.6 software.
Adam et al (2010) he studied ground based hyperspectral analysis is carried out by to acquire
the spectral analysis is carried out to acquire the spectral signatures using ASD and first
derivative reflectance at fresh leaf scale. The correlations between spectral signatures, first
derivative reflectance and three biochemical variables were established using curve fitting
analysis.
Jitendraet al (2010) identified the aphid infestation in mustard by hyperspectral remote
sensing. Spectral reflectance was taken in healthy as well as in aphid-infested canopies of
166
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mustard in field as well as in laboratory. The filed experiments were conducted during 2009-
2010 rabbi season at research farm of IARI New Delhi India.
Rama Rao et al (2007) investigated the utility of space borne hyper spectral imaging for the
development of a crop specific spectral library and automatic identification and classification
of 4 cultivars for each of rice, chilly, sugarcane and cotton crops. The classification of crops at
cultivator level using two spectral libraries developed using hyper spectral reflectance data at
canopy scale (in-situ measurements) and at pixel scale (Hyperion data). The data has been
collected from different sources such as Hyperion data, in situ hyperspectral data using field
spectroradiometer (GER 3700, Spectra Vista Crop. New York, NY, USA) and other ancillary
data.
Sebastian et at (2006) presented a method to extract a subset of individual bands from a
hyperspectral data set of Hymap sensor, by performing the classification for previously mapped
agricultural areas for which ground truth data had been collected in the same vegetation period
in Germany, by applying the algorithms for feature extraction method.
A.L.Kaleitaet al (2005) their study was relationship between soil moisture content and soil
surface reflectance. They minimize both the effect of time of day on the spectral data and the
effect of drying time on the moisture data, every effort was made to perform the data collection
within a consistent and minimal period. Data collections were limited to approximately a 2hr
window.
Zarcoet al (2005) discussed the several new narrow band hyperspectral indices calculated from
Air borne visible and near Infrared (AVNIR) hyperspectral sensor over a cotton field in
California (USA) collected over an entire growing season at 1m spatial resolution. Within field
variability of yield monitor spatial data collected during harvest was correlated with
hyperspectral indices related to crop growth and canopy structure, chlorophyll concentration
and water content.
3.0 METHODS AND MATERIALS

Spectroradiometer is an instrument for measurement of radiometric quantities in narrow
wavelength intervals over a given spectral region. Spectra Vista Corporation proudly offers the
SVC HR-512i. Here 512 indicate number of bands that are used in this instrument. This
instrument combines the latest technology required to produce exceptional spectral data while
capturing digital photographic, GPS and external sensor data. Hyper spectral hundreds to
thousands number of spectral band and spectral resolution narrow, few nm; its capability
detects and identifies solids and liquids. One person by first setting up instrument parameters
through the touch screen display and then initiating a measurement easily acquires
measurements. Spectral resolution and low noise ensure that the collected data is of the highest
quality and vice versa. Hyper spectral images provide each and every aspects can be analyze
easily, spectral information to identify and distinguish between spectrally similar materials.
3.1. Taking a Reference

1. Check that the LED Power Indicator is illuminated, indicating that the power is enabled. On
the LCD’s “Setup Screen A”, ensure that the trigger field is set to “Laser + Scan” by pressing
the “TRIGGER:” button until the correct setting appears.
2. On the LCD’s “Main Screen”, ensure that the scan type is set to “Reference” by pressing the
“SCAN:” button until the correct setting appears.
167
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Press and hold the LASER/SCAN button to activate the sighting laser and verify the
placement of the reference plate relative to the laser spot as required filling the field of view.
Then LASER/SCAN button to record the measurement.
4. Repeat the Same process for Target measurement.
3.2. Downloading Stand-alone Measurements

Following steps are to data acquisition software in order to download the stand-alone
measurements to the PC: See “Control->Setup Instrument…” for basic software connection
instructions. See “Control->Setup Overlap/Matching…” for instructions on how to
configure these settings, as they are applied to both downloaded and newly acquired spectral
data. See “Control->Read Memory…” for downloading instructions.
4.0 STUDY AREA

For the purpose of study, area chosen which is belongs to Ranga Reddy district of Sri Konda
Laxman Telangana State Horticultural University Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, Telangana State,
India. This is enclosed with geographical regions of 17°19’17”N, 78°25’23”E. My study area
boundary delineated from BHUVAN website for the study area using Arc Map 10.2 version.
The study area map has been prepared and shown in Fig.4.1 Sri KondaLaxman Horticultural
University the crops are identified in which the research is to be continued. Sri
KondaLaxmanTelangana State Horticultural University (SKLTSHU), a dedicated & splendid
institute of horticultural learning. It is the first Horticultural University in the state of Telangana
and fourth in the Country. The mission goal & primary mandate of the University is to excel
as Centre of Excellence in Education, Research and Extension Education in the field of
Horticulture and allied sectors.
Fig 4.1 Sri KondaLaxman Horticultural University boundary Study Area Map
Sri KondaLaxman Horticultural

University
168
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The spectral signature of following vegetation were studied in this research

✓ Brinjal crop (maturation to harvesting stage)
5.0 RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

The crop identification and the village identification is done by direct visit to the study area
and the direct analysis of the crops in direct view. The photographs of the crops are taken during
the maturation and harvesting stages of the crops. Brinjal crop taken for study results drawn
for at two stages of crop maturation and harvesting stage. It is found that at the initial stage of
crop the chlorophyll content is higher in amount due to that spectral reflectance is less in
percentage at visible range, later chlorophyll content reduces due to aged crop so reflectance
increases in near infrared regions after 920nm reflectance got disturbance.
5.1. Ground truth data of Brinjal crop

The egg-shaped glossy purple fruit has white flesh with a meaty texture. The cut surface of the
flesh rapidly turns brown when the fruit is cut open.
Fig: 5.1. Image of Eggplant (Brinjal) at maturation stage

Fig: 5.2. Spectral reflectance of Manjusree (Eggplant) at maturation stage
169
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig: 5.3. Spectral reflectance of Manjusree (Eggplant) at harvesting stage
Fig: 5.4. Spectral reflectance of Nano (Eggplant) at maturation stage
170
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig: 5.5. Spectral reflectance of Nano (Eggplant) at harvesting stage
Brinjals numerous varieties are available in the world but for the study only four types was
selected such as nano, manjusree, and they sowed on 06/06/2016, Planted on 27/06/2016.For
the crop Brinjals (eggplant) spectral response is at 400nm, 450nm, 500nm down dip, 550nm
up dip, 690nm down dip, 770nm up and finally at 920nm dips can be observed these dips are
common with irrespective of stages and within same varieties such as Manjusree, Nano.
✓ At 450nm reflectance is about 5.2% and at 920nm is about 23.2% at maturation stage
of manjusree
✓ At 450nm reflectance is about 3.5% and at 920nm is about 24.8% at maturation stage
of nano
Though many varieties present in the brinjal vegetables crops the dip formation is common for
them but only percentage of reflectance value varies due leaf internal structure mainly thickness
of leaf, moisture content, amount of chlorophyll present in the leaf.
6.0 REFERENCES
[1] Anna Pacheco., AbdouBannari, Jean-Claude Deguise, Heather McNairn and Karl
Staenz., 2001. Application of hyperspectral remote sensing for lAI estimation
inprecision farming. In 23rd Canadian Remote Sensing Symposium, pp 21-24.
[2] Atsushi Uchida., Chiaki Kobayashi, Osamu Kashimura, AyaUraguchi, HozumaSekine,
M. Evri, AgusWibowo, M. Sadly, Arief D, NadirahPudi and SidikMuljono2012.
Development of hyperspectral data utilization technology for paddy field inIndonesia.
Satellite Remote Sensing System TS06-05.
[3] Daniel, K. W., Tripathi, N. K., Honda, K., &Apisit, E. (2004). Analysis of VNIR(400–
1100 nm) spectral signatures for estimation of soil organic matter in tropicalsoils of
Thailand. International Journal of Remote Sensing, 25, 643–
652.doi:10.1080/0143116031000139944.
171
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[4] Jitendra Kumar., AnantaVashisth, V.K. Sehgal and V.K. Gupta, 2010. Identificationof
aphid infestation in mustard by hyperspectral remote sensing. In Journal ofAgricultural
Physics 10: 53-60.
[5] Rama Rao N., P. K. Garg and S. K. Ghosh, 2007. Development of an agriculturalcrops
spectral library and classification of crops at cultivar level using hyperspectral data. In
Precision Agric., pp 173–185.
[6] Sebastian Mader., Michael Vohland, Thomas Jarmer and Markus Casper, 2006.
Cropclassification with hyperspectral data of the hymap sensor using different
featureextraction techniques. In Proceedings of the 2nd Workshop of the EARSeL SIG
on Land Use and Land Cover Center for Remote Sensing of Land Surfaces: pp- 28-30.
172
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANALYSIS OF SHEAR BEHAVIOR OF BFRP
STRENGTHENED RC BEAMS
1
Vookanti Amarender, 2Dr. Sunil Pratap Reddy, 3Syed Riyaz
1
M. Tech. (Structural Engineering), Department of Civil Engineering, Vaagdevi College of Engineering,
Warangal, India
2
Professor of Civil Engineering, Vaagdevi college of Engineering, Warangal, India
3
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, Vaagdevi College of Engineering, Warangal, India
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This study deals with experimental investigation for enhancing and strengthening structurally deficient T-beams
by using an externally bonded fiber reinforced polymer (FRP). The rehabilitation of existing reinforced concrete
(RC) bridges and building becomes necessary due to ageing, corrosion of steel reinforcement, defects in
construction/design, demand in the increased service loads, and damage in case of seismic events and
improvement in the design guidelines. Fiber-reinforced polymers (FRP) have emerged as promising material for
rehabilitation of existing reinforced concrete structures. The rehabilitation of structures can be in the form of
strengthening, repairing or retrofitting for seismic deficiencies. RC T-section is the most common shape of beams
and girders in buildings and bridges. Shear failure of RC T-beams is identified as the most disastrous failure
mode as it does not give any advance warning before failure. The shear strengthening of RC T-beams using
externally bonded (EB) FRP composites has become a popular structural strengthening technique, due to the
well-known advantages of FRP composites such as their high strength-to-weight ratio and excellent corrosion
resistance. This study assimilates the experimental works of glass fiber reinforced polymer (GFRP) retrofitted
RC T-beams under symmetrical four-point static loading system. An innovative method of anchorage technique
has been used to prevent these premature failures, which as a result ensure full utilization of the strength of
FRP.
Keywords: FRP, GFRP, CFRP, AFRP, CB
1. Introduction
The deterioration of civil engineering infrastructures such as buildings, bridge decks, girders,
offshore structures, parking structures are mainly due to ageing, poor maintenance, corrosion,
exposure to harmful environments. These deteriorated structures cannot take the load for which
they are designed. A large number of structures constructed in the past using the older design
codes in different parts of the globe are structurally unsafe according to the new design codes
and hence need up gradation. The conventional retrofitting techniques available are concrete-
jacketing and steel-jacketing. The concrete- jacketing makes the existing section large and thus
improves the load carrying capacity of the structure. But these techniques have several demerits
such as construction of new formworks, additional weight due to enlargement of section, high
installation cost etc. The steel-jacketing has proven to be an effective technique to enhance the
performance of structures, but this method requires difficult welding work in the field and have
potential problem of corrosion which increases the cost of maintenance. With increase in
research and introduction of new materials and technology there are new ways of retrofitting
the structure with many added advantages. Introduction of Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP)
Composite is one of them. FRP composites comprise fibers of high tensile strength embedded
within a thermosetting matrix such as epoxy, polymer or vinyl ester. The most widely used
matrix is epoxy. FRP was originally developed for aircraft, helicopters, space-craft, satellites,
ships, submarines, high speed trains because of its light weight. The application of FRP in the
civil engineering structures has started in 1980s.
173
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The first application of FRP strengthening was made to reinforce the concrete beams.
The beams are load bearing structural elements that are designed to carry both vertical
gravity loads and horizontal loads due to seismic or wind. The structurally deficient
beams fail during such events. There are mainly two types of failure of beams i.e.,
flexural and shear. Hence, the strengthening of such beams is needed in flexure or shear
or both zones and the use of external FRP strengthening to beams may be classified as:
i) Flexural strengthening ii) Shear strengthening
2. Objective of the Present Work

In the light of the literature survey presented above, the following objectives of are
identified for the present work:
1) To study the structural behaviour of reinforced concrete (RC) T-beams under
static loading condition.
2) To study the contribution of externally bonded (EB) Fiber Reinforced Polymer
(FRP) sheets on the shear behaviour of RC T-beams.
3) To investigate the effect of a new anchorage scheme on the shear capacity of the
beam.
3. Design of Material Properties

The material properties reported by the manufacturers, such as the ultimate tensile
strength, typically do not consider long-term exposure to environmental conditions and
should be considered as initial properties. Because long-term exposure to various types
of environments can reduce the tensile properties and creep-rupture and fatigue
endurance of FRP laminates, the material properties used in design equations should
be reduced based on the environmental exposure condition. Eq.s (1) through (3) gives
the tensile properties that should be used in all design equations. The design ultimate
tensile strength should be determined using the environmental reduction factor given
in ACI 440.2R-02 document for the appropriate fiber type and exposure condition:
Design ultimate tensile strength = ffu = CE f*fu (1)
Where,
ffu = design ultimate tensile strength of FRP, (MPa)
CE = environmental reduction factor
f*fu = ultimate tensile strength of the FRP materials as reported by the manufacturer,
(MPa)
Similarly, the design rupture strain should also be reduced for environmental-exposure
conditions:
4. Nominal shear strength
The nominal shear strength of a RC beam may be computed by basic design equation presented
in ACI 318-95 and given as in Eq. (4)
Vn = Vc + Vs (4)
174
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In this equation the nominal shear strength is the sum of the shear strength of the concrete
(which for a cracked section is attributable to aggregate interlock, dowel action of longitudinal
reinforcement, and the diagonal tensile strength of the un-cracked portion of the concrete) and
the strength of the steel shear reinforcement.
In the case of beams strengthened with externally bonded FRP sheets, the nominal shear
strength may be computed by the addition of a third term to account for the contribution of
FRP sheet to the shear strength. This is expressed in Eq. (5)
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vf (5)
5. FRP system contribution of shear strength
Figure 1: Illustration of the dimensional variables used in shear-strengthening

calculations for repair, retrofit, or strengthening using FRP laminates.
Where,
Design rupture strain = εfu = CE ε*fu (2)
Efu = ffu / εfu (3)

(a) Cross-section,
(b) Vertical FRP strips,
(c) Inclined FRP strips
Because FRP materials are linearly elastic until failure, the design modulus of elasticity can
then be determined from Hook’s law. The expression for the modulus of elasticity, given in Eq.
(3), recognizes that the modulus is typically unaffected by environmental conditions. The
modulus given in this equation will be the same as the initial value reported by the
manufacturer.
Figure 1 illustrates the dimensional variables used in shear- strengthening calculations for FRP
laminates. The contribution of the FRP system to shear strength of a member is based on the
fiber orientation and an assumed crack pattern [Khalifa et al. 1998]. The shear strength
provided by the FRP reinforcement can be determined by calculating the force resulting from
the tensile stress in the FRP across the assumed crack.
6. Conclusion
The material used for this present work is glass fiber and epoxy resin, and the exposure
condition is internal exposure. For present calculation the environmental reduction factor (CE)
is used as 0.75.
175
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In this experimental investigation the shear behavior of RC T-beams strengthened by GFRP

sheets are studied. The test results illustrated in the present study showed that the external
strengthening with GFRP composites can be used to increase the shear capacity of RC T-
beams, but the efficiency varies depending on the test variables such as fiber orientations,
wrapping schemes, number of layers and anchorage scheme. Based on the experimental and
theoretical results, the following conclusions are drawn:
1) Externally bonded GFRP reinforcement can be used to enhance the shear
capacity of RC T-beams.
2) The test results confirm that the strengthening technique of FRP system can
increase the shear capacity of RC T- beams.
3) The initial cracks in the strengthened beams are formed at a higher load
compared to the ones in the control beam.
4) Strengthening of T-beam on the webs with GFRP is most vulnerable to de
bonding with premature failure.
5) The beam strengthened with a U-wrap configuration is more effective than the
side-wrap configuration.
6) Among all the GFRP strip configurations (i.e. vertical strips, strips inclined at
45° and strips inclined at +45° in one direction and +135° in another direction
making an “X-shape”), the X-shape is more effective than the others.
7) Applying GFRP to the beam with end anchorage is better than strengthening
without end anchorage.
8) The use of anchorage system eliminates the debonding of the GFRP sheet, and
consequently results in a better utilization of the full capacity of the GFRP sheet.
9) The test results indicated that the most effective configuration was the U-wrap with end
anchorage among all the configurations.
10) The load-deflection behaviour was better for beams retrofitted with GFRP inclined strips
than the beams retrofitted with GFRP strips on the sides alone.
Finally, the use of GFRP sheets as an external reinforcement is recommended to enhance the
shear capacity of RC T- beams with anchorage system.
7. Future scope
Based on the finding and conclusions of the current study the following recommendations are
made for future research in FRP shear strengthening:
1. Study of bond mechanism between CFRP, AFRP and BFRP and concrete substrate.
2. FRP strengthening of RC T-beams with different types of fibers such as carbon, aramid
& basalt.
3. Strengthening of RC L-beams with FRP composite.
4. Strengthening of RC L-section beams with web opening.
5. Effects of web openings of different shape and size on the shear behaviour of T & L-
beams.
6. Effects of shear span to depth ratio on shear strengthening of beams.
7. Numerical modelling of RC T & L-beams strengthened with FRP sheets anchored at
the end.
176
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
References
[1] ACI 440.2R-02, “guide for the Design and Construction of Externally Bonded FRP
Systems for Strengthening Concrete Structures”, Reported by ACI Committee 440.
[2] Bousselham A., and Chaallal O. (2006), “Behaviour of Reinforced Concrete T-beams
strengthened in shear with carbon fiber-reinforced polymer – An Experimental Study”,
ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 103, No. 3, 339-347
[3] M.A. Shahawy, M. Arockiasamy, T. Beitelman, R. Sowrirajan “Reinforced concrete
rectangular beams strengthened with CFRP laminates” Composites: Part B 27B (1996)
225-233
177
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF BLENDED SCC
MADE WITH GRANULATED BLAST FURNACE SLAG AS
PARTIAL FINE AGGREGATE REPLACEMENT
1
SK.Shameena Bano, 2S. Shri Hari, 3Y.V.B.Sai Kumar
1,3
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, J.B. Institute Of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad, email:
1shameenabano09@gmail.com,2 sai7.yarasuri@gmail.com
2
Associate Professor of Civil Engineering J.B Institute of Engineering &Technology, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The River sand is the major material for preparation of mortar and self-compacting concrete(SCC) but the
problem with river sand is, it is the largest basic consumer non-renewable resource .Hence, it is our
responsibility to safeguard the sand for future generation. Today we all experience the scarcity of natural sand
due to continuous excavation of river beds which seriously effects our environment and ecology. It’s time to think
for another alternative to replace river sand and for any mix of SCC. In the present study we put an effort to
replace the river sand with GBFS. Metakaolin and fly ash are used as replacement for cement in SCC to
investigate the synergistic action of binary, ternary self –compacting concrete (SCC) on flow properties and
strength properties of SCC (M20) made with partial replacement of fine aggregate with granulated blast furnace
slag (GBFS).Quantities required for 1cu.m are evaluated for M20 grade SCC made with Fly ash (FA),
Metakaolin(MK) based on calculations from Nan Su mix design Method. From the experimental investigations,
the mixes C100,C50+FA50,C75+MK25,C25+FA60+MK15 are chosen as optimum binary and ternary blended
SCC M20 grade where both flow and desired strength properties are met along with optimal usage of pozzolanic
materials.
Keywords: self-compacting concrete, Metakaolin, Fly Ash, granulated blast furnace slag, Ternary Blended SCC.
1 Introduction
The advent of technology and globalization with the expansion of population has resulted in
depletion of building materials to meet the demands of global market. River sand is a basic
ingredient used as fine aggregate in concrete production .The growing demand of competitive
market demands construction materials on a large scale directed to the over utilization of river
sand which has severe detrimental effect like the raise in river bed depth lowering of water
table and increase in saline content of water. High reactivity Metakaolin (MK) is supplementary
cementing material developed recently for improving the performance of concrete. All though
some works have reported that it improves properties information about the properties of
Metakaolin blended self-compacting concrete (SCC) is still limited and somewhat
contradictory which retards its application in the construction practice. The use of appropriately
proportion Metakaolin in fly ash in blended SCC revealed the benefits of their synergic effect
in improving the fresh and hardened properties of fly ash based SCC. The present work aim
said determining the most suitable mix proportion that can produce Metakaolin based binary
and ternary blended M20 grade SCC of desired flow properties and strength. Also studies are
carried out to understand the use of granulated blast furnace slag (GBFS) as fine aggregate
replacement in Metakaolin based binary and ternary blended SCC without compromising on
engineering performance and quality.
178
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
2.1 Determination of Quantities of materials for SCC mixes

Based on Nan Su mix design method, quantities required for 1 cu.m are evaluated for standard
grade (M20) of ternary blended Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) made with SCMs such as
Fly Ash (FA), and Metakaolin(MK). Final quantities, for all SCC mixes considered, are
assumed after several trial mixes on quantities computed using Nan Su mix design method
subjected to satisfaction of EFNARC flow properties. This phase identifies the optimum
proportions of fly ash and metakaolin in ternary blended SCC for enhanced performance of
SCC at all ages.
The following are the quantities of materials calculated using Nan Su mix design method for
standard grade (M20) based Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) and also presented the final
quantities of materials after various trial mixes.
The amount of total powder (i.e., OPC+FA) computed is 447kg/m3 and computed total weight
of fly ash is 257kg/m3 (57% of total powder). For the above powder content, flow properties
are not achieved as per EFNARC guidelines, so several trail mixes were carried out of satisfy
the flow properties. The final SCC mix proportions shown in Table 1 are arrived at after several
trail mixes by adjusting Cement, Pozzolan (fly ash) and super plasticizer till the mix conforms
to EFNARC specifications for the required fresh properties. Hence forth the total amount of
powder quantity adopted for ordinary M20 grade self – compacting concrete is 486kg/m3 and
water powder ratio 0.45 for all blended ordinary M20 grade Concrete.
179
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
180
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Binary (60%), Ternary (70%) with metakolin blended SCC mixes are superior because of the
reduction in the cement content quality and increase in wastage (Fly ash)
Table 6: Strengths of M20grade of blended SCC mix made with optimum percentage
replacement of River Sand with GBFS:
3. DISCUSSIONS
The amount of total powder that is (OPC+FA) computed is 447kg/cu.m computed total weight
of fly ash is 257kg/m3 (57% of total powder). For the above powder content, flow properties
are not achieved as per EFNARC guidelines, so several trial mixes are carried out to satisfy the
flow properties .Table-1 presents the quantities per 1 cu.m for M20 grade SCC obtained using
Nan Su method of Mix Design The final powder quantities for Standard grade (M20) SCC mix
are arrived at after several trail mixes conforming EFNARC specifications for the required
fresh properties as shown in Table-2.
Total amount of powder quantity (Cement+pozzolanic)mixture adopted for standard Grade
From these final quantities, for various percentage replacement of cement by FA, MK and their
combinations are tried to optimize the quantities for ternary blended SCC mixes of grades
considered. The percentage replacements, their corresponding desired strengths are tabulated
in Table-3.
For M20 grade SCC made with 100%OPC, EFNARC flow specifications and target
compressive strength at 60 days can be accomplished. Equivalent compressive strengths can
be achieved at 60 days for FA based ternary blended SCC systems. In ternary blended M20
grade SCC system, for OPC+FA and OPC+FA+MK combinations, compressive strengths
comparable to that of 60 days target strength of 100% OPC high strength grade SCC can be
achieved. For all the above ternary combinations of SCMs, EFNARC flow specifications are
satisfied.
Compressive strengths are achieved early in Metakaolin based ternary blended SCC. Due to
synergy effect, the interaction of two or more admixtures has a greater effect than the sum of
their individual effects. The findings of the present work endorses the recommendation that use
of Metakaolin in fly ash based SCC enhances both strength and replacement percentages of
cement by mineral admixtures found to be cost effective in terms of less cement usage,
increased use of fly ash and also plays a major role in early strength development of FA based
SCC Metakaolin based ternary blended SCC reduces the setting times and imparts early
strength when compared to reference mix ternary blend SCC with Fly ash.
181
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. CONCLUSIONS
1. Binary (60%), Ternary (70%) with metakolin blended SCC mixes are superior because of
the reduction in the cement content quality and increase in wastage (Fly ash)
2. Fresh properties of SCC replacing upto 60% of sand with GBFS were found to be good
3. Fresh properties of concrete mix decreases above 60% replacement of sand with GBFS
4. Fine particles of GBFS of 150µ and 75µ are more hence 100% replacement of GBFS is not
possible
5. Terenary blended SCC is superior then binary blended scc
6. It is advisable to mix at least 30*40% river sand with GBFS
REFERENCES
[1] De Silva, P.S. and F.P. Glasser, 1990. Hydration of cements based on metakaolin:
thermochemistry. Advances in Cement Research, 3: 167-177.
[2] Ambroise, J., S. Maxmilien and J. Pera, 1994. Properties of MK blended cement.
Advanced Cement Based Materials, 1: 161-168.
[3] Wild, S., J.M. Khatib and A. Jones, 1996. Relative strength pozzolanic activity and
cement hydration in superplasticizer MK concrete. Cement and Concrete Research, 26:
1537-1544.
[4] Wild, S., J.M. Khatib and M.J. Craythorne, 1997, Strength Development of Metakaolin
Mortar. 5th International Conference on Modern Building Materials. Structures and
Techniques, Lithuania, Vilnius Gediminas Technical University, 1: 58-63.
[5] Khatib, J.M., 2009. Low curing Temperature of Metakaolin Concrete. American
Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) - Materials in Civil Engineering Journal, 21(8):
362-367.
[6] Khatib, J.M., B.B. Sabir and S. Wild, 1996. Some properties of Metakaolin Paste and
Mortar, International Conference Concrete in the Service of Mankind: Concrete for
Environment Enhancement and Protection, (Eds. R.K. Dhir and T.D. Dyer), Dundee,
pp: 637-643.
[7] Sabir, B.B., S. Wild and J.M. Khatib, 1996. On the Workability and Strength
Development of Metakaolin Concrete, International Conference - Concrete in the
Service of Mankind: Concrete for Environment Enhancement and Protection, (Eds.
R.K. Dhir and T.D. Dyer), pp: 651-662.
[8] Sabir, B.B., J.M. Kinuthia, J.M. Khatib and M.A. Wustoff, 2001. Relative Strength and
Workability of Metakaolin - Fly Ash Concrete, Seventh International Conference on
Modern Building Materials, Structures and Techniques, Lithuania, Vilnius Gediminas
Technical University, 1: 43-51. 9. Khatib, J.M. and S. Wild, 1996, Pore size distribution
of metakaolin paste, Cement and Concrete Research, 1545-1553.
[9] Wild S.khatib JM,portlandite consumption in MetaKaolin cement pastes and mortars .
cement concrete Res1997:27(I):137-46
[10] Wild S.Khatib JM, Jones A. Relative strength ,pozzolanic activity and cement
hyderation in superplasticied metakaolin concrete . cement concrete Res
1996;26(10):1537-44
[11] Brooks JJ,Megat Johari , M.A, Mazloom M.Effect of admixtures on the setting times
of high-strength concrete concrete compos2000;22:293-301
182
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EVALUATION OF CEMENTING EFFICIENCY OF
TERNARY BLENDED HIGH STRENGTH
SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE
1
A. Venkat Sai Krishna, 2S. Shri Hari, 3B. Sneha Teja
1,3
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, J.B. Institute OF Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad,
email: 1sai.venky243@gmail.com,2sneha.teja92@gmail.com
2
Associate Professor of Civil Engineering J.B Institute of Engineering &Technology, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The utilization of Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM) is well accepted because of the several
improvements possible in the concrete composites, and due to the overall economy. From the present
investigations it is found that the compressive strength of metakaolin based high strength Self Compacting
Concrete (SCC) depends both on the age and the percentages of replacement levels of Metakaolin, and Fly ash
combination. The proposed work attempts to quantify the strength of Metakaolin, and Fly ash combination at the
various optimum replacement levels and evaluate their efficiencies in SCC. The present work proposes to report
the results of an experimental study conducted to evaluate the synergic effects of Metakaolin, and Fly ash
combination compressive strength of hardened ternary blended high strength SCC of M40grades at different ages.
The strength efficiency factor ‘k’ are evaluated using Bolomey’s empirical expressions which are frequently used
to predict the strength of concrete theoretically. The overall strength efficiency was found to be a combination of
general efficiency factor, depending on the age and a percentage efficiency factor, depending upon the percentage
of replacement of Metakaolin and Fly ash combination. The experimental work on Metakaolin (MK) concrete
found that the computed efficiency factor varied with pozzolan type, replacement level and age at 28 days. The
value of k ranges from 1.4 to 1.82 for Fly ash for 7 days. 1.56 to 1.87 for 14 days and 1.88 to 1.97 for 28 days in
ternary blended SCC. For MK & FA are 1.29 for 7 days, 1.27 for 14 days and 1.05 for 28 days.
Keywords: self-compacting concrete, Metakaolin, Fly Ash, Efficiency factor, Ternary Blended SCC.
1 Introduction
The Extensive research work for decades is in progress throughout the globe in concrete
technology in finding alternative materials which can partially or fully replace ordinary
Portland cement (OPC) and can also meet the requirements of strength and durability aspects.
Amongst the many alternative materials tried as partial cement replacement materials, the
strength, workability and durability performance of industrial by-products like fly ash (FA),
blast furnace slag, metakaolin, rice husk ash, etc., now termed as Supplementary cementitious
materials (SCMs) are quite promising. Subsequently, these have led to the development of
ternary concretes depending on the number of SCMs and their combinations used as partial
cement replacement materials. The use of appropriately proportioned ternary blended concretes
allows the effect of one SCM to compensate for the inherent shortening of another. The one of
the main objectives of this research was to investigate synergistic action of ternary self-
compacting concretes (SCC) on rheological properties, strength and their cementing
efficiencies in SCC. Several research studies have reported on the performance of Rice Husk
Ash (RHA) blended SCC. However, very limited research information was reported on the
synergic action of Metakaolin and fly ash in SCC for high performance concretes. The present
investigations are aimed to study the cementing efficiencies of FA and MK in ternary blended
SCCs.
183
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. RESEARCH SIGNIFICANCE
Research work till date suggests that Metakaolin (MK), improve many of the performance
characteristics of the SCC such as strength, workability, permeability, and durability. From the
present investigations it is found that the compressive strength of MK based SCC depends both
on the age and the percentage replacement level. It is felt that efficiency concept can be used
to understand the behavior of MK in SCC. In the present studies, Nan Su mix design method
is adopted to determine the quantities of materials in kg per cu.m for standard strength grade
(M40) of Self Compacting Concrete (SCC). This paper presents a study on the behavior of FA
and MK in SCC performance by evaluating the efficiency of MK at different percentages of
replacement for standard grade (M40) grades in terms of efficiency factor “k”. The strength
efficiency factors for MK, MK+FA, dosages (in terms of percentage replacement) in SCC
Mixes are computed based on the compressive strength of OPC only SCC mixes.
3. BOLOMEY’S EMPIRICAL EXPRESSION
The Bolomey’s empirical expression frequently used to predict the strength of concrete is
theoretically well founded when applied to hardened concrete. Efficiency factors found from
this strength equation are used to describe the effect of the MK replacement. Efficiency factors
are generally used to describe the impact of MK and FA replacement on the compressive
strength of SCC Mixes.
The Bolomey’s equation is:

S = A [(c/w)] + B ------ (1)
‘S’ is the compressive strength in MPa, ‘c’ is the cement content in kg / m3, ‘w’ is the water
content in kg/m3 and ‘k’ denotes efficiency factor. By knowing the amounts of ‘c’, ‘w’ and
the strength ‘S’ achieved for each slag dosage from the finally arrived experimental values,
efficiency factor ‘k’ has been computed for each of the dosages. Equation (1) has been shown
to practically reduce to following two equations
S = A [(C/W) – 0.5] ...... (2)
S = A[(C/W) + 0.5] ...... (3)
These two equations represent two ranges of concrete strengths and it is due to the often
observed fact that a change in slope occurs at about w/p = 0.25, when P/W (powder-water ratio)
is plotted against strength. However, it is found that the equation (2) is useful for most of the
present day concretes when an analysis was done on test results available and the extensive
data published by Larrard who also mentions this equation in his famous book, on 'Concrete
Mix Proportioning – A scientific approach’. Therefore, equation (2) can be generally used for
re-proportioning. The value of constant ‘A’ can be found out for the given concrete ingredients,
by considering a concrete mix of any w/c ratio.
3.1 Cementing efficiency factor, k
This factor describes the mineral admixture’s ability to act as cementing material recognizing
that mineral admixture’s contribution to concrete strength which comes mainly from its ability
to react with free calcium hydroxide produced during cement hydration. The rate of this
reaction, called as pozzolanic reaction (PR), when compared to cement hydration rate (CHR)
determines the value of k. When k=1, both PR and CHR would be same and the water-binder
184
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ratios of concretes with and without mineral admixture could be almost same. When k<1, PR
would be slower than CHR and for equal strengths, the water-binder ratio of concrete with
mineral admixture need to be less than that of concrete without mineral admixture. When k>1,
PR would be faster than CHR and for equal strengths, the water-binder ratio of concrete with
mineral admixture would to be more than that of concrete without mineral admixture.
4. EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
4.1 Determination of Quantities of materials for SCC mixes
Based on Nan Su mix design method, quantities required for 1 cu.m are evaluated for standard
grade (M40) of ternary blended Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) made with SCMs such as
Fly Ash (FA), and Metakaolin(MK). Final quantities, for all SCC mixes considered, are
assumed after several trial mixes on quantities computed using Nan Su mix design method
subjected to satisfaction of EFNARC flow properties. This phase identifies the optimum
proportions of fly ash and metakaolin in ternary blended SCC for enhanced performance of
SCC at all ages.
The following are the quantities of materials calculated using Nan Su mix design method for
standard grade (M40) based Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) and also presented the final
quantities of materials after various trial mixes.
Table-1: Quantities per 1 cu.m for standard (M40) grade SCC obtained using Nan Su
method of Mix Design
The amount of total powder (i.e., OPC+FA) computed is 531 kg/m3 and computed total weight
of fly ash is 133 kg/m3and weight of metakaolin is 53 kg/m3(35% of total powder). For the
above powder content, flow properties are not achieved as per EFNARC guidelines, so several
trail mixes were carried out of satisfy the flow properties. The final SCC mix proportions shown
in Table 1 are arrived at after several trail mixes by adjusting Cement, Pozzolan (fly ash) and
super plasticizer till the mix conforms to EFNARC specifications for the required fresh
properties.
Table-2: Final Quantities per 1 cu.m for high strength (M40) grade SCC mix after trail
mixes
185
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3: At various replacement of Percentage of Fly ash
For the above powder content, compress strength values are maximum for B-5 sample, so
considering the same sample and Metakaolin is replaced for further studies.
Table 4:At various replacement percentage of Fly ash and Metakaolin (10%)
2.0 Project Significance
Table 5: At various replacement percentage of Fly ash and Metakaolin (10%)
5. DISCUSSIONS
The amount of total powder that is (OPC+FA+MK) computed is 531kg/cu.m and computed
total weight of FA is 133 kg/cum. weight of MK is 53 kg/cum. (35% of total powder). For the
above powder content, flow properties are not achieved as per EFNARC guidelines, so several
trial mixes are carried out to satisfy the flow properties Table-1 presents the quantities per 1
cu.m for M40 grade SCC obtained using Nan Su method of Mix Design The final powder
quantities for Standard grade (M40) SCC mix are arrived at after several trail mixes
conforming EFNARC specifications for the required fresh properties as shown in Table-2.
Total amount of powder quantity (Cement+ pozzolanic) mixture adopted for standard grade
from these final quantities, for various percentage replacement of cement by FA, MK and their
combinations are tried to optimize the quantities for ternary blended SCC mixes of grades
considered. The percentage replacements, their corresponding desired strengths are tabulated
in Table-3.
For M40 grade SCC made with 100%OPC, EFNARC flow specifications and target
compressive strength at 28 days can be accomplished. Equivalent compressive strengths can
be achieved at 28 days for FA based ternary blended SCC systems. In ternary blended M40
grade SCC system, for OPC+FA and OPC+FA+MK combinations, compressive strengths
comparable to that of 28 days target strength of 100% OPC high strength grade SCC can be
achieved. For all the above ternary combinations of SCMs, EFNARC flow specifications are
186
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
satisfied.
Compressive strengths are achieved early in Metakaolin based ternary blended SCC. Due to
synergy effect, the interaction of two or more admixtures have a greater effect than the sum of
their individual effects. For calculating the efficiency of Metakaolin, and fly ash combination
in ternary blended SCC, an equation on the principle of Bolomey’s equation has been
considered for predicting the strength of concrete containing mineral admixtures. The
efficiency factors evaluated can be used for proportioning of blended SCC.
In ternary blended SCC compressive strength of FA and MK based SCC mixes, K values are
1.29 for 7 days, 1.27 for 14 days and 1.05 for 28 days, which means that in a given SCC mix
1KG of FA or 1KG of MK based pozzolanic materials may replace 35% of cement without
impairing the compressive strength. This may be valid, provided that the water content is kept
constant. Bolomey’s coefficients ‘A’ are calculated from the control mixes. Using computed
‘A’ value, calculate strength efficiency factors k at all ages for all percentage replacement
levels of MK and FA combination in SCC.
It is observed that the efficiency factor K for fly ash is 1.97 for 28 days and it is observed that
the efficiency factor K for metakaolin is 1.05 for 28 days. The Metakaolin blended SCC mix
reduce the amount of cement and increases the quantity of fly ash compare to binary blended
SCC mix.
6. CONCLUSIONS
1. Compressive strengths are achieved early in Metakaolin based ternary blended SCC.
2. For calculating the efficiency of Metakaolin and fly ash combination in ternary blended
SCC, an equation has been proposed by Bolomey’s equation for predicting the strength of
concrete containing mineral admixtures.
3. In ternary blended SCC compressive strength of MK based SCC mixes, K is in the range of
1.29 to 1.05, which means that in each SCC mix 1KG of MK based pozzolanic materials may
replace 1.29 kg of cement without impairing the compressive strength. This may be valid,
provided that the water content is kept constant. Bolomey’s coefficients ‘A’ are calculated
from the control mixes. Using computed ‘A’ value, calculate strength efficiency factors k at
all ages for all percentage replacement levels of MK+FA, MK and FA combination in SCC.
4. Ternary blended mix is found to be more efficient because of high usage of waste byproduct
FA (35%) with equal dosage of MK
5. Due to substantial saving in quantity of cement, ternary and quaternary blended MK, FA
based SCC is considered as Green High-Performance Concrete, because cement was replacing
to maximum level with improvement of the performance properties. Therefore, ternary blended
SCC reduces environmental and helps in sustainable development
6. The findings of the present work endorse the recommendation that use of Metakaolin in fly
ash based SCC enhances both strength and replacement percentages of cement by mineral
admixtures found to be cost effective in terms of less cement usage, increased use of fly ash
and also plays a major role in early strength development of FA based SCC
7. Metakaolin based ternary blended SCC reduces the setting times and imparts early strength
when compared to reference mix ternary blend SCC with Fly ash.
8. The contribution of MK to the blended SCC mix give early strength.
9. By incorporating MK deduction in cement quantity and increases in use of industrial waste
by product without compromising the performance and quality.
10. The addition of MK to binary blended SCC mixes will enhance early hydration because of
its high reactivity. The high reactivity of MK is due to its glassy nature.
187
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCES
[1] De Silva, P.S. and F.P. Glasser, 1990. Hydration of cements based on metakaolin:
thermochemistry. Advances in Cement Research, 3: 167-177.
[2] Ambroise, J., S. Maxmilien and J. Pera, 1994. Properties of MK blended cement.
Advanced Cement Based Materials, 1: 161-168.
[3] Wild, S., J.M. Khatib and A. Jones, 1996. Relative strength pozzolanic activity and
cement hydration in superplasticizer MK concrete. Cement and Concrete Research,
26: 1537-1544.
[4] Wild, S., J.M. Khatib and M.J. Craythorne, 1997, Strength Development of Metakaolin
Mortar. 5th International Conference on Modern Building Materials. Structures and
Techniques, Lithuania, Vilnius Gediminas Technical University, 1: 58-63.
[5] Khatib, J.M., 2009. Low curing Temperature of Metakaolin Concrete. American
Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) - Materials in Civil Engineering Journal, 21(8):
362-367.
[6] Khatib, J.M., B.B. Sabir and S. Wild, 1996. Some properties of Metakaolin Paste and
Mortar, International Conference Concrete in the Service of Mankind: Concrete for
Environment Enhancement and Protection, (Eds. R.K. Dhir and T.D. Dyer), Dundee,
pp: 637-643.
[7] Sabir, B.B., S. Wild and J.M. Khatib, 1996. On the Workability and Strength
Development of Metakaolin Concrete, International Conference - Concrete in the
Service of Mankind: Concrete for Environment Enhancement and Protection, (Eds.
R.K. Dhir and T.D. Dyer), pp: 651-662.
[8] Sabir, B.B., J.M. Kinuthia, J.M. Khatib and M.A. Wustoff, 2001. Relative Strength
and Workability of Metakaolin - Fly Ash Concrete, Seventh International Conference
on Modern Building Materials, Structures and Techniques, Lithuania, Vilnius
Gediminas Technical University, 1: 43-51.
[9] Khatib, J.M. and S. Wild, 1996, Pore size distribution of metakaolin paste, Cement
and Concrete Research, 1545-1553.
[10] Wild S.khatib JM, portlandite consumption in Metakaolin cement pastes and mortars
. cement concrete Res1997:27(I):137-46
[11] Wild S.Khatib JM, Jones A. Relative strength ,pozzolanic activity and cement
hydration in superplasticizer metakaolin concrete . cement concrete Res
1996;26(10):1537-44
[12] Brooks JJ,Megat Johari , M.A, Mazloom M Effect of admixtures on the setting times
of high-strength concrete. Cement concrete compos 2000; 22:293-301.
188
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRENGTH APPRAISAL OF FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE
WITH PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF OPC WITH MINERAL
ADMIXTURES (FLY ASH, GGBS, METAKAOLIN)
Sathya Sai Regalla1, Dr.N.Sanjeev2
1
PG student M.Tech(Structural Engineering) Department of civil engineering GRIET,
Hyderabad, India. Email:satyasai455@gmail.com
2
Professor&Dean, Department of civil engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, India
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Concrete consumption has becomes multi-fold over last few decades, and such usage of concrete has increased
on large scale world over. Concrete ingredients used are becoming more costly day by day and also demand for
the same is increasing widely all over. The present experimental investigation is aimed to compare the glass fibre
reinforced concrete on partial replacement opc with mineral admixtures (Fly ash, GGBS &Metakaolin) with
concrete grade of M30. The mix proportioning for M30 grade was done according to the IS:10262-2009. The
work is focused on replacing the opc i.e. Fly ash20%+GGBS20%, Fly ash20%+Metakaolin20%,
Matakaolin20%+GGBS20% by mineral admixtures with and without Alkali Resistant (AR) glass fibres0.5%,
1.0% content. And also maintaining less water-cement ratio used water reducing admixture (super plasticizer).
The maximum compressive strength and split tensile strength of concrete is observed for the mix with opc replaced
by mineral admixtures Fly ash20%+GGBS20% @1.0% glass fibres(Mix M2) is increased by 2.55% and 9.11%.
The split tensile strength of concrete mix is increased by 8.01% and31.33%. when compared with compressive
strength and split tensile strength of control concrete at 7 and 28 days respectively.
Keywords: Alkali Resistant(AR)glass fibres, Workability,Pozzolana, Fly Ash, GGBS, Metakaolin, Super
Plasticizer, Compressive Strength, Split Tensile Strength.
1 Introduction
Concrete is the most widely used man-made construction material in the world. It is
obtained by mixing cementitious materials, water, aggregate and sometimes admixtures in
required proportions. Fresh concrete or plastic concrete is freshly mixed material which can be
moulded into any shape hardens into a rock-like mass known as concrete. The hardening is
because of chemical reaction between water and cement, which continues for long period
leading to stronger with age. The utility and elegance as well as the durability of concrete
structures, built during the first half of the last century with ordinary Portland cement (OPC)
and plain round bars of mild steel, the easy availability of the constituent materials (whatever
may be their qualities) of concrete and the knowledge that virtually any combination of the
constituents leads to a mass of concrete have bred contempt. Strength was emphasized without
a thought on the durability of structures.
FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE
Concrete is strong in compression and weak in tension. Concrete is brittle and will crack
with the application of increasing tensile force. Once concrete cracks it can no longer carry
tensile loads. In order to make concrete capable of carrying tension at strains greater than those
at which cracking initiates, it is necessary to increase the tensile strength. To increase the tensile
and flexural strength, fibres are added in concrete. The addition of fibres to concrete will result
in a composite material that has properties different from those of un-reinforced concrete. The
extent of this variation depends not only on the type of fibres, but also on the fibre dosage. The
incorporation of fibres into a brittle concrete can have the effect of controlling the growth and
189
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
propagation of micro cracks as the tensile strain in the concrete increases. Care is needed in
using fibre as additive in concrete. The use of fibres in concrete has increased with the
development of fast-track construction. In fact, nearly 65 per cent of the fibres produced
worldwide is currently used in concrete. It offers increasing toughness and ductility, tighter
crack control and improved load-carrying capacity. Different types of fibres are available in
the market for reinforcing concrete and they are: steel, glass, acrylic, aramid, carbon, nylon,
polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, etc..
GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE
Glass fibre–reinforced concrete is (GFRC) basically a concrete composition which is
composed of material like cement, sand, water, and admixtures, in which short length discrete
glass fibers are dispersed. Inclusion of these fibres in these composite resultsin improved
tensile strength andimpact strength of the material.GFRC has been used for a period of 30 years
in several construction elements but at that time it was not so popular, mainly in non-structural
ones, like facingpanels (about 80% of the GRC production), usedin piping for sanitation
network systems, decorativenon-recoverable formwork, and other products.At the beginning
age of the GFRC development, one of the most considerable problems was the durability of
the glass fiber, which becomes more brittle with time, due to the alkalinity of the cement
mortar. After some research, significant. Improvement have been made, andpresently, the
problem is practically solved with the new types of alkali-resistant (AR resistance) glass fibers
and with mortar additives that prevent the processes that lead to the embrittlement of GFRC.
Improvement in Concrete Properties by Glass Fibers

• Compressive strength –Increased about 20 – 30%
• Tensile strength–It is improved compared to conventional concrete
• Flexural Strength–Increased about 25 – 30%
• Split Strength –Increased up to 25 – 30%
Applications of fiber reinforced concrete

1. Runway, Aircraft Parking, and Pavements
2. Tunnel Lining and Slope Stabilization
3. Thin Shell, Walls,4444 Pipes, and Manholes
4. Dams and Hydraulic Structure
2.EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMME
MATERIAL PROPERTIES
CEMENT:Normal consistency-32%, Specific gravity-3.15, Compressive strength-3,7,28 days
25.3MPa,36.8MPa,52.5 MPa,Fineness-1.3%, Soundness-1.5mm, Initial setting time-90min,
Final setting time-270min
FINE AGGREGATE,COARSE AGGREGATE-Specific gravity-FA 2.85,CA-2.85, Bulk
density loose-FA-1728kg/m3 CA -1544kg/m3,Bulk density compacted -FA-1805kg/m3, CA-
1605kg/m3 ,Water absorption –FA- 1.05% ,CA –NIL, Fineness modulus-FA-2.64, CA-7.62
SUPER-PLASTICIZER (MasterRheobuild920SH)- State – Liquid,Color - Dark
Brown,Density - 1.20,Chloride content - 0.074,Chemical Name - Naphthalene formaldehyde
polymers,PH - 8.40,Dry material content - 39.36
190
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alkali Resistant (AR) Glass Fibers-Appearance –White, Size-18mm, Diameter -
14µm,Aspect ratio - 857:1, Density - 2.7 g/cm3 ,Tensile strength - 1700 MPa,Elastic modulus
-72 GPa, Elongation at break - 2.3%, Zirconia content - 16.7%, Melting point- 14500C,
Refractive index - 1.561
Fly ash – Color- Dark gray, Bulk density -1041kg/m3 , Sp. Gravity-2.1, Fineness-336 m2/kg
GGBS – Color-Off white, Bulk density- 1280kg/m3 , Sp. Gravity- 2.8, Fineness-340 m2/kg
Metakaolin – Color-Off white, Bulk density- 785kg/m3 ,Sp. Gravity- 2.7, Fineness -356 m2/kg
Table1: CHEMICAL PROPERTI44E4S OF FA,GGBS,MK,ARGF
PROPERTY FLY ASH GGBS METAKAOLIN AR GLASS
FIBERS
SiO2 61.5% 37.73% 52.86% 54.88%
Al2O3 21.80% 14.42% 44.10% 15.38%
Fe2O3 8.50% 1.11% 0.45% 10.54%
CaO 2.68% 37.74% 0.28% 8.39%
MgO 0.6% 8.71% 0.20% 4.9%
LOI 1.1% 1.41% 0.85% -
3.TEST RESULTS
Table3: Compressive, Split tensile strength values of various mixes
MIX COMPRESSIVE SPLIT TENSILE Slump
STRENGTH STRENGTH N/mm2 value
N/mm2 (mm)
7 days 28 days 7days 28days

C1 24.5 36.29 2.58 2.92 32
A1 26.44 41.02 2.80 3.19 30
A2 28.21 44.12 3.083 3.731 31
M1 26.04 46.81 3.22 4.410 45
M2 28.93 48.14 3.330 4.90 42
M3 25.45 46.5 3.194 4.378 43
M4 28.84 46.62 3.325 4.486 39
M5 26.23 45.7 3.168 4.163 40
M6 28.83 46.52 3.24 4.593 38
191
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH N/mm2
Compressive strength
50
N/mm2
7 days
0 28 days
C1 A1 A2 M1
M2 M3
M4 M5 M6
concrete mixes
Fig 1:7,28-day Compressive strength of concrete with different mixes
SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH N/mm2

Split tensile strength N/mm2
6
4
2
7 days
0
28 days
C1 A1 A2 M1
M2 M3
M4 M5 M6
concrete mixes
Fig 2:7,28-day Split tensile strength of concrete with different mixes
The nine different types of concrete mixes are as described below

C1 (Conventional mix): OPC100% + F.A + C.A
A1: OPC100% + F.A + C.A + Fibers @ 0.5% by weight of binder
A2: OPC100% + F.A+ C.A + Fibers @ 1.0% by weight of binder
Mixes with cement replaced Mineral Admixtures by (Flyash + GGBS +Metakaolin)
M1: OPC60% + 20%Flyash + 20%GGBS + F.A + C.A +Fibers @0.5% by weight of binder
M2: OPC60% + 20%Flyash + 20%GGBS + F.A+C.A +Fibers @1.0% by weight of binder
M3: OPC60% + 20%Flyash + 20%Metakaolin + F.A+C.A +Fibers @0.5% by weight of binder
M4: OPC60% + 20%Flyash + 20% Metakaolin + F.A+C.A +Fibers @1.0% by weight of
binder
M5: OPC60% + 20% Metakaolin + 20% GGBS + F.A+C.A +Fibers @0.5% by weight of
binder
M6: OPC60% + 20% Metakaolin + 20% GGBS+ F.A+C.A +Fibers @1.0% by weight of
binder
192
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. DISCUSSIONS
For conventional mixes with fiber content
• As the Conventional concretemix(C1),glass fibers are added mixes (A1,A2)withrespect
to the @0.5%,1.0% compressive strength is increases by 7.91% & 15.14% for 7 days
respectively.
• As the Conventional concretemix(C1),glass fibers are added mixes (A1,A2) with
respect to the @0.5%,1.0% compressive strength is increases by 13.03% & 21.57% for
28 days respectively.
• As the Conventional concrete mix(C1),glass fibers are added mixes (A1,A2) with
respect to the @0.5%,1.0% split tensile strength is increases by 8.52% & 19.49% for
7 days respectively.013852002015641
• As the Conventional concrete mix(C1),glass fibers are added mixes (A1,A2) with
respect to the @0.5%,1.0% split tensile strength is increases by 9.24% & 27.73% for
28 days respectively.
For mixes partial replacement of opc by mineral admixtures(Flyash, GGBS,
Metakaolin) with glass fibers@0.5%,1.0% respectively
• As compare the opc (A1) and replacement by mineral admixturesFlyash+20% of GGBS

(M1), 20% of Flyash + 20% of Metakaolin (M3) & 20% of Metakaolin +20% of GGBS
(M5) including fiber content added @0.5% by weight of binder compressive strength
is decreases by 1.52%, 3.75%, 0.8% and split tensile strength increases by 15%,
14.07%, 13.14% for 7 days respectively.
• As compare the opc (A1) and replacement by mineral admixturesFlyash+ 20% of
GGBS (M1), 20% of Flyash + 20% of Metakaolin (M3) & 20% of Metakaolin +20%
of GGBS (M5)including fiber content added @0.5% by weight of binder compressive
strength is increases by 14.11%, 13.35%, 11.4% and split tensile strength increases by
38.24%, 37.24%, 30.5% for 28 days respectively.
• As compare the opc (A2) and replacement by mineral admixturesFlyash+ 20% of
GGBS (M2), 20% of Flyash + 20% of Metakaolin (M4) & 20% of Metakaolin +20%
of GGBS (M6)including fiber content added @1.0% by weight of binder compressive
strength is increases by 2.55%, 2.23%, 2.19% and split tensile strength increases by
8.01%, 7.84%, 5.87% for 7 days respectively.
• As compare the opc (A2) and replacement by mineral admixturesFlyash+20% of GGBS
(M2), 20% of Flyash + 20% of Metakaolin (M4) & 20% of Metakaolin
• +20% of GGBS (M6)including fiber content added @1.0% by weight of binder
compressive strength is increases by 9.11%, 5.66%, 5.43% and split tensile strength
increases by 31.33%, 20.23%, 23.1% for 28 days respectively.
193
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table3: Cost analysis for all the mixes (kgs)
Mix C1 A1 A2 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 Actu
al
cost
Cement 425 425 425 255 255 255 255 255 255 50
Cost 2975 2975 2975 1785 1785 1785 1785 1785 1785 350
F.A 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 45
Cost 2137 2137 2137 2137 2137 2137 2137 2137 2137 130
C.A 1350 1350 1350 1350 1350 1350 1350 1350 1350 60
Cost 2025 2025 2025 2025 2025 2025 2025 2025 2025 90
Fly ash - - - 85 85 85 85 - - 80
Cost - - - 121.42 121.42 121.4 121.4 - - 85
MK - - - - - 85 85 85 85 70
Cost - - - - - 121.4 121.4 121.4 121.42 100
GGBS - - - 85 85 - - 85 85 70
Cost - - - 109.28 109.28 - - 109.28 109.28 90
Fiber - 2.125 - 2.125 - 2.125 - 2.125 - 0.5
@0.5%
Cost - 1700 - 1700 - 1700 - 1700 - 800
GF - - 4.25 - 4.25 - 4.25 - 4.25 1
@1.0%
Cost - - 3400 - 3400 - 3400 - 3400 800
Total 7137. 8787. 10487. 7847.3 9547.3 7859. 9559. 7878.4 9578.4 1645
cost 77 77 77 65 65 5 5 75 75
% - 23.11 46.93 10.71 8.96% 10.57 8.86 10.35 8.68%
Differe % % % % % %
nce
COST ANALYSIS
FOR MIXES WITH FIBER CONTENT @0.5%
• For mix with fibres added @0.5% of weight of binder to conventional concrete(C1)
cost increased by 23.11%
• As the opc(A1) is replaced by mineral admixtures 20%Fly Ash+20%GGBS (Mix M1)
cost decreases by 10.71%
• As the opc (A1) is replaced by mineral admixtures 20%Fly Ash +20%Metakaolin (Mix
M3) cost decreases by 10.57%
• As the opc(A1) is replaced by mineral admixtures 20%Metakaolin+20%GGBS (Mix
FOR MIXES WITH FIBER CONTENT @1.0%
• For mix with fibres added @1.0% of weight of binder to conventional concrete(C1)
cost increased by 46.93%
• As the opc (A2) is replaced by mineral admixtures 20%Fly Ash+20%GGBS (Mix M2)
cost decreases by 8.96%
194
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
• As the opc (A2) is replaced by mineral admixtures 20%Fly Ash+20%Metakaolin (Mix
As the opc (A2) is replaced by mineral admixtures 20%Metakaolin+20%GGBS (Mix M6) cost
decreases by 8.68%
5. CONCLUSIONS
• Based on the research studies the following conclusions can be made:

• It has been observed that the workability of concrete decreases with the addition of
mineral admixtures and further decreasing by adding glass fibers. However, requisite
workability has been achieved by using super – plasticizers.
• The glass fibers are added in the wet concrete i.e. after adding water to the dry mix,
otherwise it will stick to the surface of mixer. Care should be taken while mixing the
glass fibers with concrete.it should be not allowed to mix more than 2 minutes,
otherwise it will segregate.
• To compare the compressive strength of conventional concrete with adding glass fibers
and opc replaced by mineral admixtures concrete mix of compressive strength is
decreases of at the 7 days because pozzolans obtained early strength is very less.
• But 28 days compressive strength mineral admixtures concrete mix get more strength
compare to conventional concrete mix because of Long term process pozzoloans are
getting more strength.
• The percentage increases of compressive strength of concrete mix with replacement of
opc(Mix A2) by 20% flyash + 20%GGBS @1.0% glass fibers (Mix M2)when
compared with 7,28 days compressive strength of control concrete withglass fibers is
observed as 2.55% , 9.11%
• The percentage increases of split tensile strength of concrete mix with replacement of
opc(Mix A2) by 20% flyash + 20%GGBS @1.0% glass fibers (Mix M2)when
compared with 7,28 days compressive strength of control concrete with glass fibers is
observed as 8.01% ,31.33%
• It was observed that, the percentage increase in the strength of glass fibers reinforced
concrete increases with the age of concrete.
• Plain concrete fails suddenly once the deflection corresponding to the ultimate flexural
strength is exceeded, on the other hand, fiber-reinforced concrete continue to sustain
considerable loads even at deflections considerably in excess of the fracture deflection
of the plain concrete.
• It shows that the presence of fibers in the concrete acts as the crack arrestors.
• The ductility characteristics have improved with addition of glass fibers. The failure of
fiber concrete is gradual as compared to that of brittle failure of plain concrete.
SCOPE FOR THE FUTURE WORK
• The research work on pozzolanic materials and fiber along with pozzolanas is still
limited. But the promises a great scope for future studies.
• Percentage and actual fineness of mineral admixtures requires as partial cement
replacement for good strength development.
• The benefit of using fiber is that it is non-corrosive. The strength is very good. The heat
resistance power is very good which is extremely impotant of every structure.
195
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
• The partial replacement of opc with mineral admixtures gives the required strength
values for the concrete construction purpose and the cost of the mineral admixtures
becomes very cheap if available locally or near places.
• Mineral admixtures and glass fibers percentage increases and also observed the
compressive strength and split tensile strength properties and also observe durability
properties.
REFERENCES
[1] Dr. P. SrinivasaRao , Chandra Mouli K and Dr. T. SeshadriSekhar (2012), “Durability
studies on glassfiber reinforced concrete”, journal of civil engineering science: An
international journal , vol 1 no 1-2, pp 37-42.
[2] Yogesh Iyer Murthy, Apporv Sharda and Gourav Jain (2012), “Performance of glass
fiber reinforcedconcrete”, International journal of engineering and innovative
technology, vol 1, Issue 6.
[3] “Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete”http://www.engineeringcivil.com/glass-
fibrereinforced-concrete.html
[4] Komal Chawla et.al. (2013), “Studies on Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete
composites”, International journal of structural and civil engineering research, Vol. 2,
No. 3,pp 176-182.
[5] S.Harle, Prof.R.Meghe (2013). “Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete & Its Properties”
International Journal of Engineering and computer science, Volume-2, Issue-12, PP-
3544-3547, December 2013.
196
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECT OF ELONGATION INDEX ON THE BITUMINOUS
MIXES
K.Shilpa
Assistant professor, GRIET, Bachupally, Hyderabad, T.S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The desirable properties of bituminous mix i.e. Stability, flow, voids in mineral aggregate (VMA), voids filled
with bitumen (VFB) and voids in total mix (VTM) are significantly depends on size and shape of aggregates.
Bituminous concrete (BC) mixes were analyzed with different concentration of elongated aggregates
(0%,10%,20%,30%,40% and 50%). It has been observed that voids filled with bitumen increases with increase in
concentration of elongated aggregates in bituminous mixes. Reaming properties such as stability flow, voids in
mineral aggregate (VMA), voids in total mixes (VTM) has been decreases. Marshal stability tests were conducted
to evaluate the performance of bituminous mixes with different concentration of elongated aggregates (0%, 10%,
20%, 30%, 40% and 50%). And the type of binder selected for bituminous concrete was Crumb rubber modified
bitumen (CRMB). It was found that the elongation index should not exceed 30 % for a better performance.
I. Introduction
Natural aggregates are available from open excavation (quarry) in the form of larger rocks
.These rocks are crushed into required shape and size of aggregates. While crushing the larger
rocks there is chance of getting the flaky and elongated aggregates which are consider
undesirable for construction of bituminous pavements. The shape of aggregates has a
significant influence on the performance of flexible pavements. The flaky and elongated
aggregates have tendency to break down during the compaction and subsequent vehicle
movements .blending of bituminous mixes with elongated aggregates have more voids
subsequently its reduces the workability .By considering all this it is very essential to study
the effect of elongated index on bituminous mixes
II. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

a) To study the effect of different proportions of elongated particles (0 %, 10%, 20%, 30%,
40%, and 50%) taking 5.2% as optimum bitumen content of CRMB.
b) To study the basic properties of aggregates
c) To study the basic properties of CRMB.
d) To study the properties of stability & flow by varying the percentages of elongated
aggregates using Marshall stability test
e) To study the bulk density and volumetric properties (VTM, VFB, VMA) 0f Marshall
Specimens.
III.ANALYSIS AND RESULTS

The experimental investigation has been done in the following manner to carry out final
object of this project.
The test of results of aggregates and bitumen are given below table 1 and table 2
197
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1: Aggregates Tests
S.NO TEST NAME STANDARD UNIT RESULT ACCEPETD

LIMIT
1 LOS ANGLES
ABRASION TEST IS:2386 % 26 30
2
IMPACT VALUE IS:2386 % 24 30
3 CRUSHING
VALUE IS:2386 % 23 30
4 STRIPPING OF
AGGREGATES IS:2386 % 97 95
5 SPECIFIC
GRAVITY IS:2386 % 2.61 2.5-3.2
Table 2: Bitumen Tests (CRMB-Crumb Rubber Modified Bitumen)
LIMITS LIMITS
AS PER AS PER
S.N TEST NAME STANDARD RESUL IS:15462 IRC:SP:53
O T -2004 -2002
PENETRATIO
1 IS:1203 38.15 <50 <50
N at 25 0C, 0.01
mm, 100g, 5s.
2 SOFTENING IS:1205 60.4 60 60

POINT
(R&B),0C,Min
3 DUCTILITY IS:15462,Annex 51.7 50 50

-A
198
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sieve Analysis and Blending of aggregate
The test of Sieve analysis is a simple test consisting of sieving a measured quantity of material
through successively smaller sieves. The weight of material retained on each sieve is weighted
and expressed as a percentage of the total weight of the sample. In this study a weight of 5 kg
from each portion of aggregate is taken such as Course, fine and dust, then passed through
Bituminous concrete (B.C) of grade -1 gradation, sieves which starts from (26.5-0.075) mm as
per the MORT&H table no 500-18. The following graphs-1, 2 & 3 contain individual sieve
analysis results of different kinds of nominal sizes i.e. 20mm, 12mm and dust. After getting
final results from sieve Analysis blending process is carried out by Trial and error method, in
order to get the required amount by percentage of each component like course, fine and dust.
Table 3: Combined Sieve analysis Results
Is sieve (mm) Weight Retained % Cum Retained Cum Passing

retained(kg) % %
26.5 0 0 0 100
19 2.424 44.42 44.42 55.58
13.2 2.594 47.535 91.855 8.145
9.5 0.395 7.238 99.093 0.807
4.75 0.026 0.476 99.56 0.44
2.36 0.018 0.329 99.898 0.102
1.18 0 0 99.9 0.1
0.6 0 0 99.9 0.1
0.3 0 0 99.9 0.1
0.15 0 0 99.9 0.1
0.075 0 0 99.9 0.1
The individual results of sieve analysis are shown below with their respective graphs for
different nominal size of aggregates graph (1), graph (2) and graph (3).
199
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The combination of the above 3 graphs are carried out to perform blending of the required
gradation of Bituminous concrete (B.C) by trial and error method. The final composition of
aggregates of different sizes and optimum bitumen content of 5.2% by weight as shown in table
(4) for preparing the Marshall Stability sample
Table: 4 Aggregates of different sizes and optimum bitumen content
Sieve Size % passing Wt. of aggregates

26.5 100 0
26.5 19 1.22 14.7
19 13.2 21.11 253.3
13.2 9.5 11.85 142.2
9.5 4.75 23.62 283.5
4.75 2.36 7.92 95.0
2.36 1.18 10.48 125.8
1.18 0.6 6.00 72.0
0.6 0.3 5.96 71.5
0.3 0.15 4.48 53.8
0.15 0.075 3.42 41.0
Passing 0.075 47.3
Total Weight Aggregates in Grams 1200
Optimum Bitumen Content 5.2% by Weight in Gram 62.4
Preparation of Marshall Samples

A set of 3 no’s Marshall Specimens were cast according to table no: 4 by varying the
percentages of elongated particles from 0 to 50% with the constant bitumen content of 5.2%.
Marshall Specimen’s bulk density and volumetric properties were computed as per Asphalt
200
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Institute Manual Series – 2 (MS-2) and then specimens were tested at 600C to find the Marshall
Stability and flow
Table 5: Marshall Test Results.
% of Air voids Voids in Voids Density Marshall Flow
Elongated (Vv) % Min.Agg. filled with (g/cc) Stability (mm)
particles (VMA) % Bit.(VFB) (KN)
%
0 4.33 15.23 71.56 2.34 14.75 7.97
10 3.83 14.93 74.39 2.298 13.56 6.77
20 3.60 14.82 75.69 2.281 12.01 5.63
30 3.51 14.83 76.37 2.270 10.70 3.97
40 3.35 14.78 77.31 2.273 8.92 1.70
50 2.47 14.11 82.55 2.226 7.00 0.83
IV. CONCLUSIONS
From the results that are obtained from this study it has been concluded that elongation index
should not exceed 30 % for a better strength and durability based on varies recommendations
like the minimum stability is 9KN, the acceptable flow limit is between 2-4, the acceptable
air voids is between 3%-6%, the standard limit for VFB is between 65-75%, the VMA limit is
between 12-14% for nominal maximum size of aggregate 19 mm..
V. SCOPE FOR FUTURE WORK
1) Different bituminous mix designs can be observed other than B.C, such as stone mastic
asphalt (SMA), dense graded bituminous macadam (DBM)…etc.
2) Different grades and other modified binders can be investigated.
3) Individual flaky aggregates, and also combined elongated & flaky aggregates can be
tested.
4) Different types and percentages of filler can be adopted.
VI. REFERENCES
[1] Aberg, B., (1996). “Void sizes in granular soils”, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering,
ASCE,Vol. 122, No. 3, pp. 236-239.
[2] Asphalt institute “ Mix design method for Asphalt concrete and other hot-mix types”,
1995. pp: 24-25,61.
[3] Bachtiar, Z. (2000) Kajian Batasan Jumlah Agregat Pipih untuk Campuran Beton
Aspal,Thesis, Magister Program on Highway and Development, Bandung Institute of
Technology.
[4] Bambang Ismanto SISWOSOEBROTHO, Kariantoni GINTING and Titi Liliani
SOEDIRDJO “Workability and Resilient Modulus of Asphalt Concrete Mixtures
containing flaky aggregates shape” Journal of the Eastern Asia Society for Transportation
Studies, Vol. 6, 2005, pp. 1302 - 1312,.
[5] Benson, F. J., “Effects of aggregate size, shape, and surface texture on the properties
of bituminous mixtures – a literature survey”, Special Report 109, HRB, National
Research Council, Washington, D. C., 1970, pp.12-22
201
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDY ON PROPERTIES OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
P. SanthiRaj1, P Sireesha2
1,2
Assistant Professor, GRIET, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This paper reports on the study of the building materials like burnt clay bricks, cement bricks and fly ash bricks,
this includes the physical and mechanical properties. This study provides an essential compendium of case studies
for practicing engineers, designers, researches and other practitioners who are interested in all aspects
construction materials. Selection and suitability of good materials in the construction is most important task. It
reduces the time and cost. This report can helps in selection of suitable building materials and testing procedures,
practice in lab & site itself. And also number of bricks required for a one m 2 area.
Keywords: Physical properties, Mechanical Properties and Procedure
Introduction
Building materials have an important role to play in this modern age of technology. Although
their most important use is in construction activities, no field of engineering is conceivable
without their use. Also, the building materials industry is an important contributor in our
national economy as its output governs both the rate and the quality of construction work.
There are certain general factors which affect the choice of materials for a particular scheme.
Perhaps the most important of these is the climatic background. Obviously, different materials
and forms of construction have developed in different parts of the world as a result of climatic
differences. Another factor is the economic aspect of the choice of materials. The rapid advance
of constructional methods, the increasing introduction of mechanical tools and plants, and
changes in the organisation of the building industry may appreciably influence the choice of
materials.
Tests conducted on burnt clay bricks
Water absorption test

Table 1: Water absorption of burnt clay bricks
Table 2: Water absorption test of cement bricks
202
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dry Wet
% of water Dry Wet Increase
S.no weight weigtht S.no % of water
absorption weight weight in weight
Kg Kg absorption
1 2.47 3.14 27.12 (kg) (kg) (kg)
2 2.58 3.29 27.51 1 13.10 13.74 0.64 4.88
3 2.48 3.20 29.03 2 13.86 14.47 0.61 4.40
Average absorption is 27.88 % 3 13.39 14.11 0.72 5.33

Average 4.73
DRY WET INCREASE

% OF WATER
S.NO WEIGHT WEIGHT IN WEIGHT
ABSORPTION
(kg) (kg) (kg)
1 18.06 20.18 2.12 11.73
2 15.63 20.11 4.48 28.66
3 15.92 20.85 4.93 30.96
Average 23.78
Table:3 Water absorption of burnt of fly ash
bricks
Water Absorption The bricks, when tested in accordance with the procedure laid in IS 3495 (
Part 2) : 1992 after immersion in cold water for 24 hours, water absorption shall not be more
than 20 percent by weight
• The strength of bricks decreases by about 25 per cent when soaked in water.
• Strength of sun-dried (un burnt) bricks is from 15 to 25 kg/cm2
• Water absorption of bricks after 24 hours immersion,
• First class bricks—20%
• Second class bricks—22 %,
• Third class bricks—25%. Heavy duty machine made bricks should not absorb more
than 5% of their weight.
203
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPRESSION TEST
Load Comp.Strength S.no Load Compressive strength

S. No (kn) (N/mm2)
(kg) kg/cm2
1 390 18.57 1 140 3.17
2 400 19.05 2 140 3.17
3 790 37.63 3 120 2.71

Average 3.01
Average compression strength of brick =
25.09 kg/cm2
Table4: compression test on burnt clay Table 5:compressive strength of cement bricks
bricks
EFFLORESCENCE TEST
Result: Moderate
This test is conducted for finding out the presence of soluble salts in a brick when it is immersed
in water for 24 hours and taken out and allowed to dry in shade.
Absence of grey or white deposits on its surface indicates absence of soluble salts. If
the white deposits cover about 10%surface, the efflorescence is said to be slight and it is
considered as moderate, when the white deposits cover about 50% of surface. If grey or white
deposits are found on more than 50% of surface, the efflorescence becomes heavy and it is
treated as serious, when such deposits are converted into powdery mass
The liability to efflorescence shall be reported as ‘nil’, ‘slight’, ‘moderate’, ‘heavy’ or ‘serious’
in accordance with the following definitions:
a) Nil - When there is no perceptible deposit of efflorescence.
b) Slight - When not more than 10 percent of the exposed area of the brick is covered with
a thin deposit of salts.
c) Moderate - When there is a heavier deposit than under ‘slight’ and covering up to 50
percent of the exposed area of the brick surface but unaccompanied by powdering or
flaking of the surface.
d) Heavy - When there is a heavy deposit of salts covering 50 percent or more of the
exposed area of the brick surface but unaccompanied by powdering or flaking of the
surface.
204
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e) Serious - When there is a heavy deposit of salts accompanied bp powdering and/or
flaking of the exposed surfaces.
SOUNDNESS TEST
The Soundness test for clay bricks and fly ash bricks was conducted and the results were
compared in which two bricks are struck with each other, It was found that a normal brick
shows good results when struck with each other but fly ash bricks show clear ringing sound.
Sample Length(cm) Width(cm) Heigtht (cm)
Average 21.82 9.7 7.47
Table 6: Average sound ness test on clay bricks
DISCUSSION
For burnt clay bricks :
S Name of the
Test result As per code book Remarks
no test
Water Above the acceptable
1 27.8% Not more than 20%
absorption limits
Compression <10 kg/cm2 , below
2 25.09 kg/cm2 35 kg/cm2
test Class III Grade
3 Efflorescence Moderate Slight for top class Good
L=218.26mm,W=97mm For modular
4 Dimension test Good
H =74.79mm L=190mmW=90mmH=90mm
Internal Colour difference
5 uniform Moderate
structure White colour spots
Table 7:Test Results Of Burnt Clay Bricks

For fly ash bricks:
1. Fly Ash Bricks were found to be sufficiently hard as scratching by the finger nail on
the surface left no impression on it as compared to normal bricks.
2. The Efflorescence of all bricks tested were found to be slight as white or grey deposits
were less than 10% on surface of the bricks which is almost same as that in the normal
bricks.
3. A ringing sound in the Fly ash Bricks was observed to be far better than that in normal
bricks.
4. Structure of the bricks was found to be compact, homogeneous and free from any
defects like holes, lumps etc as compared to normal bricks.
5. The average absorbed moisture content of clay bricks is found to be 28% and for fly
ash bricks are found to be 23.58%. Thus there is net 5% decrease in moisture
6.5absorbed for fly ash bricks as a part to clay bricks.
205
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. The crushing strength of clay bricks is found to be 8.14 N/mm2 and for fly ash bricks
is found to be 18.81 N/mm2. Thus there is net 56.72% increase is crushing strength for
fly ash bricks as a part to clay bricks.
For cement bricks:
The compressive strength of 11 × 6.5 × 6 inches cement bricks is in between the 5-7 N/mm2.
The value obtained is 3.01 N/mm2. It is not in the limits. The water absorption is lesser than
the normal bricks and fly ash bricks.
The compressive strength of cement bricks is measured as per the height of the bricks or 1 m3
volume brick .the strength ranges from 2.8 N/mm2 to 20 N/mm2.
Conclusion
After analyzing the results it can be concluded FLY ASH BRICKS are the optimal material
for the construction purpose which is having the highest compressive strength ,and absorbing
optimum moisture content .
References
[1] S K DUGGAL, “ BUILDING MATERIALS” , THIRD EDTION TEXT BOOK
[2] Obam, Ogah , Odaleje, Otor Noel, “Structural and Dimensional Properties of Burnt-
Bricks Produced at Oju, Nigeria ” International Journal Ofscientific Engineering And
Applied ScienceVolume 1 , Issue 8 Novermber 2015 . pp 298-310
[3] Er. Rinku Kumar1, Er. Naveen Hooda2 “AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON
PROPERTIES OF FLY ASH BRICKS ”
a. International Journal Of Research In Aeronautical And Mechanical Engineering
b. Volume 2 , Issue 9 September 2014 . pp 56-67
[4] Clive Mitchell, Industrial Minerals Specialist, British Geological Survey, Nottingham,
UK , “Construction aggregates: evaluation and specification
INDIAN STANDARD CODE BOOKS:

[1] IS 1077-1992 : For Specifications Of Bricks
[2] IS 3495 PART 1-PART 3
[3] IS 2386-1963 : PART I -4
[4] IS 383- 1970 Limitations.
206
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPATIBILITY OF SULPHONATED NAPHTHALENE
FORMALDEHYDE AND LIGNOSULPHONATES BASED
SUPERPLASTICIZER WITH PORTLAND SLAG CEMENTS
Janardhana Maganti1 and V.Siva Prasada Raju2
1
JNTUH Colle of Engineering, Hyderabad, India; e-mail: jmaganti@yahoo.com
2
Gokaraju Ranga Raju Institute of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad, India; email: sprajuv@gmail.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
At present, most of the constructions require pumpable and workable concrete. To achieve high workability,
chemical admixtures like superplasticizers are required to be added to the concrete mix in fresh state. Granulated
blast furnace slag (GGBS) based Portland slag cement is a promising material having less environmental impact
and showing superior durability when used in concrete than ordinary Portland cement. Portland slag cements
are required for marine and offshore structures, sewage treatment plants etc., to have high resistance to chlorides
and sulphates. Three Brands of GGBS based Portland slag cements are considered in this study for concretes
with design strengths of 25 MPa and 40 MPa. Early age strength of concrete and slump loss have been studied.
To achieve high workability in the fresh state and desired characteristic compressive strength in the hardened
state of the normal concretes, sulphonated naphthalene formaldehyde and lignosulphonates based chemical
admixture has been incorporated. It was observed that the setting behavior varies significantly from one brand of
cement to another, though the cement type and the chemical admixture are the same. Hence, it is required to study
the compatibility between the superplasticizer and Portland slag cement before a suitable combination is used in
concrete, especially when high workability, slump retention and early age strength are required.
Keywords: Pumpable concrete, workability, slump-retention, superplasticizers, setting time.
1.0 Introduction
In the construction industry pumpability and high workability of concrete play an important
role especially where concrete is produced away from actual job site, for example as ‘ready
mixed concrete (RMC)’ is produced at a batching plant. To achieve high workability in the
fresh state and to have considerable slump-retention apart from cement, aggregates and water,
a fourth ingredient namely a superplasticizer is introduced in the concrete. Aitcin (1998) has
stated that modern concretes almost always possess additives, either in the mineral or chemical
form. Particularly, chemical admixtures such as water reducers and set controllers are
invariably used to enhance the properties of fresh and hardened concrete. If a particular brand
of cement and superplasticizer are not compatible, it may lead to adverse effect on performance
of concrete.
Common problems include flash setting, delayed setting, rapid slump loss, improper strength
gain, inordinate cracking etc. These issues in turn affect the hardened properties of concrete,
primarily strength and durability. The properties of blended cements like Portland slag cements
(PSC) are mentioned in Tables 1 and 2. PSCs are relatively cheaper when compared with
ordinary Portland cements (OPC).
207
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 Chemical analysis of cements
Specified
Constituents Percentage by mass limits as per
S.No
determined IS 455 (1989)
Maximum
Cement A Cement B Cement C Value
1 Loss in
0.81 1.01 1.34 5.0
ignition(%)
2 Magnesia
6.27 4.83 3.51 8.0
(Mgo)(%)
3 Insoluble
0.99 0.84 1.34 4.0
residue(%)
4 Sulphuric
anhydride 1.94 2.1 1.13 3.0
(So3)
5 Total
0.007 0.003 0.003 0.05
chlorides (%)
6 As stated by
GGBFS (%) 70 50 70
manufacturer
Table 2 Physical properties of cements
Cement Cement Cement Specified limits as per

S.No Property
A B C IS 455 (1989)
1 Specific
2.765 2.81 2.82
gravity ---
2 cosistency of
28 30 31
cement(%) ---
3 Initial setting
48 56 65 30Minutes(Minimum)
time(minutes)
4 Final setting 600Minutes
188 203 208
time(minutes) (Maximum)
5 3 days
strength 17.1 16.76 17.11 16MPa(Minimum)
(MPa)
Ramachandran et al (1998) have stated that superplasticizers are used to enhance the properties
of fresh and hardened concretes. In cement pastes addition of superplasticizer results in a
decrease in viscosity, change in other rheological parameters. See the review of Jaysree et al
(2011), for the mechanism of action of the superplasticizer and the interaction between cement
and superplasticizer. Mehta (1997) and Neville (1997) have stated that setting times of concrete
differs widely from setting times of cement. The setting time of concrete depends upon the
water cement ratio, temperature conditions, type of cement, mineral admixture and
superplasticizers. Janardhana et al., (2004) have studied the effect of combination of
208
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
admixtures on setting times of concrete. Superplasticizing and retarding admixtures were added
in different dosages to the cement concrete made up of with ordinary Portland cement. They
stated that the initial setting times of concrete decrease with increase in grade of concrete and
superplasticizers prolong the setting times of concrete. The setting time of concrete are
determined as per IS 8142 (1976) using penetration resistance apparatus. Mortar passing
through 4.75mm sieve is separated from concrete for this test. According to IS 8142 (1976),
the initial setting time (IST) is the elapsed time, after initial contact of cement and water,
required for the motor (sieved from the concrete) to reach a penetration resistance of 3.43
N/mm2 and the final setting time (FST) is the elapsed time, after initial contact of cement and
water, required for the mortar (sieved from the concrete) to reach a penetration resistance of
26.97 N/mm2. For concrete mix design, the water cement ratio selected was lower than the
maximum value of 0.50 for M25 and 0.40 for M40 as per IS 456 (2000).Water cement ratios
of 0.45 for M25 grade concrete and 0.35 for M40 grade concrete are chosen. Two grades of
concretes of compressive strengths of 25MPa and 40 MPa are considered for this study. Factory
blended superplsticizer of ‘SNF and lignosulphonate’ based chemical admixture was mixed
with fresh concrete to achieve a high workability of 150 to 160 mm slump in fresh state. Tests
were conducted for evaluating workability, slump retention, compressive strengths and setting
times of concrete and their results are discussed.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
Three brands of GGBFS based PSCs, conforming to IS 3812 (1981), were used in the present
study and are denoted by Cement A, Cement B, Cement C. One variety of superplasticizer
conforming to IS 9103 (1978) is used in the study. Chemical composition of cements was
determined at the National Council for Cement and Building Materials (NCB), Hyderabad. The
physical properties of cements are carried in-house at the JNTUH College of Engineering,
Hyderabad. Two concrete mix design mixes as given in Table- 3 for compressive strengths
25 MPa and 40 MPa were prepared with 10-20 mm and 5-10 mm coarse aggregates, sand
conforming to zone- II and with water - cement ratio 0.45and 0.35 respectively. Concrete mix
design was carried out as per IS 10262 (2009). Dosage of superplastizer (percentage by weight
of cement ) as given in Table 4 was chosen by trial and error, for each brand of PSCs to achieve
an initial slump of 150 to 160 mm and a workable slump of 50 to 60 mm after one hour.
Experiments were carried for finding out the compressive strength as per IS 9013 (1978) by
resorting to accelerated curing and also with normal curing. The compression test on concrete
cubes was carried out as per IS 516 (1959). The 28 day compressive strength of concrete were
predicted as per IS 9013 (1978) and conventional strength of concrete at 3, 7 and 28 days was
determined. The initial and final setting times of concrete estimated as per the IS 8142 (1976)
as shown in the Table 5.
209
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 Mix proportion per cu.m of concrete in kgs
concrete
Brand Coarse aggregate
design Fine Water cement
of Cement
strength aggregate ratio
cement
(MPa) 10mm 20mm
25 370 684.488 464.372 691.341 0.45
A
40 430 582.814 491.732 732.07 0.35
25 370 685.08 464.5 691.53 0.45
B
40 430 582.3 491.3 731.43 0.35
25 370 686.54 465.49 693.01 0.45
C
40 430 584.51 493.16 734.2 0.35
Table 4 Dosage of chemical admixture
Dosage (percentage by weight of cement)of

Design superplsticizer to achive about 150mm to 160mm
Brand compressive slump
of strength of
cement concrete
SNF and lignosulphonated based
(MPa)
25 1.1
A
40 1.25
25 1
B
40 1.35
25 0.8
C
40 1
Table 5 Initial and final setting times of concrete

Type of chemical admixture
Design
Brand
compressive
of SNF and lignosulphonated based
strength of
cement
concrete (MPa)
IST(Hours) FST(Hours)
25 15.33 18.3
A
40 12.08 16.15
25 10.32 13.39
B
40 16.03 21.25
25 8.59 13.32
C
40 10.36 14.16
210
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISCUSSION OF TEST RESULTS
It was observed that the dosage of superplasticizer was different for three brands of cement
though they are of the same category (i.e., GGBFS based PSCs). It was observed that the
cement C required relatively lesser dosage of superplasticizer when compared with other two
brands, to achieve an initial slump of 150mm. It was also observed that slump-retention after
30 and 60 minutes varied significantly among the three brands of cements for given type of
superplasticizer (corresponding results are shown in the Table 6). It was observed that slump-
retention after 30 minutes for cements A and B was comparable whereas it was relatively higher
for cement C. The initial and final setting times of the three types of cements are different. It
indicates that the interaction with the chemical admixture influences the setting response of
concrete considerably. The initial and final setting times of cement concrete with cement C are
the lowest among the remaining cement concretes.
Table 6 Slump retention test of concrete with SNF and lignosulphonate based
superplasticizer
Design Slump (mm)

Brand
compressive Dosage of
of After 30 After 60
strength of superplasticizer(%) Initial
cement minutes minutes
concrete(MPa)
25 1.1 172 104 76
A
40 1.25 168 101 64
25 1 154 93 51
B
40 1.35 150 92 53
25 0.8 168 98 55
C
40 1 150 82 51
Table 7 Compressive strengths of concrete with SNF and Lignosulphonates based

superplasticizer
Conventional curing of
Design concrete
Brand Pridicted strength
compressive
of (accelerated curing) 3 day 7 day 28 day
strength of
cement N/mm2 strength strength strength
concrete (MPa)
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2
25 31.65 17 23.2 32
A
40 48.74 23.1 34 49.6
25 34.82 17.2 23 32.5
B
40 49.2 22.7 32.2 48.27
25 34.47 18.39 24.2 34.2
C
40 48.65 25.1 35 49.8
211
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compressive strengths of concretes are shown in Table 7 for different ages of concrete. The
predicted 28 day compressive strengths of concrete, by resorting to accelerated curing, as well
as the strength obtained with normal curing were also reported. By resorting to accelerated
curing, it will be convenient to assess the strength of concrete within 30 hours from the time of
casting. If required the concrete mix design may be revised. It was observed that the early age
strengths of concrete for the three brands of cement were comparable. However, there was
considerable difference in the 28 days compressive strengths between one brand of cement to
another. It was observed that predicted compressive strength of concrete obtained from
accelerated curing of concrete was not always comparable with that of the strengths obtained
from conventional curing. Hence, it can be concluded that care should be exercised while
predicting the 28 day strength of PSC concrete by adopting accelerated curing.
CONCLUSIONS
On the basis of experimental investigations and studies carried out in the present work, it is
concluded that though the concrete mix proportion is approximately the same in all the mixes,
the workability, compressive strengths and setting times of cement concretes are considerably
different depending on the brand of the cement. The dosage of superplsticizer required is less
for cement C when compared with cements A and B. The setting times of cements A and B are
relatively higher when compared with that of cement C. The compressive strengths of concrete
made with cements A and B are relatively lesser when compared with that of cement C. The
reason could be requirement of higher dosages of superpalsticiser for concretes made with
cements A and B. It was observed that the different brands of cements (GGBFS based PSCs)
behaved differently even if the coarse and fine aggregates, water and family of chemical
admixture and the method of concrete mix design were kept constant. Hence, it is essential to
know the interaction of the superplasticizer with the cement, even if they are of similar kind,
and trial concrete mixes have to be studied in a laboratory before actually using them at site.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors profusely thank Dr Ravindra Gettu, Professor, IIT Madras, Chennai, for his
valuable suggestions and constant support during the progress of this research work.
REFERENCES
[1] Aitcin.P.C. High performance Concrete, E & FN Spon (1998)

[2] IS 455 (1989) Portland slag cement – Specification, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi, India.
[3] IS 456 (2000) Plain and Reinforced concrete – Code of practice, Bureau of Indian
[4] IS 3812 (1981) Fly ash for use as pozzolona and admixture, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi, India.
[5] IS 8142 (1976) Methods for Test for determining setting time of concrete by
penetration resistance, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, India.
[6] IS9013 (1978) “Indian standard methods for making,curing and determining
compressive strength of accelerated cured concrete test specimens”, Bureau of Indian
[7] Janardhana, M Seshagiri Rao M.V., Prashanth Kumar R. and Chakravarthy P.S. (2004).
[8] Jayasree C (2011), Manu Santanum and Ravindra Gettu., Cement Superplasticizer
Compatability – Issues and challenges, The Indian concrete journal,july,2011,Vol.85, No.7, pp
48-60
212
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[9] Neville A.M (1997)., Properties of concrete, 4th.edition, ELBS.
[10] Nkinamubanzi P.C; and Aitcin P.C (2004) “Cement and superplasticizer
Combinations: Compatability and Robustness”, cement, concrete, and Aggregates,
V.26,No.2, pp.1-8.
[11] Ramachandran V.S (1998)., Malhotra V.M., Jolicoeur C., and Spiratos N.,
Superplasticizers: Properties and application in concrete, Materials Technology
Laboratory, CANMET, Ottawa, Canada, pp.401.
[12] Rajender G (2011) Compatibility of sulphonated naphthalene formaldehyde and
[13] Lignosulphonates based Superplasticizer with Portland Pozzolana cements, M.Tech
Thesis, JNTU, Hyderabad.
[14] Effect of combination of admixtures on the setting times of concrete", Proceedings of
ICFRC, International Conference on Fibre composites, High Performance Concretes
and Smart Materials, Chennai, pp.767-775.
213
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPLACEMENT OF SAND WITH QUARRY DUST IN
M30 GRADE CONCRETE
T. Srikanth 1 and K.Shyam Prakash2
1
Department of Civil Engineering,Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering & Technology, Hyderabad, India
(srikanthnitt@gmail.com)
2
Department of Civil Engineering, PVP Siddhartha Institute of Technology, Vijayawada, India
(shyamprakashcivil@gmail.com)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Every year the consumption of concrete is increasing due to rapid growth in infrastructure. Concrete
is a major building material which is used in construction throughout the world. It is extremely versatile
and is used for all types of structures. The present investigation aims in the study of properties of
concrete in which quarry dust is used as a partial replacement for natural sand. The basic strength
properties of concrete were investigated by replacing natural sand by quarry dust at replacement levels
of 20%, 30%, and 50%. It is clearly observed that for 20% of quarry dust (3 days) the average
compressive strength is 20.16N/mm² where as for natural sand it is 13 N/mm². For 30% quarry dust the
value increased to 29.6N/mm² and for sand is 27 N/mm². Finally for 50% the strength increased to
37.76N/mm². As the properties are good as and,the quarry dust is used as fineaggregate in replacement
with and in the cement concrete .This study reveals that in case of cement mortars, the natural sand can
be replaced by quarry dust. The strength of concrete containing 20%, 30%, 50% mix of quarry dust
proportions is much higher than normal concrete containing only sand as fine aggregate. It is better to
use Quarry dust without removing the finer particles.Finally the compressive strength of quarry dust
results says that the natural sand can be replaced with respect to various mix proportions (20%, 30%,
and 50%).
Keywords: Alternate building materials, Concrete, Quarry Dust, aggregates
1.0 Introduction
Concrete is a widely used construction material consisting of cementing material, fine

aggregate, coarse aggregate and required quantity of water, where in the fine aggregate is
usually natural sand,. The use of sand in construction results in excessive sand mining which
is objectionable .due to rapid growth in construction activity, the available sources of natural
sand are getting exhausted. (Palaniraj, 2003) Also, good quality sand may have to be
transported from long distance, which adds to the cost of construction .In some cases, natural
sand may not be of good quality.
Therefore, it is necessary to replace natural sand in concrete by an alternate material either
partially or completely without compromising the quality of concrete. (Dhir & carthy, 2000)
quarry dust is one such material which can be used to replace sand as fine aggregate. The
present study is aimed at utilizing quarry dust as fine aggregate in cement mortar and cement
concrete, replacing natural sand. The study on mortar includes determination of compressive
strength of different mortar mixes. (Nadgir & Bhavikatti, 2006) the study on concrete includes
determination of compressive strength of concrete.
Experimental program
In this investigation, the compressive strengths of cement mortar are observed by replacing
natural sand by quarry dust at different levels of replacement namely 20%, 30%,and 50 %.Mix
design of M30 was chosen for the study. Moulds of size 150mm x150mmx150mm were used
214
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.the compressive strength of three percentages types of mortars are obtained at age of 3days,
7days and 28days.the grade of concrete M30 is selected for the study. The study includes
determination of compressive strength at the ages of 3days, 7days and 28days. (jaafer et
al.,2002) the strength properties of concrete with quarry dust replacement are compared with
that of normal concrete(NC)which does not contain quarry dust
Experimental procedure
Materials used
In this study, 53 grade ordinary 0portland cement conforming to is 12269 1987 is used. Natural
sand belonging to zone III as per IS 383-1970 is used in this investigation.
Test procedures
Compressive strength of quarry dust mortars:
The materials required for the number of specimens were dry mixed and then mixed with
calculated amount of water. the quantity of water is obtained as per IS4032-1988.it is given by
percentage of water equal to (p/4 +3) percent of combined weight of cement and fine aggregate,
where p is the percentage of water required to produce a cement paste of standard consistency.
While preparing the specimens for each proportion, a reference mix using cement and natural
sand is prepared. This is done in order to compare quarry dust mortar with the normal mortar.
For each quarry dust replacement, the total fine aggregate quantity is obtained as the
combination of natural sand and quarry dust .for example, the first set of specimens consist of
20%qurrry dust and 80% of natural sand.
For each mortar mix and for each replacement level of Quarry Dust, 18 specimens were casted.
The results were obtained by testing 3 specimens each at 3 days, 7 days and 28 days. The testing
of specimens was carried out as per IS 4031-1988. Specimens were tested with a gradually
increasing compressive load until they fail by crushing. Compressive strength of Quarry Dust
mortars: (Sahu et al., 2003) the specimens were prepared by replacing sand by Quarry Dust at
same levels of replacement as in natural sand mortar. The specimens were tested at the end of
desired curing period to get the compressive strength. Tests on Quarry Dust concrete: The mix
design of M30 grade concrete was obtained as per IS10262- 1982. The mix proportion for M30
concrete was 1:1.05:2.52 with a water-cement ratio of 0.4.
The workability of concrete was measured using slump test. For M30 grade of concrete, the
slump valuesfor different Quarry Dust Concretes were maintained good and the values
obtained are impressive. (Shahul Hameed & Sekar, 2009) The compressive strength is obtained
as per IS-516-1959. For the compressive strength, cube specimens of size 150mm were casted.
Required quantity of water was added to get a homogeneous mixture. The fresh concrete was
poured into the moulds in three layers and compacted using vibrator. After 24 hours, the
specimens were remolded and were kept for curing. The specimens were subjected to gradually
increasing compressive load till the failure in a Compression Testing Machine of 100T
capacity.
215
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40
Compressive Strength(N/mm2)
35 34.16
30
25.62
25
20.88
20
15
10
5
0
20
3 days 7 days 28 days
% of quarry dust
Fig 1: Compressive Strength of Natural Sand after 3days, 7days&28days
45
40 39 37.6 36.7
34.6
35
30.2
30
24 24.9
25
20 19.6
20
15
10
5
0
20 30 50
% of quarry dust
Fig 2: Compressive Strength of quarry dust after 3days, 7days& 28days
45
38.6 39.4
40 36.4
35 33.5
31.4
30 26.7
25
20.5 19.2
20 18.66
15
10
5
0
20 30 50
% of quarry dust
Fig 3: Compressive Strength of quarry dust after 3days, 7days&28days
216
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45
39.2
40 36.3 37.2
35 33.3
30.5
30 28.5
26.3
25 22.22 22.3
20
15
10
5
0
20 30 50
% of quarry dust
Fig 4: Compressive Strength of quarry dust after 3days, 7days&28days
Specific gravity
The Specific gravity of quarry dust and sand is 3.3&2.68respectively.
60
50
50
45
40
40 38
Slump(mm)
30
20
10
0
0 20 30 50
% of quarry dust
Fig 5: slump values for various proportions of quarry dust
0.92
0.9
0.9
0.88
0.86 0.85 0.85
compaction factor
0.84
0.82
0.8
0.8
0.78
0.76
0.74
0 20 30 50
% of quarry dust
Fig 6 compaction factor for various

proportions of quarry dust
217
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.5
2.5
% of water absorption
2
1.5
0.5
0
0 20 30 50
% of quarry dust
Fig 7:- water absorption for various

proportions of quarry dust
Results and discussions

The results of this investigation are shown in Fig 1 to 7. The results are discussed with respect
to different parameters. Effect of replacement of quarry dust compressive strength of mortar:
The results of compression test on quarry dust and compressive strength ratios with respect to
normal mortars. The results of Quarry dust mortars are represented in Fig 2, 3 and 4. From Fig
2, 3 and 4, it is observed that the compressive strength of concrete increases with the increase
in percentage of proportions of quarry dust. The values of compressive strengths of concrete
with mix proportions of 20%, 30% and 50% gave good and positive results. The compressive
strength of concrete for 28 days is more than the natural sand as shown in Fig 1. Fig 1 shows
that the compressive strengths of concrete increases with the increase in quarry dust compare
with Natural sand. It is clearly observed that for 20% of quarry dust(3 days) the average
compressive strength is 20.16N/mm² where as for natural sand it is 13 N/mm².For 30% quarry
dust the value increased to 29.6N/mm² and for sand is 27 N/mm².Finally for 50% the strength
increased to 37.76N/mm².Fig 3 shows the compressive strength variation with respect to
various mix proportions(20%,30%,50%).For 20% of quarry dust the compressive strength of
concrete is 21.23N/mm².For 30% of quarry dust the compressive strength of concrete is
28.14N/mm².For 50% of quarry dust the compressive strength of concrete attains 38.13N/mm².
Fig 4 shows the compressive strength variation with respect to various mix proportions (20%,
30%, and 50%).For 20% of quarry dust the compressive strength of concrete is 23.167N/mm².
For 30% of quarry dust the compressive strength of concrete is 28.4N/mm². For 50% of quarry
dust the compressive strength of concrete attains 37.56N/mm² same as natural sand. Average
specific gravity values of 3.3 for quarry dust and 2.68 for fine aggregate are obtained. As the
fineness of quarry dust increases the specific gravity increases. In case of slump value, slump
increases within the increase in the proportions of the quarry dust. For 20% of quarry dust it is
observed to be 40 mm, which is desirable. For 30% of quarry dust it is observed to be 45 mm.
For 50% of quarry dust it is observed to be 50 mm. Fig 5 shows the slump test conducted in
laboratory. Compaction factor which effects i.e. (workability), decreases with the increase in
the values of the quarry dust proportions in concrete. For 20% of quarry dust in concrete the
compaction factor was observed to be 0.85%. For 20% of quarry dust in concrete the
compaction factor was observed to be 0.85 %. For 20% of quarry dust in concrete the
compaction factor was observed to be 0.8%.As the rate of mix proportions of quarry dust
increases, the workability also increases.
218
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conclusions
1. All the experimental data shows that the addition of the industrial wastes improves the
physical and mechanical properties.
2. These results are of great importance because this kind of innovative concrete requires
large amount to fine particles
3. Due to its high fines of quarry dust it provided to be very effective in assuring very
good cohesiveness of concrete. From the above study it is concluded that the quarry
dust may replacement material for fine aggregate.
4. Quarry dust has been used for different activities in the construction industry such as
for road construction and manufacture of building materials
5. This study reveals that in case of cement mortars, the natural sand can be replaced by
quarry dust. The strength of concrete containing 20%, 30%, 50% mix of quarry dust
proportions is much higher than normal concrete containing only sand as fine
aggregate. It is better to use Quarry dust without removing the finer particles. For lean
mortar mixes, quarry dust can be replaced up to 100%.
6. As the quarry dust particles are finer there is an increase in the value of specific gravity
which is more than fine aggregate.
7. For rich mortar mixes, quarry dust can be replaced up to 40%.Water absorption in
concrete increases as the rate of quarry dust increases. The water absorption percentage
of quarry dust concrete decreased for dust content from(0-20) % and the started to
increase for 20%,30%,and 50% of dust contents.
8. It is found that there is enough workability with the w/c ratio provided. It is concluded
that the compressive strength of concrete are not affected with the replacement of sand
by quarry dust as fine aggregate up to 50%.
9. It is clearly observed that for 20% of quarry dust (3 days) the average compressive
strength is 20.16N/mm² where as for natural sand it is 13 N/mm². For 30% quarry dust
the value increased to 29.6N/mm² and for sand is 27 N/mm². Finally for 50% the
strength increased to 37.76N/mm² whereas for natural sand it is 35.6N/mm².
10. Finally the compressive strength of quarry dust results says that the natural sand can be
replaced with respect to various mix proportions (20%, 30%, and 50%).
11. Hence, quarry dust can be effectively used to replace natural sand, without reduction
in the strength of concrete with sand replacement level up to 50%.
References
[1] Dhir RK and Carthy MJ (2000) Use of conditioned PFA as fine aggregate component in
concrete. J. Materials & Structures. 33, 38-42.
[2] Ilangovan R and Shanthakumar (2005) Value added utilization of crushed rock dust in
concrete. Structural Engineering Convention, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.
[3] Jaafer MS, Thanoon WA and Kadir MRA (2002) Strength and durability characteristics
of high strength autoclaved stone dust concrete. The Indian Concrete J. 76, 771-775.
[4] Nadgir NS and Bhavikatti SS (2006) Properties of quarry dust concrete. National
conference on applications of Recycled and Marginal materials in Construction, Bangalore.
[5] Nagaraj TS and Zahida Banu (1996) Efficient utilization of rock duct and pebbles as
aggregates in Portland cement concrete. The Indian Concrete J. 70, 1-4.
[6] Palaniraj S (2003) Manufactured sand. Intl. Conf. on Recent Trends in Concrete
Technology and Structures, (INCONTEST), Coimbatore.
[7] Sahu SK, Sunilkumar and Sachan AK (2003) Crushed stone waste as fine aggregate for
concrete. The Indian Concrete J. 77, 845-848.
219
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[8] Shahul Hameed and Sekar ASS (2009) Properties of green concrete containing quarry
dust and marble sludge powder as fine aggregate. ARPN J. Engg. &Appl. Sci. 4(4), 83-89.
[9] Nagabhushana and H. Sharada bai (2011) Use of crushed rock powder as replacement of
fine aggregate in mortar and concrete. Indian Journal of Science and Technology Vol. 4 No.
8 (Aug 2011)
220
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A STUDY ON REPLACEMENT OF ADDITIVES WITH CCR+FA
TO IMPROVE BEARING CAPACITY OF SOIL
M. Surya Kumari1,B. V. Siva Kavya2, G. Jasmine Vincent3
1- Assistant Professor, Dept. of Civil Engineering, S.V.E.C.W, Bhimavaram, A.P

2- Assistant Professor, Dept. of Civil Engineering, C.B.I.T, Hyderabad, Telangana.
3- Assistant Professor, Dept. of Civil Engineering, Raghu Engineering college, Visakhapatnam, A.P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Black cotton soil is the locally available soils, with Volume change behaviour and low bearing capacity which are the
major problems that pose to the geotechnical engineer. Soil stabilization using industrial waste materials has been
widely recommended for developing countries, for the construction of various elements of pavements. This paper deals
with identification of Calcium carbide residue (CCR) and Fly Ash (FA) as waste products from acetylene gas and
power plant production to study the influence on Black cotton soil. The optimum content of CCR and CCR+FA blender
has been found by carrying out laboratory tests - Standard Proctor compaction, unconfined compression test (UCC)
and California bearing ratio (CBR) test for a curing period of 3, 14, 21, 28 days. From this study, it is revealed that
for mixes of BC Soil + (6% CCR or 8% CCR)+10% FA are considered as optimum to improve the black cotton soil
for pavement construction.
Keywords: CBR, UCC, Calcium carbide residue, Fly Ash.

Introduction
The main purpose of this work is waste reduction. Disposal of waste in landfills is not an effective solution
in the long term because of limited availability of land resources. The most suitable long term sustainable
solution is to reduce the quantity of waste being produced and eventually become a ”zero-waste‟ society.
Industrial waste reduction can be achieved by recycling or through reuse of the waste material generated.
If soil could be replaced by waste material in some of the applications like use in earth dams, road
embankments etc., would help in reduction/ reuse of these waste materials. Some of these waste materials
which meet the criteria of geotechnical characteristics are considered for this soil stabilization purpose. The
waste materials considered for this purpose are fly ash and calcium carbide residue.
SOIL SAMPLE
Black Cotton soil

BC soil has been obtained from Amalapuram, komaragiri patnam. The soil has been
collected from a depth of 1.0m below ground level. According to IS classification system, the soil
was classified as high plasticity clay (CH).The results of standard proctor test shows that optimum
moisture content was 28% corresponding to a maximum dry density of 1.67g/cc.
Calcium Carbide Residue

Calcium carbide residue is a waste material that is collected from gas welding shop. The
specific gravity of Calcium carbide residue is 2.23.
CaC2+ 2H2O C2H2+ Ca (OH)2
221
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1: Elemental chemical composition of CCR (%)

Constituent CCR
SiO2 18.4%
Al2O3 10.17%
Fe2O3 8.04%
CaO 62.3%
TiO2 0.65%
MgO 0.44%
FLY ASH
Fly ash is a by product of coal fired electric power generation facilities; it has little
cementations properties compared to lime and cement. However, in the presence of a small amount
of activator, it can react chemically to from cementations compound that contributes to improved
strength of soft soil. There are two main classes of fly ashes; classes C and class F. The reduction
of swell potential achieved in fly ashes treated soil relates to mechanical bonding rather than ionic
exchange with clay minerals.
Table 2 Elemental chemical composition of Fly ash (%)
Constituent Fly ash
SiO2 62%
Al2O3 10.17%
Fe2O3 3.04%
CaO 0.92%
TiO2 0.99%
MgO 0.44%
**Courtesy – Vijayawada Thermal Power Station

From the Table 2 it is clear that percentage of CaO is less than 20% and SiO2 +Al2O3 + Fe2O3
more than 70%. From this, Fly Ash is classified as class F.
METHODOLOGY
The experimentation program of the present work was conducted in two phases.
Phase 1:
First phase dealt with finding the optimum content of CCR from Atterberg’s limits and
UCS, which involved addition of different percentages (2%, 4%, 6%, 8%, and 10%) of
CCR to BC soil.All CCR-treated soil specimens were tested for UCS after curing time of
7, 14 , 21 and 28 days. Soaked CBR test are carried out after 3 days curing period. Although
the optimum content of CCR obtained from experimental results is 6%, for phase 2 the
percentage of CCR is fixed as 8% in order to get pozzolanic reaction between free lime in
CCR and fly ash.
Phase 2:
The strength of the blended CCR and FA-stabilized BC soil was investigated with fixed
CCR content of 8% with varying fly ash contents (5%, 10%, 15%, 20%). UCS test is carried
out for curing periods of 7, 14, 21 and 28 days, CBR tests are carried out for curing period
of 3 days and soaked for 4 days.
222
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Atterberg’s Limits
80
70
water content (%)
60
50 L.L
40
PL
30
20 PI
10
0
SOIL SOIL+2%CCR SOIL+4%CCR SOIL+6%CCR SOIL+8%CCR SOIL+10%CCR
Fig 1: variations of L.L, P.L and P.I with addition of CCR to BC soil
2%CCR+FA
LL PL PI
0 CCR 70 21.18 41.82
2 CCR 66 29.31 36.69
2CCR+5FA 65 28.20 36.80
2CCR+10FA 65 29.00 36.00
2CCR+15FA 64 29.31 34.69
2CCR+20FA 64 29.50 34.50
Table 3: variations of L.L, P.L and P.I with addition of 2 %CCR with FA to BC soil
4%CCR+FA
LL PL PI
4CCR 63 30.80 32.20
4CCR+5FA 63 31.00 32.00
4CCR+10FA 62 31.00 31.00
4CCR+15FA 61 30.51 30.49
4CCR+20FA 60.51 30.06 30.45
Table 4: variations of L.L, P.L and P.I with addition of 4 % CCR with FA to BC soil
6%CCR+FA
LL PL PI
6CCR 59 31.24 27.76
6CCR+5FA 58 31.80 26.20
6CCR+10FA 57.50 32.12 25.38
6CCR+15FA 57 32.91 24.09
6CCR+20FA 56 33.15 22.85
223
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8%CCR+FA
LL PL PI
8CCR 57 32.91 24.09
8CCR+5FA 52 33.20 18.80
8CCR+10FA 51 34.00 17.00
8CCR+15FA 51 34.00 17.00
8CCR+20FA 50 35.00 15.00
10%CCR+FA
LL PL PI
10CCR 56 32.00 24 .00
10CCR+5FA 52 31.75 20.25
10CCR+10FA 52 29.51 22.49
10CCR+15FA 50 26.08 23.92
10CCR+20FA 48 25.37 22.63
Standard Proctor Test

1.7 SOIL
1.65
Dry density (g/cc)
1.6 SOIL+2
1.55 %CCR
1.5 SOIL+4
1.45 %CCR
1.4 SOIL+6
1.35 %CCR
1.3 SOIL+8
1.25 CCR
1.2 SOIL+10
23 26 29 32 35 38 41 44 %CCR
Water Content %
Fig 2: Showing changes in OMC and MDD with addition of CCR to BC soil.
SOIL+8%CCR+FA
Composition OMC (%) MDD (g/cc)
SOIL+8%CCR 32.80 1.45
SOIL+8%CCR+5%FA 33.76 1.50
SOIL+8%CCR+10%FA 34.20 1.46
SOIL+8%CCR+15%FA 34.62 1.39
SOIL+8%CCR+20%FA 35.00 1.31
Table 8: Variation of OMC and MDD with addition of 8% CCR and different percentages of FA
to BC Soil
224
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCR% WITH DIFFERENT CURING
20 PERIODS
15 7 days
UCS kg\cm2
14 days
10
21 days
5 28 days
0
0 5 CCR % 10
Fig 3: Unconfined compressive strength of BC soil treated with CCR for curing periods
Unconfined Compressive Strength
The unconfined compressive strength of CCR stabilized soil improved up to 6% of CCR

content which falls under active zone. In the active zone, strength increases remarkably with
increased CCR content. All the input Ca(OH)2 is consumed by the natural pozzolanic material in
the soil to produce a pozzolanic reaction. This active zone can be determined from the CCR
fixation point, which is obtained simply from the index test. CCR fixation is defined as the CCR
content at which the plasticity index of the CCR-soil mixture changes insignificantly with the CCR
input. Strength development in the inert zone tends to slow down; the incremental gradient
becomes nearly zero and does not make any further significant improvement. A decrease in
strength, which appears when the CCR content is in the deterioration zone, is caused by
unsoundness due to free lime.
28 DAYS
35
30 8CCR
STRESS (kg/cm2)
25
8CCR+5FA
20
15 8CCR+10FA
10 8CCR+15FA
5
8CCR+20FA
0
-5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
STRAIN %
Fig 4: Stress-Strain behaviour with 8%CCR with different percentages of Fly ash
The stress-strain behaviour of the stabilized soil samples for 8% CCR with different FA
contents at the OMC are shown in Fig.4 for 28 days curing period. Strength development in the
inert zone is essentially dependent on the FA content. The strength increases sharply as the FA
content increases up to the optimal value and then decreases. In the deterioration zone i.e., after
optimum CCR content the strength of CCR stabilized clay is lower than that of the inert zone. The
reduction in strength with increasing CCR content is caused by unsoundness due to the free lime
content. Thus FA can improve this detrimental effect as indicated by the increase in strength with
increasing FA content. However, the strength increase is gradual up to an optimal FA content at
about 10%. The maximum unconfined compressive strength obtained for 8% CCR is about
225
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.98kg/cm2 while the BC soil stabilized with 8% CCR and 10% FA blender is 29.87 kg/cm2.
Thus, the main objective to improve the strength of BC soil for utilizing it as pavement
construction material is achieved.
7 Days 14 days 21 days 28 days

29.87 28.16 27.84
UCS (kg/cm2)
25.31
15.316.8
12.113.5
9.610.98 8.14
6.6 8.1 7.33 5.9 6.8 7.82 6.59
4.22 5.8
0 5 10 %
FLY ASH 15 20
Fig 5 : Unconfined compressive strength of BC soil treated with 8%CCR with different
percentages of Fly ash for curing periods of 7,14,21 and 28 days respectively
California Bearing Ratio
SOIL+CCR
CBR
800
20.82
19.18
700 17
600 14.05
CBR %
2%CCR
Load (kg)
500
4% CCR
400 6% CCR
6.05
300 8%CCR 2.12
10%CCR
200
100
0 2 4 6 8 10
CCR %
0
0 5 10 15
Penetration (mm) Figure 4.14: Variation of soaked CBR values
Fig 6: Load Vs Penetration graph for BC soil for BC soil stabilized with different percentages
Stabilized with different percentages of CCR
226
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on the results as shown, BC soil was initially poor sub grade material with CBR
of 2.12%, improved substantially with the addition of calcium carbide residue and became
suitable for laying pavements. Even the mix having BC Soil+8%CCR, BC Soil+10%CCR and
BC Soil+12%CCR are giving a soaked CBR value more than 20%, which is desirable for sub
base material as per IRC specifications.
In second phase, CBR tests were carried out for Black cotton soil stabilized with
8%CCR and different percentages of Fly ash. From the Fig 6, it was observed that CBR value
increasing up to 10% fly ash content thereafter it started decreasing. The improved CBR may
be attributed to the presence of the free lime content in CCR which will react with silica and
alumina of fly ash to cause pozzolanic reactions. With further increase in fly ash, CBR is
decreasing because there is no free lime content to react with fly ash.
SOIL+8%CCR+FA increments
23.83
21.61
19.18 18
15.21
CBR %
0 5 10 15 20
Fly ash %
Fig 7: Soaked CBR values for BC soil stabilized with 8%CCR and fly ash of different
percentages i.e., 5%, 10%, 15% and 20%
Optimum utilization of CCR and FA with 10% CCR to obtain the target value of CBR for
BC soil
CCR (%) LL (%) PI (%) OMC (%) MDD (g/cc) CBR (%)
0 70 41.82 28.00 1.67 2.12
2 66 36.69 30.60 1.58 6.05
4 63 32.20 31.42 1.54 14.05
6 59 27.76 32.00 1.51 20.82
8 57 24.09 32.80 1.45 19.18
10 54 20.39 33.14 1.42 17.00
Table 9: Data obtained from experiments conducted on CCR stabilized soil
227
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FA CBR
LL (%) PI (%) OMC (%) MDD (%)
(%) (%)
0 57 24.09 32.80 1.45 17.00
5 52 21 33.76 1.50 21.61
10 51 17 34.20 1.46 23.83
15 51 17 34.62 1.39 18.00
20 50 15 35.00 1.31 15.21
Table 10: Data obtained from experiments conducted on 8% CCR+ FA stabilized soil
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions are drawn based on the laboratory studies carried out in this work.
i. The unconfined compressive strength and California bearing ratio of CCR treated BC
soil improved substantially with increasing percentages of CCR content.
ii. The natural black cotton soil stabilized with calcium carbide residue and fly ash mix
also obtained strength enhancement in both UCS and CBR.
iii. From the Atterberg limits it is observed that with the addition of CCR the plasticity of
black cotton soil is reduced.
iv. By increasing the fly ash content to the optimum CCR % there is an increase in strength
up to certain percentage and then the strength decreased.
REFERENCES
[1] Suksun Horpibulsuk, et al. (2013): “Strength development in silty clay stabilized with
calcium carbide residue and fly ash”, Soils and Foundations 2013;53(4):477-486.
[2] Bell F.G.(1996): “Lime stabilization of clay minerals and soils”, Eng Geol,42:223–
237.
[3] Jaturapitakkul, C., Roongreung, B., (2003): “Cementing material from calcium
carbide residue-rice husk ash”,Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, ASCE
15(5),470–475.
[4] Kampala,A.,Horpibulsuk, S., (2013): “Engineering properties of calcium carbide
residue stabilized silty clay”,Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, ASCE 25(5),
MT.1943-5533.0000618.
[5] IS: 1498 (1970) – “Classification and Identification of soils for engineering purposes”.
[6] Katti, , R. K.(1979): “Search for solutions to problems in black cotton soils”, First
Indian Geotechn. Soc. Annu. Lect., Indian Geotechn. J., 9(1), 1–88.
[7] Fusheng Zha, Songyu Liu, Yanjun Du and Kerui Cui (2008): “Behavior of expansive
soils stabilized with fly ash”, Nat Hazards (2008), 47:509-523.
228
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A STUDY ON REPLACEMENT OF RIVER SAND WITH
COMBINATION OF ROBO SAND, FLYASH AND GGBS IN
FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE
Pusa.Tanuj1, Dr.N.Sanjeev2
1
PG Student, M.Tech Structure Engineering, Department of civil Engineering, GRIET.
2
Professor&Dean, Department of civil engineering, GRIET
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
In Recent Trends, the volume of concrete consumed by the construction industry is very large. Almost
40% volume of concrete is comprised of sand. The fine aggregates or sand used is usually acquired from natural
sources especially river beds or river banks. These days we have shortage of river sand the only selection to this
problematic is the use of artificial sand or M - sand. The material is achieved by crushing the rocks. The M sand
is certainly available and has displayed better outcomes as compared to the natural sand. In this project I have
substituted the river sand with 50 % of the M- sand and other 50% with Fly Ash and Ground Granulated Blast
furnace Slag (GGBS) in two different trials. In this Experiment I had worked on Fiber Reinforced Concrete as it
can be defined as a composite material consisting of mixtures of cement, mortar or concrete and discontinuous,
discrete, uniformly dispersed suitable fibers in which the different types and properties with many advantages. I
had carried out test on Glass fiber reinforced concrete in which sand replacement is also done to check the
strength incremental and influence of fibers on strength of concrete. Initially I conducted experiment on the
Cement, Aggregates and the workability later the Tests were conducted on specimens with two different fiber
volume fractions i: e: 0.5 % and 1 %. The Cube and Cylindrical were Casted For the 7 , 28 days test with 6
different trials by varying the glass fiber proportion and sand replacement portion .It was observed that GFRC
specimens with complete Replacement of Sand with i) GGBS – M sand and ii) Fly ash – M – sand showed enhanced
properties compared to that of normal specimens .
Keywords: Fiber reinforced concrete, Robo Sand, M sand, GGBS, Fly ash, AR-Glass Fibers
1 Introduction
Concrete is the utmost used man-made construction material in the world. It is achieved by
mixing cementations materials, water, aggregate and sometimes admixtures in necessary
proportions. Fresh concrete or plastic concrete is freshly mixed material which can be cast into
any shape hardens into a rock-like mass known as concrete. "Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete"
is actually cement mortar with uncountable strands of embedded glass fiber; it is a proper
compound material. It does not have the categorized rock aggregates or steel-reinforcing bars
routinely associated with concrete This tensile strength characteristic also creates drastically
improved impact strength. It shares equally the two primary assets of conventional concrete,
which are compressive strength and longevity. Conventional concrete has the trait known as
"brittle failure" because it has a semi crystalline structure, which tends to shatter on impact. In
Recent Trends, the volume of concrete consumed by the construction industry is very large.
Almost 40% volume of concrete is comprised of sand. The fine aggregates or sand used is
usually acquired from natural sources especially river beds or river banks. For this , the Solution
is to replace the sand with following materials like M Sand, GGBS and Fly ash.
2. Experimental Program
2.1 Materials Used

The Materials used for this Experiment are cement, aggregates, GGBS, Robo Sand (M sand),
fly ash, glass fibers and admixtures
229
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cement: It is the substance attained by burning a well proportion mix of material such as lime
stone, argillaceous materials such as clay at very high temperature. It has adhesive and cohesive
properties and it is shown in below table 1. It is a binding material used with stone, brick,
building blocks, etc. Ordinary Portland cement of 53 grade was used in this experimentation
conforming to I.S. – 12269- 1987.
Table 1
Sl.no Property Result value

2 Compressive strength of cement 53 N/sq.mm
3 Fineness of cement 1.3%
4 Soundness of cement 1.3mm
5 Normal Consistency 32%
6 Initial Setting time 32 mins
7 Final Setting time 195 mins
Sand: It is mainly packing material for the spaces in concrete. Increasing the proportion of
sand in the total mix increases cement demand because of the relatively very large surface area
that needs to be coated by cement paste. The properties of sand is shown in below table2.
Locally available river sand having bulk density 1860 kg/m3 was used. River sand is sieved to
4.75 mm and the passed out sand is used.
Table 2
S.no Property Result Value
1 Surface Texture Smooth
4 Water absorption 4.5
Coarse aggregate: It properties are shown in below table 3. Beyond this, a smaller sized
aggregate may have strength advantages in that internal weak planes may be less likely to exist
or would be smaller and irregular. A rough angular surface such as in crushed aggregates will
increased for a given slump, the water and cement content per cubic meter of concrete are
decreased. Coarse aggregate having bulk density 1691 kg/m3. Coarse aggregate is sieved to 20
mm and the passed out is used.
230
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3
1 Water Absorption 2.65
Manufacture Sand (M-sand) / Robo Sand: It is popularly known is made by powdering hard
granite rocks using hefty equipment. Its particles are cubical in shape and finely graded and
hence provides greater durability and higher strength to concrete by overcoming deficiencies
like segregation, bleeding, honey combing, voids and capillary
Table 4
S.no Property Result value
1
2 Water Absorption .42
4 Type Crushed
Water: Potable water was used for the experimentation.

Alkai Resistance (AR) Glass Fibers: The Fibers used were Alklai Resistance Glass Fibers
which are uniformly and randomly distributed in the concrete mix. Two different fiber
percentages were chosen 0.5%, 1% for each mix.

2 Elastic Modulus 72 G.Pa
3 Lengths 6 -12 -18 mm
4 Filament Diameter 14 Microns
5 No.of Fibers 200 Millions/Kg
6 Aspect Ratio 857:1
7 Specific Surface Area 105 sq./kg
231
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flyash: It is a fine powder which is a byproduct from burning pulverized coal in electric
generation power plants. Fly ash is a pozzolan, a substance containing aluminous and siliceous
material that forms cement in the presence of water. When mixed with lime and water it forms
a compound similar to Portland cement.
Table 6
2 Bulk Density 1041Kg/Cum
3 Fineness 336Sq.m/Kg
4 Soundness 0.14
GGBS: Ground-granulated blast-furnace slag (GGBS or GGBFS) is obtained by quenching

molten iron slag (a by-product of iron and steel-making) from a blast furnace in water or steam,
to produce a glassy, granular product that is then dried and ground into a fine powder.
Table 7

2 Bulk Density 1280 Kg/Cu.m
3 Fineness 340Sq.m/Kg
4 Soundness 0.14
1. Preparation of Specimens
Keep the moulds on a porous surface and apply oil to surface of moulds. Weigh the required
quantity of sand and coarse aggregate for given concrete ratio. Mix the sand and cement to
form mortar. Then mix this mortar with coarse aggregate. Again mix this dry concrete with
required quantity of water to provide a normal consistency. Place the wet concrete inside the
mould in layers and compact well. Level the top surface of concrete to top level of mould.
Mark the date and number on top surface of concrete. Hence the specimen details are shown in
232
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8
S.NO Trial Mix Glass Fiber % Notation
1 M-Sand (50%) +River Sand (50%) 0.5 M1
2 M-Sand (50%) +River Sand (50%) 1 M2
3 M-Sand (50%) + FLYASH (50%) 0.5 M3
4 M-Sand (50%) + FLYASH (50%) 1 M4
5 M-Sand (50%) + GBBS (50%) 0.5 M5
6 M-Sand (50%) + GBBS (50%) 1 M6
4. Tests and Results

Compressive Strength: At the end of curing period take the cubes from curing tank and wipe
them clean with cloth or waste cotton. Measure the dimension of the compression face one by
one. Place the cube in between compression plates of the U.T.M / compression testing machine.
After the initial adjustments are over apply the load gradually over the cubes. Note the load
scale reading at the time of first crack and at the time of the failure. Repeat the procedure of
testing for two or more cubes and take the average values
Mix Compressive Strength
(N/Sq.mm)
7 Days 28 Days
M1 16.66 22.8
M2 17.33 24.5
M3 18.7 27.2
M4 22.33 31.4
M5 25.9 39.3
M6 28.34 42.94
233
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
60
40 7 Days
20 28 Days
7 Days
0
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
Spilt Tensile Strength: At the end of curing period take the cylinders from curing tank and
wipe them clean with cloth or waste cotton. Place the cylinder in between compression plates
of the U.T.M / compression testing machine. After the initial adjustments are over apply the
load gradually over the cylinder. Test is carried out by placing a cylindrical specimen
horizontally between the loading surfaces of a compression test machine and the load is applied
until failure of the cylinder along the vertical diameter. The magnitudes of the tensile stress are
given by 2P/πDL, were P is the applied load, D and L are the diameter and length of the cylinder
respectively. The above table showing the trial mixes where the fine aggregate is completed
replaced by the following options
Mix Spilt Tensile Strength
(N/Sq.mm)
7 Days 28 Days
M1 1.94 2.44
M2 2.22 2.96
M3 2.46 3.77
M4 3.28 4.69
M5 3.08 4.27
M6 3.38 5.02
10
7 Days
5
28 Days 28 Days
7 Days
0
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
234
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Discussions
The results obtained in the present investigation that it is feasible to replace the fine aggregates
by industrial waste i:e; Robo Sand (M sand/Stone Dust), Fly ash and GGBS for improving the
strength characteristics of concrete, thus the industrial waste can be used as an alternative
material for the production of concrete to address the waste disposal problems and to minimize
the cost of construction with usages industrial waste which almost available at reasonable price
in factory
• With the partial replacement of sand by Robo Sand (M sand/Stone Dust) and River
Sand the compressive strength of concrete increased up to 6% replacement at curing
age of 28 days for 0.5% and 1% proportions of glass fibers
• With the partial replacement of sand by Robo Sand (M sand/Stone Dust) and Fly ash
the compressive strength of concrete increased up to 6 % replacement at curing age of
28 days for 0.5% and 1% proportions of glass fibers.
• With the partial replacement of sand by Robo Sand (M sand/Stone Dust) and GGBS
the compressive strength of concrete increased up to 3 % replacement at curing age of
28 days for 0.5% and 1% proportions of glass fibers.
• On Addition of Glass Fibers of 0.5% in the concrete, the compressive strength of the
concrete for the Mix M3 and M5 when compared to the M1 Mix it gets increased up to
16% and 42% at 28 Days;
• On Addition of Glass Fibers of 1% in the concrete, the compressive strength of the
22% and 42% at 28 Days;
Sand the Spilt Tensile strength of concrete increased up to 17% replacement at curing
age of 28 days for 0.5% and 1% proportions of glass fibers.
• On Addition of Glass Fibers of 0.5% in the concrete, the Spilt Tensile strength of the
35% and 43% at 28 Days;
• On Addition of Glass Fibers of 1% in the concrete, the Spilt Tensile strength of the
42 % and 42% at 28 Days;
However for the mixes M5, M6 having 42% the compressive strength was comparable to the
compressive strength of M1 and M2 mix. The increase in compressive strength due to
replacement of sand by GGBS at the constant cement content with different glass fiber percent
is attributed to the contribution of GGBS to the hydration process and thus enhancing the
compressive strength of concrete.
235
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Conclusions
1. The workability of concrete decrease with the addition of glass fibers and can be
resolved by adding super plasticizers.
2. On Replacement of Robo Sand it Decrease the Workability.
3. On Replacement with Fly ash and GGBs the workability can be achieved.
4. The Percentage rate of increasing of compressive strength and spilt Tensile strength
was higher for fly ash when compared to the GGBS.
5. Workability was more with GGBS when compared with Flyash.
6. The glass fibers are added in wet concrete i.e: after adding water to the dry mix,
otherwise it will stick to the surface of mixer. Care should be taken while mixing the
glass fibers with concrete. It should not allowed to mix more than 2 minutes, otherwise
it will segregate.
7. It was observed that the strength was increased with river sand replacements trials with
robo sand along GBBS was slightly more than Robo sand along Fly ash
8. Increase in percentage of fiber has also increased the strength of concrete.
9. Use of Fly ash, Robo sand, GGBS in concrete causes saving of cement and address the
problem of disposal of GBBS and Fly ash and resolve environmental problems. Use of
Fly ash and GGBS minimize the greenhouse gases and lead to sustainable construction.
10. It reduces the metal industrial waste and disposal problem related to it.
11. Economical concrete.
12. Procuring higher grade of concrete by mixing GGBS /Fly ash/Robo Sand in M-20
concrete
13. Completely river sand is replaced with robo sand, flyash and GGBS and have achived
good compressive and spilt tensile strength.
References:
[1] Gaurav Sharma , Partap Singh “Strength Characteristics of Concrete Mix by Replacing
Fine Aggregates with Industrial Sand” International Journal of Scientific and Research
Publications, Volume 6, Issue 5, May 2016
[2] N.R.Monika , S.Sarankokila “Partial Replacement of M-Sand on Concrete by Self Curing
and Standard Curing Method”, International Journal of Innovative Research in Science,
Engineering and Technology, Vol. 4, Issue 12, December 2015
[3] .K.Venu Rami Reddy, S.Vijayan,” Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete with Partial
Replacement of Cement with Flyash”, International Journal of Innovative Research in
Science, Engineering and Technology Vol. 5, Issue 2, Februray 2016
[4] 516 (1999) ,Indian standard methods of tests for strength of concrete, (Reaffirmed 1999)
, Bureau ofIndian Standards , New Delhi.
[5] IS 456 (2000) Indian standard code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete, Bureau
ofIndian Standards , New Delhi.
[6] IS 3812 (1981) , Fly ash use as pozzolana and Admixture , Bureau of Indian Standards ,
New Delhi
[7] IS 5816 (1970) , Method of tests for splitting tensile strength of concrete cylinders,
Bureau ofIndian Standards , New Delhi.
[8] IS 8112 Indian standard specification for 43 grade ordinary Portland Cement, Bureau
ofIndian Standards , New Delhi.
[9] IS 10262 (1982), Recommended guidelines for Concrete Mix Design, Bureau ofIndian
Standards , New Delhi
236
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRENGTH OF EXPANSIVE SOIL TREATED WITH
LIME, GYPSUM AND COIR FIBRE
Ch Vaishnavi
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This paper presents the effect of coir fibers on the compaction and unconfined compressive strength of expansive
soil-lime-gypsum mixture. The coir fiber content varied from 0.5 to 2 %. The results indicated that the dry unit
weight and the optimum moisture content of expansive soil-lime mix increased with the addition of gypsum. The
unconfined compressive strength of the expansive soil increased with the increase in the lime content up to 8%,
but beyond 8 % the unconfined compressive strength decreased. The dry unit weight of the expansive soil-lime-
gypsum mix increased, and the optimum moisture content decreased with the addition of coir fibre .The
unconfined compressive strength increased for the mix of expansive soil and 8 % lime with addition of 4 % gypsum,
but beyond 4 % addition of gypsum the unconfined compressive strength decreased. The unconfined compressive
strength of the the expansive soil-lime-gypsum mix increased with the addition of coir fibre up to a fibre content
of 1.5 %. The unconfined compressive strength of the expansive soil increased with the addition of lime and
gypsum and with the increase in the curing period.
Keywords: Expansive soil, lime, gypsum, coir fibre and unconfined compressive strength.
I.Introduction
Expansive soils are present in most of the places in India and around the world. These soils are
very weak in bearing capacity. These soils in India are highly problematic, as they swell and
shrinkage on evaporation.
Expansive soils pose serious problems for temporary roads constructed over them in
terms of differential settlements, poor strength, and high compressibility, especially during a
rainy season. Several states in India have vast deposits of expansive soils. The current approach
adopted to treat such territories is to modify the properties with admixtures such as lime and
gypsum to make them suitable for the construction of overlying temporary roads.
Expansive soils absorb water heavily, swell, become soft and lose strength. These soils
are easily compressible when wet and possesses a tendency to heave during wet condition.
Expansive soils shrink in volume and develop cracks during summer. They are characterized
by extreme hardness and cracks when dry. These properties make them poor foundation soils
and earth construction material. For developing a good and durable road network in expansive
soil areas, the nature of soils shall be properly understood. On such soils suitable construction
practices and sophisticated methods of design need to be adopted.
Soil stabilization is a collective term for any physical, chemical, or biological method,
or any combination of such methods that may be used to improve certain properties of a natural
soil to make it serve adequately an intended engineering purpose. It is the process of blending
and mixing materials with a soil to improve certain properties of the soil. The main benefits of
using lime to stabilize clays are improved workability, increased strength, and volume stability.
Workability is improved because flocculation makes the clay more friable. Lime increases the
optimum water content for compaction, which is an advantage when dealing with wet soil.
Lime increases the strength of clayey soil. Soil stabilization occurs when lime is added
to a reactive soil to generate long-term strength gain through a pozzolanic reaction. The
strength of lime mixture depends to a great extent on the quantity of lime added above lime
fixation point. It is generally found that beyond a certain % of lime the increase in strength
237
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ceases & in fact a lowering strength may result due to present of unreacted free lime indicating
that there exists optimum lime content for maximum strength grain. So after a certain limit of
lime content no development of strength but cost increases.
To further improve the mechanical properties of these stabilized soils, a variety of
materials are being used as reinforcements. They are polymeric in composition, have a long
life, do not undergo biological degradation, and are liable to create environmental problems
from their manufacture till their end use. The use of coir fibres are therefore gaining in
popularity as they too are biodegradable in nature and do not cause any environmental
problems. In the present paper, an attempt has been made to study the compaction and
unconfined compressive strength of a expansive soil-lime-gypsum mixture reinforced with coir
fibres for possible use in improving soil.
II. MATERIALS AND METHODOLOGY
A. Materials
Locally available expansive soil was used in this study. The physical and engineering
properties of the expansive soil are given in Table 1. Hydrated lime and gypsum procured
from Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh, India. And coir fibre (coconut fibre) was procured from
a locally available in Tadepalligudem, Andhra Pradesh, India. The specific gravity of the lime,
gypsum and coir fibre was 2.37, 2.89 and 1.9, respectively.
Table 1: Physical Properties of Expansive soil
Property Value
Specific gravity 2.68
Liquid limit, % 82
Plastic limit, % 47.22
Optimum moisture content, % 24.3
Maximum dry density, kN/m3 15.48
Type CH
B. Methodology
Unconfined compressive strength (UCS) tests were conducted in accordance with IS: 2720,
Part X (1991). The strain rate was kept 1.2 mm/min in all the experiments. The proving ring of
capacity 2 kN
III. Results and Discussion
Studies were carried out to obtain maximum dry unit weight and unconfined
compressive strength for expansive soil and stabilized with lime, gypsum and coir fibre. The
content of lime was varied from 2 % to 10 % by dry weight of expansive soil. The content
of gypsum was varied from 2 % to 8 % by dry weight of expansive soil. The content of coir
fibre was varied from 2 % to 10 % by dry weight of expansive soil.
238
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16
Dry unit weight(kN/m³)

15.5
15
14.5
14
13.5
15 25 35 45
Moisture content(%)
BC alone BC+2%L
BC+4%L BC+6%L
BC+8%L BC+10%L
Figure 1: Compaction curves for expansive soil with varying percentage of lime
15.6 35
Optimum Moisture Content(%)

Max.dry density (kN/m³)
15.4 30
25
15.2
20
15
15
14.8
10
14.6 5
14.4 0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Lime(%)
Optimum moisture content (%)
Figure 2: Variation of maximum dry unit weight and optimum moisture content of expansive
soil with varying percentage of lime
239
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
550
500
450
Unconfined compressive strength (kN/m²)

400
350
300
250
200
150
100
0 2 4 6 8 10
Lime(%)
3 days 7 days
14 days 28 days
Figure 3: Variation of unconfined compressive strength of expansive soil with varying

percentage of lime and curing period
15.5
15.3
Dry unit weight (kN/m³)
15.1
14.9
14.7
14.5
14.3
14.1
13.9
13.7
13.5
20 25 30 35

BC+8%L+0.5%G BC+8%L+1%G
BC+8%L+2%G BC+8%L+4%G
BC+8%L+8%G
Figure 4: Compaction curves for expansive soil + 8 % lime with varying percentage of gypsum
240
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.3 29
15.2

28
max.dry density(kN/m³)
15.1
27
15
26
14.9
25
14.8
14.7 24
14.6 23
0 5
Gypsum(%) 10

Optimum moisture content(%)
soil + 8 % lime with varying percentage of gypsum
900
850
800
Unconfined compressive
750
strength(kN/m²)
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
0 5 10
Gypsum(%)
3days 7days
14days 28days
Figure 6: Variation of unconfined compressive strength of expansive soil + 8 % lime with

varying percentage of gypsum and curing period
241
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16
15.6
Max.dry density(kN/m³)
15.2
14.8
14.4
14
20 22 24 26 28
RM+0.5%CF RM+1%CF
RM+1.5%CF RM+2%CF
Figure 7: Compaction curves for expansive soil-lime-gypsum mix with varying percentage of
coir fibres
15.9 24.4
15.8 24.3
15.7 24.2
Max.dry density(KN/m³)
15.6 24.1
15.5 24
15.4 23.9
15.3 23.8
15.2 23.7
15.1 23.6
15 23.5
0 1 2 3
Coir fibre(%)

soil-lime-gypsum mix with varying percentage of coir fibres
242
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1050
Unconfined compressive
strength(kN/m²)
900
750
600
0 1 2 3
Coir fibre(%)
3days 7days
14days 28days
Figure 9: Variation of unconfined compressive strength of expansive soil-lime-gypsum mix

with varying percentage of coir fibres and curing period
IV. CONCLUSION
An experimental study is carried out to investigate the strength characteristics of expansive
soil treated with lime, gypsum and coir fibre. The study brings forth the following
conclusions.
1. Addition of lime to the expansive soil caused a reduction in maximum dry density and
increase in optimum moisture content. Considering a optimum amount of 8% lime content
the MDD reduced from its original value of 15.48 kN/m 3 to 14.69 kN/m3 and OMC increase
from 24.3% to 28.69%.
2. Lime is effective in increasing the UCS value. For an optimum amount of 8% lime the
UCS value of soil has increased from its original value of 157 kN/m 2 to 402 kN/m2. Further
improvement was observed with curing period. An optimum curing period of 14 days, the
UCS value increased to 512 kN/m 2.
3. The combined effect of lime and gypsum to the expansive soil caused a increase in MDD
and reduction in OMC. Considering a optimum amount of 8% and 4% lime and gypsum
contents respectively, the MDD increased and OMC reduced.
4. Addition of optimum amount of lime (8%) and gypsum (4%) to the expansive soil has
increased the UCS value. For an optimum curing period of 14 days the UCS increased upto
836 kN/m2. And further addition of gypsum caused a decrease in UCS.
5. Addition of coir fibre to the lime + gypsum treated expansive soil caused additional
increase in MDD. Coir fibre content of 1.5% shows the MDD increased from 15.08 kN/m 2
to 15.48 kN/m2. Similarly the UCS value increased from 836 kN/m 2 to 902 kN/m2.
Finally this study show an insight of the effect Lime, Gypsum and Coir fibre on the
strength properties of the expansive soil. And the results reveals that 8%, 4% and 1.5%
respectively are optimum contents and a curing period of 14 days was found to be effective.
243
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCES
[1] Abdelmadjid, L. and Muzahim, A. M. (2008). “Effect of hydrated lime on the
engineering behaviour and the microstructure of highly expansive clay.” The 12th
International Conference of International Association for Computer Methods and
Advances in Geomechanics (IACMAG) 1-6 October, Goa, India.
2. Abdi, M. R. and Wild, S. (1993). “Sulphate expansion of lime-stabilized kaolinite: I.
Physical characteristics.” Clay Minerals, 28, 555-567.
[2] Al-Rawasa, A. A., Hagoa, A.W. and Al-Sarmib, H. (2005). “Effect of lime, cement and
sarooj (artificial pozzolan) on the swelling potential of an expansive soil from Oman.”
Building and Environment, 40, 681-687.
[3] Ameta, N. K., Purohit, D.G. M., Wayal, A. S. and Sandeep, D. (2007). “Economics of
stabilizing bentonite soil with lime-gypsum.” EJGE, 12(E).
[4] Bell, F.G. (1996). “Lime stabilization of clay minerals and soils.” Engineering
Geology, 42, 223-237.
[5] Cai, Y., Shi, B., Charles, W. W. Ng and Tang, C. (2006). “Effect of polypropylene fibre
and lime admixture on engineering properties of clayey soil.” Engineering Geology, 87,
230-240.
[6] Degirmenci, N. (2008). “Utilization of phosphogypsum as raw and calcined material
in manufacturing of building products.” Construction and Building Materials, 22 (8),
1857-1862.
[7] Degirmenci, N., Okucu, A. and Turabi, A. (2007). “Application of phosphogypsum in soil
stabilization.” Building and Environment, 42(9), 3393-3398.
[8]
9. Du, Y., and Li, S. and Hayashi, S. (1999). “Swelling-shrinkage properties and soil
improvement of compacted expansive soil.” Ning-Liang Highway, China, Engineering
Geology, 53, 351-358.
[9] 10. George, S., Alice, T. V. and Mini, M. I. (2013). “Improvement of kaolinite clay
subgrade using coir fiber waste.” International Journal of Emerging Technology and
Advanced Engineering, 3(3).
[10] Hussain, M. and Dash, S. K. (2009). “Influence of lime on compaction behaviour of
soils, Geotides, Indian Geotechnical Conference, Guntur, India.
[11] IS: 1498, (1970) “Classification and identification of soil for general engineering
purposes”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
[12] IS: 2720, Part III (1980). “Determination of specific gravity. Indian standard methods
of test for soils.” Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1-8.
[13] IS: 2720, Part V (1985). “Determination of liquid and plastic limit. Indian standard
methods of test for soils.” Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1-16.
[14] IS: 2720, Part VIII (1983). “Laboratory determination of water content-dry density
relation using heavy compaction. Indian standard methods of test for soils.” Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1-9.
[15] IS:2720, Part X (1991).“Determination of unconfined compressive strength. Indian
standard methods of test for soils.” Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1-4.
244
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECT OF RECYCLED AGGREGATE ON
FRESH AND HARDENED STATE PROPERTIES OF
SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE
1
Srinivas Vasam, 2 K. Jagannadha Rao, 3M. V. Seshagiri Rao
1
Research scholar, Department of Civil Engineering - JNTUH-Hyderabad
2
Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, CBIT, Hyderabad
3
Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, JNTUH -CE, Hyd., Telangana
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Concrete is the most widely used construction material in which Aggregates take maximum share. This poses the
problem of acute shortage of aggregate and scouring of Granite Quarry. At the same time, the quantity of recycled
Concrete aggregates from old Construction Demolished waste is piling up in many areas. If it is possible to use
this RCA in fresh concrete by partial/complete replacement of Natural Coarse aggregates, then this will not only
save the cost of construction at the same time it will solve the problem of disposal of this CDW waste. Therefore,
the objective of this research work is to develop sustainable self Compacting Concrete (SCC) of various grades
using Recycled Concrete Aggregate (RCA), fly ash etc. This paper discusses the fresh and hardened state
properties of SCC of M30 grade using Natural and Recycled Concrete Aggregates. Quantification and
Characterization was done using Modified Nan Su Mix design analysis.
Keywords: Self Compacting Concrete (SCC), Recycled concrete aggregates (RCA), Fresh Properties, Mechanical
Properties, Modified Nan Su Method.
Introduction
The term Self-Compacting Concrete (SCC) refers to a “new” special type of concrete mixture,
characterized by high resistance to segregation that can be cast without compaction or
vibration. It flows like “honey”, de-aerates, self-compacts, and has nearly a horizontal concrete
level after placing. Products made with SCC have an excellent finish, and are virtually free of
bug holes The basic components of the mix composition of SCC are the same as those used in
conventional concrete. However, to obtain the requested properties of fresh concrete in SCC, a
higher proportion of ultrafine materials and the incorporation of chemical admixtures,
particularly an effective superplasticizer, are necessary. Because of this, self-compatibility can
be largely affected by the characteristics of materials and mix proportion. No standard or all-
encapsulating method for determining mixture proportions currently exists for SCC. However,
many different proportion limits have been listed in various publications. Therefore, a rational
mix-design method for NASCC and RASCC using variety of materials is necessary. The
proposed Modified Nan Su Mix design of SCC must satisfy the criteria on filling ability, pass
ability and segregation resistance.
Mix Design Method: Initially EFNARC first approach for Modified Nan Su Mix design is
used, and then the proportions of materials modified after the evaluation by fresh tests was
done. The modifications are made according to EFNARC guidelines.
Sustainable Design: Sustainability in general terms is to create an economic system with

enhanced performance with long term safety. Sustainability is the one which mainly focuses
245
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
on the climate change, energy conservation, protection of natural resources and environmental
enhancement.
Sustainability in Concrete Production: The use of natural resources in consideration of

ecological and economical aspects forms the basis for sustainable developments. Low energy
consumption during production and the use of by-products as well as waste materials are
essential to reduce environmental and financial impacts.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
NECESSITY OF INVESTIGATION:
 Cost of Natural Coarse Aggregates is increasing day-by-day.
 Acute shortage of Coarse Aggregates in many areas.
 Using /Removal of more Natural Coarse Aggregates causes scouring of quarry and loss
of natural minerals present in the river.
 The properties of recycled concrete aggregates RAC are already established and
demonstrated successfully through several experimental and field projects. However, its
use is restricted to standard grade concretes only in Indian scenario.
NEED FOR EDUCATION & POLICIES FOR ADOPTION OF RECYCLED

AGGREGATES:
Government policies and initiatives promoting or encouraging waste minimization/recycling

and proposed landfill levies can, to a large extent, drive the adoption of recycled concrete. In
countries where the cost to produce RCA may be greater than the cost of acquiring virgin
aggregates, government incentives and efforts to educate the public on the environmental
benefits associated with the use of RCA are key to promoting increased and alternative
applications Educating contractors and owner-agencies about methods for effectively
incorporated RCA into new concrete mixtures could help the industry overcome this limitation.
Such an education would require understanding the characteristics of RCA, revising
specifications for aggregate as necessary, understanding the impact of the use of RCA on fresh
and hardened concrete properties and on the durability of pavements, and making appropriate
adjustments in the development of mixture proportions and production methods. This
education would show contractors that RCA can be a cost- effective material that will not
compromise the quality and result in an industry wide change in perception about the use of
RCA
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF RCA: Properties like specific gravity, hardness,

strength, physical and chemical stability, pore structure and colour depends on CDW/BDW.
Fine and Coarse Aggregates: The physical properties of Sand, NCA and RCA used in the
present experimental investigations are carefully studied and results are tabulated in Table no
(1). All the values for the Coarse aggregate and RCA have been found by conducting respective
test in the laboratory as per IS code provision.
246
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table no (1): Properties of Sand, Natural Coarse Aggregate and Recycled Concrete
Aggregate
Property Sand NCA RCA Method

Type Natural Crushed Crushed --
Specific gravity 2.62 2.65 2.45 IS:2386 Part-3-1963
0.3 % 2.4 % IS:2386 Part-2-1963
Total water absorption 1.0%
(12.5mm) (12.5mm)
0.8% 0.45% IS:2386 Part-2-1963
Moisture content 0.15%
(12.5mm) (12.5mm)
Bulking 5% wc -- -- IS:2386 Part-3-1963
Bulk Density (Loose) 1567kg/m3 1380 kg/m3 1355 kg/m3 IS:2386 Part-3-1963
Bulk Density 1540 kg/m3 IS:2386 Part-3-1963
1713kg/m3 1532 kg/m3
(Compacted)
2.63 5.94 4.65 IS:2386 Part-2-1963
Fineness Modulus
(Zone II) (12.5mm) (12.5mm)
7.10% 11.27% IS:2386 Part-2-1963
Elongation Index --
(12.5mm) (12.5mm)
6.15% 7.85 % IS:2386 Part-2-1963
Flakiness Index --
(12.5mm) (12.5mm)
Table no (2): Water Absorption, Specific Gravity and Packing factor for various
Percentage of NA & RCA Water absorption (%) Specific gravity Packing factor
0% (100%NA+0% RCA) 0.3 2.65 1.12

25% (75%NA+25% RCA) 1.0 2.60 1.12
50% (50%NA+50% RCA) 1.6 2.53 1.13
75% (25%NA+75% RCA) 2.0 2.48 1.13
100% (0%NA+100% RCA) 2.4 2.45 1.14
proportions
Table no (3): Quantities of different ingredients of RASCC & NASCC
W/P = Cement Fly River CA - CA - Admixture VMA Water
(Kg) ash Sand 12.5mm 12.5mm (kg) (kg) (lts)
MIX
(kg) (Kg) (NA) (RA)
(Kg) (Kg)
NASCC- 0.37 1.000 0.394 1.927 1.812 0.000 0.017 0.002 0.521
M30-0%
RASCC- 0.38 1.000 0.394 1.927 1.359 0.453 0.017 0.002 0.526
M30-25%
RASCC- 0.38 1.000 0.394 1.927 0.906 0.906 0.017 0.002 0.531
M30-50%
RASCC- 0.38 1.000 0.394 1.927 0.453 1.359 0.017 0.002 0.535
M30-75%
RASCC- 0.39 1.000 0.394 1.927 0.000 1.812 0.017 0.002 0.540
M30-100%
247
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MATERIALS MIXING METHODOLOGY: Two stage mixing approach (TSMA)is

employed, in which proportional amount of cement is added to the recycled aggregate in the
premix stage. All the other quantities of ingredients are added subsequently as per
recommended procedure of mix design of NASCC & RASCC.
Table no (4): Fresh properties of M 30 grade NASCC & RASCC with Different proportion
of RCA
V-Funnel Test U- Box
Flow Table T50 L- Box Test
( Sec) Test
M30
(mm) (Sec) T0 T5 (mm) (h2/h1)

Normal Range
650-800 2.-5 6. -12 6.-15 0-30 0.8-1.0
Filling Passing Passing
MIX IDENTIFICATION Filling Ability viscosity
Ability Ability Ability
NASCC-M30-0% 720 2.5 8.0 10.5 28 0.95
RASCC-M30-25% 700 3.5 8.28 10.1 26.5 0.93
RASCC-M30-50% 690 4.0 8.5 9.6 24 0.90
RASCC-M30-75% 680 5.5 8.8 9.4 22 0.88
RASCC-M30-100% 650 6.0 9.0 9.26 21 0.85
Table no (5): Hardened Concrete Test Results of M30 grade having different Replacement
Ratio
at 7 days & 28 days of Curing.
Compression Spilt Tensile Flexural
Mix identification (Result in MPa) (Result in MPa) (Result in MPa)
7 Days 28 Days 7 Days 28 Days 7 Days 28 Days
NASCC-M30-0% 28.36 41.36 2.1 4.22 3.65 4.98
RASCC-M30-25% 28.20 39.77 1.9 4.02 3.32 4.70
RASCC-M30-50% 27.10 37.80 1.84 3.75 3.12 4.49
RASCC-M30-75% 26.40 35.30 1.76 3.54 3.08 4.18
RASCC-M30-100% 25.65 35.03 1.64 3.46 2.69 3.15
248
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
flow chart for achieving self
41.36
Re Limit Ad Usa
39.77
37.8
35.03
diti
18.2
duc atio ge 45
28.36
40
Compressive Strength, MPa
25.65
28.2
27.1
26.4
35
M30 NASCC& RASCC

30
7
High High 25
days
20
segreg
ation
Defor 15
10
5
0
Self 0% 25%50%75%100%
Replacement Ratio,Rr
comp
Fig: (1)- Flow chart of Self Compacting Concrete Fig: (2)- Compressive Strength of M30 Grade Concrete
having different Replacement Ratio at Different Ages
of Curing.
4.22
4.98
4.02
6
4.49
3.75
4.7
18.2
18.2
4.5
3.46
Flexural Strength, MPa

3.65
M30 NASCC& RASCC
5
3.32
4
Split Tensile strength, MPa
3.15
3.08
3.12
2.69
4
M30 NASCC& RASCC
3.5 7
3 3
2.1
days
1.84
1.76
7
1.64
1.9
2.5
2 days 2
1.5 1
1 0
0.5 0% 25%50%75%100%
0 Replacement Ratio,Rr
0% 25% 50% 75%100%
Replacement Ratio,Rr
Fig: (3)-Split Tensile Strength of M30 Grade Concrete having Fig: (4)- Flexural Strength of M30 Grade Concrete
different Replacement Ratio at Different Ages of Curing. having different Replacement Ratio at Different Ages
of Curing.
249
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig:(5)- Compressive strength of various Mixes at diffrent

50 ages of M30 Grade NASCC & RASCC
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
0
RASCC-M30-25%
Compressive strength RASCC-M30-50%
(Result in MPa) 7 Days RASCC-M30-75% RASCC-M30-100%
Compressive strength (Result in MPa) 28 Days
Plate:(1)-Demolished Concrete Material Plate:(2)-JAW crusher Plate:(3)-Testing self compacting

concrete for workability.
DISCUSSIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

DISCUSSIONS:
Slump flow diameters ranging from 650 and 720 mm were obtained for the recycled self-
compacting concretes. According to EFNARC limitation the reference mixture was within
the limits. Although increasing the plastic content resulted in reduction of slump flow
diameters of concretes, the results were acceptable for many normal application of self-
compacting concrete. Using Recycled Concrete Aggregates as partial and full replacement of
Coarse aggregate increased both T50 slump flow and V-funnel flow range limits. The L-box
height ratio was also affected by the content and size of using Recycled Concrete Aggregate in
to SCC. Increasing the RCA content caused systematical decrease in the L-box height ratio.
However, all mixtures have the L-box height ratio values more than 0.8 which is the lower
limit specified by EFNARC.
250
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Self-compacting concrete with RCA having more than 35 MPa compressive strength could be
produced easily. The strength results indicated that the utilization of RCA in SCC
manufacturing resulted in systematical decrease of the compressive strength.
There is no difference in strengths of M30 Grade concrete at all ages as natural aggregate is
replaced by 25% of RCA. A marginal decrease of strength is observed at 50% replacement of
natural aggregate by RCA. The reduction strength increased with age for M30 grade concrete
with 75% RCA up to 28 days and there after remained constant; The maximum reduction in
strength being 14%. The strength values are more or less same for 75% and 100% replacement.
CONCLUSION:
The absence of an established industrial standard for SCC allows more creativity in tailoring a
mix to specific job requirements. At the same time, the lack of standards means devising a
successful mix depends on the expertise of the producer and contractor. Therefore, it is clear
that educating manufacturers and contractors is the crucial step in expanding the use of SCC’s
extremely promising technology. The following conclusions are drawn based on the
experimental investigations carried out:
1. Test results indicate that only partial replacement of natural aggregate by recycled
concrete aggregate (50%) is giving reasonably good strength.
2. There is not much change in the compressive strengths of NASCC & RASCC of M30
grade at 3 days and 7 days for all replacements of NA by RCA. However, the loss of
strength of around 14% is observed for RCA 75% and 100% at the ages of 28 days and
beyond.
3. Split tensile strength and flexural strength of RASCC followed more or less similar
trend and the decrease in these values compared to NASCC was found to be around
10%.
4. From the experimental results, it is observed that the optimum percentage replacement
of natural aggregate by RCA is 50% to get reasonable strength in compression, tension
and flexure.
5. There is no doubt that recycled concrete aggregate is cost free material and also reduces
waste produced from construction or demolition works.
REFERENCES:
[1]. Aijazahmadzendel, R.B.Khadirnaikar “An over view of the properties of self-compacted

concrete”, “ IOSR journal of mechanical and civil engineering (IOSR JMCE ) ,1995 ,pp. 35-
43.
[2] Ms. Akansha, Ananta rao patil “comparative study on strength of self-cured SCC and self-
compacted SCC “ISRJET journal”,2009.
[3] Benmounah and Kennouche “Formulation and characterization of self-compacting with
local materials”, “JETR journal”.2013
[4] B.H.V. Pai et al “Experimental study on self-compacting concrete containing industrial by
products” European scientific journal, April 2014 edition vol 10.
[5] Butler, J.s.west, tighe “Effect of recycled coarse aggregate from multiple sources”, “IJRIM
journal”,2013.
[6] C D Gamble B R Johnson , “Effect of super plasticizers on properties of fresh and hardened
concrete”, 58th annual meeting of transportation research board, Record No:720, 1991
[7] C Nikinamubanzi, N Bouzouba, “Work self-consolidating concrete incorporating new
viscosity modifying admixtures”, Elsevier journal 2003
251
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[8] Dayalan.J “Compressive strength and durability of self-curing concrete journal “, IJERT
journal May 2016
[9] Hajime Okamura And Mashario Ouch, “Properties of self-compacted concrete”,1987.
[10] Kamal h.Kayat and geeretschutter “A book on Mechanical properties of self-compacting
concrete”, Edition 2003, PP-192-264.
[11] Kamal henriKayat ,zubeir Guizani“Use of viscosity modifying admixtures to enhance
stability of fluid concrete” , Materials journal 1997, PP-33-34
[12] Kon Stantin Kovler and Ole.M.Jense “Novel techniques for concrete curing”, Concrete
international journal, 2005 PP-62-105
[13] Limbachiya M et al “Review of recycled aggregates”, IJSRD journal, 2013 PP-8-24
[14] Mohammed Qureshi and somnath gosh, “Effect of curing method on strength development
of alkali activated blast cement paste”, IJRET journal 2001.
[15] Mohammed shafeeque et al “Comparison of compressive strength with conventionally
cured and self cured concrete”, IJSRD journal, 2002.
[16] Prof Nanak J Pamnani et al, “Comparison and optimization of dosage of different super
plasticizers”, IJEIT Journal 2009
[17] Nirav R Kholiaet al “Effect on concrete by different curing method and efficiency of
curing compounds”, IJAET Journal, 2010.
[18] Nan Su et al “ Mix design for self-compacting concrete” ,Eleseiver -Journal, 2001 ,PP-
1799-1807.
[19] Pancharti Ratish kumar et al “Effect of Paraffin wax as self-curing compound” , Magazine
of Concrete Research Journal” 2007 PP-82-88.
[20] Prof Pamnani Nanak et al “Self curing and self-compacting concrete using Polyethylene
Glycols”, IJEI Journal, 2013, PP-60-67.
[21] R.K. Dhir , P.C. Hewlett “ An Investigation in to the feasibility of formulating self-cure
concrete”, European journal for Environmental And Civil Engineering, 2006.
[22] R.J.Flatt et al “Working mechanism of viscosity modifying admixtures”, Civil
Engineering Research Gate Journal, 2014 PP-62-69.
[23] S.W.Tabsh and A.S Abdel Fatah et al “ Review of research and implementation of
Recycled aggregate”, Structural Journal , 2011 PP-269-276.
[24] Scotta new bolds “Effect of curing conditions of concrete”, Structural Journal, 2012.
[25] Srinivas vasam, K.Jagannadha rao, M.V. Seshagiri Rao “Use of sec and RCA for
sustainable construction An over view”, IJRET Journal, Volume 02 Issue , Nov -2013.
[26] Young Jin Kimetal “Effect of various curing conditions of ultra-high performance
Concrete”, IEEE Journal, 2012.
[27] Yashnihata ,Niravkohlia et al “ Effect of curing methods on efficiency of curing of cement
mortar”, Elsevier Journal, 2014.
252
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEASIBILITY STUDIES ON INFLUENCE OF FIBRES IN
SELF-CURING CONCRETE
1
C.Vivek Kumar, 2D Viharika, P Sanjana, P Anupama Reddy, T Shailaja, N Varalakshmi
1
Assistant Professor Civil Engineering, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering & Technology, Hyderabad
2
III Year students of Civil Engineering, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering & Technology, Hyderabad.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Today Water is the most required substance in the era. In common, Curing of concrete is maintaining moisture
in the concrete during early ages specifically within 28 days of placing concrete, to develop desired properties.
Proper curing of concrete is essential to obtain maximum durability, especially if the concrete is exposed to serve
conditions where the surface will be subjected to excessive wear, aggressive solutions and severe environmental
conditions. Poor curing practices adversely affect the desirable properties of concrete which makes a major
impact on the permeability of a given concrete. Unexpected shrinkage and temperature cracks can reduce the
strength, durability and serviceability of the concrete. The surface zone will be seriously weakened by increased
permeability due to poor curing. The development of concrete shrinkage is proportional to the rate of moisture
loss in concrete. When concrete is properly cured, water retained in concrete would help continuous hydration
and development of enough tensile strength to resist contraction stresses. The continuous development of strength
reduces shrinkage and initial cracks or micro-cracks. As a part of research initiative, this investigation of Fibrous
Self Curing Concrete, proportion and addition of Polyolefin Macro Monofilament Fibre resulted in the formation
of micro cracks in order to reduce the autogenous shrinkage and improvement of durability.
Keywords: Water scarcity; Autogenous shrinkage; Temperature cracks; Internal curing; Super Absorbent
Polymer; Polyolefin Macro Monofilament Fibre.
Introduction
Concrete is a blend of Cement, Aggregates and water with or without appropriate admixtures.
To achieve alluring quality and different properties, curing is fundamental. Curing is the way
toward keeping up the correct dampness substance to advance ideal bond hydration instantly
after arrangement. Proper moisture conditions are critical because water is necessary for the
hydration of cementitious materials. As a result, adequate curing is essential for concrete to
obtain advanced structural and durability properties and therefore is one of the most important
requirements for optimum concrete performance in any environment or application. Curing
techniques and Curing durability significantly affect curing efficiency. As per IS 456: 2000,
Curing is the process of preventing the loss of moisture from the concrete whilst maintaining
a satisfactory temperature regime.
Review of Literature
Álvaro Paul and Mauricio Lopez, (2011),[1] internal curing (IC), which has been extensively
investigated in the last decade, has been shown to enhance hydration, diminish autogenous
shrinkage, and mitigate early-age cracking due to self desiccation in high-performance
concrete. It also increases the internal porosity of concrete, however, which might reduce
mechanical properties.
Ambily and Rajamane, (2009),[2] studied the different aspects of achieving optimum
cure of concrete without the need for applying external curing methods excessive evaporation
of water (internal or external) from fresh concrete should be avoided, otherwise, the degree of
cement hydration would get lowered and thereby concrete may develop unsatisfactory
properties. Curing operations should ensure that adequate amount of water is available for
cement hydration to occur. Dale P.Bentz, (2007)[7] in the twenty-first century, most high-
253
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
performance concretes, and many other ordinary concretes, are now based on blended cements
that contain silica fume, slag, and/or fly ash additions. Because the chemical shrinkage
accompanying the pozzolanic and hydraulic reactions of these mineral admixtures is generally
much greater than that accompanying conventional Portland cement hydration, these blended
cements may have an increased demand for additional curing water. The review of various
literatures mentioned above has helped to understand the properties of self-curing concrete and
addition of Super Absorbent Polymers and fibre improve the concrete’s durability rather than
conventional concrete. Thus based on these the methodology was developed to carry out
present behavior studies.
Scope and Objectives
A comprehensive investigation has been undertaken to study the effects of self-curing
agents such as Super Absorbent Polymer and the addition of Polyolefin Macro Monofilament
Fibre on the mechanical and non-mechanical properties of concrete and its durability. The
considered concrete properties are compressive, tensile strength, volumetric water absorption,
PH value and mass loss. The test program was performed on concretes containing cement
content, water cement ratio (0.4) cured in air 25°C and elevated temperature 50°C. Special
attention was given to the enhancement in self-curing concrete properties cured in normal 25°C
and elevated temperature 50°C, as well as its durability and wet/dry cycles in water as affected
by the type and doses of self-curing agent along with the addition of Super Absorbent Polymer.
Self-Curing
The concept of self-curing is to reduce the water evaporation from concrete and hence
increase the water retention capacity of the concrete compared to conventional concrete.
External and Internal curing

Benefits from Internal Curing
Internal Curing can be anticipated when
 Cracking of concrete provides passageways resulting in deterioration of Reinforcing steel
 Low early-age strength is a problem and Need for reduced construction time,
 Quicker turnaround time in precast plants, lower maintenance cost,
 Greater performance, predictability, Permeability/durability must be improved,
 Rheology of concrete mixture, modulus of elasticity of the finished product or durability
of high fly-ash concretes are considerations
254
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect Of Fibres In Concrete
 Usually used in concrete to control cracking due to both plastic shrinkage and drying
shrinkage.
 Reduce the permeability of concrete and thus reduce bleeding of water.
 Fibres produce greater impact, abrasion and shatter resistance in concrete.
 Fibres do not increase the flexural strength of concrete, and so cannot replace moment
resisting or structural steel reinforcement
The amount of fibres added to a concrete mix is expressed as a percentage of the total volume
of the composite (concrete and fibres), termed volume fraction (Vf). volume fraction
typically ranges from 0.1 to 3%.
Benefits of Fibre Reinforced Concrete
 Improved impact & freeze-thaw resistance
 Improved resistance to explosive spalling in severe fire
 Increased resistance to plastic shrinkage during curing
 Improved structural strength
 Reduced steel reinforcement requirements & improved ductility
 Reduced crack widths and segregation
Material Properties

As per IS 383– 1970, ‘Indian Standard Code of practice for Specification for Coarse and
fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete.
Material Properties Values
Fineness of Cement 7.5%
Grade of Cement 43
Cement Specific Gravity 3.15
Initial Setting time 28 min
Final Setting time 600 min
Fine Aggregate
Fineness Modulus 2. 25
Coarse
Size of Aggregates 20 mm
Aggregate
Fineness Modulus 5.96
Water Potable Water 6-6.5 PH
255
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Super Plasticizer

The inter particle friction between fibres and aggregates controls the orientation and
distributions of the fibres and consequently the properties of concrete. Naphthalene-
Formaldehyde Sulphonate based super plasticizer is added as a friction reducing admixture to
improve the cohesiveness of mix.
A composition of matter useful for retarding the set time of concrete formulations significantly
without adding more water thereto comprises a high molecular weight condensation product of
naphthalene sulfonic acid and formaldehyde.
Super Absorbent Polymer
The common SAPs are added at rate of 0–0.6 wt. % of cement. The SAPs are covalently cross-
linked. They are Acrylamide/acrylic acid copolymers. One type of SAPs are suspension
polymerized, spherical particles with an average particle size of approximately 200 mm;
another type of SAP is solution polymerized and then crushed and sieved to particle sizes in
the range of 125–250 mm. The size of the swollen SAP particles in the cement pastes and
mortars is about three times larger due to pore fluid absorption. The swelling time depends
especially on the particle size distribution of the SAP. It is seen that more than 50% swelling
occurs within the first 5 min after water addition. The water content in SAP at reduced RH is
indicated by the sorption isotherm.
During the hydration process, the conventional concrete with low w/c ratio experiences a
considerable amount autogenous shrinkage deformation lead to an early age cracks and these
premature cracks severely reduce the durability of a concrete. External water curing is one of
the most conventional and well known applied curing methods to mitigate the autogeneous
shrinkage however once the capillary pores depercolate, it will be more difficult to provide
adequate external water for curing.
The main objective of this study is to examine the effect of internal curing as a complement to
traditional curing in conventional concrete. Internal curing was achieved by super absorbent
polymer (SAP) and the experimental parameter was percentage of SAP substitution to regular
sand.
Super Absorbent Polymer SAP before and after addition of Water
256
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Properties Values
FORM – dry Crystalline white powder / granules
FORM – wet Transparent gel
Particle size 0 – 1 mm
Water absorption with distilled water 800 g for 1 g
Water absorbed with sea water 40 g for 1 g
pH of absorbed water Neutral
Density 1.08
Bulk density 0.85
Hydration / Dehydration Reversible
Stability of dry product 5 years
Stability of wet product 4 years
Decomposition in sun light 6 months
Available water 95% approx.
Polyolefin Macro Monofilament (PMM)Fiber

PMM fibre is a macro-synthetic fibre designed specifically for the reinforcement of concrete
and other cementitious mixes. These fibres have an engineered contour profile, which serves
to effectively anchor the fibres into concrete thus resisting matrix pullout and enhancing the
concrete’s performance even after it has developed stress cracks.
Properties Values
Material Virgin Homo polymer
Length 45 mm
Type/Shape Macro/ monofilament
Colour White
Sp.Gravity 0.91
Acid and Salt resistance High
Tensile Strength 620-758 MPa
Absorption Nil
Fibre content 4-9 kg/m3 of concrete
Melting point 164° C (328° F)
Young's modulus 3.5 kN/mm2
Alkali resistance Alkali Proof
Methodlogy
257
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conclusion
Being the part of my research initiative, Super Absorbent Polymer was used as self-curing
agent with that Polyolefin Macro Monofilament Fibre of M25 grade of concrete is adopted
for the investigation. Based on this investigation carried out, the conclusions were drawn:
1. Water retention for the concrete mixes by incorporating self-curing agent is higher when
compared to conventional concrete mixes, as found by the weight loss with respect to
time.
2. The effectiveness of internal curing by means of SAP applied to concrete is higher when
45 kg/ m3 water is added by means of 1 kg/m3 of SAP.
3. The Self-cured concrete using SAP was more economical than conventional cured
concrete. The Performance of the self-curing agent is mainly affected by the cement
content and the w/c ratio.
References
[1] Alvaro Paul and Mauricio Lopez, (2011), ‘Assessing Lightweight Aggregate Efficiency
for Maximizing Internal Curing Performance’, ACIMaterials Journal vol.108.
[2] Ambily.P.S and Rajamane N.P, (2009),‘Self Curing Concrete – An Introduction’,
Concrete Composites Lab, Structural Engineering Research Centre, Chennai.
[3] Bart Craeye, Matthew Geirnaerta and Geert De Schutter. (2011), ‘Super absorbing
polymers as an internal curing agent for mitigation of early-age cracking of high-
performance concrete bridge decks’, Construction an Building Materials 25, pp.1–13.
[4] Bentz D.P. (2007), 'Internal curing of high-performance blended cement mortars', ACI
materials Journal vol.104,No.4, pp.408–414.
[5] Bentz, D.P and Lura, P. (2005), ‘Mixture proportioning for internal curing’, Concrete
International Paper, pp.1–6.
[6] Dale P.Bentz. (2007), ‘Internal Curing of High-Performance Blended Cement
Mortars’ACIMaterialsJournal, Vol.104.
[7] El-Dieb. A.S. (2006), ‘Self – Curing concrete: Water retention, hydration and moisture
transport’ Construction and Building Materials vol.21, pp.1282 – 1287.
[8] Geiker, M.R. Bent, D.P. and Jensen, O.M, (2004), ‘Mitigating Autogeneous Shrinkage
by Internal Curing’ , American Concrete Institute vol.218, pp.143-148.
[9] IS 383 – 1970, (1993), ‘Indian standard code of practice for Specification for Coarse and
fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete’, Bureau of Indian Standards,
[10] IS 456 – 2000, (2002) ‘Plain and Reinforced Concrete – Code of Practice’, Bureau of
Indian Standard, Bureau of Indian Standards Fifth Reprint.
[11] IS 516 - 1959 ,(1992) "Indian standard code of practice for methods of tests for strength
of concrete", Bureau of Indian Standards.
[12] IS 1199 -1959, (1999) " Indian standard code of practice for Methods of sampling and
analysis of concrete", Bureau of Indian Standards.
[13] IS 1489 - 1991 (Part - 1),( 1993) ‘Indian standard code of practice for Portland
Pozzolana cement specification – Code of Practice’, Bureau of Indian Standards.
[14] IS 10262 – 2009, (2009), ‘Concrete Mix Proportioning – Guidelines’, Bureau of Indian
Standards,(BIS 2009), First Revision.
[15] JohnRoberts,(2006),‘High Performance Concrete Enhancement Through Internal
Curing’, Northeast Solite Corporation, pp.55-59.
[16] Kumar, P.S , Mannan, M.A, Kurian, V.J and Achuytha, H (2007), ‘Investigation on the
flexural behaviour of high-performance reinforced concrete beams using sandstone
aggregates’,
[17] Construction and building materials Vol.21, pp. 1229-1237. Ole Mejlhede Jensen and
Pietro Lura, (2006), ‘Techniques and materials for internal water curing of
concrete’,Materials and Structures Vol.39, pp.817-823
258
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUTOCLAVED AERATED AND CELLULAR FLYASH
CONCRETE BLOCKS FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS
Y. Kamala Raju1, R. Meher Babu2 and Mohd. Husssain3
1 Assistant Professor, Dept. of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Telangana, India
2 Research Scholar, Dept. of Civil Engineering, IITH, Telangana, India
3 Professor, Dept. of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Telangana, India
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The wide use of the flyash for building construction reduces the environmental pollution by flyash and this
contributes to the environmental sustainability. Four Autoclaved and Aerated Cellular flyash-concrete Blocks (or
Aerocon flyash concrete blocks) of Hyderabad Industries Limited of sizes in millimeters; 600 x 200 x 150, 600 x
200 x 200, 600 x 200 x 230, 600 x 200 x 100, are tested as per the Bureau of Indian Standards IS – 6441-1972
Part I, Part V and Part VI, for bulk density, moisture content, compressive strength and flexural strength. The
bulk density ranges from 666.07kg/m3 to 731.88 kg/m3. The compressive strength range from 3.8 N/mm2 to
4.1N/mm2. The moisture content for the block 600x200x200 is found to be 0.94. The Flexural Strength for the
block 600x200x150 is found to be 2.6 N/mm2 .The density values show that they have light weight because the
density of the clay bricks is three times more than the Aerocon blocks. So therefore Aerocon blocks are ideal for
additional floors in existing building. Aerocon blocks have the ease of the workability as they are easy to cut,
shape, chisel with conventional carpenter’s tools. The compressive strength and flexural strengths indicate that
Aerocon blocks are suitable for load bearing and non-load bearing walls. Wide use of Aerocon and Aerated
Cellular Flyash Concrete Blocks in building construction contributes to environmental sustainability as the
environmental pollutant flyash is consumed.
Keywords: Autoclaved and Aerated Cellular flyash-concrete Blocks, Compressive strength, light weight, density,
flexural strengths.
1.0 Introduction
Clay bricks, the mainstay of building construction, are steadily giving way to a new, vastly
improved building Blocks concept in India. The term Autoclaved means high pressure steam
cured for added strength and dimensional stability to blocks. Aerocon blocks are an excellent
substitute for clay bricks and hollow concrete blocks for construction of walls. Aerocon Blocks
are eco-friendly and are ideal for modern day buildings, assuring quality construction and
comfortable living. As the fly ash is the material which is available in abundance, the idea of
introducing fly ash into bricks along with some other binding materials has added strength to
the concrete block. The addition of flyash has reduced the weight of the block. Aerocon blocks
are available for different thickness and with fine shape.
Aerocon blocks are made with a mixture of cement, fly ash, lime and water involving an
aeration process that imparts its unique cellular structure. Aerocon Blocks are ideal material
for all types of partitions due to their light weight, fire resistance and superior acoustic
properties. Standard & Chartered Bank, Citi Bank, Infosys Technologies, Pentafour
Technologies, Polaris, Sterling Software, HSBC, BANN, etc. are some of the reputed
companies that have used Aerocon partition walls for their offices.
1.2 Types of AAC Blocks Available In the Construction Industry

The types of Autoclaved aerated concrete blocks available in the construction industry
are as follows:
1. Aerocon HQ Blocks
2. Aerocon jumbo blocks
3. Aerocon infill blocks
259
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 Aerocon HQ Blocks
Aerocon HQ Blocks are made with a mixture of cement, fly ash, and special additives along
with water involving areation process that imparts its unique cellular structure.
Aerocon Blocks are autoclaved i.e. high pressure steam cured. Autoclaving gives strength and
dimensional stability to blocks. (Hyderabad Industried Ltd.,2007)
1.4 Aerocon Jumbo Blocks
Aerocon Jumbo Blocks are made with a mixture of cement, fly ash, lime and water involving
an aeration process that imparts its unique cellular structure. Aerocon Jumbo Blocks are
designed to get the benefits of their unique size in terms of mortar consumption, speed of
construction, thermal insulation and ease of handling. They are ideal for internal divider and
external load bearing or non load bearing walls. By using Jumbo Blocks, the saving in mortar
is tremendous. The use of jumbo units greatly increases the speed of construction, as two units
are equal to three regular blocks.
Some practical tests abroad have shown that productivity can be increased by up to 200% with
jumbo blocks when compared with conventional block laying. The thermal
Performance of the wall is further enhanced when using jumbo blocks. Because larger block
size means there are fewer joints, resulting in less heat loss through the mortar.
Applications of jumbo blocks :

i) Suitable for both load-bearing and non load-bearing walls.
ii) Ideal for multi-storeyed buildings.
iii) Most suitable where thermal comforts at home and savings in air-conditioning cost are
desired.
iv) Suitable for all fire-rated applications.
1.5 Aerocon Infill Blocks
Aerocon Infill Block is mixer of cement, fly ash, lime, aluminum powder and water involving
an aeration process that imparts its unique cellular structure. Aerocon Infill
blocks are Autoclaved i.e. High-pressure steam cured which gives strength and dimensional
stability to blocks.
Applications:
• Any Roof with large column free space constructions.
• Commercial and multistoried buildings.
• Extension of unplanned floors.
• Fire rated buildings.
• Air-conditioned buildings.
1.6 Properties of Aerocon HQ Blocks
The following are the properties of Aerocon HQ Blocks.
1.6.1 Light Weight
i) 1/3rd the density of clay bricks

ii) Ideal material for additional floors in existing buildings
260
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
iii) Economic design: savings in cement and steel
iv) Enables faster construction
v) Suitable for low-soil bearing capacity & seismic zones
1.6.2 High Thermal Insulation
i) Low thermal conductivity

ii) Thermal performance 5 times better than clay brick & 10 times better than RCC.
iii) Interiors remain cool in summer and warm in cold wintry days.
iv) Savings in recurring energy costs in air-conditioning.
v) Ideal material for applications in cold storage rooms
1.6.3 Good Sound Insulation
i) Can fulfill required STC (Sound Transmission Class) rating.

ii) Upto 37-42dB sound reduction based on thickness.
iii) Ideal material for wall construction in hotels, auditoriums, studios, hospitals etc.
1.6.4 Fire Resistance
Aerocon Blocks are appropriate for fire-rated applications for desired safety. 100 & 200 mm
Aerocon Blocks, tested at CBRI, Roorkee, withstood standard fire test for 4 hours.
1.7 Advantages of Aerocon Blocks
The following are the advantages of Aerocon Blocks.
1.7.1 Perfect Finish
Aerocon Blocks are factory-finished with precise edges and shape. Precision cut results in
economical finish in internal partition walls. Accurate size and shapes help in reducing
plastering costs.
1.7.2 Big Savings
i) Enormous saving of time and labour.

ii) Substantial savings in cement & steel consumption.
iii) More carpet area.
iv) Minimal wastages
1.7.3 Ease of Workability
Aerocon Blocks are easy to cut, shape and chisel with conventional carpenter’s tools to achieve
the desired wall pattern. Concealed wiring and plumbing can be carried out with ease
1.7.4 Flexible Wall Thickness by Design
Aerocon is an engineered building product that sets free from routine use of 230mm (9") and
115mm (4-1/2") thickness for external and internal walls. It offers a wide range of thicknesses
261
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ranging from 75mm to 230mm. Aerocon provide you the flexibility to design your wall
thickness as per your needs. The standard face size is 600mm x 200mm.
1.7.5 Fixing
Aerocon walls provide one of the most amenable of backgrounds for the application of fixtures
and fittings. It does not suffer either the flimsiness of wood partition walling or the difficult-
to-work characteristics of brick/concrete walls. Aerocon offers the perfect degree of solidity
combined with supreme workability. Aerocon is an excellent substrate for strong, reliable
fixtures and fittings when hanging even moderately heavy items such as radiators and wall
cupboards. Cut nails can be driven directly into Aerocon for fixing skirting boards, timber
battens or lightweight doors linings, etc. For light duty and heavy duty fixings, plastic plugs
with screws can be easily driven into Aerocon.
1.8 Relevant Codes Of Bureau Of Indian Standards Dealing With Aerocon Blocks
The following are the relevant codes of Bureau of Indian Standard for Autoclaved Cellular
Concrete.
1.8.1 IS 2185(Part-III) 1984: Specification for Auto Claved Cellular Concrete (AAC)
The specifications for AAC are described in this code.
1.8.2 IS6041-1985 (Reaffirmed 1990): Code Of Practice For Construction Of AAC Block
Masonry
The construction practices of AAC block masonry are described in this code.
1.8.3 IS6441-1972 (Part-I): Determination of Unit Weight Or Bulk Density And Moisture
Content
This code gives the procedure to find Bulk Density and Moisture content of Autoclaved
Cellular Product.
1.8.4 IS6441-1972 (Part-II): Determination of Drying Shrinkage
This code gives the procedure to find Drying shrinkage of Aerocon blocks
1.8.5 IS6441-1972 (Part-III): Determination Of Thermal Conductivity
The Thermal conductivity of AAC blocks can be determined by following the procedure
enclosed in this IS code.
1.8.6 IS6441-1972 (Part-IV): Corrosion Protection Of Steel Reinforcement In Autoclaved

Cellular Concrete
In this code, the testing procedure to find the corrosion protection of steel Reinforcement in
AAC block.
262
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.8.7 IS6441-1972 (Part-V): Determination of Compressive Strength
This code specifies the testing procedure for Aerocon cellular product including preparation of
specimen for determining compressive strength.
1.8.8 IS6441-1972 (Part-VI): Strength, Deformation And Cracking Of Flexural Members

Subject To Bending-Short Duration Loading Test.
The procedure to find the flexural strength of AAC is specified in this code.
1.9 Testing Of Aerocon Flyash Blocks In the Structural Laboratory of Mufffakham Jah
College of Engineering and Technology (MJCET)
The four Aerocon blocks of Hyderabad Industries limited of sizes in millimeters 600*200*100,
600*200*200, 600*200*150, 600*200*230 are tested in the structural
Laboratory of Muffakham Jah College of Engineering and Technology as per the Bureau of
Indian standards IS6441-1972, part-I, part-V and part-VI for determining the bulk
density, moisture content, compressive strength and flexural strength. The results are tabulated
in Table 1.9.1 and Table 1.9.2.
1.9.2 Result Of Test For Moisture Contents And Flexural Strength

The flexural strengths and moisture contents of tested Aerocon flyash - concrete
blocks are shown in Table 1.9.2
263
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.0 Conclusion
The following conclusions are drawn from the study on characteristics of Autoclaved and
Aerated Cellular flyash-concrete Blocks. Four Aerocon blocks available in the market
(Hyderabad Industries Limited) are procured. The block sizes in ‘mm’ are 600x200x100,
600x200x200, 600x200x150, 600x200x230. They are tested in the structural engineering
laboratory of Muffakham Jah college of Engineering and Technology as per the code IS 6441-
1992 part-I, part- V, part-VI to evaluated the bulk density, moisture content, compressive
strength and flexural strength (Table 1.9.1 and 1.9.2).
1. The bulk density ranges from 666.07kg/m3 to 731.88 kg/m3.

2. The compressive strength range from 3.8 N/mm2 to 4.1N/mm2.
3. The moisture content for the block 600x200x200 is found to be 0.94. The Flexural
strength for the block 600x200x150 is found to be 2.6 N/mm2.
4. The density values show that they have light weight because the density of the clay
bricks is three times more than the Aerocon blocks.
5. The compressive strength and flexural strengths indicate that Aerocon blocks are
suitable for load bearing and non-load bearing walls.
Therefore Aerocon blocks are ideal for additional floors in existing building. Aerocon blocks
have the ease of the workability as they are easy to cut, shape, chisel with conventional
carpenter’s tools.
Recommendations
Wide use of Aerocon and Aerated Cellular Flyash Concrete Blocks in building construction
contributes to environmental sustainability as the environmental
Pollutant flyash is consumed.
References
[1] Mallampalli.ChG.Subash,V.S.V.Satyannarayana, Janga Srinivas “Aerated Autoclaved

Concrete (AAC) Blocks:A Revolution Building Material In Construction Industry”
IJSTM, Vol. no 5, Feb 2016.
[2] IS 2185(Part III 1984) “Specifications for Autoclaved Cellular Concrete (ACC)
Product”
[3] IS 6041-1985 “Code of Practice for construction of ACC (Reaffirmed 1990) block
masonry”
[4] IS 6441-1972(Part I ) “Determination of unit weight or bulk density and moisture
content”
[5] IS 6441-1972(Part II) “Determination of drying shrinkage”
[6] IS 6441-1972(Part III) “Determination of thermal conductivity”
[7] IS 6441-1972(Part IV) “Corrosion protection of steel reinforcement in autoclaved
cellular concrete”
[8] IS 6441-1972(Part V) “Determination of compressive strength”
[9] IS 6441-1972(Part V) “Strength, deformation and cracking of flexural members subject
to bending-short duration loading test”
[10] Hyderabad Industries Ltd. (2007), “Information Brochure for Aerocon Blocks”.
264
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AN EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON SILICA FUME
ON STEEL SLAG CONCRETE
1
Karthik, 2Dr.S Sunil Pratap Reddy,3Muchakurthi Karthik
1
M. Tech. (Structural Engineering), Department of Civil Engineering, Vaagdevi College of
2
engineering, Warangal, India
2
Professor of Civil Engineering, Vaagdevi College of engineering, Warangal, India
3
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, Vaagdevi College of engineering, Warangal, India
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Concrete is prepared by mixing various constituents like cement, aggregates, water, etc. which are economically
available. Concrete is a composite material composed of granular materials like coarse aggregates embedded in
a matrix and bound together with cement or binder which fills the space between the particles and glues those
together (NSA, 1982). Production of sand and gravel has increased at an annual rate of less than 1 percent. In
essence the amount of crushed stone to be produced in the next 20 years will equal the quantity of all stone produced
during the previous century, i.e., about 36.5 billion metric tons. Therefore the use of alternative sources for natural
aggregates is becoming increasingly important (NSA, 1982). In the present study the mechanical properties of
concrete by replacing cement with different percentages of Silica fume and aggregate by different percentages of
Steel slag are studied. The results thus obtained are analyzed using Regression analysis. Results indicated that
the replacement of cement by silica fume to the extent of 15% exhibited improved mechanical properties. Further,
it has been also observed that with 15% replacement of cement by silica fume and replacement of natural aggregates
by steel slag aggregates to the extent of 25% to 50% have shown improved strength compared normal concrete i.e. the
concrete with 0% silica fume and 0% steel slag aggregates. Regression analysis has been carried out to compare
the experimental results.
Keywords: Concrete, Steel slag, silica fume, properties of concrete, regression analysis
Introduction
Concrete plays a critical role in the design and construction of the nation’s infrastructure. Almost
three quarters of the volume of concrete is composed of aggregates. To meet the global demand of
concrete in the future, it is becoming a more challenging task to find suitable alternatives to
natural aggregates for preparing concrete (Maslehuddin et al., 2003). Abdullah (2004) has
concluded that supplementary cementing materials, such as silica fume may be advantageously
used in situations where good quality aggregates are not available. Saud al Otaibi (2008) has
studied on replacement of sand by steel mill has concluded that 40% replacement of sand with
steel mill scale gave the highest increase in compressive strength. Li Yun feng (2009) found that
concrete with good performance can be produced using mineral admixtures consisting of steel
slag powder and blast furnace slag. In the present paper an experimental investigation on the
mechanical properties of concrete has been made with 0% to 20% replacement of cement by
silica fume and 0% to 75% replacement of natural aggregate by steel slag. Results exhibited that
concrete with 15% silica fume and up to 50% replacement of natural aggregate by steel slag, show
better mechanicalproperties.
Material and Methods
A wide range of materials can be used as an alternative to natural aggregates. When any new
material is used as a concrete aggregate, three major considerations are relevant: (1) economy, (2)
265
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
compatibility with other materials and (3) concrete properties. The economical use of non-
traditional materials in concrete depends on various factors, like transportation required to bring
the materials from industry to the site of construction, quantity available, and the mix design
requirements. In many situations sources are located very far from their potential markets for
concrete with high transportation costs. The separation of any useful materials from undesired
substances would be costly as well. Crushing the aggregates to particular sizes is also an
important issue. The aggregates should not react adversely with other constituents of the concrete
mixture. They should not change the properties of the concrete adversely. The aggregates have
vital role in concrete and provide strength and durability to concrete. The use of industrial byproducts
in the concrete has received increasing attention in the recent years. Blast furnace slag has been
used as an aggregate for asphalt concrete and also as a cementitious material in concrete. Steel
slag which is also an industrial byproduct has a potential to be utilized as an aggregate in concrete
as well.Steel slag is a byproduct obtained either from conversion of iron to steel in a Basic
Oxygen Furnace (BOF), or by the melting of scrap to make steel in the Electric Arc Furnace (EAF).
The molten liquid is a complex solution of silicates and oxides that solidifies on cooling and forms
steel slag. Steel slag is defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials as a non-
metallic product, consist ing essentially of calcium silicates and ferrites combined with fused
oxides of iron, aluminum, manganese, calcium and magnesium that are developed simultaneously
with steel in basic oxygen, electric arc, or open hearth furnaces. The two states producing the most
steel slag in the U.S. are Ohio and Indiana. The chemical composition and cooling of molten steel
slag have a great effect on the physical and chemical properties of solidified steel slag (Tables
1 and 2) (Maslehuddin et al., 2003).
Silica fume is a by-product resulting from the production of silicon or ferrosilicon alloys or
other silicon alloys. Silica fume is light or dark gray in colour containing high content of
amorphous silicon dioxide. Silica fume powder as collected from waste gasses without further
treatment is sometimes referred to as undensified silica fume to distinguish it with other
forms of treated silica fume. Undensified silicon fume consists of very fine vitreous spherical
particles with average diameter about 0.1micro meter, which is 100 times smaller than the
average cement particle. The undensified silica fume is almost as fine as cigarette ash and the
bulk density is only about 200-300 kg/m3 and relative density of typical silica fume particle is 2.2
to 2.5. Because the extreme fineness and high silicon content, silica fume is a highly effective
Pozzolona (Table 3) (Dotto et al., 2004).
The mix design procedure adopted to obtain a M25 grade concrete is in accordance with IS
10262- 2009. The specific gravities of the materials used were as tabulated in the Table 4. The
mix proportion adopted was given in Table 5.
Table 1: Sieve Analysis
Sieve size (mm) Wt Retain Cum Wt Retain % Cu Wt Retain % of

(g) (kg) (kg) Passing
20 270 0.270 5.4 94.6
12.5 3522 3.792 75.84 21.16
10 790 4.582 91.64 8.36
4.75 334 4.916 98.62 1.68
Total 5000
266
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: Physical Composition of Steel slag
Property Value
Specific Gravity 3.2-3.6
Water Absorption 0.85%
Clay lumps and friable particles 0.12%
Loss on abrasion 11.60%
Table 3: Chemical Composition of Silica Fume

SiO 92.85
2
Al O 0.61
2 3
Fe O 0.94
2 3
CaO 0.39
MgO 1.58
KO 0.87
2
Na O 0.5
2
Table 4: Specific gravities of materials used

Material Specific Gravity
Cement 3.15
Fine aggregate 2.64
Coarse aggregate 2.72
Table 5: Mix Proportions
W/C Cement Fine Coarse

ratio Aggregate Aggregate
0.50 372 662 kg/m3 1212 kg/m3
0.50 1 1.77 3.25
Casting of Specimens and Testing Procedure

Cement, sand and aggregate were taken in mix proportion 1:1.77:3.25 which correspond to M25
grade of concrete. Cement has been replaced with Silica fume (0%, 5%, 10%, 15%, and 20%) and
coarse aggregate has been replaced with Steel slag (0%, 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100%). All the
ingredients were dry mixed homogeneously. To this dry mix, required quantity of water was added
(w/c = 0.48) and the entire mix was again homogeneously mixed. This wet concrete was poured
into the moulds which was compacted through hand compaction in three layers and then kept into
the vibrator for compaction. After the compaction, the specimens were given smooth finishes
and were covered with gunny bags.
267
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After 24 h, the specimens were demoulded and transferred to curing tanks where in they were
allowed to cure for 28 days. To study the effects of replacements of cement and natural
aggregates, have been studied on compressive strength, splitting tensile strength, flexural
strength and shear strength as per IS 5816-1999 and IS 516-1959.
For evaluating the shear strength, L shaped specimens were prepared. A diagrammatic
representation of the specimen is as shown in Figure 1. These specimens were tested on 2000
kN capacity compression testing machine. A loading arrangement was made such that a
direct shearing force was applied on the shorter arm of the ‘L’ shaped specimen (i.e. over an area
of 60mm). The maximum applied load (P) was noted down.
The failure load (F) due to the applied shear force is obtained by using the relation steel slag in
addition to the replacement of cement by silica fume, it has been observed
Failure load (F) = Pl1 / (l1 x l2)
where, P = Failure load in kN
l1 = 25mm
l2 = 25mm
The shear strength is given by the relation Shear strength = F/A
where, F= Failure load
A = Area on which shear force is applied = 150mm 60mm
• From Figure 2 it has been observed that there is increase in compressive strength with the
increase in silica fume up to 15% beyond which it has shown downward trend. From Table 6
268
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
it has been observed that maximum increase in compressive strength of 11.69% was observed
at 15% replacement of cement with silica fume alone. When natural aggregate were also
replaced with that the compressive strength is more than the reference concrete up to 50%
replacement of natural aggregates.
• It may be due to the fact that silica fume has smaller particle size which fills the voids and
increases the strength or it may due to pozzolanic reaction between cement and silica fume.
• The compressive strength decreases when the percentage of steel slag increases from 0% to
75% to replace the natural aggregates. This is because of the porous nature of the steel slag.
Split Tensile Strength Test Results

• From Figure 3 it has been observed that the 15% replacement of cement with silica fume
and 25% replacement of natural aggre-gates with steel slag show higher percentage of
improvement in splitting tensile strength than compressive strength.
• Figure 3 shows similar variation in splitting tensile strength of concrete with replacement
of cement with silica fume and natural aggregate with steel slag, but show less reduction in
strength at higher steel slag compared to compressive strength.
• The splitting tensile strength decreases when the percentage of steel slag increases from 0% to
75% to replace the natural aggregates. This is because of the porous nature of the steel slag
aggregates.
269
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6: Variation of Compressive Strength of M25 Concrete with Different Percentage of
Replacement of Cement By Silica Fume and Natural Aggregate by Steel Slag Content
Percentage Replacement Percentage Replacement Average Percentage Variation
of cement by Silica of NA by Steel Slag Compressive w.r.t Normal Concrete
Fume Strength in N/mm2
0% 0% 34.67 0
25% 33.63 -2.99
50% 32.89 -5.13
75% 31.11 -10.26
5% 0% 36.44 4.85
25% 35.26 1.67
50% 35.11 1.25
75% 33.19 -4.26
10% 0% 37.93 8.59
25% 35.70 2.88
50% 35.56 2.50
75% 34.81 0.40
15% 0% 39.26 11.69
25% 37.33 7.12
50% 36.74 5.63
75% 35.41 2.08
20% 0% 36.30 4.49
25% 34.22 -1.29
50% 33.78 -2.56
75% 32.74 -5.56
Flexural Strength Test Results

• From Figure 4 it has been observed that there is increase in flexural strength with
replacement of cement by silica fume alone and with natural aggregates by steel slag at 25%
and 50% replacement, compared to normal concrete.
• From Table 8 it has been observed that 15% replacement of cement by silica fume and 25%
replacement of natural aggregates by steel slag show highest increase in flexural strength. It
has been observed that the contribution of silica fume and steel slag in increasing flexural
strength at this replacement is marginal compared to the increase in compressive and
splitting tensile strength.
270
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7: Variation of Splitting Tensile Strength of M25 Concrete With Different Percentage
of Replacement of Cement by Silica Fume and Natural Aggregate by Steel Slag Content
Percentage Replacement Percentage Average Percentage Variation

of cement by Silica Replacement of NA Compressive w.r.t Normal Concrete
Fume by Steel Slag Strength in
0% 0% 3.21 0
N/mm2
25% 3.16 -1.55
50% 3.02 -5.91
75% 2.93 -8.72
5% 0% 3.54 9.32
25% 3.4 5.58
50% 3.26 1.53
75% 3.02 -5.91
10% 0% 3.63 11.53
25% 3.54 9.32
50% 3.3 2.27
75% 3.07 -4.36
15% 0% 3.77 14.85
25% 3.63 11.53
50% 3.35 4.17
271
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8: Variation of Flexural Strength of M25 Concrete With Different Percentage of
Replacement of Cement by Silica Fume and Natural Aggregate by Steel Slag Content
Percentage Replacement Percentage Replacement Average Percentage Variation
of cement by Silica of NA by Steel Slag Compressive w.r.t Normal Concrete
Fume Strength in
0% 0% 4.93 0
N/mm2
25% 4.75 -3.65
50% 4.69 -4.86
75% 4.29 -
12.98
5% 0% 5.04 2.18
25% 4.93 0
50% 4.77 -3.24
75% 4.61 -6.49
10% 0% 5.12 3.17
25% 5.01 1.59
50% 4.96 0.60
75% 4.43 -
10.14
15% 0% 5.39 8.53
25% 5.07 2.76
50% 5.04 2.18
75% 4.53 -8.11
20% 0% 5.15 4.27
25% 5.04 2.18
50% 4.99 1.20
75% 4.43 -
10.14
Shear strength test results

• From Figure 5 it has been observed that the maximum shear strength is achieved at the 15%
replacement of cement by silica fume as observed in the case of compressive strength
and tensile strength of M25 concrete. But the replacement of cement by silica fume and
natural aggregates by steel slag, show higher strength at 15% and 50% replacement
respectively.
The Shear strength decreases when the percentage of steel slag increases from 0% to 75% to
replace the natural aggregates. This is because of the porous nature of the steel slag.
• It has been observed that the maximum decrease in shear strength is obtained for 75%
replacement of aggregates by steelslag.
272
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 9: Variation of Shear Strength of Concrete With Different Percentage of Replacement of
Cement By Silica Fume and Natural Aggregate by Steel Slag Content
Percentage Replacement Percentage Average Compressive Percentage Variation

of cement by Silica Fume Replacement of NA Strength in N/mm2 w.r.t Normal Concrete
by Steel Slag
0% 0% 5.74 0
25% 5.3 -7.66
50% 5.15 -10.27
75% 4.93 -14.11
5% 0% 5.93 3.20
25% 5.52 -3.83
50% 5.26 -8.36
75% 5.04 -12.19
10% 0% 6.07 5.43
25% 5.74 0
50% 5.37 -6.44
75% 5.07 -11.67
15% 0% 6.3 8.88
25% 5.85 1.88
50% 5.44 5.22
75% 5.26 -8.36
20% 0% 6.04 4.96
25% 5.63 -1.91
50% 5.3 -7.66
75% 5.07 -11.67
REGRESSION ANALYSIS
Correlation between experimental strength and computed strength in the form of linear
equation.
The linear equation is computed using Microsoft excel which uses the transformed regression
model method of analysis.
The equation of the linear curve is
The normal equations are given by
273
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of % of % % of Exp.
Cemen Silica of Steel Slag Strengt X12 X22 X32 X42 X1 X 2 X1 X 3
tX
1 Fume N X4 hZ
X2 A
X3
100 0 100 0 34.67 10000 0 1000 0 0 10000

0
100 0 75 25 33.63 10000 0 5625 625 0 7500
100 0 50 50 32.89 10000 0 2500 250 0 5000
0
100 0 25 75 31.11 10000 0 625 562 0 2500
5
95 5 100 0 36.44 9025 25 1000 0 475 9500
0
95 5 75 25 35.26 9025 25 5625 625 475 7125
95 5 50 50 35.11 9025 25 2500 250 475 4750
0
95 5 25 75 33.19 9025 25 625 562 475 2375
5
90 10 100 0 37.93 8100 100 1000 0 900 9000
0
90 10 75 25 35.7 8100 100 5625 625 900 6750
90 10 50 50 35.56 8100 100 2500 2500 900 4500

90 10 25 75 34.81 8100 100 625 5625 900 2250
85 15 100 0 39.26 7225 225 10000 0 1275 8500
85 15 75 25 37.33 7225 225 5625 625 1275 6375
85 15 50 50 36.74 7225 225 2500 2500 1275 4250
85 15 25 75 35.41 7225 225 625 5625 1275 2125
80 20 100 0 36.3 6400 400 10000 0 1600 8000
80 20 75 25 34.22 6400 400 5625 625 1600 6000
80 20 50 50 33.78 6400 400 2500 2500 1600 4000
80 20 25 75 32.74 6400 400 625 5625 1600 2000
1800 180 1250 750 702.08 163000 3000 93750 43750 17000 11250
0
X1 X 4 X2 X 3 XX
24 X3 X 4 Z2 X1Z X2Z X3Z X4Z Compute
d
Strength
0 0 0 0 1202.01 3467 0 3467 0 35.82Z
c
2500 0 0 1875 1130.98 3363 0 2522.2 840.75 34.74
5
5000 0 0 2500 1081.75 3289 0 1644.5 1644.5 33.66
7500 0 0 1875 967.83 3111 0 777.75 2333.2 32.57
5
0 500 0 0 1327.87 3461.8 182.2 3644 0 36.28
2375 375 125 1875 1243.27 3349.7 176.3 2644.5 881.5 35.19
4750 250 250 2500 1232.71 3335.45 175.5 1755.5 1755.5 34.11
5
274
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7125 125 375 1875 1101.58 3153.05 165.9 829.75 2489.2 33.03
5 5
0 1000 0 0 1438.68 3413.7 379.3 3793 0 36.73
2250 750 250 1875 1274.49 3213 357 2677.5 892.5 35.65
4500 500 500 2500 1264.51 3200.4 355.6 1778 1778 34.57
6750 250 750 1875 1211.74 3132.9 348.1 870.25 2610.7 33.48
5
0 1500 0 0 1541.35 3337.1 588.9 3926 0 37.19
2125 1125 375 1875 1393.53 3173.05 559.9 2799.7 933.25 36.10
5 5
4250 750 750 2500 1349.83 3122.9 551.1 1837 1837 35.02
6375 375 1125 1875 1253.87 3009.85 531.1 885.25 2655.7 33.94
5 5
0 2000 0 0 1317.69 2904 726 3630 0 37.64
2000 1500 500 1875 1171.01 2737.6 684.4 2566.5 855.5 36.56
4000 1000 1000 2500 1141.09 2702.4 675.6 1689 1689 35.48
6000 500 1500 1875 1071.91 2619.2 654.8 818.5 2455.5 34.39
67500 1250 7500 3125 24717.6 63096. 7111. 44556 25652 702.15
0 0 9 1 9
From the above linear equation, correlation coefficient for compressive strength equation is
where, Z = Computed 28-day strength,
Standard Deviation(Sd)
The standard deviation is calculated as follows
Sd= 1.895
275
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The best-fit linear equation for split tensile strength is
Standard Deviation
SD = 0.23
Standard Error
S = 0.011
Correlation coefficient
r = 0.89
Flexural Strength
The best-fit linear equation for flexural strength is
Standard Deviation
SD = 0.27
Standard Error
S = 0.12
276
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Correlation coefficient
r = 0.91
CONCLUSION
Based on the experimental results obtained for different percentages of replacement of cement
and aggregates in concrete the following conclusions may be drawn.
1. Replacement of cement with silica fume up to 15% increases the compressive strength,
splitting tensile strength, flexural strength and shear strength of M25 concrete.
2. Replacement of cement by 15% with silica fume and natural aggregates by up to 50%
Steel slag shows improved compressive strength, Tensile strength, Flexural strength and
Shear strength than the normal concrete.
3. The specimens are failed in 100% replacement of aggregate by steel slag.
4. As the percentage of Steel slag increases there is decrease in workability of concrete.
Especially replacement beyond 50%
5. Regression analysis of the experimental results, it can be seen that linear relationship gives
permissible coefficients of correlation and it may be preferred for its simplicity and suitability
to statistical analysis.
6. The standard deviation of the steel slag concrete is in the range of 0.23 to 1.89. This standard
deviation of the experimental results is well within the permissible limits.
REFERENCES
[1] Abdullah AAlmusallam, Hamoud Beshr, Mohammed Maslehuddin and Omar S B Al-
Amoudi (2004), “Effect of Silica Fume on the Mechanical Properties of Low Quality
Coarse Aggregate Concrete”, Cement & Concrete Composites, Vol. 26, pp. 891-900.
[2] Dotto J M R, de Abreu A G, Dal Molin D C C and Muller I L (2004), “Influence of Silica
Fume Addition on Concretes Physical Properties and On Corrosion Behaviour of
Reinforcement Bars”, Cement & Concrete Composites, Vol. 26, pp. 31-39.
[3] El- Dakroury A, Iyob I E and Ibrahium I S (2011), “Combined Effects of Silica Fume
and Slag Aggregate on Matrices Used for Solidification of Wastes”, International
Journal of Science and Advanced Technology, ISSN 2221- 8386, Vol. 1 No. 10, pp.
187-193.
[4] Guangqiang L I and Hongwei N I (2011), “Recent Progress of Hot Stage Processing
For Steelmaking Slags In China Considering Stability and Heat Recovery, 2 nd
Internat ional Slag valorization Synposium”, pp. 253-261, Belgium.
277
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH INVESTIGATION ON
TERNARY BLENDED CONCRTE AND
NORMAL CONCRETE
1
G.Prudviraj, 2 Saduwale Shrihari, 3 C Rajashekar
2,3
Assistant Professor Civil Engineering, JBIET, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The main aim of the project is to study the strength properties of ternary blended concrete using Fly Ash and
Metakaolin. The compressive strength of ternary blended concrete using 5%, 10% & 15% Metakaolin and 20%,
30%, 40% & 50% Fly Ash is added by the weight of the cement as additional ingredients and Super Plasticizer
in concrete mixes with water/cement ratio 0.45 for 3 days, 7 days, 28 days and 56 days is determined respectively.
The results shows that for 15% Metakaolin and 50% Fly Ash combination gives better strength out of all the
combinations.
Keywords: Fly Ash, Metakaolin, Compressive strength, Super Plasticizer, Ternary Blended Concrete.
1. Introduction
Metakaolin is a natural pozzolanic material. High-reactivity metakaolin (MK) is a

supplementary cementitious material developed recently for standard grade of concrete. It is
obtained from KOAT manufacture company, Vadodara , Gujarat. It is a natural mineral
kaolinite. Metakaolin is produced by heating the kaoline clay at the temperature of 6500 C to
8500 C.
Fly Ash is an artificial pozzolanic material. Fly Ash used in this investigation was procured
from Vijayawada thermal power station, Andhra Pradesh. It confirms with grade I of IS 3812-
1981.Fly Ash is an industrial byproduct obtained from thermal power stations.
278
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.OBJECTIVE:
The present work aims to determine the most suitable mix proportions that can produce
metakaolin and fly ash based ternary blended standard grade concrete to obtain the early
strength, later strength and enhanced performance also studies are carried out to understand the
combination of fly ash and metakaolin as a partial replacement of cement without
compromising on engineering performance and quality.
4.TERNARY BLENDED CONCRETE:
Ternary blended concrete is a concrete made up of three materials i.e cement and two
supplementary binding materials with aggregates, water and superplasticizers(if
necessary).The present experimental work is carried out to form concrete in two groups i.e 1.
By using cement only and 2. By using partial replacement of cement with fly ash and
metakaolin. Here reference mix is only cement, afterwards these results are compared with
combination of cement, fly Ash and metakaolin.
In ternary blends of standard grade, metakaolin blended, fly ash based mix is considered as
more efficient than reference mix in terms of cost, more usage of industrial byproduct and
achieve early compressive strength due to metakaolin and later strength due to fly ash.
279
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS:
The test results of experimental investigation carried out during the development of standard
Ternary blended concrete mixes made with metakaolin and Fly Ash tabulated below.
280
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
281
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
282
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
283
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. CONCLUSIONS:
The following conclusions are drawn from the experimental investigation in present thesis:
1 The combination of (15%METAKAOLINE + 50%FLYASH) performed the best of all the
combinations studied at 3days, 7days 28 days and 56 days respectively.
2 The combination of 5% METAKAOLINE with different percentages of FLYASH gave the
least Compressive Strength among the ternary mixes at all W/B ratios.
3 The percentage increase in compressive strength of Ternary Blended Concrete is found to
be higher at higher ages for all combinations.
REFERENCE:
[1] J.T.Ding.and Z.Li,”Effects of metakaolin and silica fume on properties of concrete”,ACI

materials journal,Vol.9(4),2002 pp.393-398 2) A.K. Mullick. “Performance of Concrete
with Binary and Ternary cement blends”. The INDIAN Concrete Journal, January 2007.
[2] A.K. Mullick. “Performance of Concrete with Binary and Ternary cement blends”. The
INDIAN Concrete Journal, January 2007.
284
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[3] Deepa A Sinha “Comparative mechanical properties of different ternary blended concrete”,
Indian Journal of Research,pg:65-69 Volume : 1 | Issue : 10 | October 2012, ISSN -
22501991
[4] Medhat H. Shehata, Michael D.A. Thomas (2001)“Use of Ternary cementitious system
containing Silica fume and Fly ash in Concrete.” Cement and concrete Research 32 (2002)
Pg 341-349.
[5] M. Sai Kumar1, P. Rama Mohan Rao2 “Strength properties of ternary blended
concrete”.International Journal for Technological Research in Engineering Volume 2, Issue
7, March-2015,ISSN (Online): 2347 – 4718.Pg no 1318-1321.
[6] M.G.Alexander, B.J.Magee. “Durability performance of concrete containing condensed
Silica fume”. Cement and concrete Research 29 (1999) Pg 917-922.
[7] P.Srinivasa Rao, Seshadri .T and P. Sravana. “Studies on compressive Strength properties
of ternary blended concrete at different water binder ratios”. The INDIAN Concrete
Journal, October 2009. American Journal of Engineering Research e-ISSN2320-0847 vol
2 pg: 37-45, 2013.
[8] Roland Bleszynski, R. Doug Hooton, Michael D.A Thomas, and Chris A. Rogers
“Durabilty of Ternary Blended concrete with Silica Fume and Blast-Furnace Slag:
Laboratory and Outdoor Exposure Site Studies”. ACI materials journals September-
October 2002.
[9] S.K.Antiohos, V.G.Papadakis, E.Chaniotakis, S.Tsimas. “Improving the Performance of
Ternary Blended Cements by mixing different types of fly ashes.” Cement and Concrete
Research 37(2007) Pg 877-885.
[10]Sowmya.S.M, PremanandKumbar; Amar.R“An Experimental Investigation on Strength
Properties of Concrete by Replacing Cement with FLYASH and Silica Fume” International
Journal of Research (IJR) Vol-1, Issue-8, September 2014 ISSN 2348-6848, pg191.
285
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FAILURE OF PAVEMENTS – CAUSES, STEPS
TO IMPROVE AND STABILISATION OF ROADS ON
POOR SUBGRADE SOILS
1
Dr. N. Darga Kumar, 2Dr. C. Lavanya
1
JNTUH College of Engineering Manthani, Peddapalli, Telangana. Email: ndkumar@jntuh.ac.in
2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0 INTRODUCTION
As soon as a road is constructed and brought into use, it begins to deteriorate, due to the effects
of both traffic and weather. A road should be designed for an economic lifespan of 20 years or
more. Unfortunately, today, this is not the case. Some of our Roads do not last for up to five
years before they begin to show signs of failure. Highway failure occurs when it can no longer
perform its traditional function of carrying vehicles and passengers from one location to
another in safety and comfort. When such failure occurs before the anticipated design life i.e.
either before the substantial completion of the highway project or few years after completion
of construction, it is rightfully described as premature. Highway premature failures occur
within the highway pavement structure or the road foundation or both. It may also be as a result
of problems beside the highway with its consequent effect on the pavement and/or foundation.
The result of premature failures of our Highways includes: frequent road accidents with loss of
lives and properties, high transportation costs of goods and services, high Government
budgeting and spending on road transportation sector, high maintenance cost for vehicles, and
discomfort to motorists. It is therefore necessary that occurrence of such failure be avoided as
much as possible. In this paper the causes of premature failures on roads, steps to control the
failures and stabilization aspects of poor subgrade soils is discussed.
2.0 CAUSES OF PREMATURE FAILURE OF HIGHWAYS
The causes of premature failures on our Highways could be traced immediately to the stages
of development of road such as in the Planning, Design and Construction as well as other
crucial matters beyond engineering profession or the public service as given below.
(a) Planning and Design

(i) Lack of current traffic studies and Analysis.
(ii) Insufficient hydrological data
(iii) Insufficient geo-technical studies
(iv) Use of inappropriate design
(b) Construction
(i) Choice of Contractors,
(ii) Adequate quality control, Use of substandard, poor or adulterated materials
(iii) Adequate Supervisory/Technical Staff.
286
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Other crucial matters that could cause premature failure
(i) Human and Environmental Factors in project execution,
(ii) Wrong timing of contract awards,
(iii) Interference of Project Supervision and Management,
(iv) Delay in payment to contractors,
(v) Poor maintenance culture,
(vi) Abuse of drains,
(vii) Excessive axle loading,
(viii) Inadequate Training and retraining of Supervisory/Technical Staff and
(xi) Collapse of other modes of transport.
3.0 TYPES OF FAILURES IN FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS
Different types of failures in flexible pavements and causative factors are discussed in this
section.
Pot – holes at isolated locations: Presence of isolated weak spots due to defective materials
or improper compaction or segregation of mix during the construction of the surfacing course
or any other pavement layer; stagnation of water below the pavement or in any of the pavements
layers for prolonged period.
Detachment of thin bituminous surfacing from granular base raveling : (1) Presence of
excessive soil / moorum binder on top of WBM base, which has not been brushed and removed
properly before the application of prime coat (2) presence of soil / dust on top of granular base
(3) directly applying the tack coat over granular base course, without applying prime coat (4)
use of inferior or improper binder for prime coat and tack coat (5) improper method of
application of prime / tack coats (like the old practice of manually pouring the binder through
perforated cans) resulting in non-uniform application of the binder and lack of proper inter face
bound (6) delayed laying and / or compaction of hot bituminous mix, at colder temperature
than that specified.
Development of fine cracks on bituminous surface course, during or soon after
compaction: Fine cracks may be developed in the bituminous surfacing course during or soon
after the construction due to : (1) deficiencies in the bituminous binder or mix, such as use of
harsh mix with high stability and low flexibility (2) Over heating of bitumen or the aggregates
in the mix (3) inadequate quantity / improper quality of filler in the dense bituminous mixes,
such as use of crusher dust only without lime filler (4) segregation of mix during laying,
resulting in open graded / permeable texture of the surface at some locations (5) use of improper
type of roller or adopting improper frequency and amplitude of vibration of the vibratory
rollers, with reference to the material in the layer (6) Wrong method of rolling or wrong
temperature of rolling in the case of hot bituminous mixes (7) reduction in strength of the
pavement due to deficient surface and subsurface drainage and consequent soaking conditions
of the pavement layers for prolonged periods or stripping of bitumen in the bituminous mix of
the binder course. The fine cracks formed may get healed up under traffic wheel loads during
hot weather; however these fine cracks may get widened rapidly resulting in failure, if it rains
soon after the construction and water enters the bituminous surfacing course with fine cracks.
Development of Alligator Cracks: Wide alligator cracks are developed on stiff bituminous
surfacing courses due to excessive tensile strain under heavy wheel loads in the stiff bituminous
287
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
layer which may be caused because of : (1) Inadequate thickness of the layer (2) Application
of excessive magnitude of wheel loads (3) Hardening of bitumen in the mix due to rapid
weathering action (4) Settlement of any of the pavement layers below, as a result of inadequate
compaction or other deficiencies in the layer (5) at isolated locations of the pavement, due to
the repeated heavy loads presence of weak spots (6) initial fine cracks developed during
construction may get widened rapidly under adverse conditions such as the combined action of
water and excessive tensile strain in the stiff bituminous surface course results in the initiation
of tensile cracks, starting from the bottom of the layer. Repetition of heavy wheel loads under
adverse environmental conditions lead to rapid widening of the cracks and development of
closely spaced wide alligator cracks on the surface and result in fatigue failure of the layer.
Rutting along the wheel paths: Rutting on pavement surface is the cumulative effect of the
permanent deformation in various layers of the flexible pavement, along the wheel paths.
Permanent deformation along the wheel path of heavy vehicles take place as a result of
cumulative settlement on subgrade and /or other pavement layers due to: (1) inadequate
pavement thickness resulting in excessive compressive strain on subgrade under heavy wheel
loads (2) inadequate compaction of various layers (3) use of inferior materials in any of the
layers or use of improper bituminous mix (4) application of excessive magnitude of wheel loads
than those expected at the design stage.
Undulations and unevenness of pavement surface: Undulations on flexible pavement
surface are developed due to : (1) improper and non-uniform compaction of subgrade or any
of the pavement layers (2) low compaction standards that are often adopted in the design on
construction of various layers (3) use of inferior subgrade soil or other pavement materials (4)
laying of large boulder stones or blocks or bricks (without proper interlocking) directly over
weak / clayey subgrade (5) poor subgrade drainage (6) inferior methods of spreading and
compacting the pavement layers.
Bituminous surface too slippery under wet condition ; bleeding of bituminous surface:
Smooth and slippery pavement surface is formed on areas with heavy traffic movements due
to : (1) the use of aggregates with inadequate hardness or high polishing value (2) use of
improper type of bituminous mix in surface course. With low voids content or excessive
bitumen content, due to defect in the mix design stage or during actual construction process (3)
application of excessive quantity of bituminous tack coat under thin surfacing course.
Edge breaking and edge drop: Edge breaking is caused due to: (1) lack of or inadequate
lateral confinement or support of the pavement edge along the shoulders, during or after the
construction (2) movement of heavy wheel loads along the edge (3) edge drop caused due to
erosion of the soil from the earthen shoulders during heavy rains and passing of heavy wheel
loads along the unconfined edges of the pavement.
Total or shear failure at some location along wheel path: Total or shear failure of flexible
pavement occurs at location where the total thickness of the pavement or the stability of the
pavement is grossly inadequate, with reference to the heavy group of wheel loads that ply. This
may occur at some locations where the subgrade and sub base have been rendered very weak
due to stagnation of water underneath and / or due to the presence of inferior materials in some
locations of the pavement.
288
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Development of large depressions and waves on the road surface: The large depressions
and wavy surface may be caused by: (1) non – uniform settlement of the fill, due to variation
in the height of fill (2) poor / inferior compaction of various layers during the construction of
the fill / embankment and the subgrade (3) non uniform settlement of the embankment
foundation in the case of high embankments constructed over compressible soil foundation.
Early failure of thin bituminous surfacing course when stage construction is resorted to:
The early failure may be caused due to one or more reasons such as : (1) ineffective sub-surface
drainage under or within the pavement (2) stagnation of water on pavement surface due to poor
surface drainage system on depressions on the surface (3) wrong choice of bituminous binder
and surfacing course materials and their thickness with reference to the pavement design factors
(For example, laying of thin, but stiff bituminous surfacing course, such as 25 to 40 mm – thick
bituminous concrete surfacing directly over granular base course where heavy wheel loads ply)
(3) Improper choice of materials and thickness design of lower layers of the pavement,
particularly of the subgrade, sub-base and the base course (4) Open texture with high
permeability on the bituminous surfacing course (caused by the segregation of the mix during
construction), permitting entry of rain water from the surface and stagnation of the water within
/ under the pavement layers due to ineffective pavement drainage system.
4.0 STEPS TO IMPROVE ROADS ON POOR SUBGRADE SOILS
Black cotton soils are not so good for laying durable roads. Black cotton soils absorb water
heavily, swell, become soft and lose strength. Black cotton soils are easily compressible when
wet and possesses a tendency to heave during wet condition. BC soils shrink in volume and
develop cracks during summer. They are characterized by extreme hardness and cracks when
dry. The stability and performance of the pavements are greatly influenced by the subgrade and
embankment as they serve as foundations for pavements. On such soils suitable construction
practices and sophisticated methods of design are to be adopted.
Indian Road Congress’ code IRC: 37-2001, “Guidelines for design of flexible pavements,”
suggests the following for pavement on expansive soils.
a. Buffer layer
Providing a non expansive layer of 0.6 to 1m thick prevents ingress of water into
expansive soil layer and counteracts swelling. It also reduces the harmful effects of
heaving and reduces the stress on expansive layer.
b. Blanket course
A blanket course of at least225 mm thick composed of coarse/medium sand or non plastic
moorum with PI less than 6% shall be provided for full width of formation over expansive
sub–grade.
c. Drainage
Appropriate surface drainage and sub–surface system to prevent ingress and retention
of water in the pavement structure.
d. Thick BT surfacing
Desirably, 40mm thick BT surfacing shall be provided to prevent ingress of water.
289
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e. Adequate arrangements to cater for both surface drainage and sub surface drainage are
essential to prevent flooding of roads, weakening of road structure, formation of potholes,
stripping of bitumen etc. A drainage layer in the form of coarse graded granular sub base
shall be laid for the full width of formation. It also acts as a capillary cut off. At some
locations capillary rise of water soaks the sub grade and crust for which GSB as
drainage layer is a good remedy.
f. Use of Gravelly Soil in Base and Sub-base

The moorum shall be composed of well graded coarse siliceous and gritty to touch and
free from dirt and deleterious matter. Material passing 75 micron shall not exceed 10%.
Liquid limit shall not exceed 20% and Plasticity index shall not exceed 6% for sub base,
filler material in surface treated WBM roads and backing for revetment. The above
values are 33% and 6to 9% respectively for filler material in WBM roads.
g. Screenings
Screenings to fill voids in the coarse aggregate shall generally consist of the same
material as the coarse aggregate. However, where permitted, predominantly non-plastic
material such as moorum or gravel may be used for this purpose provided liquid limit
and plasticity index of such material are below 20 and 6 respectively and fraction
passing 75 micron sieve does not exceed 10 percent.
h. Binding material
Binding material to be used for water bound macadam as a filler material meant for
preventing raveling, shall comprise a suitable material approved by the Engineer having
a Plasticity Index (PI) value of less than 6.
i. Coarse aggregates for BT courses

Coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other hard material
retained on 2.36mm sieve. They shall be clean, hard, and durable, of cubical shape, free
from dust and soft or friable matter, or other deleterious matter. Where crushed gravel
is proposed for use as coarse aggregate, not less than 90% by weight of the crushed
material retained on the 4.75mm sieve shall have at least two fractured faces. All the
above requirements clearly indicate that if the locally available gravel is to be used in
sub-base or in base or as coarse aggregates for bituminous surfacing, the gravel must
be rocky type material not soil type material.
4.1 Recommendations for Improvement of Roads in Poor Subgrade Soil Areas
1. Drainage layer in the form of Granular Sub Base with crushed aggregates, up to the
formation edge shall be provided in all new road constructions. In widening works GSB
as a drainage layer shall be extended up to the edge of formation.
2. Base widths shall be more than BT surfacing width by 150mm to 200mm on either side to
prevent accumulation of water below BT surfacing and to protect BT edges.
3. Multi layer base constructions shall be restricted to places where required machinery is
not available. Wet Mix Macadam or Crusher Run Macadam is cheaper than WBM at
many places.
4. Use of natural gravel, which is highly plastic, shall not be allowed in sub base or base
layers.
290
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Earthwork excavations near the toe of formation shall be prohibited. Only selected earth
required for road and bridge works shall be allowed duly ignoring the cost criteria.
6. Shoulder and sub grade are the most neglected items in the road construction. Equal
importance shall be given to these items.
7. Necessary steps shall be taken to prevent the unauthorized plying of iron wheeled
vehicles and overloaded vehicles.
8. Providing GSB with HBG crushed aggregates as sub base up to the edge of formation.
9. Providing Wet Mix Macadam in base layers.
10. Providing suitable soils for the shoulders.
11. Improving road geometrics wherever necessary.
12. Badly damaged stretches are recycled by fully picking the crust, removing the gravelly
soil, sectioning the picked metal, rolling, applying stone dust as screenings and binder.
By this way the sunken roads are converted as new WBM surfaced roads. Further, GSB is
proposed in low lying stretches and overall WMM followed by BM and SDBC.
5.0 GRANULAR SUB-BASE
This work shall consist of laying and compacting well-graded material on prepared sub-grade
in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. The material shall be laid in one or
more layers as sub-base lower sub-base and upper sub-base (termed as sub-base hereinafter) as
necessary according to lines, grades and cross-sections.
Materials
The Material to be used for the work shall be natural sand, moorum, gravel, crushed stone, or
combination thereof depending upon the grading required. Materials like crushed slag, crushed
concrete, brick metal and kankar may be allowed only with the specific approval of the
Engineer. The material shall be free from organic or other deleterious constituents and conform
to one of the three gradings given in Tables.
While the gradings in Table 1 are in respect of close-graded granular sub-base materials, one
each for maximum particle size of 75 mm, 53 mm and 26.5 mm, the corresponding gradings
for the coarse-graded materials for each of the three maximum particle sizes are given at Table
2. The grading to be adopted for a project shall be as specified in the contract.
Physical requirements: The Material shall have a 10 per cent fines value. The water
absorption value of the coarse aggregate shall be determined as per IS: 2386 (Part 3); if this
value is greater than 2 per cent, the soundness test shall be carried out on the material delivered
to site as per IS: 383. For Grading II and III materials, the CBR shall be determined at the
density and moisture content likely to be developed in equilibrium conditions which shall be
taken as being the density relating to a uniform air voids content of 5 per cent.
291
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1. Grading for close-graded granular sub-base materials (MoRTH,2001).
IS Sieve designation Per cent by weight passing the IS sieve
(mm) Grading I Grading II Grading III
75 100 ---- ----
53 80-100 100 ----
26.5 55-90 70-100 100
9.5 35-65 50-80 65-95
4.75 25-55 40-65 50-80
2.36 20-40 30-50 40-65
0.425 10-25 15-25 20-35
0.075 3-10 3-10 3-10
Minimum CBR (%) 30 25 20
Table 2. Grading for coarse graded granular sub-base materials (MoRTH,2001).

IS Sieve designation Per cent by weight passing the IS sieve
(mm) Grading I Grading II Grading III
75 100 ---- ----
53 100 ----
26.5 55-75 50-80 100
9.5
4.75 10-30 15-35 25-45
2.36
0.425
0.075 < 10 < 10 < 10
Minimum CBR (%) 30 25 20
Note: The Material passing 425 micron (0.425 mm) sieve for all the three gradings
when tested according to IS: 2720 (Part 5) shall have liquid limit and plasticity index not
more than 25 and 6 per cent respectively.
6.0 SOIL STABILISATION
‘Soil stabilization’, in the broadest sense, refers to the procedures employed with a view to
altering one or more properties of a soil so as to improve its engineering performance. Soil
stabilization is only one of several techniques available to the geotechnical engineer and its
choice for any situation should be made only after a comparison with other techniques indicates
it to be the best solution to the problem. It is a well known fact that, every structure must rest
upon soil or be made of soil. It would be ideal to find a soil at a particular site to be satisfactory
for the intended use as it exists in nature, but unfortunately, such a thing is of rare occurrence.
The alternatives available to a geotechnical engineer, when an unsatisfactory soil is met with,
are (i) to bypass the bad soil (e.g., use of piles), (ii) to remove bad soil and replace with good
one (e.g., removal of peat at a site and replacement with selected material), (iii) redesign the
structure (e.g., floating foundation on a compressible layer), and (iv) to treat the soil to improve
its properties. The last alternative is termed soil stabilization.
292
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1 Stabilization of Soils without Additives
Some kind of treatment is given to the soil in this approach; no additives are used. The treatment
may involve a mechanical process like compaction and a change of gradation by addition or
removal of soil particles or processes for drainage of soil.
6.1.1 Mechanical Stabilization
‘Mechanical stabilization’ means improving the soil properties by rearrangement of particles

and densification by compaction, or by changing the gradation through addition or removal of
soil particles.
Rearrangement of particles—compaction
The process of densification of a soil or ‘compaction’, as it is called, is the oldest and most
important method. In addition to being used alone, compaction constitutes an essential part of
a number of other methods of soil stabilization. The important variables involved in
compaction are the moisture content, compactive effort or energy and the type of compaction.
The most desirable combination of the placement variables depends upon the nature of the soil
and the desired properties. Fine-grained soils are more sensitive to placement conditions than
coarse-grained soils. Compaction has been shown to affect soil structure, permeability,
compressibility characteristics and strength of soil and stress-strain characteristics.
Change of gradation—addition or removal of soil particles

The engineering behavior of a soil depends upon (among other things) the grain-size
distribution and the composition of the particles. The properties may be significantly altered
by adding soil of some selected grain-sizes, and, or by removing some selected fraction of the
soil. In other words, this approach consists in manipulating the soil fractions to obtain a suitable
grading, which involves mixing coarse material or gravel (called ‘aggregate’), sand, silt and
clay in proper proportions so that the mixture when compacted attains maximum density and
strength. It may involve blending of two or more naturally available soils in suitable
proportions to achieve the desired engineering properties for the mixture after necessary
compaction.
Note: 1. Not less than 10% should be retained between each pair of successive sieves
specified, excepting the largest pair.
2. Material passing 425 micron I.S. Sieve shall have the following properties:
For base courses: Liquid limit should not be more than 25%
Plasticity Index should not be more than 6%
For surface courses: Liquid limit should not be more than 35%
Plasticity Index : between 4 and 9.
Gravel is used for base courses of pavements and for filter courses. The presence of fines to an
extent more than the optimum might make the gravel unsatisfactory. The limit for the fines
may be 3 to 7%, depending upon its intended use. The suggested gradings for mechanically
stabilized base and surface courses are presented in Table 3.
293
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3. Suggested gradings for mechanically stabilized base and surface courses
(MoRTH,2001)
IS Sieve Per cent passing Base or surface

Size coarse
(mm) Base Coarse Max. Surface coarse Max. size
size Max. size
80 mm 40 mm 20 mm 20 mm 10 mm 5 mm
80 100 --- --- --- --- ---
40 80-100 100 --- --- --- ---
20 60-80 80-100 100 100 --- ---
10 45-65 55-80 80-100 80-100 100 ---
5 30-50 40-60 50-75 60-85 80-100 100
2.38 --- 30-50 35-60 45-70 50-80 80-100
1.18 --- --- --- 35-60 40-65 50-80
0.60 10-30 15-30 15-35 --- --- 30-60
0.30 --- --- --- 20-40 20-40 20-45
0.075 5-15 5-15 5-15 10-25 10-25 10-25
6.1.2 Stabilization by Drainage

Generally speaking, the strength of a soil generally decreases with an increase in pore water
and in the pore water pressure. Addition of water to a clay causes a reduction of cohesion by
increasing the electric repulsion between particles. The strength of a saturated soil depends
directly on the effective or intergranular stress. For a given total stress, an increase in pore
water pressure results in a decrease of effective stress and consequent decrease in strength.
Thus, drainage of a soil is likely to result in an increase in strength which is one of the primary
objectives of soil stabilization. The methods used for drainage for this purpose are:
1. Application of external load to the soil mass,
2. Drainage of pore water by gravity and/or pumping, using well-points, sand-drains, etc.,
3. Application of an electrical gradient or electro-osmosis; and,
4. Application of a thermal gradient.
6.2 Stabilization of Soils with Additives
Stabilization of soil with some kind of additive is very common. The mode and degree of
alternation necessary depend on the nature of the soil and its deficiencies. If additional strength
is required in the case of cohesionless soil, a cementing or a binding agent may be added and
if the soil is cohesive, the strength can be increased by making it moisture-resistant, altering
the absorbed water films, increasing cohesion with a cement agent and adding internal friction.
Compressibility of a clay soil can be reduced by cementing the grains with a rigid material or
by altering the forces of the adsorbed water films on the clay minerals. Swelling and shrinkage
may also be reduced by cementing, altering the water adsorbing capacity of the clay mineral
and by making it moisture-resistant. Permeability of a cohesionless soil may be reduced by
filling the voids with an impervious material or by preventing flocculation by altering the
structure of the adsorbed water on the clay mineral; it may be increased by removing the fines
or modifying the structure to an aggregated one. A satisfactory additive for soil stabilization
must provide the desired qualities and, in addition, must meet the following requirements:
294
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compatibility with the soil material, permanency, easy handling and processing, and low cost.
Many additives have been employed but with varying degrees of success.
6.2.1 Cement Stabilization

Portland cement is one of the most widely used additives for soil stabilization. A mixture of
soil and cement is called ‘‘soil-cement’’. If a small percentage of cement is added primarily to
reduce the plasticity of fat soils, the mixture is said to be a ‘‘cement-modified soil’’. If the soil
cement has enough water which facilitates pouring it as mortar, it is said to be a ‘plastic soil
cement’’. It is used in canal linings. The chemical reactions of cement with the siliceous soil
in the presence of water are believed to be responsible for the cementing action. Many of the
grains of the coarse fraction get cemented together, but the proportion of clay particles
cemented is small. Almost any inorganic soil can be successfully stabilized with cement;
organic matter may interfere with the cement hydration. Soil-cement has been widely used for
low-cost pavements for highways and airfields, and as bases for heavy traffic. Generally, it is
not recommended as a wearing coarse in view of its low resistance to abrasion. The important
factors which affect the properties of soil-cement are the nature of the soil, cement content,
compaction, and the method of mixing.
6.2.2 Bitumen Stabilization

Bituminous materials such as asphalts and tars have been used for soil stabilization. This
method is better suited to granular soils and dry climates. ‘Bitumen’s’ are non-aqueous system
of hydrocarbons which are completely soluble in ‘Carbon disulphide’. ‘Asphalts’ are natural
materials or refined petroleum products, which are bitumen’s. ‘Tars’ are bituminous
condensates produced by the destructive distillation of organic materials such as coal, oil,
lignite and wood. Most bitumen stabilization has been with asphalt. Asphalt is usually too
viscous to be incorporated directly with soil. Hence, it is either heated or emulsified or cut back
with a solvent like gasoline, to make it adequately fluid. Tars are not emulsified but are heated
or cut back prior to application. Soil-asphalt is used mostly for base courses of roads with light
traffic. Bitumen stabilizes soil by one or both of two mechanisms: (i) binding soil particles
together, and (ii) making the soil water-proof and thus protecting it from the deleterious effects
of water.
6.2.3 Chemical Stabilization

Chemical stabilization refers to that in which the primary additive is a chemical. Lime and salt
have found wide use in the field. Some chemicals are used for stabilizing the moisture in the
soil and some for cementation of particles. Certain aggregates and dispersants have also been
used.
Lime stabilization
Lime is produced from natural limestone. The hydrated limes, called ‘slaked lines’, are the
commonly used form for stabilization. In addition to being used alone, lime is also used in the
following admixtures, for soil stabilization: (i) Lime-fly ash (4 to 8% of hydrated lime and 8 to
20% of fly-ash) (ii) Lime-Portland cement (iii) Lime-bitumen. There are two types of chemical
reactions that occur when lime is added to wet soil. The first is the alteration of the nature of
the adsorbed layer through ion exchange of calcium for the ion naturally carried by the soil, or
a change in the double layer on the soil colloids. The second is the cementing action or
pozzolanic action which requires a much longer time. This is considered to be a reaction
between the calcium with the available reactive alumina or silica from the soil. Lime has the
following effects on soil properties: Lime generally increases the plasticity index of low-
295
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
plasticity soil and decreases that of highly plastic soils; in the latter case, lime tends to make
the soil friable and more easily handled in the field. It increases the optimum moisture content
and decreases the maximum compacted density; however, there will be an increase in strength.
About 2 to 8% of lime may be required for coarse-grained soils, and 5 to 10% for cohesive
soils. Certain sodium compounds (e.g., sodium hydroxide and sodium sulphate), as secondary
additives, improve the strength of soil stabilized with lime. Lime may be applied in the dry or
as slurry. Better penetration is obtained when it is used as a slurry. The construction of lime-
stabilized soil is very much similar to that of soil cement. The important difference is that, in
this case, no time limitation may be placed on the operations, since the lime-soil reactions are
slow. Care should be taken, however, to prevent the carbonation of lime. Lime stabilization has
been used for bases of pavements.
7.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

In order to be abreast with modern approaches and trends in materials testing and road
maintenance, there is need for training and re-training of contractors’ personnel supervising
highway projects. Adequate fund should be voted and released each year for training and
curricular development. This training should cover all grade levels and cadres of engineering
staff. Weigh bridges should be installed on all roads to check excessive loading of vehicles
plying the roads. Apart from imposing fines on the offenders, removal of such excess load must
be enforced. Contracts for highway projects should be awarded to the “best responsive bidder”
whose answers to the Questionnaire have been found to be very accurate. The lowest bidder
need not necessarily be preferred. There is an urgent need for government to expand the
Pavement Evaluation Unit, to cover the roads of entire state and its functions widened to
include geotechnics investigation.
REFERENCES
[1] Ministry of Road Transport & Highways Specifications for Road and Bridge Works –
2001.
[2] Ministry of Rural Development Specifications for Rural Roads- 2004.
[3] Bhavanna Rao D.V (2005)," Adverse effects of using natural gravel in subbase, base
and Water Bound Macadam.” Indian Road Congress’s Indian Highways –February (2005).
[4] Good Practices in Highway Construction. Lecture notes of training programme for the engineers of
M/s Nagarjuna Construction Co Ltd, 10-12, July 2007, Dept. of Civil Engineering, IIT Madras,
Chennai.
296
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDY ON OBSERVED VALUES OF SOAKED CBR OF
LIME-STABILIZED COPPER SLAG CUSHION LAID OVER
EXPANSIVE SOIL BED
Dr. C. Lavanya, Dr. N. Darga Kumar
Assoc. Prof., Dept. of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad-500090, lavanya.cc@gmail.com
Asst. Prof., Dept. of Civil Engineering, JNTUH, Hyderabad-500085, ndkjntu@gmail.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Use of waste materials in transportation has been in development all over the world for quite a time
and particularly because of the disposal problems associated with it. Copper slag is one of the waste
materials that is being used for various applications in civil engineering. Granulated copper slag is
more porous and has particle sizes equal to that of medium sand. Also, due to the scarcity of sand,
copper slag along with an admixture can be used as an alternative material to sand in road
construction. On the other hand, Expansive soils are associated with volume changes when subjected
to changes in water content. CNS (cohesive non-swelling) and sand cushion are some of the techniques
that have been used to reduce the volume changes and which were originally in practice, bristle with a
few disadvantages. The present paper discusses the laboratory test results of soaked CBR (California
Bearing Ratio) conducted on a stabilized copper slag cushion-soil system for various thickness ratios
ranging from 0.25 to 1.00 when stabilized with various percentages of lime. The results showed that the
soaked CBR increases as the ratio of the thickness of the cushion (hc) to the thickness of the expansive
soil bed (hs) is increased and with the increase in percentage of admixture.
Key words: Expansive soil, Copper slag, Lime.
INTRODUCTION
Expansive clays are related with volume changes that are closely associated with changes in
water content. The change in water content is mostly due to seasonal changes. During monsoon,
expansive soils imbibe water from outside and during summer, shrinkage occurs due to the
evaporation of water. Moisture migration from outside to inside causes uplift of the structure
and results in a mound-shaped heave. In pavements, longitudinal cracking may result, due to
the migration of moisture from the shoulders to the center. Montmorillonite is the clay mineral
having the highest potential to swell by virtue of its structure and illite also swells though not
as much as montmorillonite, but it undergoes greater swelling than kaolinite, which is non-
swelling in nature. Techniques like CNS (cohesive non-swelling) [1] cushion and sand cushion
[2] have been tried to arrest such heave. Copper slag is one of the waste materials being used
in Civil Engineering practice. It has particle size equal to that of medium sand. Also, due to the
scarcity of sand, copper slag along with an admixture can be used as an alternative material to
sand in pavements. If the copper slag is mixed with calcium-based compound like cement or
lime in the presence of water, the silica and alumina present in it will react chemically on
hydration and the resulting product may be used for the improvement of sub-grades and sub-
bases. Metal industry slag, mine stone and mining waste are generally suitable for recycling or
reuse and the use of these inorganic wastes as alternative materials in buildings, roads and for
other geotechnical applications have been reported [3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]. Life-cycle analysis for the
use of industrial waste slag in road and earth constructions produced effective results, thus
advocating the reuse of waste by-products [9].
297
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By mixing expansive soil with copper slag, it can be used as an effective stabilizing agent for
the improvement of problematic soils in highways, embankments, sub-grades and sub-bases.
Also, by mixing it with fly ash, it becomes suitable as embankment fill material. Slag, when
mixed with fly ash and lime, develops pozzolanic reactions [10]. Fly ash has been widely
accepted as embankment and structural fill material [11, 12]. It has been felt that the same
copper slag when admixed with lime or cement can be used as a cushion in improving the
performance of expansive sub-grades. Similar studies using fly ash and blast furnace slag with
lime and cement were carried out earlier [13, 14, 15, 16].
The present paper discusses the results of observed soaked CBR (California Bearing Ratio)
values conducted on the cushion-soil system with various percentages of lime as an admixture
added to the copper slag. The soaked CBR value with the addition of various percentages of
lime (2% to 10%) to the copper slag was from 3% to 25% for the various thickness ratios used,
ranging from 0.25 to 1.00.
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY
Expansive soil
Expansive soil used in the present investigation was collected from the Nalgonda district in
Andhra Pradesh. The basic properties of soil are presented in Table 1. The plasticity index of
the soil is high. It has free swell index of 220% which shows a very high degree of
expansiveness.
Table 1 Basic Properties of Soil
Property Value
Grain Size Analysis
Gravel (%) 4
Sand (%) 33
Silt & Clay (%) 63
Consistency Limits
Liquid Limit (%) 75
Plastic Limit (%) 35
Plasticity Index (%) 40
IS Classification CH
Free Swell Index (%) 220
MDD (kN/m3) 14
OMC (%) 21
CBR (%) 1
298
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copper Slag
Copper slag was procured from Sterilite Industries, Tuticorin, Tamilnadu. The physical and
chemical properties of the slag are presented in Tables 2 and 3 respectively.
Table 2 Physical Properties of Copper Slag
Property Value
Grain Size Analysis
Gravel Size (%) 1.00
Sand Size (%) 98.9
Silt & Clay Sizes (%) 0.05
Hardness, Moh’s Scale 6.5 – 7.0
Plasticity Index Non-Plastic
Swelling Index Non-Swelling
Angular with sharp
Granule Shape
edges
MDD (kN/m3) 23.5
OMC (%) 6
Direct Shear test
Cohesion (kN/m2) 0
Angle of internal friction
40
(deg)
Permeability(cm/sec) 1.54 x 10-2
CBR (%) 3.5
(Courtesy: Sterilite Industries Ltd, Tuticorin, Tamilnadu, India)
Table 3 Chemical Composition of Copper Slag

Property (% wt)
Iron Oxide , Fe2O3 55 – 60
Silica, SiO2 28- 30
Aluminium Oxide, Al2O3 1–3
Calcium Oxide, CaO 3– 5
Magnesium Oxide, MgO 1.0– 1.5
(Courtesy: Sterilite Industries Ltd, Tuticorin, Tamilnadu, India)
Admixtures
Lime is used as an admixture with the copper slag. Hydrated lime, which consists of 95% of
calcium hydroxide was procured from the local market and is used in the present study.
299
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests performed
Soaked CBR tests were performed for the copper slag mixed with lime which was laid on the
expansive soil bed as a cushion. The copper slag and the admixture were mixed in dry condition
and then, water corresponding to the desired percentage of water was added to it. Samples were
prepared for different thickness ratios. The ratios of the thickness of the cushion (hc) to the
thickness of the expansive soil bed (hs) used in the study were 0.00, 0.25, 0.50, 0.75 & 1.00.
Laboratory California Bearing Ratio (CBR) tests were conducted on the samples as per IS code
procedure (I.S.2720 (Part 16):1987 second revision). The cushion-soil specimen system in the
CBR mould consists of expansive soil bed at the bottom and copper slag cushion on its top.
This specimen was kept for soaking after placing the surcharge weights and the dial gauge to
read the swelling, for 96hrs. The overall thickness of the soil bed and the cushion prepared in
the CBR mould for testing was 127 mm and its diameter 150 mm. Both the soil bed and the
admixture-mixed copper slag were compacted in the CBR mould at their respective OMC
values.
Test Results
Soaked CBR values were determined on the cushion-soil system when admixed with various
percentages of lime to the copper slag for various thickness ratios. Soaked CBR for the black
cotton soil was less than 1% whereas for the copper slag without any admixtures it was 3.5%.
Figure 1 & 2 shows a typical soaked CBR test results of the cushion-soil system with 6% and
10% lime in the copper slag for different (hc/hs) ratios. From these curves, it may be noticed
that the soaked CBR value increases as the ratio of the thickness of the cushion (hc) to the
thickness of the expansive soil bed (hs) is increased. Also, an increase in the soaked CBR value
corresponding to an increase in percentage of lime added to the copper slag as an admixture.
Similar figures were observed with cushions with 2%, 4% and 8% lime also. The range of %
increase of the soaked CBR with the addition of lime by varying percentages from 2% to 10%
to the copper slag overlying the expansive soil bed for thickness ratios of 0.25, 0.50, 0.75 and
1.00 were from 4.3% to 30%, when compared to that with no cushion.
hc/hs=0.00 hc/hs=0.25 hc/hs=0.50

hc/hs=0.75 hc/hs=1.00
Load (kg)
Penetration (mm)
Fig. 1 Load-penetration of cushion-soil system with 6% lime in the cushion after soaking
300
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. 2 Load-penetration of cushion-soil system with 10% lime in the cushion after soaking
The results of soaked CBR as given in Table 4 show that, soaked CBR values using lime-
stabilized copper slag cushions are more with the increase in cushion thickness.
Table 4 Soaked CBR (%) of cushion-soil system with lime in the copper slag cushion
Soaked CBR (%)
% Lime
hc/hs=0.25 hc/hs=0.50 hc/hs=0.75 hc/hs=1.00
2 3.05 4.06 4.57 4.57
4 3.91 4.63 4.98 5.34
6 8.12 9.14 10.66 12.18
8 12.18 16.24 21.32 22.84
10 12.45 17.08 22.41 25.26
CONCLUSIONS
From the results, it was noticed that there is a marked improvement in the soaked CBR value
of the cushion-expansive soil system when the cushioning material was added with lime. It was
noticed that the increase in the soaked CBR with the addition of 2% to 10% lime to the copper
slag for the thickness ratios from 0.25 to 1.00 was about 4.3% to 30%, when compared with
the expansive soil with no cushion. Studies indicate that with the addition of lime in the copper
slag cushion, the value of soaked CBR increases and also with the increase in the thickness
ratio of the cushion to that of the expansive soil bed.
REFERENCES
[1] Katti R.K. (1979), “Search for solutions for problems in black cotton soils”, Indian
Geotechnical Journal, 9, pp 1-80.
[2] Satyanarayana, B (1966) “Behaviour of expansive soils treated or cushioned with
sand”, “Proceedings 2nd Int. Conf. on Expansive Soils, Texas, 308-316.
301
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[3] Hartlen, J., Carling, M & Nagasaka, Y. (1997) Recycling or reuse of waste materials
in geotechnical applications, Proceedings of the second International Congress on
Environmental Geotechnics, Osaka, Japan, pp 1493-1513.
[4] Kamon, M. (1997) Geotechnical utilization of industrial wastes, Proceedings of the
second International Congress on Environmental Geotechnics, Osaka, Japan, pp
1293-1309.
[5] Kamon, M. & Katsumi, T. (1994) Civil Engineering use of industrial waste in
Japan, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Developments in
Geotechnical Engineering, Bangkok, Thailand, pp 265-278.
[6] Sarsby, R. (2000) Environmental Geotechnics, Thomas Telford Ltd., London, UK.
[7] Vazquez, E., Roca, A., Lopez-soler, A., Fernandez-Turiel, J.L., Querol, X & Felipo,
M.T. (1991) Physico-Chemical and mineralogy characterization of mining wastes
used in construction, Waste materials in construction, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with
Waste Materials, Maastricht, The Netherlands, pp 215-223.
[8] Comans, R.N.J., van det Sloot, H.A., Hoede, D. &Bonouvrie, P.A. (1991) Chemical
Processes at a redox/pH interface arising from the use of steel slag in the aquatic
environment, Waste materials in construction, Proceedings of the International
Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with Waste Materials,
Maastricht, The Netherlands, pp 243-254.
[9] Mroueh, U. M., Laine-Ylijoki, J. and Eskola (2000). “Life-Cycle impacts of the use
of industrial by-products in road and earth construction”, Proceedings of the
International Conference on the Science and Engineering of Recycling for
Environmental Protection, Vol 1, pp. 438-448.
[10] Chu, S.C. and Kao, H.S. (1993) A study of Engineering Properties of a clay
modified by Fly ash and Slag, Proceedings, Fly ash for Soil Improvement, American
Society of Civil Engineers, Geotechnical Special Publication, No. 36, pp 89 – 99.
[11] Mclaren, R.J. and A.M.Digionia, (1987) The typical engineering properties of
fly ash, Proceedings of Conference on Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal,
Geotechnical Special Publication NO 13, ASCE, R.D.Woods (ed.), pp 683-697.
[12] Martin, P.J., R.A.Collins, J.S.Browning and J.F.Biehl, (1990) Properties and
use of fly ashes for embankments, Journal of Energy Engineering, ASCE, 116(2),
pp 71-86.
[13] Rao, M.R., Rao, A.S., and Babu, R.D (2008 a) Efficacy of lime-stabilized fly
ash in expansive soils, Ground Improvement, 161 (1), 23-29
[14] Rao, M.R., Rao, A.S., and Babu, R.D (2008 b) “Efficacy of cement-stabilized
fly ash cushion in arresting heave of expansive soils”, Geotechnical and Geological
Engineering, 26, 189-197.
[15] A. Sreerama Rao and G. Sreedevi (2010), “Use of industrial wastes for
improving the performance of expansive clay sub grades”, Proc. 6th Int. Conf. on
Environmental Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 1136-41.
[16] Ajjarapu Srirama Rao and Guda Sridevi (2010) “Amelioration of Expansive sub
grades with stabilized fly ash cushions”. Proc. Int. conf. on Ground Improvement
technologies and Case Histories, Singapore, 447-452.
302
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES ON MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF HIGH
STRENGTH SELF CURING CONCRETE (M70 GRADE)
Aelpula Girish Kumar1, Dr.V.Mallikarjuna Reddy2
1
Student of M.Tech (Structural Engg.) Department of Civil Engineering GRIET Hyderabad, India
2
Professor Department of Civil Engineering GRIET Hyderabad, India.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This study deals with a brief comparison of mechanical properties between a high strength controlled
concrete with high strength self-cured concrete. Two different types of self-curing agents were used i.e.,
Polyethylene Glycol-400 (PEG-400) and Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) with different proportions 0.6%,
0.8%, 1%, 1.2%, 1.4% and 1.6% of weight of cement. As it is a high strength concrete a mineral
admixture called “micro-silica” or “silica fume” is introduced in the mortar, which alters the
properties of the concrete in terms of strength and durability. In order to study the behaviour of self-
cured concrete, compressive strength test and split tensile strength tests were conducted on fresh and
hardened concrete for a period of 7 days and 28 days, and non-destructive tests were also conducted
to know the quality of concrete. After the experimental program it is observed that the highest desired
compressive and split tensile strengths were achieved at the proportion of 1.4% of PEG-400 and PVA
by weight of cement and with the further increase in the proportion to 1.6% of PEG-400 and PVA by
weight of cement, observed a sudden decrement in the strengths. The compressive strengths and split
tensile strengths of self-cured concrete were a higher when compared to the controlled concrete.
Keywords: Polyethylene Glycol-400(PEG-400), Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA), Micro-silica.
I. Introduction
The life of a structure depends on its construction practice i.e., the quality of concrete that been
used, the form work provided, steel, placing of concrete, compaction of concrete and ultimately
the curing period of the structure. For a concrete structure curing becomes a primary note, in
order to gain the strength, with in its lapsed time. Curing is the name given to the procedures
used for promoting the heat of hydration of the cement, and consists of a control of temperature
and of moisture movement from and into the concrete. Curing allows continuous hydration of
cement and consequently continuous gain in the strength, once curing stops strength gain of
the concrete also stops. Proper moisture conditions are critical because the hydration of the
cement virtually ceases when the relative humidity with in the capillaries drops below 80%. A
continuous curing of different structural components for a period of 28 days, can achieve its
desired strength, to give life time serviceability. In order to maintain the heat of hydration,
which does not alter the properties of concrete and which leads to gaining the strength of
concrete, curing is important.
The actual phenomenon of this technology is that, the water which is used during the mixing
of concrete itself is used for its curing in order to maintain the heat of hydration for the
prescribed duration to maintain the properties of concrete unaltered. This is also known as
internal curing(IC), which is achieved by not allowing the water that is used during mixing to
evaporate in to the atmosphere. It forms a thin layer on the surface of the concrete, which
doesn’t allow water to evaporate in to the atmosphere.
303
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Design Mix proportion of M70 Grade concrete
For concrete with compressive strength >40 Mpa to 100 Mpa, are considered to be the high
strength concrete. Erntroy and Shacklock method is used for the design mix of M70 grade
concrete. Erntroy and Shacklock has suggested empirical graphs in design mix procedure. The
mix proportion of M70 grade concrete by theoretical procedure of Erntroy and shacklock is:
Table: 1 Mix proportion obtained as per theoretical design mix procedure
Coarse
Cement Fine Aggregate Water
Aggregate
Quantity(Kg/m3) 617.16 373.38 1226.29 185.148
Proportions 1 0.604 1.98 0.30
Trial Mixes have been done by varying the proportions of cement, fine aggregates and coarse
aggregates to attain the target mean strength for 28 days. Though the weight of cement obtained
per cubic meter of concrete by theoretical procedure cannot be considered at site, as it deviates
in economic point of view. A mineral admixture named “micro silica” or “silica fume” is
introduced in the mix proportion. Trial mixes have been done by varying micro silica too. The
final mix proportion obtained is:
Table: 2 Final design mix proportion after trial mixes
Micro Fine Coarse Super
Cement Water
Silica Aggregate Aggregate Plasticizers
Quantity(Kg/m3) 435 42.32 609.9 1188.1 130.8 1.4

Proportions 1 0.097 1.4 2.72 0.3 0.0032
The above mix proportion is also used for self-cured concrete using Polyethylene Glycol-
400(PEG-400) and Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA).
III. Experimental Programme
hardened properties on M70 grade of concrete with and without self-Curing agents. The mix
proportion for M70 grade was achieved, by multiple trial mixes of the acquired mix proportion,
by altering the proportions of ingredients. A total of 78 no’s of cubes of standard size 150 mm
x 150 mm x 150 mm and 78 cylinders of 150 mm diameter and 300 mm height and 39 no’s of
cubes of size 100 mm x 100 mm x 100mm, were cast for determining the compressive strength
and split tensile strength and Non-destructive test i.e., USPV.
IV. Experimental Results
4.1 Materials:
The different materials that are used in this experimental programme are cement, fine
aggregates, coarse aggregates, Silica-fume, super plasticizer, Polyethylene Glycol-400,
Polyvinyl alcohol. The physical properties of the materials that are tested in the laboratory are
as mentioned in the below tables.
304
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table: 3 Physical properties of ordinary Portland cement
Sl.No. Property Results
1. Normal Consistency 28.6%
3. Initial setting time 135 minutes
4. Final setting time 330 Minutes
5. Fineness 1.0%
6. Soundness 0.5 mm
Table: 4 Physical properties of fine aggregate and coarse aggregate

Sl.no. Property Fine Aggregate Coarse Aggregate
1. Specific gravity 2.42 2.65
2. Bulk Density Loose 1572 kg/m3 1391 kg/m3
3. Bulking 4% w c -
4. Fineness Modulus 2.64 6.04%
5. Flakiness Index - 8%
6. Elongation Index - 0
4.2 Destructive Test Results of fresh and hardened concrete:

4.2.1 Compressive strength: Cube specimens of size 150mmx150mmx150mm have been
casted and tested for 7 Days and 28 Days, and the results are furnished in the table 5 and
represented in the figure 1 and 2.
Table: 5 Compressive Strength Results
Sl.no. Type of Concrete Compressive Strength (N/mm2)
7 Days 28 Days
1 Controlled Concrete 58.15 87.9
Self-Cured Concrete using PEG-400 – 0.6% 42.1 58.7
0.8% 46.4 69.7
1% 51.5 76.12
2.
1.2% 55.43 79.54
1.4% 57.4 89.3
1.6% 53.02 82.1
Self-Cured Concrete using PVA – 0.6% 39.3 48.01
0.8% 43.1 52.4
1.0% 47.5 66.12
3.
1.2% 49.8 79.24
1.4% 54.02 88.9
1.6% 51.4 81.01
305
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 Days 28 Days
Compressive Strength (N/mm2)
89.3
79.54 82.1
76.12
69.7
58.7 59.75
55.43 53.02
51.5
46.4
42.1
0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40% 1.60%
Proportion of PEG-400
Figure: 1 Polyethylene Glycol - 400 (PEG-400) vs Compressive strength
7 Days 28 Days
88.9
79.24 81.01
66.12
52.4 49.8 52.1 51.4

48.01 47.5
43.1
39.3
0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40% 1.60%
Proportion of PVA
Figure: 2 Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) vs Compressive strength

4.2.2 Split Tensile Strength: According to this experimental programme Cylinders of Dia
150mm and Height 300mm have casted to test the split tensile strength and results are
presented in the Table 6.
306
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table: 6 Split Tensile Strength Results
Sl.no. Type of Concrete Split Tensile Strength (N/mm2)
7 Days 28 Days
1 Controlled Concrete 3.8 6.1
2. Self-Cured Concrete using PEG-400 –
2.21 4.12
0.6%
0.8% 2.74 4.87
1% 2.93 5.02
1.2% 3.31 5.42
1.4% 3.65 5.8
1.6% 3.4 5.7
3. Self-Cured Concrete using PVA – 0.6% 2.01 4.07
0.8% 2.34 4.41
1.0% 2.85 4.76
1.2% 3.15 5.1
1.4% 3.4 5.65
1.6% 3.2 5.4
7 Days 28 Days
Split Tensile Strength (N/mm2)
5.8 5.7
5.42
4.87 5.02
4.12
3.31 3.65 3.4
2.74 2.93
2.21
0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40% 1.60%
Figure: 3 Polyethylene Glycol - 400 (PEG-400) vs Split Tensile strength
307
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 Days 28 Days
5.65 5.4
4.76 5.1
4.07 4.41
3.15 3.4 3.2
2.85
2.01 2.34
0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40% 1.60%

Proportion of PVA
Figure: 2 Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) vs Split Tensile strength

4.3 Non-Destructive Test results of fresh and hardened concrete
USPV test are done on conventional concrete and self-cured concrete specimens to assess the
quality,. Table: 7 shows USPV values for the different experimental specimens.
Table: 7 Non-destructive test results of M70 grade Conventional and Self-curing
concrete
Specimen Mean pulse velocity(km/sec) Quality of Concrete
Conventional Concrete 5.04 Very good to Excellent

Self-Curing Concrete using Polyethylene Glycol - 400 (PEG-400)
PEG-400 – 0.6% 3.91 Good to Very Good
PEG-400 – 0.8% 3.99 Good to Very Good
PEG-400 – 1.0% 4.35 Very good to Excellent
Self-Curing Concrete using Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA)
PVA – 0.6% 3.51 Good to Very Good
PVA – 0.8% 3.83 Good to Very Good
PVA - 1.0% 3.95 Good to Very Good
PVA - 1.2% 4.27 Good to Very Good
PVA - 1.4% 4.41 Very good to Excellent
PVA – 1.6% 4.15 Very good to Excellent
308
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V. Discussions on Test Results
From the experimental results it is observed that the compressive strength and split tensile
strengths increases gradually with the increase in proportion of self-curing agents up to certain
proportions and with further increase in the proportion it is observed that a decrease in the
strengths takes place. The compressive strength has been increased from 67% of target mean
strength to 102.05% of target mean strength for increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from
0.6% to 1.4% by weight of cement. Further it is observed that compressive strength is decreased
from 102.05% of target mean strength to 93.8% of target mean strength, for increase in the
proportion of PEG-400 from 1.4% to 1.6% by weight of cement. The split tensile strength have
been increased about 0.0168% for increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 0.6% to 1.4%,
by weight of cement further it is observed that split tensile strength is decreased about 0.001%
for increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 1.4% to 1.6%, by weight of cement. Similarly
the compressive strength have been increased from 54.86% of target mean strength to 101.60%
of target mean strength for increase in the proportion of PVA from 0.6% to 1.4%, by weight of
cement further it is observed that compressive strength is decreased from 101.6% of target
mean strength to 92.5% of target mean strength for increase in the proportion of PVA from
1.4% to 1.6% by weight of cement. About 0.158% of split tensile strength is increased for
increase in the proportion of PVA from 0.6% to 1.4%, by weight of cement, further it is
observed that split tensile strength is decreased about 0.0025% for increase in the proportion
of PVA from 1.4% to 1.6% by weight of cement. The proportion at which the highest strength
is obtained is recorded and the strengths obtained are compared with the conventional tests
results and found satisfactory.
Non-Destructive tests have been conducted, and a similar quality of concrete i.e., “Excellent”
is observed by using the self-curing agent PEG-400 comparing with the conventional
concrete. A “Good” quality of concrete is observed by using the self-curing agent PVA.
VI. Conclusions
6.1 Effect of Poly-ethylene Glycol – 400 (PEG-400) on high strength concrete:
1. The compressive strength results were continuously increasing with the increase in the
proportion of self-curing agent from 0.6% to 1.4%. About 34.92% of strength is gained
by increasing the proportion of PEG-400 from 0.6% to 1.4% by weight of cement.
2. The sudden decrement of compressive strength of 8.25% is observed with further
increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 1.4% to 1.6% by weight of cement.
3. It is also observed that about 0.0168% of increment in split tensile strength with the
increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 0.6% to 1.4%. With the further increase in
the proportion of PEG-400 a sudden decrement of 0.001% in the split tensile strength.
4. The internal curing has been carried out well and good, which remained the properties
of concrete unaltered for a proportion of 1.4% by weight of cement of PEG-400.
5. It is observed that on an average of 15% of strength is gaining with the increase in the
proportion of PEG-400 from 0.6% to 1.4%.
6.2 Effect of Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) on high strength concrete:

1. The compressive strength results were continuously increasing with the increase in the
proportion of self-curing agent from 0.6% to 1.4%, about 43% of compressive strength
is gained with the increase in the proportion of PVA from 0.6% to 1.4% by weight of
cement.
2. The sudden decrement of compressive strength of 9.1% is observed with further
increase in the proportion of PVA from 1.4% to 1.6% by weight of cement.
309
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. The split tensile strength has an increment of 0.158%, with the increase in the
proportion of PVA, and a sudden decrease of 0.0025% is observed with the further
increase in the proportion of PVA i.e., from 1.4% to 1.6%.
4. The internal curing has been carried out well and good throughout the age of 28 days.
5. Non-Destructive tests shown a “very good to excellent quality” of concrete from 1.4%
to 1.6% proportions of PVA, by weight of cement, which is equally good when
compared with the conventional concrete.
References
[1] “Strength characteristics of self-curing concrete “M.V.Jagannadha Kumar, m.srikanth,

Dr.k.jagannadha rao.
[2] Ole and Hansen (October 7th, 2010)describe a new concept for the prevention of self-
desiccation in hardening cement-based materials using fine, super absorbent polymer (SAP)
particles as a concrete admixture.
[3] Stella Evangeline (August 2014) had use polyvinyl alcohol as self-curing agent in concrete.
[4] Basil M Joseph (2016) Studied on self-curing concrete and PEG-400 were used as a self-
curing agent in concrete.
[5] Roland Tak Yong Liang, Robert Keith Sun (May 5th, 2000) carried work on internal curing
composition for concrete which includes a glycol and a wax.
[6] “Physical properties of self-curing concrete” by Mohamed G. Mahdy, Ahmed H. Abdel-
Reheem.
[7] “An Experimental Investigation Of Self Curing Concrete Incorporated With Polyethylene
Glycol As Self Curing Agent” by Shikha Tyagi.
[8] Wen-Chen Jau (May 21st, 2007) stated that self-curing concrete is provided to absorb water
from moisture and from air to achieve better hydration of cement in concrete.
[9] Indian Code of Practice for Plain & Reinforced Concrete IS 456.
310
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF RCC MULTI-STORIED BUILDING
ON A SLOPING GROUND
Dr GVV Satyanarayana1, B Abhilash2
Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, Email: satyanaranag42@gmail.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Always the construction of buildings is not possible on plain ground when the construction takes place
on sloping ground .so many factors has to be considered. There are different types of structures
constructed on sloped area especially on hilly areas why because of the increasing population,
economic development and the land value, even hilly areas undergoing rapid changes which influence
the structure in terms of material, shape and method of construction. Many buildings on hilly slopes
are supported by columns of different height and they are highly irregular and asymmetric in plan or
elevation and they are subjected to not only axial loads but also subjected severe torsion in addition to
lateral forces under the action of earthquakes.In this project an asymmetrical RCC building of 25
storey’s resting on flat and sloping ground by considering different slopes of ground angles using Staad
Pro under the wind and earthquake forces. Analyses is carried out for the models by considering zone
II using response spectrum method and results like displacements, story drifts , overturning effect , base
shear induced in columns and torsion etc. are studied and compared with flat and sloping ground
conditions.
Keywords: STADD Pro, RCC Designs, IS: 1893(Part-1), Seismic Analysis.IS800-2007IS1893-2002.
1. INTRODUCTION
Seismology is the study of vibrations of earth mainly caused by earthquakes. The study of these
vibrations by various techniques, understanding the nature and various physical processes that
generate them from the major part of the seismology
Elastic rebound theory is one such theory, which was able to describe the phenomenon of
earthquake occurring along the fault lines. Seismology as such is still a much unknown field
of study where a lot of things are yet to be discovered.
Fig. 1.1 Seismicity of World

The above Picture is showing the fault lines and we can see that epicenters are all concentrated
all along the fault lines. The reason for seismic activities occurring at places other than the fault
lines are still a big question mark. Also the forecasting of earthquake has not been done yet and
would be a landmark if done so.
There is general saying that it’s not the earthquake which kills people but its the bad
engineering which kills people. With industrialization came the demand of high rise building
and came dangers with that.
311
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. 1.2 Annual world earth quake deaths

A seismic design of high rise buildings has assumed considerable importance in recent times. In
traditional methods adopted based on fundamental mode of the structure and distribution of
earthquake forces as static forces at various stories may be adequate for structures of small height
subjected to earthquake of very low intensity but as the number of stories increases the seismic
design demands more rigorous.[1]*
During past earthquakes, reinforced concrete (RC) frame buildings that have columns of different
heights within one storey, suffered more damage in the shorter columns as compared to taller
columns in the same storey. Two examples of buildings with short columns in buildings on a
sloping ground and buildings with a mezzanine floor can be seen in the figure given below. [1]*
Fig. 1.3 Types of Columns

However, the short column is stiffer as compared to the tall column, and it attracts larger
earthquake force. Stiffness of a column means resistance to deformation- the larger is the stiffness,
larger is the force required to deform it.
If a short column is not adequately designed for such a large force, it can suffer significant damage
during an earthquake. This behavior is called Short Column Effect. The damage in these short
columns is often in the form of X-shaped cracking - this type of damage of columns is due to shear
failure.
312
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 1.5 Short column Effect in Buildings

Many situations with short column effect arise in buildings. When a building is rested on sloped
ground, during earthquake shaking all columns move horizontally by the same amount along with
the floor slab at a particular level (this is called rigid floor diaphragm action). If short and tall
columns exist within the same storey level, then the short columns attract several times larger
earthquake force and suffer more damage as compared to taller ones. The short column effect also
occurs in columns that support mezzanine floors or loft slabs that are added in between two regular
floors.
Scope and objective of investigation
The scope of the present study pertaining to building and loading, modeling and analysis method,
and different parametric studies are as follows:
Building and Loading The study is carried out by considering a RC framed residential building
resting on isolated footing. Seismic force is applied considering parabolic load pattern.
To analyze and compare the physical constraints mainly storey displacement for building on
sloping ground with the building on flat ground in ZONE 3.
To analyze and compare the base shear for both the buildings i.e. building rested on sloping
surface and on flat surface in ZONE 3. To study and compare the effect of earthquake on both the
buildings in ZONE 3
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Overview
In this review, characteristics of the structures due to the variation of the slope angle are explained.
Then the effect of the irregular configurations on vulnerability due to seismic forces is discussed.
There are very few researchers who explained the effect of change of sloping angle.
No research work is done based on experimental investigation of the structures on sloping ground.
2.2 Seismic Behavior of Irregular Buildings on slopes in India

2.2.1 Ravikumar et al. (2012) studied two kinds of irregularities in building model namely the
plan irregularity with geometric and diaphragm discontinuity and vertical irregularity with setback
and sloping ground. Pushover analysis was performed taking different lateral load cases in all three
directions to identify the seismic demands. All the buildings considered are three storied with
different plan and elevation irregularities pattern. Plan irregular models give more deformation for
fewer amounts of forces where the vulnerability of the sloping model was found remarkable. The
313
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
performances of all the models except sloping models lie between life safety and collapse
prevention. Hence it can be concluded that buildings resting on sloping ground are more prone to
damage than on buildings resting on flat ground even with plan irregularities.
2.2.2 Sreerama and Ramancharla (2013) observed that recent earthquakes like Bihar-Nepal
(1980), Shillong Plateau and the Kangra earthquake killed more than 375,000 people and over
100,000 of the buildings got collapsed. Dynamic characteristics of the buildings on flat ground
differ to that of buildings on slope ground as the geometrical configurations of the building differ
horizontally as well as vertically. Due to this irregularity the centre of mass and the centre of
stiffness do not coincide to each other and it results in torsional response. The stiffness and mass
of the column vary within the storey’s that result in increase of lateral forces on column on uphill
side and vulnerable to damage. In their analysis they took five G+3 buildings of varying slope
angles of 0, 15, 30, 45, 60° which were designed and analyzed using IS-456 and SAP2000 and
further the building is subjected and analyzed for earthquake load i.e., N90E with PGA of 0.565g
and magnitude of M6.7. They found that short column attract more forces due to the increased
stiffness. The base reaction for the shorter column increases as the slope angle increases while for
other columns it decreases and then increases.
2.2.3 Patel et al. (2014) studied 3D analytical model of eight storied building was analyzed using
analysis tool ETabs with symmetric and asymmetric model to study the effect of variation of height
of column due to sloping ground and the effect of concrete shear wall at different locations during
earthquake. In the present study lateral load analysis as per seismic code was done to study the
effect of seismic load and assess the seismic vulnerability by performing pushover analysis. It was
observed that vulnerability of buildings on sloping ground increases due to formation of plastic
hinges on columns in each base level and on beams at each storey level at performance point. The
number of plastic hinges is more in the direction in which building is more asymmetric. Buildings
on sloping ground have more storey displacement as compared to that of buildings on flat ground
and without having shear wall. Presence of shear wall considerably reduces the base shear and
lateral displacement.
3. EXPERIMENTAL MODELLING
PHASE 1
Under the 2nd chapter we took up a simple 2 dimensional frame subjected to concentrated loads
with un-equal supporting columns. This is for the analogy of the actual problem statement of
design of a multi-storied building on a sloping ground.
4.Problem statement- and Model Calculations
Analysis of a portal frame as shown in the figure:
314
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution: we first calculated the distribution factors as given in the table I

(a) Non-sway analysis Fixed end moments
M 1-2=M 2-1=M3-4=M 4-3=0
M 2-3= - [60/3²] (1 x 2²+ 2 x 1²) =40 kN-m
So horizontal reaction at 1= 16.59+33.19/2=24.98 kN. Horizontal reaction at 4= -20.42-

10.21/4.5= -6.8067 kN
Therefore net sway force = 24.89-6.8067= 18.0833 kN.
(b) Sway analysis:-
Now the frame will be analyzed for a sway force of 18.0833 kN
The ratio of the initial equivalent moments of the column is given by
= (I1/ l1²) : (I2/l2²) = 20.25: 4
Now the moment distribution is performed choosing the above fixed end moments
315
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Horizontal reaction at 1= -14.17-8.08/2= -11.125 kN

Horizontal reaction at 4= -4.02-4.01/4.5= - 1.7844 kN
Resolving we have total S=11.125+1.7844 =12.9094 kN
Now the actual sway force of 18.0833 kN, the sway moments will be
(18.0833/12.904) x A as in above table.
(c) Reactions
H1=9.31 kN
H4=-9.31 kN V4=61.39 kN
V1=120-61.39=58.61KN
316
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 RESULTS OBTAIND FROM STAAD Pro.
PROBLEM STATEMENT:-
MEMBER PROPERTIES
 All Beams: Rectangular, 400 mm width X 500 mm depth
 All Columns: Rectangular, 400 mm width X 500 mm depth
MEMBER ORIENTATION
 All members : Default
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
 Modulus of Elasticity: 22 KN/sq.mm
 Density : 25 kn/cu.m
 Poisson's Ratio : 0.17
SUPPORTS
Base of all columns : Fixed
LOADS Load case 1: Earth Quake Load
 Zone- III(Z= 0.16)
 Special revisiting moment frame(RF= 5)
 Importance factor = 1
 Soil type medium
317
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 RC frame
 Damping ratio=5
 Self -weight of the structure.
 1893 load in global x direction Load case 2: Dead Load
 Self -weight of the structure.
 Beams : 30 kN/m in global Y downward
 Load case 3: Live Load
 Beams : 200 kN/m in global Y downward
 Load Case 4: DEAD + LIVE
 L2 X 1.5 + L3 X 1.5
 Load Case 5: DEAD +LIVE+EARTH QUAKE
 L1 X 1.2 + L2 X 1.2+ L3X 1.2
 Load Case 6: DEAD +LIVE-EARTH QUAKE
 -L1 X 1.2 + L2 X 1.2+ L3X 1.2
 Load Case 7: DEAD + EARTH QUAKE
 L1 X 1.5 + L2 X 1.5
 Load Case 8: DEAD -EARTH QUAKE
 -L1 X 1.5 + L2 X 1.5
 Load Case 9: DEAD +EARTH QUAKE
 -L1 X 1.5 + L2 X 0.9
 Load Case 10: DEAD -EARTH QUAKE
 -L1 X 1.5 + L2 X 0.9
ANALYSIS TYPE: P-DELTA
CONCRETE DESIGN:
Consider all the load cases.
 Parameters: ultimate tensile strength of steel-415 N/sq.mm
 Concrete strength: 30 N/sq.mm
 Clear cover: 30 mm.
 Centre to centre distance of each beam- 4 m
 Height of each storey
 (a)First the structure is on level ground all the supporting columns being of 4 m height.
 (b)For the second case the web design the frame for same loading combinations but on a
sloping ground of I in 5.
 Each beam length = 5m
So for this the dimensions of the supporting column are 4m, 4.5 m,5m, 5.5m and 6m.
318
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1TWO STOREY (DOUBLE BAY)
PLANE GROUND
SLOPING GROUND
4.3.2 Comparison of Results
CONCLUSION AT THE END OF PHASE 1-

The results are almost similar and matching with the manual calculations.
4.0. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
4.1 Axial and shear force variations at different node
319
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BENDING
PLANE SLOPING
14 15
14 14 15
14
13 13
9
5
1 -45 2 3 -4 4-3 5 6 7 8 9 1
-8 --8
9
. 4.2 Bending moment variation at different nodes
TENSILE STRESS
PLANE SLOPING
VARIATION
GROUND GROUND
1 2 3 -1 4 -1 5 6 7 8 9 1
-2 -2 -2
-3 -3 0
-4
-5 -5
-8 -8 -8 -8
-9 -9 -9 -9
4.3 Tensile stress variations at different nodes
COMPRESIVE STRESS
PLANE SLOPING
1 1
9 9 9 9
8 8
6 6
5 5 5
4 4 4
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
4.4 Compresive stres variations at different nodes
320
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUCTILITY DESIGN AND DETAILING
A detailed design of a frame has been carried out with the design aid of IS456 and IS
13920:1993
This phase can be again broadly divided into following:-
6.1Design of a flexural member

6.2Design of an exterior column
6.3 Design of An interior column
To illustrate the design of a sub-frame a flexural member with maximum bending moment has
been carried out.
General specification
 The member is designed according to IS 456:2000
 Building > 3 storey height, minimum grade of concrete M20 – we used M30Steel
reinforcement of FE 415 used.
6.1Design of the flexural member

General
 Factored axial stress less than 0.1 fck
 The member should preferably have a width to depth ratio of more 0.3
 Width/depth=400/500=0.8 > 0.3, hence ok
 Width should not be less then 200mm. But we provided width of 400 mm which is ok.
 Depth should not be greater than 0.25(clear span) i.e.(5000- 400)= 4600mm.
6.1.1Longitudinal reinforcement (node 16)

We will find the reinforcement due to a sagging moment of 455kN-m.
Assuming 25 mm dia bars with 25 mm clear cover
Effective depth(d)= 500-25-(25/2)=465mm
From table D of SP 16 :1980 M u,lim/bd2 = 4.14 (for M-30 and FE 415)
M u,lim= 4.14 x 400 x 4652 = 358.1 kN-m.
Actual moment 455 kN-m is greater than 358.1 kN-m ,so we go for the doubly reinforced
section.
Reinforcement from table 50 of SP 16: 1890 M u /bd2 = 5.26 d 1/d = 0.08
Pt (bottom) = 1.7028
Pc (top) = 0.784
Reinforcement due to the sagging moment
328.98kN-m is the design hogging moment which is not greater than 358.1kN-m ,so we go for
the singly reinforced section.
M u /bd2 = 3.80
From table 4 we have, Pt (top)=1.282 now required reinforcement is the maximum of 0.784 and
1.282,so finally we have
Reinforcement due to the hogging moment
321
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pt (top) = 1.282
Pc (bottom) = 1.7028
Reinforcement at top (At)=1.282x 400x465= 2384 mm2.
Reinforcement at the bottom=1.7028x400x465 =3167.20 mm2.
Checks
1) The top and bottom reinforcements should atleast contain 2 bars which is the case here.
2) Tension steel ratio p min≤ 0.24 (fck/fy) 1/2=0.258 but we have 1.7028. Hence ok
6.1.2 Longitudinal reinforcement (node 34)

We will find the reinforcement due to a sagging moment of 235 kN-m.
Assuming 25 mm dia bars with 25 mm clear cover
Effective depth(d)= 500-25-(25/2)=465mm
From table D of SP 16:1980 M u,lim/bd2 = 4.14(for M-30 and FE 415)
M u,lim= 4.14 x 400 x 4652 =358.1 KN-m.
Actual moment 235 KN-m is less than 358.1 KN-m ,so we go for the singly reinforced section.
Reinforcement from table 4 SP 16: 1890
M u /bd2 =2.717, d1/d=0.08
Pt (bottom) = 0.80
Reinforcement due to the sagging moment
349 KN-m is the design hogging moment which is not greater than 358.1kN-m ,so we go for the
singly reinforced section.
M u /bd2 = 4.03
From table 4 of SP 16, we have Pt(top)=1.391 so finally we have Pt (top) = 1.391
Pc (bottom) = 0.80
Reinforcement at top =1.391 x 400 x 465= 2587 mm2.
Reinforcement at the bottom=0.808x400x465 =1503 mm2.
Checks
1) The top and bottom reinforcements should at least contain 2 bars which is the case here.
2)Tension steel ratio p min≤ 0.24 (fck/fy) 1/2=0.258 but we have 0.808 hence ok
6.1.3 Shear reinforcement requirement
Shear force under consideration will be the maximum of the:-
 Calculated shear force ( V = 375 )
 Shear force sue to the formation of the plastic hinges. At both the ends of the beam.
At node no 16
Pt =3216/(400x465)=2.31% ( at top)
M u,lim /bd2 = 6.9 (Pt =2.31,d’/d = 0.08)
M u,lim = 6.9 x 400 x 4652 = 596 kN-m (maximum hogging moment)
Pt = 2450/(400x465) = 1.32% ( at bottom )
Pt = 8.1 ( 1.32% , d’/d= 0.08)
M u,lim = 8.1 x 400 x 4652 = 700.56 kN-m( maximum sagging moment)
At node 34
Pt = 1960/(400x465) = 1.05% ( at bottom ) M u,lim /bd2 =7.3( Pt = 1.05%, d’/d = 0.08)
322
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M u,lim = 7.3 x 400 x 465 2 = 631 kN-m (maximum sagging moment)
Pt =2613/(400x465)=1.40%(at top)
M u,lim /bd2 = 4.15 (Pt =1.05%, d’/d=0.08)
M u,lim = 4.15 x 400 x 4652 = 358kN-m(maximum hogging moment)
V34D+L = V16D+L = 1.2 x (30 + 20) = 60
For sway to right

V u, 34=60-1.4[631+596]/4.6 = - 313kN
V u, 16 =60+1.4[631+596]/4.6 = 433
For sway to left
V u, 34=60+1.4[358+700.56]/4.6 = -382 kN.
V u, 16 =60-1.4[358+700.56]/4.6 = -262 kN
The minimum percentage of steel used is = 1.05% τ c = 0.66 N/ mm2. τv = 433/(400x 465) =2.32
N/ mm2. τ 1c,max for M 30 = 3.5 N/ mm2.
V us= Vu - τ cbd = 433 - 122= 310 N/ mm2
We adopt 8 mm two legged stirrups
A sv= 100.52 mm2 S max is minimum of
a) d/4 = 465/4= 116

b) 8 d min= 8 x 25 = 200
c) S=.87 x 415 x 100.5 x 465/(310 x 1000)= 54.42 = 60 mm.
So we provide stirrups @ 60 mm c/c.
6.2 Design of exterior column [2]
In this example the columns of the ground floor are designed for illustrations. The exterior
columns no 1 is designed for the forces based on maximum interaction ration (1 in this case)
 We have size of the column 400mm x 500 mm
 Concrete mix M 30
 Vertical reinforcement Fe 415
 Axial load 1160 KN
 Moment from load 229 KN
The general requirement of the column for the ductility will follow IS 13920:1993 and
vertical reinforcement of the column is designed according to IS 456:2000. The transverse and
the special confinement reinforcement will be d by following the IS 13920:1993 and IS
456:2000.
323
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General (Column subjected to bending and axial load)
IS 13920:1993 will be applicable if the axial stress > 0.1 f 1ck.
1160 x 1000/ (400 x 500) = 5.8 > 0.1 f 1ck = .
Minimum dimension of the member ≥ 250 and we have taken 400 which is ok.
Shortest cross section dimension / perpendicular dimension ≥ 0.4
Conclusion
The tasks of providing full seismic safety for the residents inhabiting the most earth quake
prone regions are far from being solved. However in present time we have new regulations in place
for construction that greatly contribute to earthquake disaster mitigation and are being in applied
in accordance with world practice.
In the regulations adopted for implementation in India the following factors have been found to be
critically important in the design and construction of seismic resistant buildings:
 Sites selection for construction that are the most favourable in terms of the frequency of
occurrence and the likely severity of ground shaking and ground failure;
 High quality of construction to be provided conforming to related IS codes such as IS 1893
, IS 13920 to ensure good performance during future earthquakes.
 To implement the design of building elements and joints between them in accordance with
analysis .i.e. ductility design should be done.
 Structural-spatial solutions should be applied that provide symmetry and regularity in the
distribution of mass and stiffness in plan and in elevation.
 Whereas such the situations demands irregularity maximum effort should be given to done
away with the harmful effects like that of “SHORT COLUMN EFFECT”
Researchers indicate that compliance with the above-mentioned requirements will contribute
significantly to disaster mitigation, regardless of the intensity of the seismic loads and specific
features of the earthquakes. These modifications in construction and design can be introduced
which as a result has increase seismic reliability of the buildings and seismic safety for human life.
REFERENCES
[1] ABAQUS user’s manual, Version 6.11. (2011). Dassault Systems Simulia Corp.,
Providence, RI, USA.
[2] Tim Stratford, John Cadei (2006) “Elastic analysis of adhesion stresses for the design of a
strengthening plate bonded to a beam”, Construction and Building Materials 20 (2006) 34–
45.
[3] Narayanamurthy V, J.F.Chen, J.Cairns, A.Ramaswamy (2011) “Effect of shear
deformation on interfacial stresses in plated beams subjected to arbitrary loading”,
International Journal of Adhesion & Adhesives 31 (2011) 862–874.
[4] Teng J.G. , J.W. Zhang, S.T. Smith (2001) “Interfacial stresses in reinforced concrete
beams bonded with a soffit plate: a finite element study”, Construction and Building
Materials 16(2002).1-4.
[5] Abu Thomas Zachariah (2006) “Finite Element Modeling of Adhesive Interface between
Steel and CFRP”, Chalmers, Civil and Environmental Engineering, Master’s Thesis
2006:61.
324
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES ON ANALYSIS OF RAINFALL AND RUNOFF IN
TELANGANA REGION OF INDIA
1
Dr.Mohd.Hussain, 2Ch.Chaitanya Lakshmi, 2Varala Akhila, 2Sai Sowmya Asadi , 2Samatha
Ratan and 2Sampath Manasa
1
Professor and Dean, Department of Civil Engineering & Coordinator, Centre for Water Resources
Engineering and Management (CREAM), Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology,
Hyderabad
2
Final Year B.Tech students, Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Thirty one year rainfall data of Telangana region from 1984-2014 were obtained from the digital records
of Government of India ( www.data.gov.in). The thirty one year data includes monthly, seasonal and annual
rainfall for Telangana region. The average, standard deviation, variance, return period, probability of
exceedance are calculated for all monthly, seasonal and annual rainfall values using MS EXCEL. Twenty
year rainfall and runoff data in Dindi medium irrigation project of Telangana from 1968- 1988 are
obtained from the records and Multiple regression analysis is done using MS EXCEL analysis tool pack.
The relationship obtained is in the form Y= 0.2366X - 89.838 where Y is runoff values in mm and X is
rainfall values in mm. The correlation coefficient obtained is 0.76.
Keywords: Rainfall Analysis,Multiple regression, MS EXCEL
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Accurate and current rainfall characterization is an important rule for water-related system design
and management. Updated rainfall intensity-duration-frequency (IDF) relationships in Peninsular
India were developed; impacts on runoff and groundwater recharge attributable to changes in
rainfall characteristics are discussed. Two data sets were used from gauge in Hyderabad city:
hourly rainfall data for the 19 years from 1993-2011 and daily rainfall data for the 30 years from
1982-2011. Hourly data were used to develop updated rainfall IDF relationships; Daily data were
used for trend analysis of threshold-basedrainfall events. Greater intensity storms may reduce
groundwater recharge and increase runoff, making the surface storage of runoff increasingly
important to enhance recharge and reduce flooding risks. (Daniel Dourte et al. 2013).There is
mounting evidence from global and regional studies that precipitation patterns are shifting toward
more common higher intensity storms and fewer light and moderate events (Kunkel et al. 1999)
Effective storm water management plans depend on reliable rainfall intensity-duration-frequency
(IDF) relationships. Due to the perception of high-intensity rainfall events as occurring more
frequently than expected, the Michigan Dept. of Transportation (MDOT) commissioned a study
to update rainfall IDF estimates for each of seven durations 1, 2, 3, 6, 12, 18, and 24 h and six
recurrence intervals 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, and 100 years. In contrast to a traditional at-site frequency
analysis using method of moments estimators, this study applied a regional frequency analysis
approach based on L-moments. Data were compiled from 76 hourly recording stations and 152
daily recording stations, and trend and outlier analyses were conducted on both annual maximum
325
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
series (AMS) and partial duration series (PDS) data. With the entire state considered a
homogeneous region, two regional index flood models were applied: a generalized Pareto
distribution (GPD)fit to PDS data PDS/GPD model, and a generalized extreme value
distribution(GEV) fit to AMS data AMS/GEV model . Verification of results indicated that the
revised rainfall IDF estimates provide more reliable values than those previously used
(Christopher M. Trefry et. al 2005). Frequency Analysis of Extreme events was explained
(Stedinger et al. 1993)..Hydrologic Frequency Analysis was described (R.A.Wurbs and
W.P.James,2009).Probability, Risk and Uncertainty Analysis for Hydrologic and Hydraulic
Design was described by Larry W.Mays (2004).
2.0 METHODOLOGIES ADOPTED

(a)DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA
Telangana is one of the 29 states in India, located in southern India. Formed in June 2014, it is
the youngest state in India.
Its major cities include Hyderabad, Warangal, Khammam, Karimnagar, Nizamabad and Nalgonda.
Telangana is bordered by the states of Maharashtra to the north and north west, Chhattisgarh to
the north, Karnataka to the west and Andhra Pradesh to the east and south.
Fig 1 Fig 2
RAINFALL
326
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One of the major things that has a great impact to all is change in climate. Telangana generally
has three seasons. They are:
1. Summer
Like most countries in South Asia, summer in Telangana generally begins during March and ends
somewhere in end-may or Mid-June. During this time, the temperature in the region can reach 40
degrees Celsius especially in May, although the average temperature is normally 25 degrees.
2. Monsoon.
Immediately after summer, from June to about October or so, the monsoon season sets in. During
this time, the heat can become very much bearable, warm and humid. Monsoon in Telangana is
pretty much marked by plenty of rainfall, with a high level of humidity accompanying it; more
than 75% of the rainfall that the state receives happens during this season. July is usually the month
where there are more rainy days but September is when the rains are heaviest.
3. Winter.
From November to February, Telangana experiences the winter season. Unlike the northern parts
of India, winter in the state isn’t overly chilly; it’s actually pretty pleasant. During winter, the
average minimum temperature hovers around the 13 degree-Celsius range, although it can rise up
to the 28-degree range. Humidity in the morning is usually very high, especially during the
monsoon season, when it can exceed 80%. During the summer months, humidity can drop to an
average of 25 to 30%. The focus of this report will mainly look into the extent of rainfall over the
years of 1984-2014 in Telangana, the frequency, probability of exceedance and analysis of the
output. The reason is basically linked to the fact that understanding rainfall and its trends is crucial
for knowing about the climatic changes, growth of plant forms, everyday usage etc.
DINDI PROJECT
Dindi Project is an existing Medium Irrigation Project constructed across River Dindi a tributary
of Krishna River near Dindi (V) & (M), Nalgonda District. This reservoir is a medium water
reservoir across Dindi tributary of River Krishna located near Dindi, Mahabubnagar town in
Telangana, It is part of Srisailam Left Bank Canal. This medium reservoir has 59 million cubic
meters gross storage capacity. It is close to Nagarjunsagar-Srisailam Tiger Reserve, around 95
kilometers from Hyderabad. The Project was commenced during the year 1940 and completed in
the year 1943 at a cost of Rs.34.36 Lakhs to irrigate an Ayacut of 12,835 acres. It is located mid
way between Hyderabad to Srisailam on Hyderabad Srisailam Highway. This Project
contemplates to provide Irrigation facilities to an extent of 12,835 acres.There are no Inter-State
problems for this Project. This report also focuses on the rainfall and runoff between the years
1968-1988 of the Dindi Project. The reason is to analyse the data by preparing a multiple regression
equation using MS EXCEL. The details of the project are taken from the National Water
Management Project Report of Dindi Project (1990).
327
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b)DATA ACQUISITION
The data are acquired from the web site www.data.gov.in of Government of India.
MONTHLY RAINFALL FROM 1984-2014(All Dimensions in mm)

NAME Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Annual
Telangana 1984 4.2 4.9 3.8 15.9 4.1 91.4 248.1 102 113.3 84.9 4.5 0.3 677.4
Telangana 1985 6.6 0 6.5 13.8 16.2 159.4 208.7 151.9 64 109.7 2.5 4.8 744.1
Telangana 1986 29.2 44.4 1.4 18.1 12.4 105.9 208 352.5 73.2 30.3 26.6 14.6 916.6
Telangana 1987 12.5 1 14.4 9.7 25.7 101.1 218.1 200.4 59.4 112.1 141.8 1.6 897.8
Telangana 1988 0 4.3 1.7 23 7.9 108.3 536.2 294.5 278.9 37.9 0.9 4.9 1298.5
Telangana 1989 0 0 39.6 2.7 7.1 207 422.4 248 170.3 20.8 4.2 9.3 1131.4
Telangana 1990 2.8 3.9 18.3 5.4 172.6 208.4 159.2 397.6 111.9 188.1 7.1 0.1 1275.4
Telangana 1991 16.8 1.9 6 26.6 31.4 196.8 241.7 130.6 141.9 32.9 40.5 3 870.1
Telangana 1992 4.9 0.1 0.6 10.7 25.4 137.2 156.6 244.7 92.3 57.3 43.3 0 773.1
Telangana 1993 1 1.2 15.3 17.5 37.1 76.3 256.2 133.4 152.3 112 2.2 15.5 820
Telangana 1994 9.4 11.9 0.2 24 19.9 85.9 257.7 221.7 45.5 176.1 34.7 0 887
Telangana 1995 65.7 1.1 16.1 16.2 45.8 115.7 227.2 178.9 124.4 285.3 12.4 0 1088.8
Telangana 1996 0.1 5.3 2.2 28.2 12.1 112.9 213.4 265.7 150.3 98.8 18.9 4.1 912
Telangana 1997 24.3 0.5 19.2 47.5 19.3 65.2 166.5 131 166.6 80.5 44 39.3 803.9
Telangana 1998 3.1 20.9 9.6 19.2 25.3 135 226 246.8 185.8 82.6 19.6 0 973.9
Telangana 1999 0 9.9 3.6 1.9 63.6 106.1 194.5 178.1 153.5 44.1 2.3 0 757.6
Telangana 2000 0.5 15.3 1 14.4 49.4 229.6 196.4 389.4 63.6 25.4 4.2 6 995.2
Telangana 2001 5.2 0 17.5 32.5 7.4 183.8 122.3 240.6 144 139.8 2.9 0 896
Telangana 2002 13.3 1.8 1.3 6.3 33.3 136.9 88.9 289.6 86.5 108.7 1.1 0 767.7
Telangana 2003 0 2.7 19.8 11.4 0.6 119.6 317.7 297.2 111.2 108.8 0.4 17.3 1006.7
Telangana 2004 24.1 8.8 6.5 27.4 35.1 61 234.7 149.5 118.4 89.7 6.5 0 761.7
Telangana 2005 36.5 7.3 22 10.5 11.1 99.6 397.6 145.8 315.5 180.8 2.3 1.8 1230.8
Telangana 2006 0 0 47.2 47.6 49.5 103.6 146.5 290.8 289.1 31.6 38.7 0 1044.6
Telangana 2007 0 2.7 0.1 13.3 16 170.9 135.8 212.8 281.3 54.2 15.5 0 902.6
Telangana 2008 0 20 113.2 16 8.4 124.1 173.7 354.1 145.6 28.8 13.8 0.3 998
Telangana 2009 2.2 0 5.3 6.2 26.9 65.5 112.2 165.4 154.8 94.3 31.9 1.1 665.8
Telangana 2010 11.2 7.2 0.9 10.9 40.6 102.3 389.5 278.9 242.3 101.7 45.7 17.7 1248.9
Telangana 2011 0 9.7 2.3 33.1 20.3 80.5 261.6 230.3 84.4 15.7 1.7 0 739.6
Telangana 2012 8.1 0 0.3 18.3 13.7 116.5 263.9 224 182.8 83.8 61.3 0 972.7
Telangana 2013 3.9 30.2 0.1 25.1 12.5 185.6 386.2 212.3 165.1 232.6 17.3 1.1 1021
Telangana 2014 0.1 1.9 47.7 10 70.5 55.4 142.9 173.4 126.8 43.3 12 1.5 685.6
Table 1
Source- www.data.gov.in
328
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEASONAL RAINFALL FROM 1984-2014 (All dimensions in mm.)
Name Year Jan-Feb Mar-May Jun-Sep Oct-Dec

Telangana 1984 9.1 23.8 554.8 89.7
Telangana 1985 6.6 36.5 584 117
Telangana 1986 73.6 31.9 739.6 71.5
Telangana 1987 13.5 49.8 579 255.5
Telangana 1988 4.3 32.6 1217.9 43.7
Telangana 1989 0 49.4 1047.7 34.3
Telangana 1990 6.7 196.3 877.1 195.3
Telangana 1991 18.7 64 711 76.4
Telangana 1992 5 36.7 630.8 100.6
Telangana 1993 2.2 69.9 618.2 129.7
Telangana 1994 21.3 44.1 610.8 210.8
Telangana 1995 66.8 78.1 646.2 297.7
Telangana 1996 5.4 42.5 742.3 121.8
Telangana 1997 24.8 86 529.3 163.8
Telangana 1998 24 54.1 793.6 102.2
Telangana 1999 9.9 69.1 632.2 46.4
Telangana 2000 15.8 64.8 879 35.6
Telangana 2001 5.2 57.4 690.7 142.7
Telangana 2002 15.1 40.9 601.9 109.8
Telangana 2003 2.7 31.8 845.7 126.5
Telangana 2004 32.9 69 563.6 96.2
Telangana 2005 43.8 43.6 958.5 184.9
Telangana 2006 0 144.3 830 70.3
Telangana 2007 2.7 29.4 800.8 69.7
Telangana 2008 20 137.6 797.5 42.9
Telangana 2009 2.2 38.4 497.9 127.3
Telangana 2010 18.4 52.4 1013 165.1
Telangana 2011 9.7 55.7 656.8 17.4
Telangana 2012 8.1 32.3 787.2 145.1
Telangana 2013 34.1 37.7 949.2 251
Telangana 2014 2 128.3 498.5 56.8
Table 2
Source- www.data.gov.in
329
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RAINFALL AND RUNOFF PARTICULARS OF DINDI PROJECT
Year Rainfall (mm) Runoff(mm)

1968-69 555.74 15.96
1969-70 579.08 27.15
1970-71 486.06 50.69
1971-72 478.79 19.63
1972-73 271.25 2.03
1973-74 518.44 21.52
1974-75 678.72 47.29
1975-76 1012.61 162.79
1976-77 682.61 91.61
1977-78 583.69 49.18
1978-79 994.58 201.65
1979-80 487.33 76.52
1980-81 459.81 15.03
1981-82 570.07 61.04
1982-83 536.81 10.53
1983-84 634.13 119.9
1984-85 538.81 17.83
1985-86 478.13 9.47
1986-87 489.53 0
1987-88 830.72 11.05
Source : National Water Management Project Report.
3.0 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The average, standard deviation, variance, return period, probability of exceedance are
calculated for all monthly, seasonal and annual rainfall values using MS EXCEL
330
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANALYSIS OF RAINFALL DATA

Notation: Probability of Exceedence (Pro)
YEA Annual rainfall in Annual rainfall in
Ranking Return period=(n+1/m) Pro=(1/return period)
R mm descending order
1984 677.4 1298.5 1 100 3.125
1985 744.1 1275.4 2 50 6.25
1986 916.6 1248.9 3 33.33333333 9.375
1987 897.8 1230.8 4 25 12.5
1988 1298.5 1131.4 5 20 15.625
1989 1131.4 1088.8 6 16.66666667 18.75
1990 1275.4 1044.6 7 14.28571429 21.875
1991 870.1 1021 8 12.5 25
1992 773.1 1006.7 9 11.11111111 28.125
1993 820 998 10 10 31.25
1994 887 995.2 11 9.090909091 34.375
1995 1088.8 973.9 12 8.333333333 37.5
1996 912 972.7 13 7.692307692 40.625
1997 803.9 916.6 14 7.142857143 43.75
1998 973.9 912 15 6.666666667 46.875
1999 757.6 902.6 16 6.25 50
2000 995.2 897.8 17 5.882352941 53.125
2001 896 896 18 5.555555556 56.25
2002 767.7 887 19 5.263157895 59.375
2003 1006.7 870.1 20 5 62.5
2004 761.7 820 21 4.761904762 65.625
2005 1230.8 803.9 22 4.545454545 68.75
2006 1044.6 773.1 23 4.347826087 71.875
2007 902.6 767.7 24 4.166666667 75
2008 998 761.7 25 4 78.125
2009 665.8 757.6 26 3.846153846 81.25
2010 1248.9 744.1 27 3.703703704 84.375
2011 739.6 739.6 28 3.571428571 87.5
2012 972.7 685.6 29 3.448275862 90.625
2013 1021 677.4 30 3.333333333 93.75
2014 685.6 665.8 31 3.225806452 96.875
331
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The twenty year rainfall particulars and runoff particulars at Dindi Medium Irrigation Project in
Telangana (table 5 ) are fitted for regression relationship and Regression equation obtained is
Y=0.2366X-89.838
Where Y-Runoff value in ‘mm’,

X-Rainfall value in ‘mm’.
The correlation coefficient (r) is 0.762, coefficient of determination (r-square) is 0.58. The
standard error computed is 36.86. (Fig 9). The coefficient of determination (r-square) is the ratio
between the Regression sum of the square to the total sum of squares (or) the ratio of explained
variance to total variance. The present simple regression model has the coefficient of
determination 0.58 which indicates that 42% of the total variance is unexplained. The correlation
coefficient (r) is the positive square root of the coefficient of the determination. It is the correlation
between the response and the observed values. It’s value is 0.76. The correlation coefficient being
high, there is reason to believe that there is strong linear dependence between the annual and runoff.
The standard error of estimate which is the square root of the sum of the squares of the errors. (i.e.,
errors deviations from mean) divided by the degrees of freedom comes to 36.86. This being not
so high is reasonably acceptable. The student’s t-test distribution determines the importance of
independent variables. The t- statistics for x variable is 4.994. F-test determines the regression
model adequacy. The F-test determine whether or not a dependent variable is significantly related
to independent variable. The computed F value for the regression is 24.947.The unexplained
variance in the Rainfall-Runoff relationship can be reduced by including other relevant parameters,
from the data about land and water resources of India.
4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Reservoir operations based on regression relationship between Rainfall and Runoff at dam sites
contributes to environmental sustainability.The regression relationship to be morerealistic must
take into account to the parameters such as Catchment area, Interceptionstorage,Slope,etc.
The calculated values of the average,standard deviation,variance,return period andprobability
of exceedance for all monthly,seasonal,and annual rainfall for thirty one years from 1984-2014
Indicate the patterns of rainfall inTelangana region.
5.0 REFERENCES
[1] Daniel Dourte;Sanjay Shukla;Piara Singh;and Dorota Haman(2013),“Rainfall
Intensity-Duration-FrequencyRelationships for AndhraPradesh,India: Changing
Rainfall Patterns and Implications for Runoff in GroundwaterRecharge”,Journal
of Hydrologic Engineering,18(3),324-330.
[2] Mohsen Sherif;Salem Akram;and Amapr Shetty (2009),“RainfallAnalysis for the
Northern Wadis of United ArabEmirates; A CaseStudy”, Journal of Hydrologic
Engineering, 14(6),535-544.
[3] Christopher M.Trefry; David W.Watkins Jr.; and Dennis Johnson(2005),“Regional
Rainfall Frequency Analysis for the state of Michigan”.Journal of Hydrologic
Engineering,10(6), 437-449.
332
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[4] Andhra Pradesh Irrigation and Command AreaDevelopment Department
(1990),“National WaterManagement Project Report, Dindi Project”.
[5] Al-Rashed,M.F.and Sherif,M.M(2000),“Water resources in the GCC countries:
An overview.”WaterResources Management ,141,59–75.
[6] Kunkel,K.E.,Andsager,K.,and Easterling,D.R.(1999),“Long-termtrends in extreme
precipitation events over theconterminous United States and Canada.”Jounal of
Climotology ,12,2515–2527.
[7] Stedinger,J.R.,Vogel,R.M.and Foufoula-Georgiou,E(1993),“Frequency analysis of
extreme events.”Handbookof Hydrology,ed.D.R.Maidment, McGraw-Hill,NewYork.
[8] www.data.gov.in
[9] Ralph A.Wurbs and Wesley P.James (2009),”Hydrologic Frequency Analysis “, Water
Resources Engineering,Prentice Hall Publication
[10] Larry W.Mays (2004),”Probability,Risk and Uncertainty Analysis for Hydrologic and
Hydraulic Design”,John Wiley Sons
333
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAFETY AT SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
– A CASE STUDY IN KOLKATA CITY
Jahnavi Yarlagadda
Doctoral Student, Indian Institute of Technology Hyderabad, Kandi, Hyderabad, India, 502285;
ce17resch11013@iith.ac.in
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Even though intersections constitute a very less area in the overall roadway system, they are the major
conflicting areas, as different streams of traffic occupy the same space at the same time. So, a well-
engineered geometrical design and optimized traffic control are vital to provide a safe road environment.
In this study, existing Indian Road Safety Audits and other relevant guidelines for signalized intersections
are reviewed and a new comprehensive format is developed to assist the engineer in formulating a checklist
of performance measures. In order to know the safety lacunas at existing signalized intersections, a
methodology is formulated to check the operating road conditions for strict conformance to standards. An
urban corridor in Kolkata city is selected to implement the methodology. A survey is done at nine signalized
intersections in the study corridor using modified checklist and IRC standards are followed to check against
operating conditions. Observed lacunas in the design are addressed with possible treatments to improve
the road user group safety
Keywords: Signalized Intersections, Performance Measures, Road Safety Audits, User group safety.
INTRODUCTION
Even though technology is playing its vital role in the field of transportation, the occurrence of
accidents is becoming inevitable. This provoked Engineers to implement better designing
procedures and Safety enhancement programs like Road Safety Audit Survey. According to world
statistics, intersection related crashes constitute more than 20 percent of fatal crashes, even though
intersections constitute very less area of the overall highway system. It is not unusual that crashes
are concentrated at intersections, because intersections are the only areas where vehicles moving
in different directions want to occupy same space at the same time.
Traffic signals are a common form of traffic control used by state and local agencies to
address roadway operations. They allow the shared use of road space by separating conflicting
movements in time and allocating delay. Good geometric design in combination with optimized
traffic control would ensure safe and efficient operation through intersections. So, it is necessary
to check the accuracy of existing road facilities to make sure of safe road environment at signalized
intersections.
BACKGROUND
The detailed study of intersections and signal control gives a fair idea of what all need to be looked
for in order to assess safety and what can be done to enhance safety. The engineer should be aware
of road users and their needs and limitations with regard to signalized intersections. Information
displayed in advance of and at the intersection needs to be consistent, timely, legible, and relevant.
331
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Awareness of how human factors play a role in the task of using the intersection will go a long
way toward reducing error and the collisions this may cause (“FHWA-Signalized Intersections-
Informational guide”,).
A facility designed for a different purpose other than intended purpose will not fetch good
results in terms of both safety and efficiency. Geometric design often involves a broad range of
aspects, which need to be taken care in order to assure safety. Among all, visibility is the primary
consideration at an intersection as it is vital to provide any sort of information. All the sight
triangles should be free of obstructions. In addition to Visibility, Turning radii, Channelization,
Auxiliary lanes and Accessibility also contributes for safe road operations. Channelization requires
careful attention as it is the means of separating conflicts in space. (NCHRP Report-500, Volume
12). All the intersection movements should be obvious to the drivers. (IRC: SP-41 1994).Reduce
frequency of intersection conflicts through traffic control and operational improvements. An
approaching driver should be able to see signals and signs well in time to react. Sequence of
signals, location of Signal& Sign posts, Visibility condition of sign posts and markings and also
night time lighting should be in conformance with the local regulations and standards. (“IRC-Road
safety audits”).
OBJECTIVE
The broad objective of this study is to formulate a list of performance measures and identify
lacunas in terms of safety of different user groups at signalized intersections and suggesting
improvement measures. The measures considered go across the full range of Engineering.
METHODOLOGY
Formulation of Performance Measures: In this division of work, Existing road safety audits and
other guidelines for signalized intersections are reviewed and inferred a comprehensive format,
which details all measures that need to be looked for in order to ensure safety at signalized
intersections.
Selection of Study Corridor: To signify the importance of design and operation of a facility in
conformance with the standards, an urban corridor in the Kolkata city is selected which is one
among the busy corridors. It starts from Birla Planetarium Intersection to Tollygunge Square
Intersection, covering a total of seven major signalized intersections and two minor signalized
intersections.
Data Collection and Audit Findings: The checklist survey is done at all signalized intersections
in the study corridor. All the operational measures are checked against standards and identified
where the deficiencies are prominent.
332
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table1: Curbs without ramp extensions
Curb Ramps
Issue:
Curbs connected to cross walks are not provided with ramp extensions.
Justification:
Disabled road users will not be able to access the roads safely unless the ramps are
provided to access curbs.
333
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Excessive Advertising Posts
Advertising Posts
Issue:
More advertising posts (commercial) are there near signal and sign heads.
Justification:
Traffic control measures are intended to demand driver's attention well in time to take
proper action. But more advertising posts near controlling measures will divert driver's
attention and eventually leads to the improper response of the driver.
334
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 : Buses Halting in the Intersection Area
Bus Stops
Issue:
Buses are halting near intersection obstructing the other vehicular movements.
Justification:
Buses are halting near intersection (2-4 buses per signal cycle during Peak hours), which
are creating the major conflict prone zone at the approaches. In order to eliminate rear-
end & right angle collisions, buses should be prohibited from halting at intersection area.
335
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Red Time
Issue:
All red time is not included in the signal cycle.
Justification:
All the intersections in the study area are wide and allowing high traffic volumes. So, in
order to assist driver to leave the intersection safely it is required to provide all red time
in the signal cycle.
Conclusions & Recommendations:

This study is aimed at developing safety measures for different user groups at signalized
intersections. All the measures formulated are grouped under four divisions, first division deals
with general layout, second division considers visibility related aspects, third division go across
traffic control and management issues and the fourth division takes all the other aspects which also
plays major role in ensuring safety at intersections. These all measures are checked for strict
conformance to standards at all the signalized intersections in the study corridor and it is found
that few deficiencies like absence of curb ramp extensions, hazardous bus halts in the intersection
area and excessive existence of advertising posts near traffic informative bodies are common to
all. In addition to these common deficiencies, each intersection is found to have specific lacunas
like insufficient pedestrian refuge islands, improper location of signal and sign posts and absence
of road markings and delineators. All these safety lacunas are addressed with possible
improvement measures. These recommendations are listed below,
 All curbs are to be provided with ramp extensions to facilitate the safe movement of
disabled road users. And pedestrian waiting area has to be enhanced either by providing
refuge islands or delineators.
 Sight triangles at all approaches should be made free of tree branches and vegetation. Re-
stripe the road markings and re-install the Sign posts, if they are faded.
 Install pedestrian signals where ever it is necessary. Optimize signal cycles and clearance
intervals where the existing cycle lengths are insufficient. And re-locate the signal posts
and sign posts according to the relevant standards.
336
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Eliminate on-street business on the carriageway and sidewalks. Prior intimation about
existence of intersection and route directions should be done in the form of informatory
boards.
 Wherever the violation of traffic rules (halts beyond stop line & parking violations) are
there, serious action should be taken by local enforcement authority.
REFERENCES
[1] Australian Road Research Board (ARRB). (2010). Road Safety Audit Checklists.
Austroads, New Zealand
[2] California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) (2010). "Complete Intersections: A
Guide to Reconstructing Intersections and Interchanges for Bicyclists and Pedestrians".
California.
[3] City of Ottawa (2010). "Pedestrian Intersection Safety Counter Measure Handbook".
Ottawa.
[4] Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). (2013). "Signalized Intersections:
Informational Guide". Rep. No. FHWA-HRT-04-091. Washington, D.C
[5] Jeffrey W. Buckholz. Traffic Signal Operations Course- Traffic Phasing. PDH enterprises.
Morrisville.
[6] Indian Roads Congress (IRC). (1997). Code of Practice for Road Markings (35-1997).
New Delhi.
[7] Indian Roads Congress (IRC). (2012). Code of Practice for Road Signs (67-2012). New
Delhi.
[8] Indian Roads Congress (IRC). (1981). Recommended practice for Road Delineators (79-
1981).
[9] Indian Roads Congress (IRC). (1985). Guidelines on Design and Installation of Road
Traffic Signals (93-1985). New Delhi.
[10] Indian Roads Congress (IRC). (1944). Guidelines for the Design of At-grade
Intersections in Rural & Urban Areas (SP 41-1944). New Delhi.
[11] Indian Roads Congress (IRC). (2010). Manual on Road Safety Audit (SP:88-2010).
New Delhi.
[12] Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH) (2010). "Road accidents in
India". Government of India.
[13] National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP). (2004). "A Guide for
Reducing Collisions at Signalised Intersections". Rep No. 500 Volume 12.
Transportation Research Board. Washington, D.C.
[14] National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP). (2011). "Evaluation of
Safety Strategies at Signalised Intersections". Rep No. 705. Transportation Research
Board. Washington, D.C.
337
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DURABILITY STUDIES OF SFR-SCC SUBJECTED TO
ELEVATED TEMPERATURES
G.Jyothi Kumari1, ESTR Chandrasekhar.B2, Dr.M.V.Seshagiri Rao3
1
Asst. Prof, Civil Engg department, GITAM University, Hyderabad campus, India, jyothineelapu@gmail.com
2
Asst. Prof. of Civil engineering, GITAM University, Hyderabad campus, India, sekharbhojaraju@gmail.com
3
Professor, Civil engineering department, CVR College, Hyderabad, Telangana, India, rao_vs_meduri@yahoo.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
An attempt was made to develop the concrete with high performance in addition to flow ability. To obtain
these properties we require high measure of cementitious substance, however, the main consequence is the
concrete will become more brittle in nature, to avoid this steel fibers are introduced in the mix. The
concrete having the ability to flow under its own weight even in difficult conditions and in congested
reinforcement sections is known as Flowing Concrete or Self Compacting Concrete (SCC). Scarcely any
explores are done to consider the properties of SCC consideration of steel fibers. From previous studies
two optimum mixes(PF1.12 ,s/a 0.5and PF 1.14,s/a 0.57) were arrived by studying Plain SCC(PSCC) of
medium and high strengths(MS&HS) for varying Packing Factors (PF) and s/a(0.5&0.57). In this paper
the mechanical characteristics of SFR-SCC(Steel Fibre Reinforced-SCC) containing straight steel fibres
(0% -1.2%) of different volume fraction are studied. Maximum compressive strength was observed for a
concrete with 1% steel fibre. Hereafter the effect of high temperature (100,200,400,600oC) on optimum mix
was studied as the properties of the materials significantly varies with temperature due to its high
compactness. In the present investigations, the specimens are subjected to required temperature for 60min
and let to cool down in the furnace itself. The hardened properties measured after fire exposure are
compressive strength, split tensile strength, upv, rebound and resistivity. Spalling was noticed when
specimens of high strength are exposed to high temperature.
Keywords: Packing Factor), Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete, Elevated temperature
1. Introduction
Concrete became one of the major construction material in all branches of modern constructions
In the present scenario, concrete is the most common and widely used structural material in
construction field, apart from steel. The social problem of the poor durability performances of
Japanese concrete in structures due to inadequate consolidation of the concrete in the casting
operations in 1983 and reduction in the number of skilled workers in Japan had led to the
development of SCC. The development of Self-Compacting Concrete (SCC) is a successful
achievement in the construction industry. By 1988, the concept was developed and made ready for
the first real-scale tests and at the same time the first prototype of self-compacting concrete was
completed using materials already on the market. The prototype performed satisfactorily with
regard to drying and hardening shrinkage, heat of hydration, denseness after hardening, and other
properties and was named “High Performance Concrete.” At almost the same time, “High
Performance Concrete” was defined as a concrete with high durability due to low water-cement
ratio by professor Aitcin (Ouchi et al., 1996). Since then, the term high performance concrete has
been used around the world to refer to high durability concrete. Due to its high fluidity and
resistance to segregation it can be pumped longer distances. The concept of SCC was proposed in
1986 by Professor Hajime Okaruma, but the prototype was first developed in 1988 in Japan, by
338
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Professor Ozawa (1989) at the University of Tokyo.[5] Therefore, Okamura (1997) has changed
the term for the proposed concrete to “Self-Compacting High Performance Concrete. During their
studies, they found the employment of self-compacting concrete had reduced the construction
period, eliminated the noise due to vibration and assured compaction in confined zones where
compaction is difficult. The cost of SCC was compensated by the elimination of vibrating
compaction and work done to level the surface of the normal concrete (Khayat et al., 1997). Once
this obstacle has been eliminated, concrete construction could be rationalized and a new
construction system, including formwork, reinforcement, support and structural design, could be
developed. There is weakness due to the presence of micro cracks in the mortar-aggregate
interface. This weakness can be removed or can be made negligible by the inclusion of steel fibres
in the mixture. Different types of fibers such as polymer, glass, etc., can also be used in composite
materials which can be introduced into the concrete mixture to increase its toughness, or ability to
resist crack growth. The self-concrete in which the fibres help to transfer loads at the internal micro
cracks is called a Fibre-reinforced Self Compacting Concrete (FRSCC).
2. Experimental work:
Objective of work – Considering SFRSCC is a newer type of concrete compared to conventional
concrete and PSCC, the research performed on fire exposure is limited. So an attempt was made
to study the behaviour of SFRSCC when exposed to fire exposure after studying the mechanical
charateristics of SFRSCC containing fibres of 0%,0.4%,0.8%,1%,1.2% volume fraction of straight
steel fibres.
2.1 Materials
CEMENT: Cement used in the present study is Ordinary Portland cement of 53 grade had a
specific gravity 3.2.
AGGREGATE : Coarse aggregate obtained from a local source had a specific gravity 2.64 of
10mm,12.5 and 20mm and river sand with specific gravity 2.6 passing through 4.75mm sieve are
used in order attain flowability of concrete.
WATER: Ordinary potable water of normally pH 7 is used for mixing and curing the concrete
specimen.
CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES: An accelerator retarding super plasticizer having poly carboxylic
ether and water reducing admixture VMA is used. based upon the requirement
MINERAL ADMIXTURE: Fly Ash a supplementary cementious material obtained from thermal
power station is used as filler material.
FIBRES : Straight Steel fibres of circular c/s with a dia of 0.5mm and aspect ratio 26 were utilized.
2.2 Mix Design to casting of test specimens : Both medium and high strength SCC for varying
PF and s/a were designed and developed by using method suggested by Nan-Su et al (2001) and
SV Rao et. al (2010). In this present investigation only fly ash was used as a mineral admixture.
The chemical admixtures like Super Plasticizers (SP) and Viscosity Modifying agents (VMA) are
used to improve the workability. A total number of 10 mixes are designed in which two are PSCC
mixes of grades M40 and M80. Apart from these, fours mixes (M40 - 0.4, 0.8, 1, 1.2) are designed
to define the optimize percentage of the steel fiber content. After defining the optimum steel fiber
339
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
content four SFR-SCC mixes (1.12-0.5 & 1.14-0.57) of different grades are developed to study the
durability properties.
2.2.1 Mixing
First 50% of water mixed with75% dosage of super plasticizer is introduced in the mixer and then
coarse aggregateis added and agitated for two minutes, then like the dry ingradients cement flyash
sand are added to the mix and mixed gradually for 3 min..The remaining 25% of water was mixed
with the superplasticizer and VMA and was poured into the mixer and mixed for five minutes.Later
required quantities of Steel fibres were sprinkled over the concrete mix and mixed for one minute
to get a uniform mix. After the mixing was completed ,tests like V-funnel,J-Ring,L-Box were
perfomed and checked accordingly as instructed in EFNARC specifications.
2.2.2 casting
A total number of six 100mm cube specimens, 4 number of 100x200mm cylinders are casted for
each mix are prepared to access mechanical properties after 28 days of moist curing. At the age
of 28 days the specimens which meant to be exposed to high temperature are heated in electric
furnace fig1 Four temperatures are examined to determine the specimens fire resistance ie
100,200,400and 6000C The heating rate is applied at 100C/min until the target strength is reached
and maintained for one hour and the specimens are allowed to cool down and tested to determine
properties such as compressive strength, splitting tensile strength, upv, rebound hammer and
resistivity.
2.3 Test Procedure:

2.3.1.Fresh or workability tests
In order to characterise the flow and workability properties of the mix slump flow,L-box,U-box
were used to measure flowing capacity,filling ability and passing ability of the mix.The obtained
results are compared with EFNARC specifications(2).
2.3.2 Compressive strength : The original compressive strength of various SFRSCC mixes
containing fibres of 0%,0.4%,0.8%,1%,1.2% volume fraction of straight steel fibres apart ffrom
the PSCC are measured on 100mm cubes at the age of 28 days. Residual compressive strength is
measured on 100mm cubes after subjecting the cubes to various temperatures and noting the
weight loss.
Split tensile strength : The tesile sprength of various mixes is determined on 100x200mm
cylinders.
Pulse velocity : Pulse velocity is measured on 100mm cubes according to the procedure described
by EN 12504-4 after 28 days of curing using a PUNDIT upv testing devise.
The rebound number is measured using Rebound hammer.test conducted on 100mm cubes on a
smooth surface in horizontal position which indirectly gives the compressive strength by giving
rebound number.
Resistivity : It is measured on 100mm cubes using electric resistivity meter.by a direct two probe
technique. In order to ensure uniform current density brass plate electrodes of the same size and
shape of the specimen were used.The brass plate electrodes are kept in good contact with the
concrete specimen through a wet cloth.
The resistivity of the concrete was measured by a direct two probe technique on 10 cm cubes. The
details of specimen preparation, number of specimens prepared in each grade and the number of
specimens exposed in each exposure conditions were given in Chapter-3. In order to ensure a
uniform current density, while measuring resistance, brass plate electrodes of the same size and
340
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shape as the end surfaces of the specimen were used. The test set up was illustrated in the Fig. 7.1.
It can be seen that the brass plate electrodes are kept in good contact with the concrete specimen
through a wet cloth. The plate electrodes are firmly clamped on the specimen through a `C' clamp
and steel plates which are separated from the electrical circuit through a Neoprene rubber pad.
Before starting the experiment the surfaces of the cubes were cleaned to remove any dust or loose
material. The resistances were measured immediately on wet surfaces of the cubes taken from
normal water. The resistivity is calculated as follows.
ρ= RA/L
where,
ρ = Resistivity in kohm-cm
R = Resistance measured in kohms
A = Area of the contact surface in cm2
L = length between two electrodes in cm.
Table 1 -Concrete Mix Proportions
Cement Flyash CA FA Steel fibres Water SP VMA

Trial s/a PF
(Kg) (Kg) (kg) (Kg) (kg) (ml) (ml) (ml)
HS-PSCC o.5 1.12 21.5 0.75 21.5 20.3 Nil 4200 283 30
MS-PSCC 0.5 1.12 Nil
0.5 1.12 0.82
0.5 1.12 29.98 4.48 29.98 27.6 1.64 5200 150 30
MS-FR-SCC
0.5 1.12 2.05
0.5 1.12 2.46
HS-FR-SCC 0.5 1.12 21.5 0.75 21.5 20.3 2.05 4200 283 30
HS-FR-SCC 0.57 1.14 19 0.75 19 23.59 2.05 4200 225 30
MS-FR-SCC 0.5 1.12 29.98 4.48 29.98 27.6 2.7 5200 150 30
MS-FR-SCC 0.5 1.14 25.08 4.6 25.08 31.19 2.7 5000 150 30
Table2 -Fresh properties
Flow U- V- V-
Trial s/a PF test(mm) box(mm) box(sec t15(sec) L-box
M80 0.5 1.12 satisified 28 12 20 0.8
M80 0.57 1.14 satisified 22 30 9.5 0.9
M40 0.5 1.12 satisified 25 10 29 0.9
M40 0.5 1.14 satisified 10 8.2 4 1
341
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.Results and discussions : The original compressive strength at the age of 28 days containing
fibres of 0%,0.4%,0.8%,1%,1.2% volume fraction of straight steel fibres are presented in Table 3
and in graph 1 which shows that SCC develops higher values when compared with PSCC. Also
SFRSCC containing 0.4%-1% fibres shows increase in compressive atrength and at 1.2% decrease
in strength is seen.
Residual compressive strength ,weight loss upv,rebound number and resistivity after subjecting
the cubes to various temperatures are shown in Tables 3-7 for PSCC,MS-SFR-SCC , HS-SFR-
SCC for two optimum mixes( PF 1.12 and s/a 0.5 and PF 1.14 and s/a 0.57 )which were obtained
in previous studies The loss in weight is around 5% for PSCC and 16% for SFR-SCC after
subjecting to elevated temperatures for both mixes.It is also observed that for both mixes there is
a reduction in rebound number upv after subjecting the specimens to elevated temperatures may
be due to crack propagation. An increase in compressive strength when the cubes are subjeted to
100 and 2000C and at 4000C there is a loss of 10-15% strength and at 6000C around 30-35% loss
is observed.
Hardened properties
Table 3-Test results of variation of fibre consistency
Description % of SF Compressive Split tensile

strength(N/mm2) strength(n/mm2)
PSCC 0 38.26 4.23

M40 SFRSCC 0.4 47.09 4.67
0.8 50.45 4.92
1 64.97 5.56
1.2 56.23 5.19
342
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4-Hardened properties of MS-SFR-SCC&HS-SFR-SCC

Comp
Sample ID s/a PF UPV Rebound No strength(N/mm2 Flexure
28 90
- - 28days 90 days days days 28days 90 days 90 days
o.5 1.12 5090 5090 29 31 86.09 96
0.57 1.14 4963 5090 32 35 95.6 77.25
PSCC 0.5 1.12 4963 4787 39 37 55.28 90.31
0.57 1.14 5955 5090 32 36 69 61
o.5 1.12 5017 4673 49 43 93 88 0.72
HSSFRSCC
0.57 1.14 5127 5025 41 39 96 96 1.07

0.5 1.12 4095 4673 30 37 56 60 0.773
MSSFRSCC
0.57 1.14 4106 4785 32 35 64 66 0.878
Elevated Temperatures:
The Pulse Velocity at Elevated Temperature i.e.100degrees, 200degrees, 400degrees and 600
degrees of both M40 & M80 Mixes is found out which is illustrated in the tables below.
Table5&6 -Elevated temperature Results for MS-SCC
% loss
%loss %loss in in
Wt in UPV( %loss Resistivity( resistivit Comp(Mpa strengt
Mix PF s/a (kg) upv m/s) in upv Kohms) y ) h
M40 Initial Initial Initial Initial
100 1.12 0.5 2.48 0 5025 2.45 1.16 25.86 49.5 1.93
200 1.12 0.5 2.27 0.529 5155 4.91 2.85 58.94 49.5 2.46
400 1.12 0.5 2.53 4.116 5291 9.56 2.21 39.82 49.5 23.56
600 1.12 0.5 2.31 4.671 5155 22.2 2.21 39.82 49.5 55.95
343
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Resistivi % loss
%loss UPV(m/ %loss ty(Koh %loss in Comp(M in
Mix PF s/a Wt(kg) in upv s) in upv ms) resistivity pa) strength
100 1.14 0.57 2.41 0 4785 4.58 1.23 -13.8 45 0
200 1.14 0.57 2.206 9.25 4785 6.71 1.29 13.18 45 2.22
400 1.14 0.57 2.237 3.97 4902 8.94 1.31 25.19 45 20
600 1.14 0.57 2.411 4.23 5025 42.1 1.31 25.19 45 43
Table7&8 -Elevated temperature values for MS-SFR-SCC

% loss
Resistivit in
%loss UPV( %loss y(Kohms %loss in Comp(Mpa strengt
Mix PF s/a Wt(kg) in upv m/s) in upv ) resistivity ) h
100 1.12 0.5 2.76 10.14 4902 2.39 2.6 -5.769 49.5 -19.43
200 1.12 0.5 2.77 11.48 4902 4.67 3.3 -15.15 49.5 -18.42
400 1.12 0.5 2.8 12.07 5025 23.8 3.02 -39.07 49.5 18.73
600 1.12 0.5 2.77 16.25 4785 68.5 2.93 -43.34 49.5 32.32
%loss in % loss
%loss UPV( %loss Resistivity resistivit Comp in
Mix PF s/a Wt(kg) in upv m/s) in upv (Kohms) y (Mpa) strength
100 1.14 0.57 2.68 10.02 4902 4.67 2.76 -4.348 45 -15.82
200 1.14 0.57 2.65 11.13 4902 4.67 2.59 9 45 -13.58
400 1.14 0.57 2.7 13.69 4673 28.4 2.6 -38.46 45 11.56
600 1.14 0.57 2.65 16.6 4785 51.1 2.69 -53.16 45 31.16
344
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 9&10 -Elevated temperature values for HS-SCC
%loss %loss in % loss

in UPV( %loss Resistivity( resistivit Comp(Mpa in
Mix PF s/a Wt(kg) upv m/s) in upv Kohms) y ) strength
100 1.12 0.5 2.45 0 5291 2.57 1.57 6.37 86.09 -4.68
200 1.12 0.5 2.41 0.91 5155 9.35 1.37 11.7 86.09 -5.97
400 1.12 0.5 2.5 8.11 5025 13.09 3.23 67.8 86.09 18.52
600 1.12 0.5 2.31 4.94 4902 31.31 3.23 67.8 86.09 32.44
% loss
%los %los Resistivit in
Mix/T s in UPV( s in y(Kohms %loss in Comp(Mp strengt
emp PF s/a Wt(kg) Wt m/s) upv ) resistivity a) h
100 1.14 0.57 2.43 -1.65 5291 2.57 1.44 4.86 80.56 -5.79
200 1.14 0.57 2.39 0.83 5155 7.18 1.53 30.1 80.56 -8.27
400 1.14 0.57 2.49 7.80 5155 15.2 2.31 58 80.56 18.74
600 1.14 0.57 2.35 5.53 5025 26.6 2.31 58 80.56 32.57
Table 11&12 -elevated temperature values for HS-SFR-SCC
%los
s in %los % loss
Mix/ wegh UPV( s in Resistivity( %loss in Comp(Mp in
Temp PF s/a Wt(kg) t m/s) upv Kohms) resistivity a) strength
100 1.12 0.5 2.695 -0.9 5155 2.522 2.02 4.95 86.09 -11.77
200 1.12 0.5 2.665 0.56 5025 7.005 2.55 -60 86.09 -10.61
400 1.12 0.5 2.69 7.06 4902 28.17 2.68 -17.2 86.09 29.95
600 1.12 0.5 2.685 4.36 4785 26.42 2.88 -11.1 86.09 25.51
345
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
%loss % loss
Wt( in Resistivity(K %loss in in
Mix PF s/a kg) upv UPV(m/s) %loss in upv ohms) resistivity Comp(Mpa) strength
Initi
M80 al Initial Initial Initial
100 1.14 0.57 2.74 1.46 5155 4.908 2.04 -49.5 80.56 -14.46
200 1.14 0.57 2.75 2.55 4902 6.854 2.35 -94 80.56 -15.57
400 1.14 0.57 2.72 5.66 5155 41.57 2.74 -17.9 80.56 16.45
600 1.14 0.57 2.78 4 4902 37.98 2.97 -9.43 80.56 24.01
SFR-SCC PCC SFR-SCC

PSCC
1.12&0.5 1.14 1.14&0.57
1.12
100 200 400 600 100 200 400 600 100 200 400 600 100 200 400 600
Initial strength Final strength
Graph1 : Loss in strength for elevated temperatures of different degree centigade
346
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MSSFR-SCC PSCC MSSFR-SCC

PSCC 1.12&0.5 1.14 1.14&0.57
1.12
Initial strength Final strength
100 200 400 600 100 200 400 600 100 200 400 600 100 200 400 600
Graph2 : Loss in strength for elevated temperatures of different degree
Conclusions
1. It was observed from the previous experimental results that concrete with PF 1.12 and
s/a=0.50 has more flow-ability compared to other packing factors as it contains more paste
content. Interestingly, for PF 1.14 and s/a 0.57, material seems to have optimum packing
density which reflects on the strength .
2. It was further perceived that from the experiment conducted addition of steel fibers affects
slump flow and the maximum strength was observed at 1% addition of steel fibres which
clearly depicts from graph 1.
3. The compressive strength of SCC has a pessimistic effect on elevated temperature, as the
strength increases more thermal stress are developed for higher strengths compared to
medium strength concrete due to its less void content.
4. For temperatures 100 and 200 significant variation was not observed for upv and resistivity.
However for temperatures 400 and 600 upv and resistivity decreased by 10%.
5. From elevated temperature studies at 100 and 200 degree centigrade it is observed that
there is increase in strength due to fulfilment of hydration in concrete, and at 400 and 600
degree centigrade the strength decreased due to development of thermal stresses.
References
[1] Nan Su, Kung-Chung Hsu, His-Wen Chai (2001) “A simple mix design method for Self-
Compacting Concrete”, Cement and Concrete Research, Vol 31,pp 1799-1807
[2] EFNARC, “Specifications and Guidelines for Self Compacting Concrete ”, EFNARC, UK
(www.efnarc.org), February 2002, pp 1-32A. B. Author, “Title of chapter in the book,” in Title of
His Published Book, xth ed. City of Publisher.
[3] H S Jadhav1 and A S Patharwat(2013),” Investigation on residual compressive strength
347
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of self compacting concrete using fibers under elevated temperature”,International Journal
of Structural and Civil Engineering Research,Vol.2,pp.159-164.
[4] Thomas Paul, Habung Bida, Bini kiron, Shuhad A K, Martin Varghese(2016),”
Experimental study on self Compacting Concrete with steel fibre reinforcement “,
International Journal of Science, Engineering and Technology Research (IJSETR)
Volume 5, Issue 4, April 2016,pp-1166-1168.
[5] Anil Kumar H. S, Dr. V. D. Gundakalle(2016), “ Destructive and Non-Destructive Tests
on Steel Fiber Reinforced Self Compacting Concrete Exposed to Elevated temperature”
International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology Volume: 03 ,pp-434-
437.
[6] N. Anagnostopoulo, K. Sideris, A. Georgiadis(2008), “ Mechanical characteristics of
self-compacting concretes with different filler materials exposed to elevated
Temperatures ”,Materials and Structures RILEM 2008.
[7] Eva Mnahoncakova, Milena Pavlı kova, Stefania Grzeszczyk , Pavla Rovnanı
´kova,Robert Cerny, “Hydric, thermal and mechanical properties of self-
compactingconcrete containing different fillers”,Construction and Building Materials
(2008) 1594–1600.
348
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES ON HYBRID FIBRE REINFORCED
SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE MADE WITH STEEL AND
POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS
Dr.V Srinivasa Reddy1, N Ravikanth Goud2
Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, Email: vempada@gmail.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
In the present paper, the behaviour of fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete has been studied. Fibres
used are Polypropylene Fibres, Steel Fibres and Hybrid Fibres (combination of Polypropylene and Steel
Fibres). In the present work, SCC mix of M30 grade was developed without fibres and with Poly-propylene,
Steel and Hybrid Fibres. The mechanical properties like compressive strength, tensile strength and flexural
strength were studied. For developing PPFRSCC, high dispersion polypropylene fibres 12 mm filament
length (0.042% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete ) were used and for SFRSCC, steel fibres of 30 aspect
ratio and 0.4mm diameter (1.3% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete recommended was 1.3%) were used.
The HFRSCC was obtained by combining 0.042% (by weight of concrete) poly-propylene fibres and 1.3%
(by weight of concrete) steel fibres to the plain SCC mix satisfying the fresh concrete properties. All the
mixes developed satisfied the fresh and hardened properties of SCC. It was observed that the 28days
compressive strength of plain SCC mix is 35.31 MPa. When poly-propylene fibers are added, the strength
observed is 38.11 MPa, that is, an increase of 7.93%. When steel fibers were added, the compressive
strength observed is 38.20 MPa, that is, an increase of 8.18%. This was found to be 40.44 MPa when hybrid
fibres are used with a percentage increase of 14.52.The test results show that use of fibre in SCC, resulting
product called fibre reinforced concrete (FRC), improves compressive strength, split tensile strength
and flexural performance compared to conventional SCC during loading.
Keywords- polypropylene fibre, steel fibre, hybrid fibre, SCC, self-compacting concrete
1.0 Introduction
The development of Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) by Professor Hajme Okamura in 1986 has
made a remarkable impact on the construction industry by overcoming some of the problems
associated with fresh concrete. Fiber is a small piece of reinforcing material possessing certain
characteristics properties. They can be circular or flat. The fiber is often described by a convenient
parameter called “aspect ratio”. The aspect ratio of the fiber is the ratio of its length to its diameter.
Typical aspect ratio ranges from 30 to 150. Fiber reinforced concrete (FRC) is concrete containing
fibrous material which increases its structural integrity. It contains short discrete fibers that are
uniformly distributed and randomly oriented. Fibers include steel fibers, glass fibers, synthetic
fibers and natural fibers. Within these different fibers that character of fiber reinforced concrete
changes with varying concretes, fiber materials, geometries, distribution, orientation and
densities. Fibres are usually used in concrete to control plastic shrinkage cracking and drying
shrinkage cracking. They also lower the permeability of concrete and thus reduce bleeding of
water. Some types of fibres produce greater impact, abrasion and shatter resistance in concrete.
Generally fibres do not increase the flexural strength of concrete, so it cannot replace moment
347
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
resisting or structural steel reinforcement. Some fibres reduce the strength of concrete. The
amount of fibres added to a concrete mix is measured as a percentage of the total volume of the
composite (concrete and fibres) termed volume fraction (V f).
2.0 Poly-propylene Fibres (Recron 3s Fibre)
Polypropylene is one of the lightest of all thermoplastics (0.9 g/cc). Steel fibre is one of the most
commonly used fibre which improves flexural impact and fatigue strength of concrete.
Polypropylene is good and increasing impact strength unlike that of flexural strength. Fig 1 shows
the Recron 3s fibres.
Fig 1: Recron 3s fibre

3.0 Steel Fibers
Steel fibres are proved to be very effective in conventional and SCC concrete mixes for
enhancing their properties. Steel fibres of different diameters, aspect ratios and shapes have
been successfully used. Slurry Infiltrated Fibre Concrete (SIFCON) is one type of special
concrete with high performance characteristics. Studies on the incorporation of steel fibre in
SCC, that is, Steel Fibre Reinforced SCC (SFRSCC) provided feasible and attractive solution
to some problems posed by SCC.
4.0 Hybrid Fibre Reinforcement
It has been reported that hybridization of fibres further enhances the efficiency of fibre
reinforced concrete. As individual studies on PPFRSCC and SFRSCC have shown, both types
of fibres enhance the efficiency of SCC in terms of mechanical properties and durability. A
combination of poly-propylene and steel fibres are used in the present studies to investigate
the behaviour of HFRSCC. The proportion of poly-propylene fibres to steel fibres is obtained
from trial mixes to satisfy fresh and hardened properties.
The fibres used in the present research are Poly-propylene Fibres, Steel Fibres and Hybrid
Fibres obtained by mixing poly-propylene and steel fibres in suitable proportion for
maintaining the fresh properties of SCC mix.
348
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.0 Objectives of Present Investigation
Fibre Reinforced Concrete is another special concrete which can be considered for concrete walls.
The present investigations are aimed at producing standard grade (M30) FRSCC with Poly-
propylene Fibers, Steel Fibers and Hybrid Fibers.
5.1 Phases of Present Investigation
The different phases of the present research work are as follows:
Phase I: Development of M30 grade SCC and obtaining its fresh and hardened properties.
Phase II: Development of
1. Polypropylene Fibre Reinforced SCC (PPFRSCC),
2. Steel Fibre Reinforced SCC (SFRSCC),
3. Hybrid Fibre Reinforced SCC (HFRSCC), and study of fresh and hardened properties.
Phase III: Evaluation of strength properties of PPFRSCC, SFRSCC and HFRSCC.
6.0 Experimental Investigations
In this chapter, the mechanical behaviour of Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete

of M30 grade made with Steel Fibres, Polypropylene Fibres and Hybrid Fibres (with a mixture of
polypropylene and steel fibres) is examined. For this, experimental investigations were carried out
on the fresh and hardened properties of fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete of M30 grade.
The experimental programme was taken up in various steps to achieve the following objectives:
1.To develop plain SCC of M30 grade and obtain its fresh and hardened properties.
2.To develop Steel and Polypropylene Fibre Reinforced SCC of M30 grade separately and
study their fresh and hardened properties.
3.To develop Hybrid Fibre Reinforced SCC with a combination of polypropylene and steel
fibres and study its fresh and hardened properties.
6.1 Materials Used

1. Cement
Ordinary Portland cement of 53 grade available in the local market was used in the present
investigations. Tests were conducted to establish various properties in accordance with IS: 4031–
1988 and found to conform to IS: 12269–1987.
2. Coarse Aggregate
Crushed angular granite available from a local market was used in the investigations. The
aggregate was tested as per IS: 2386–1963 and found to be conforming to the specifications.
3. Fine Aggregate
River sand available in the local market was used as fine aggregate. The fine aggregate was tested
for its properties as per IS: 2386–1963 and found to be conforming to specifications.
349
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Fly Ash
Fly ash from a thermal power station in Andhra Pradesh was used in the investigations. The
physical and chemical properties of the fly ash as used in the investigations conform to grade I fly
ash of IS 3812–2003.
5. Super Plasticizer
Super plasticizer with Sulphonated Naphthalene based Formaldehyde (SNF) conforming to IS:
9103–1999 was used in the present investigations.
6. Viscosity Modifying Admixture (VMA)
Viscosity modifying agent from a standard agency conforming to standard specifications was also
used.
7. Water
Potable water conforming to IS: 3025–1986 part 22 & 23 and IS:456–2000 was used in the
investigations.
8. Polypropylene Fibres
Recron 3s fibre (CT-2024) is a fibre developed after extensive research at Reliance Technology
Centre.CT-2024 is monofilament fibre designed specially to provide integral secondary
reinforcement of concrete. Recron 3s fibres are Polyester staple fibres mainly used for mixing in
concrete and mortar for improving certain properties of the concrete and mortar. Recron 3s fibres
are availab le in 6mm and 12mm length. In our research work fibre dosage was fixed as 0.5% per
bag of cement.
Fig. 2. Polypropylene fibre

9. Steel Fibres
Plain steel fibres of 0.4 mm dia and Aspect Ratio of 30, cut from steel wire were used in the
investigations.
Fig. 3: Steel Fibres
350
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.0 PHASE I: Development of Plain SCC and Investigations on its Fresh and Hardened
Properties
In this phase of investigations, M30 grade SCC mix is developed using mineral and chemical
admixtures to study its fresh and hardened properties. For developing SCC of M30 grade, the mix
proportions were designed based on the method suggested by Nan-Su et al(2001) using fly ash as
mineral admixture and chemical admixtures like Super Plasticizers (SP) and Viscosity Modifying
Agents (VMA). Finally, SCC mixes which have given required compressive strength with
satisfactory fresh properties were taken for the next phase of investigations.
7.1 Mix Design and Trial Mix Proportions of Self Compacting Concrete
An SCC mix of M30 standard grade was aimed and the initial mix proportion was obtained using
the mix design methods as mentioned above. The mix proportion thus obtained was fine-tuned by
incorporating different guidelines available and making various trial mixes to obtain the mix which
satisfies the required fresh and hardened properties.
The final mass of ingredients for 1m3 of SCC are as follows:
Mass of Cement = 330.0 kg
Mass of filler (Fly Ash) = 150.0 kg
Mass of water = 186.0 kg
Mass of Coarse Aggregate (CA) = 794.4 kg
Mass of Fine Aggregate(FA) = 860.6 kg
Super plasticizer dosage = 1.5% by weight of cement (bwc)
VMA dosage = 0.6% by weight of cement (bwc)
7.2 Testing of Hardened SCC

A proper time schedule for testing of hardened SCC specimens was maintained in order to ensure
proper testing on the due date. The specimens were tested using standard testing procedures as per
IS : 516 – 1959.
351
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2.1 Compression Test
After the required curing period, the SCC cubes were taken out of the curing tanks and the moisture
was wiped off to make the surface dry. They were placed in the Compression Testing Machine
(CTM) in such a way that the face perpendicular to the direction of pouring of SCC mix was on
the bearing surfaces and the load was applied centrally at a uniform rate of 140 Kg./sq.cm./minute
until the failure of the specimens, in accordance with IS 516–1959. The testing was done on a 3000
kN capacity Compression Testing Machine.
7.2.2 Split Tension Test
The split tension test was carried out on a cylindrical specimen of diameter 150mm and 300mm
long as per IS specifications.
The horizontal stress = 2P / πLD
Where P = compressive load applied on the cylinder, L = length and D = diameter of the
cylinder.
In order to reduce the concentration of high compressive stress near the points of application of
the load, narrow strips of suitable packing material, such as plywood, are placed in between the
cylindrical specimen and the loading platens of the testing machine.
7.2.3 Flexural strength test
The flexural strength test of beam, a specimen of size 500*100*100mm is placed over two point
loading arrangement and the stresses produced during breakage of specimen. The flexural strength
is reported as Modulus of Rupture ft (N/mm2) and is calculated as ft = PL/bd2
where P = Load at which the beam specimen fails (in KN)
L = effective length of the beam specimen (in mm)
b = width of the beam specimen (in mm)
d = depth of the beam specimen (in mm).
8.0 PHASE II: Development of FRSCC and Studies on Fresh and Hardened Properties
8.1 Addition of Polypropylene Fibres to SCC Mixes
Anti-crack high dispersion poly-propylene fibres were added in different dosages to the selected
SCC mixes in the first batch of investigation and Polypropylene Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting
Concrete (PPFRSCC) was developed. After adding poly-propylene fibres to SCC mixes, its
influence on fresh and hardened states was observed by conducting tests on fresh and hardened
PPFRSCC. The tests on fresh and hardened PPFRSCC were conducted in the same way as they
were conducted for SCC.
8.2 Development of Steel Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete and Hybrid Fibre
Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete Mix Proportions
The PPFRSCC mix with an optimum dosage of poly-propylene fibres, satisfying the fresh and the
hardened properties, was considered for the next phase of investigation. Similarly, the dosages of
steel fibres in Steel Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete (SFRSCC) with a fixed aspect
352
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ratio and Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete (HFRSCC) consisting of a mixture
of poly-propylene and steel fibres, were developed by trial mixes. The ratio of steel fibres to poly-
propylene fibres was determined in the laboratory by trial mixes satisfying the fresh and the
hardened properties.
9.0 Test Results
The results of experimental investigations carried out in different phases are presented below
9.1 PHASE I: Development of SCC and Studies on Fresh and Hardened Properties
The first phase of investigations was carried out to develop SCC mix of a minimum strength M30
grade using fly ash and chemical admixtures, and to study its fresh and hardened properties. For
developing SCC of strength M30 grade, the mix was designed based on Nan-Su method of SCC
mix design using fly ash as the mineral admixture. Finally, SCC mixes which yielded satisfactory
fresh properties and required compressive strengths, were selected and taken for further
investigations.
9.2 Determination of Optimum Dosage of Polypropylene Fibres and Steel Fibres
Based on the results given in Table 1, literature and trial mixes, the minimum optimum dosage of
polypropylene fibre and steel fibre in SCC was selected as 1.0 kilograms per cubic metre and 31.42
kilograms per cubic metre of SCC, respectively. The PPFRSCC, SFRSCC and HFRSCC mixes
with optimum dosage of polypropylene fibres and steel fibres satisfying fresh and hardened
properties were considered for the next phase investigations. The mix proportions are shown in
Tables 1 and 2.
Table 1 Mix Proportions of SCC and FRSCC
Polypropylene Steel
Fibres Fibres
S. Fly CA FA SP VMA Design-
Cement Water % %
No Ash kg kg % % ation
kg kg of 1 m3 of 1 m3
kg bwp bwp
concrete concrete
1 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.2 0.06 - - SCCP
2 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.2 0.06 0.042 - PPFRSCC
3 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.4 0.06 - 1.3 SFRSCC
4 330 150 794.4 860.6 186 1.5 0.06 0.042 1.3 HFRSCC
bwp -by weight of cement and fly ash
353
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 Fibre Content of FRSCC
S.No Designation Mix proportion
1 PPFRSCC SCCP + 1.0 kg/m 3 of HD Polypropylene Fibre
2 SFRSCC SCCP + 31.42 kg/m3 of Steel fibre
3 HFRSCC SCCP + 1.0 kg/m3 of HD Polypropylene Fibre + 31.42 Kg/m3

of Steel Fibre
Table 3 Compressive and split tensile strength properties of SCC and FRSCC at 28 days
Cube % Cylinder % Split- %

S.No Designation Compressive Increase Compressive Increase Tensile Increase
Strength Strength Strength
MPa MPa MPa
1 SCCP 35.31 - 26.02 - 5.89 -
2 PPFRSCC 38.11 (+) 7.93 27.66 (+) 6.30 6.07 (+) 3.05
3 (+) 8.18 (+) 9.61 (+)12.90

SFRSCC 38.20 28.52 6.65
4 HFRSCC 40.44 (+)14.52 32.16 (+)23.59 6.90 (+)17.15
Table 4 Flexural strength properties of SCC and FRSCC at 28 days
Flexural % Increase
S.No Designation
Strength
MPa
1
SCCP 6.34
2 PPFRSCC (+) 13.40
7.19
3 (+)23.50
SFRSCC
7.83
4 HFRSCC (+) 34.38

8.52
354
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The main thrust of the present investigations is to develop M30 grade SCC and to study its
behaviour when different types of fibres are introduced into it. For this purpose, M30 grade plain
SCC was developed using fly ash as an ingredient with super plasticizer and viscosity modifying
agent as a chemical admixture. The method of mix design suggested by Nan-Su(2001) is adopted.
The number of trial mixes were developed in the laboratory and a mix satisfying the guidelines
given by EFNARC in fresh state and compressive strength in hardened state, was finalized. The
cement content used is 330 kg/m3 with 150kg of fly ash and 182 litres of water giving a
water/binder ratio of 0.3875.
In the present work, SCC with three different types of fibers, namely poly-propylene fibres, steel
fibres and hybrid fibres, consisting a mixture of polypropylene and steel fibres satisfying strength
and fresh properties, were developed. Here, the basic proportion of mix is not altered but the
volume and aspect ratio of fibres were so chosen as to satisfy the fresh properties. For developing
PPFRSCC, high dispersion poly-propylene fibres with 12mm filament length (0.042% percentage
per 1 cu.m. of concrete ) were used and For SFRSCC, steel fibres of 30 aspect ratio and 0.4mm
diameter (1.3% percentage per 1 cu.m. of concrete recommended was 1.3%) were used. The
HFRSCC was obtained by combining 0.042% of poly-propylene fibres and 1.3% steel fibres to
the plain SCC mix satisfying the fresh concrete properties.
The hardened properties of different SCC mixes such as cube and cylinder compressive strengths
and split tensile strengths, were obtained by testing the specimens of standard size as given by BIS
specifications. Cubes and cylinders of standard sizes were cast, cured and tested as per IS 516-
1959.
From the compressive cube strength results, it can be seen that the 28days compressive strength
of plain SCC mix is 35.31 MPa. When polypropylene fibers are added, the strength observed is
38.11 MPa, that is, an increase of 7.93%. When steel fibers were added, the compressive strength
observed is 38.20 MPa, that is, an increase of 8.18%. This was found to be 40.44 MPa when hybrid
fibres are used with a percentage increase of 14.52. The above results clearly show that the
addition of fibres has enhanced the compressive strength which is due to the holding of the concrete
that is, confining the concrete. However, the effect is different in different types of fibers, and
hybridization of fibers enhanced the confining effect partly due to the presence of high dispersion
polypropylene fibers holding the concrete at micro-crack level and steel fibers at a later stage.
It can be seen that the split tensile strength of plain SCC is 5.89 MPa, that is, 16.68% of
compressive strength, and it was enhanced with the addition of different fibers. The percentage
enhancement of split tensile strength for PPFRSCC over plain SCC is 3.05 %, for SFRSCC
12.90%, and for HFRSCC 17.15%. The increase is due to the presence of fibers.
It can be seen that the flexural strength of plain SCC is 6.34 MPa, and it was enhanced with the
addition of different fibers. The percentage enhancement of flexural strength for PPFRSCC over
plain SCC is 13.40 %, for SFRSCC 23.50%, and for HFRSCC 34.38 %.
355
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0 Conclusions
Based on the investigations carried out on Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete Mixes the
following conclusions are drawn.
1. In the case of high dispersion of polypropylene fibres, a dosage of 1 kg of fibres/m3 of
concrete (0.042% by weight of concrete) is used as optimum dosage by suitably adjusting
the dosage of admixtures.
2. The aspect ratio and volume of steel fibres are selected satisfying the fresh and hardened
properties of self-compacting concrete by suitably adjusting the dosage of admixtures. In
the case of steel fibres, a dosage of 31.42 kg of fibres/m3 of concrete (1.3% by weight of
concrete) is used as optimum dosage by suitably adjusting the dosage of admixtures.
3. The compressive strengths of the FRSCC design mixes are found to be increased by the
addition of fibres.
4. The addition of polypropylene fibres and steel fibres has shown improved compressive
strengths. The increase in compressive strength in SFRSCC was found to be higher than
that of PPFRSCC.
5. In the case of HFRSCC, the compressive strengths were found to be further enhanced due
to the combined action of polypropylene and steel fibres, and the increase in compressive
strength is 14.52% over plain SCC.
6. The addition of fibres improved the split tensile strength which is found to be maximum in
HFRSCC. Hence, it is concluded that the hybridization of poly-propylene and steel fibres
is useful in improving the strength properties of FRSCC.
7. The addition of polypropylene fibres and steel fibres has shown significantly improved
flexural strengths. The increase in flexural strength in SFRSCC was found to be higher
than that of PPFRSCC.
References
[1] Abdul Rahman. N, Hamzah. S.H and Wong. E.T “Effective Performance of Steel Fibre
Reinforced Concrete Wall Panel for IBS Component”-ICCBT 2008-C-(18) – pp203-212.
[2] Anirwan Senguptha and Manu Santhanam “Application Based Mix Proportioning for Self
Compacting Concrete”, 31st Conference On Our World in Concrete & Structures,
Singapore, August 16-17, 2006, pp353-359.
[3] Anne-Mieke Poppe and Geert De Schutter, Ghent University, Belgium 2010 “Heat of
Hydration of Self-Compacting Concrete”.
[4] Boel. V, Audenaert. K. and DeSchutter. G “Characterization of the Microstructure of Self-
Compacting Concrete”,11th Euroseminar on Microscopy Applied to Building Materials
5-9 June 2007, Porto, Portugal, pp1-10.
[5] Brouwers. H.J.H and Radix. H.J, “Self-Compacting Concrete: The Role of The Particle
Size Distribution” Proceeding of First International Symposium on Design, Performance
and Use of Self-Consolidating Concrete SCC’ 2005 – China, 26-28 May 2005, Changsha,
Hunan, China © 2005 RILEM, Bagnenx, France.
356
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[6] Cunha. V.M.C.F, Barros. J.A.O and Sena-Cruz. J.M. “An Integrated Approach for
Modelling the Tensile Behaviour of Steel Fibre Reinforced Self-Compacting Concrete” –
Cement and Concrete Research 41 (2011) pp64-76.
[7] Gibbs. JC. and Zhu. W “Strength of Hardened Self-Compacting Concrete”, Department of
Civil, Structural and Environmental Engineering, University of Paisley, Scotland, UK,
SCC’2009, pp199-208.
[8] Groth. P and Thun. H “Influence of Steel Fibre Reinforcement on the Workability of Self-
Compacting Concrete”, Concrete Science and Engineering Vol.2, June 2000, pp65-70,
RILEM Publications, ISSN : 1295-2826/00.
[9] Grunewald. S, Laranjeira. F, Walraven. J, Aguado. A and Molins. C“Improved Tensile
Performance with Fibre Reinforced Self- Compacting Concrete” HPFRCC 6, pp51-58 ©
RILEM 2012.
[10] Hajime Okamura and Masahiro Ouchi ; Invited Paper on “Self Compacting Concrete”-
Journal of Advanced Concrete Technology Vol.1, No.1, pp5-15, April 2003 Japan
Concrete Institute.
357
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES ON FRESH AND HARDENED PROPERTIES OF
SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE WITH GGBS, SILICA FUME AND
METAKAOLIN AS MINERAL ADMIXTURE (M30 GRADE)
B.Shushruth1,V.Naresh Kumar Varma2
1
Student of M.Tech (Structural Engineering), Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, India
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, India
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
This Experimental studies demonstrates that fresh and hardened properties of self-compacting concrete with Ground
granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume and Metakoalin as mineral admixture (M30 grade). based on IS 10262-
2009 mix design for self-compacting concrete, Slump-flow, V-funnel, L-box and U-box tests have been carried out on
silica fume, GGBS and Metakoalin. The compressive strength of the specimens have been analyzed for 7 days and 28
days respectively. The percentages of cement are replaced by Silica fume of 3%,6%,9%,12%, and GGBS of
15%,20%,25%,30% and Metakoalin of 15% and 20% for different water-cement ratio like 0.40 and 0.45 are taken
respectively. From the Experimental investigations, The Compressive strength of silica fume is higher at 6% i.e., 36.83
N/mm2 in case of 0.40 water-cement ratio compare to 35.33 N/mm2 (0.45 w/c). Beyond 6% of silica fume, the
compressive strength decreases with increase in various percentages. In case of GGBS compressive strength is higher
at 25% i.e., 43.66 N/mm2 in case of 0.40 water-cement ratio compare to 42 N/mm2 (0.45 w/c). Beyond 25% of GGBS
the compressive strength started decreasing with increase in various percentages. In case of Metakoalin compressive
strength decreases from 15 to 20% in case of both water cement ratio i.e.,38.50 N/mm2 (0.40 w/c) and 37.66 N/mm2
(0.45 w/c).The compressive strength of GGBS in all various percentages is higher than silica fume and Metakoalin
properties of self-compacting concrete.
Keywords: Silica fume, GGBS, Metakoalin, Fresh and Hardened properties, Compressive strength.
1. INTRODUCTION
In general, a newly placed concrete is compacted by vibrating equipment to remove the entrapped
air, thus making it dense and homogeneous; this is referred to as normally vibrated concrete (NVC)
in this thesis. Compaction is the key for producing good concrete with optimum strength and
durability (The Concrete Society and BRE, 2005). However, in Japan in the early 1980’s, because
of the increasing reinforcement volumes with smaller bar diameters and a reduction in skilled
construction workers, full compaction was difficult to obtain or judge, leading to poor quality
concrete (Okamura and Ouchi, 1999). Professor Okamura therefore proposed a concept for a
design of concrete independent of the need for compaction. Ozawa and Maekawa produced the
first prototype of SCC at the University of Tokyo in 1988 (Ozawa et al., 1989; RILEM TC 174
SCC, 2000). Since that time SCC has gone from a laboratory novelty to practical applications all
over the world. The increasing numbers of papers published every year that deal with all aspects
of SCC, e.g. mix design, rheological and physical properties and applications in practice indicate
research on this technology is thriving. Recommendations on the design and applications of SCC
in construction have now been developed by many professional societies, including the American
Concrete Institute (ACI), the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Center for
Advanced Cement-Based Materials (ACBM), Precast Consulting Services (PCS) and Reunion
International des Laboratories et Experts des Matériaux, systems de construction et ouvrages
(RILEM) etc. Symposiums and workshops on this topic have been organized by these societies
and several test methods have been or are in the process of standardization. The self-compacting
358
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
concrete, which is rich in fines content, is proved to be more durable. The usage of mineral
admixtures in the production of SCC not only provides economical benefits but also reduces heat
of hydration (EFNARC guidelines 2002). It is also known that some mineral admixtures may
improve rheological properties and reduce thermally-induced cracking of concrete due to the
reduction in the overall heat of hydration, and increase of the workability and long-term properties
of concrete (Recommendation for Construction of Self Compacting Concrete 1998). There is no
standardized mix proportion for designing SCC, hence in this work the IS 10262:2009 design mix
is adopted by GGBS, Silica fume and metakoalin as mineral admixtures with replacement of
cement. Further, a comparison of the self-compatibility properties, and hardened properties like
Compressive Strength for GGBS based SCC, and SF based SCC and Metakoalin based SCC is
made.
2. DESIGN MIX PROCEDURE
2.1 GENERAL
There is no standardized mix proportion for designing SCC, hence in this project work the IS
10262:2009 design mix is adopted by GGBS, Silica fume and metakoalin as mineral admixtures
with replacement of cement.
TABLE: 1 Total mix quantities proportions
MIX QUANTITIES:
MATERIAL CEMENT FA CA SUPER WATER

3 3 3
(Kg/m ) (Kg/m ) (Kg/m ) PLASTICIZER (litres)
(litres)
Silica fume 18.825 68.4 47.36 0.320 9.072
GGBS 23.231 86.0 59.60 0.425 11.345
Metakoalin 19.37 34.4 23.78 0.170 4.536
3. DISCUSSION ON EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
3.1 MATERIALS
The materials used in the experimental investigation of SCC were

1. Ordinary Portland cement-53 grade
2. Coarse Aggregate of size 10mm
3. River sand
4.Water
5. Admixture a. Mineral Admixtures (Silica fume, GGBS, Metakoalin) b. Chemical Admixtures
(B233)
359
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE: 2 Physical properties of Ordinary Portland Cement
S. No Property Test Method Test Results IS Standard

Vicat Apparatus
1. Normal Consistency (IS: 4031 Part - 4) 35%
Sp. Gr bottle (IS: 4031
Part - 4)
Initial setting time Vicat Apparatus 90 minutes Not less than
3. (IS: 4031 Part - 4) 30 minutes
Final setting time 207 minutes Not less than
Fineness Sieve test on sieve no.9 2% 1010%
hours
4. (IS: 4031 Part – 1)
Le-Chatlier method
5. Soundness 2 mm Not more than 10 mm
(IS: 4031 Part – 3) 10 hours
TABLE: 3 Properties of fine and coarse aggregate
Coarse
Sl. No. Property Fine Aggregate
Aggregate
1 Specific gravity 2.80 2.80
2 Loose Density 1545.69 kg/m3 1310 kg/m3
TABLE: 4 properties of super platicizer: GLENIUM B233
Sl. No Property Result
1 Form or State Liquid
2 Color Brown
3 Specific gravity 1.22. to 1.225 at 300C
4 Dosage 0.5 to 2.5 liters per 100 kg of cement
360
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE: 5 physical properties of metakoalin
S.No Description of physical properties Units Results

1 Color 1Close To Std
2 Appearance 1 OFF white Powder
3 Bulk Density Gm/cc 0.50
4 Oil Absorption MI/100gm 64.00
5 Moisture (EX-Work) % 0.22
6
PH (10% A2 Slurry) 6.22
7 RESIDUE on 325 Mesh % 0.13

8 PSD –D(50)- 50% particles µ 1.68
9 Ret.on 500 mesh 0.05%
10 Water absorption MI/100gm 66.80
11 Whiteness 95.80%
12 Brightness 93.50%
TABLE: 6 Physical properties of silica fume
1 State Amorphous Sub micron Powder

2 Colour Grey
3 Specific gravity 2.1 to 2.4
4 Solubility Insoluble
5 Specific gravity(a)Densified 608 to 720 kg/m3
(b)Un Densified 192 to 320 kg/m3
TABLE: 7 Physical and Chemical properties of GGBS
S.NO CHARACTERISTICS REQURIMENT AS PER TEST RESULT

BS:6699
1 Fineness (M/KG) 275(MIN) 390
3 Particle size (cumulative %) 45 MICRON 97.10
4 Insoluble residue (%) 1.5 (MAX) 0.49
5 Magnesia,content(%) 14.0(MAX) 7.73
361
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 Sulphide sulphur 2.00(MAX) 0.50
7 Sulphite content (%) 2.50(MAX) 0.38
8 Loss on ignition (%) 3.00(MAX) 0.26
9 Manganese content (%) 2.00(MAX) 0.12
10 Chloride content (%) 0.10(MAX) 0.009
11 Glass content (%) 67(MIN) 91
12 Moisture content (%) 1.00(MAX) 0.10
3.2 FRESH PROPERTIES
TABLE: 8 Fresh properties of M30 SCC (W/C-0.40 variable)
W/C-0.40 SILICA FUME GGBS METAKOALIN

REPLACEMENT 3% 6% 9% 12% 15% 20% 25% 30% 15% 20%
Slump flow (mm) 639 636 635 638 653 656 656 655 650 653
T 50(sec) 4 5 6 5 6 5 4 5 4 5
V-funnel(sec) 6 7 8 7 9 7 7 8 7 8
V-funnel T5min(sec) 10 11 9 10 12 9 12 11 11 14
L-box(h2/h1) 0.944 0.948 0.942

0.921 0.849 0.913 0.937 0.921 0.931 0.939
U-box (mm) 6 9 10 7 12 11 13 8 9 9
EFFECT OF SILICA FUME ON FRESH PROPERTIES: For 0.40 w/c ratio as the silica fume
increases from 3% to 6% Slump value decreases by 0.469 %, T500 value increases by 25.00%, V
funnel value increases by 16.666%, V funnel at T5 minutes increases by 10.00 %,L box value
increases by 0.424 %, U box value decreases by 50.00%. For 0.40 w/c ratio as the silica fume
increases from 3% to 9% Slump value decreases by 0.626 %, T500 value increases by 50.00 %, V
funnel value increases by 33.333 %, V funnel at T5 minutes decreases by 10.00 %, L box value
decreases by 0.211 %, U box value increases by 66.667 %.For 0.40 w/c ratio as the silica fume
increases from 3% to 12% Slump value decreases by 0.156 %, T500 value increases by 25.00%,
V funnel value increases by 16.667%, V funnel at T5 minutes remains the same,L box value
decreases by 2.436 %, U box value increases by 16.667 %.
EFFECT OF GGBS ON FRESH PROPERTIES: For 0.40 w/c ratio as the GGBS increases
from 15% to 20% Slump value increases by 0.459 %, T500 value decreases by 16.667%, V funnel
value decreases by 22.222%, V funnel at T5 minutes decreases by 25.00 %,L box value increases
by 7.538 %, U box value decreases by 8.333%.For 0.40 w/c ratio as the GGBS increases from 15%
to 25% Slump value increases by 0.459 %, T500 value decreases by 33.333 %, V funnel value
decreases by 22.222 %, V funnel at T5 minutes remains the same, L box value increases by 10.365
%, U box value increases by 8.333 %.For 0.40 w/c ratio as the GGBS increases from 15% to 30%
Slump value increases by 0.306 %, T500 value decreases by 16.666%, V funnel value decreases
362
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
by 11.111 %, V funnel at T5 minutes decreases by 8.333%, L box value increases by 8.481 %, U
box value decreases by 33.333 %.
EFFECT OF METAKOALIN ON FRESH PROPERTIES: For 0.40 w/c ratio as the

metakoalin increases from 15% to 20% Slump value increases by 0.462 %, T500 value decreases
by 25.00%, V funnel value increases by 14.286%, V funnel at T5 minutes increases by 27.273 %,L
box value increases by 0.859 %, U box value remains the same.
TABLE: 9 Fresh properties of M30 SCC (W/C-0.45 variable)
W/C-0.45 SILICA FUME GGBS METAKOALIN

REPLACEMENT 3% 6% 9% 12% 15% 20% 25% 30% 15% 20%
Slump flow (mm) 632 637 645 649 653 654 645 655 653 651
T 50(sec) 3 5 5 6 4 8 4 5 4 5
V-funnel(sec) 6 7 8 7 9 7 7 8 7 7
V-funnel T5min(sec) 10 10 11 12 11 12 10 11 11 11
L-box(h2/h1) 0.947 0.937 0.952 0.941 0.919 0.939 0.946 0.951 0.939 0.947
U-box (mm) 11 9 10 12 11 10 8 13 9 11
363
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECT OF SILICA FUME ON FRESH PROPERTIES: For 0.45 w/c ratio as the silica
fume increases from 3% to 6% Slump value increases by 0.791 %, T500 value increases by
66.666%, V funnel value decreases by 12.50%, V funnel at T5 minutes remains the same,L
box value decreases by 1.056 %, U box value decreases by 18.18%.For 0.45 w/c ratio as the
silica fume increases from 3% to 9% Slump value increases by 2.057 %, T500 value increases
by 66.667 %, V funnel value remains the same, V funnel at T5 minutes increases by 10.00 %,
L box value increases by 0.528 %, U box value decreases by 9.090 %.For 0.45 w/c ratio as the
silica fume increases from 3% to 12% Slump value increases by 2.618 %, T500 value increases
by 100.00%, V funnel value increases by 12.50%, V funnel at T5 minutes increases by 20.00
%,L box value decreases by 0.633 %, U box value increases by 9.091 %.
EFFECT OF GGBS ON FRESH PROPERTIES: For 0.45 w/c ratio as the GGBS increases
from 15% to 20% Slump value increases by 0.153 %, T500 value decreases by 25.00%, V
funnel value decreases by 11.111 %, V funnel at T5 minutes increases by 9.091%, L box value
increases by 2.176 %, U box value decreases by 9.090%.For 0.45 w/c ratio as the GGBS
increases from 15% to 25% Slump value decreases by 1.225 %, T500 value remains the same,
V funnel value decreases by 22.222 %, V funnel at T5 minutes decreases by 9.090 %, L box
value increases by 2.938 %, U box value decreases by 27.272 %.For 0.45 w/c ratio as the GGBS
increases from 15% to 30% Slump value increases by 0.306 %, T500 value decreases by
25.00%, V funnel value decreases by 11.111%, V funnel at T5 minutes remain the same, L box
value increases by 3.482 %, U box value increases by 18.182 %.
EFFECT OF METAKOALIN ON FRESH PROPERTIES: For 0.45 w/c ratio as the

metakoalin increases from 15% to 20% Slump value decreases by 0.306 %, T500 value
decreases by 25.00%, V funnel value remains the same, V funnel at T5 minutes remains the
same, L box value increases by 0.852 %, U box value decreases by 22.222%.
3.3 HARDENED PROPERTIES
TABLE: 10 Mechanical properties of M30 SCC(0.40 w/c)
W/C-0.40
N/mm2 CC SILICA FUME GGBS
METAKOALIN
20%
3% 6% 9% 12% 15% 20% 25% 30% 15%
24.50
7 days 28.00 22.00 24.50 24.00 21.50 26.00 27.50 28.50 28.50 26.00
25.00
29.00 23.00 27.50 26.50 23.00 25.50 26.50 27.00 26.00 27.00
25.50
30.00 25.00 22.00 22.00 24.00 25.00 25.00 26.50 25.50 25.50
AVERAGE 25.00
29.00 23.33 24.83 24.16 22.83 25.50 26.33 27.33 26.66 26.16
38.00
28 days 39.50 29.50 38.00 35.00 22.00 38.50 41.00 43.00 43.00 39.00
36.00
41.00 39.50 36.50 36.50 38.50 41.00 41.50 45.50 42.50 39.50
38.50
43.00 32.50 36.00 36.00 33.00 40.00 42.50 42.50 42.00 41.50
AVERAGE 37.50
41.16 33.83 36.83 35.83 33.50 39.80 41.50 43.66 42.50 39.85
364
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 36.83 35.83
33.83 33.5
Compressive strength in Mpa 35
30
24.83 24.16
23.33 22.83
25
20
7 days%
15 28 days
10
0
3% 6% 9% 12%
Silica fume
FIGURE:1 Silica fume vs compressive strength(w/c-0.40)
EFFECT OF SILICA FUME ON THE HARDENED PROPERTIES: For 0.40 w/c ratio
as the silica fume increases from 3% to 6% Compressive Strength increases by 8.86%.For 0.40
w/c ratio as the silica fume increases from 3% to 9% Compressive Strength increases by 5.912
%.For 0.40 w/c ratio as the silica fume increases from 3% to 12% Compressive Strength
decreases by 0.975 %.
50 43.66
Compressive strength in Mpa
41.5 42.5
45 39.8
40
35
25.5 26.33 27.33 26.66
30
25
20 7 days
15 28 days
10
5
0
15% 20% 25% 30%
GGBS
FIGURE:2 GGBS vs compressive strength(w/c-0.40)
EFFECT OF GGBS ON THE HARDENED PROPERTIES: For 0.40 w/c ratio as the
GGBS increases from 15% to 20% Compressive Strength increases by 4.271 %.For 0.40 w/c
ratio as the GGBS increases from 15% to 25% Compressive Strength increases by 9.698 %.For
0.40 w/c ratio as the GGBS increases from 15% to 30% Compressive Strength increases by
6.784 %.
365
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45 39.85
40 37.5
35
30 26.16 25
25
20 7 days
15 28 days
10
5
0
15% 20%
Metakoalin
FIGURE:3 Metakoalin Vs Compressive strength(w/c-0.40)
EFFECT OF METAKOALIN ON THE HARDENED PROPERTIES : For 0.40 w/c ratio

as the metakoalin increases from 15% to 20% Compressive Strength decreases by 5.897%.
TABLE: 11 Mechanical properties of M30 SCC(0.45 w/c)
W/C-0.45
N/mm2 CC SILICA FUME GGBS
METAKOALIN
20%
3% 6% 9% 12% 15% 20% 25% 30% 15%
22.50
7 days 27.50 21.00 23.00 22.00 21.00 25.00 26.00 26.00 26.50 23.50
23.00
28.50 22.50 25.50 24.50 22.00 24.16 24.50 25.50 24.50 26.00
24.00
29.00 24.50 21.00 21.00 23.00 23.00 23.50 25.00 24.00 25.00
AVERAGE 23.16
28.33 19.00 23.16 22.50 22.00 24.16 24.66 25.50 25.00 24.83
37.00
28 days 39.00 27.50 36.00 34.00 31.00 36.50 38.50 41.00 42.00 38.50
35.50
40.00 37.00 34.50 35.00 36.50 39.00 39.00 43.50 41.50 37.00
37.50
41.50 31.50 35.50 35.50 34.00 38.50 39.50 41.50 41.50 39.00
AVERAGE 36.66
40.16 32.00 35.33 34.80 33.80 38.00 39.00 42.00 41.66 38.16
366
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40
35.33 34.8 33.8
Compressive strength in Mpa 35 32
30
25 22.66 23.16 22.5 22
20
7 days
15 28 days
10
0
3% 6% 9% 12%
Silica fume
FIGURE:4 Silica fume Vs Compressive strength(w/c-0.45)
EFFECT OF SILICA FUME ON THE HARDENED PROPERTIES: For 0.45 w/c ratio
as the silica fume increases from 3% to 6% Compressive Strength increases by 10.406 %. For
0.45 w/c ratio as the silica fume increases from 3% to 9% Compressive Strength increases by
0.875 %.For 0.45 w/c ratio as the silica fume increases from 3% to 12% Compressive Strength
decreases by 0.562 %.
45 42 41.66
38 39
Compressive strength in MPa
40
35
30 24.16 24.66 25.5 25
25
20 7 days
15
28 days
10
5
0
15% 20% 25% 30%
GGBS
FIGURE:5 GGBS Vs Compressive strength(w/c-0.45)
EFFECT OF GGBS ON THE HARDENED PROPERTIES: For 0.45 w/c ratio as the
GGBS increases from 15% to 20% Compressive Strength increases by 2.632 %.For 0.45 w/c
ratio as the GGBS increases from 15% to 25% Compressive Strength increases by 10.526
%.For 0.45 w/c ratio as the GGBS increases from 15% to 30% Compressive Strength decreases
by 9.632 %
367
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45
40
35 38.16 36.66
30
25
20 24.83 23.16 7 days
15 28 days
10
5
0
15% 20%
Metakoalin
FIGURE:6 Metakoalin Vs Compressive strength(w/c-0.45)
EFFECT OF METAKOALIN ON THE HARDENED PROPERTIES : For 0.45 w/c

ratio as the metakoalin increases from 15% to 20% Compressive Strength decreases by 3.930
%.
5.CONCLUSIONS
 The change in the percentage variation of flow values decreases as the water cement
ratio increases from 0.40 to 0.45, flow values decreases in slump flow, T50, v-funnel,
T5 min, L box and U box
 The compressive strength decreased with the increase in the water cement ratio.
 Compressive strength of silica fume is higher at 6% i.e., 36.83 N/mm2 in case of 0.40
water-cement ratio compare to 35.33 N/mm2 (0.45 w/c). Beyond 6% of silica fume,
the compressive strength decreases with increase in various percentages.
 In case of ggbs compressive strength is higher at 25% i.e., 43.66 N/mm2 in case of 0.40
water-cement ratio compare to 42 N/mm2 (0.45 w/c). Beyond 25% of ggbs the
compressive strength started decreasing with increase in various percentages.
 In case of metakoalin compressive strength decreases from 15% to 20% in case of both
water cement ratio i.e.,38.50 N/mm2 (0.40 w/c) and 37.66 N/mm2 (0.45 w/c).Further
percentages are not been take into consideration due to decrease in compressive
strength.
 The compressive strength of ggbs in all various percentages is higher than silica fume
and metakoalin properties of self compacting concrete.
6.REFERENCES
[1] Naveen kumar C. Jagadish V and Ranganath R.V “Self Compacting concrete with
Flyash and Metakoalin”, The Indian Concrete Journal,April 2006,pp33-39.
[2] Subramanian.S and Chatopadyay.D “ Experiments for mix proportion of self compacting
concrete”, The Indian Concrete journal,Jan 2002,pp.13-20
368
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[3] Okamura, H. and Ouchi, M., (2003). “Self-compacting concrete”, Journal of Advanced
Concrete Technology, Vol. 1, No. 1, April, pp.5-15.
[4] Japan society of civil engineers, - recommendation for construction of self compacting
concrete,157-164 pp., 1998.
[5] EFNARC guidelines for Specifications and guidelines for Self-compacting concrete ,
February 2002.
[6] Indian Code of Practice for Plain & Reinforced Concrete IS 456.
[7] EFNARC, “Specification and guidelines for Self Compacting Concrete”, 2002.
[8] Dinakar, P., Kali, P.S., Umesh, C.S., ―Design of self-compacting concrete with groun
granulated blast furnace slag, Journal of Material and Design, Vol. 43, 161–169 pp., Jan 201
[9] B.H.V.Pai, M. Nandy, A. Krishnamoorthy, P.K.Sarkar, C. Pramukh Ganapathy,
“Experimental Study On Self-compacting Concrete Containing Industrial By-Products”,
European Scientific Journal April 2014 edition vol.10, No.12 ISSN: 1857 – 7881 (Print) e -
ISSN 1857- 7431.
[10] Heba A Mohammad, “Effect of fly ash and silica fume on compressivestrength of Self-
compacting concrete under different curing conditions”,Ain Shams Engineering Journal, Vol.
2, pp 79-86, 2011
369
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A BRIEF REVIEW ON STRENGTH AND DURABILITY PROPERTIES
OF FLY ASH AND SLAG BASED GEOPOLYMER CONCRETE
T.Srinivas1, O.Srinath2, G.Bharath3
1
Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad,
2
M.Tech Student, Structural Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad
3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Concrete is the world’s most versatile, durable and reliable construction material. Next to
water, concrete is the most used material, which required large quantities of Portland cement.
Ordinary Portland cement production is the second only to the automobile as the major
generator of carbon dioxide, which polluted the atmosphere. In addition to that large amount
energy was also consumed for the cement production. Hence, it is inevitable to find an
alternative material to the existing most expensive, most resource consuming Portland cement.
Geopolymer concrete is an innovative construction material which shall be produced by the
chemical action of inorganic molecules. Fly Ash, a byproduct of coal obtained from the
thermal power plant is plenty available worldwide. Flyash is rich in silica and alumina reacted
with alkaline solution produced aluminosilicate gel that acted as the binding material for the
concrete. It is an excellent alternative construction material to the existing plain cement
concrete. Geopolymer concrete shall be produced without using any amount of ordinary
Portland cement. This paper briefly reviews the constituents of geopolymer concrete, its
strength and potential applications.
Keywords: Geopolymer Concrete, Fly Ash, GGBS, Strength, Durability.
1.0 Introduction
Concrete is one of the most widely used construction material in the world. Ordinary Portland
cement (OPC) is conventionally used as the primary binder to produce concrete. Production of
Portland cement is currently exceeding 2.6 billion tons per year worldwide and growing at 5
percent annually which generates nearly 7% of atmospheric carbon-dioxide contributing
largely to the global warming. Cement manufacturing is power intensive and about 120 kWh
of power is required to produce one tons of cement resulting into consumption of nearly 200
kg of coal. On the other hand, a huge volume of fly ash is generated around the world. Most of
the fly ash is not effectively used, and a large part of it is disposed in landfills which affects
aquifers and surface bodies of fresh water. Hence, it is the need of hour to find an alternative
material to the existing most expensive cement-concrete. Several studies have been carried out
to reduce the use of Portland cement in concrete to address the global warming issues. These
include the utilization of supplementary cementing materials such as fly ash, silica fume,
granulated blast furnace slag, rice husk ash and metakaolin and the development of alternative
binders to Portland cement.
Davidovits [1988] proposed that an alkaline liquid could be used to react with the silicon (Si)
and the aluminium (Al) in a source material of geological origin or in by-product materials
such as fly ash, GGBS and rice husk ash to produce binders. Because the chemical reaction
that takes place in this case is a polymerization process, he coined the term “Geopolymer” to
represent these binders. Geopolymer concrete is concrete which does not utilize any Portland
370
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cement in its production. Geopolymer concrete is being studied extensively and shows promise
as a substitute to Portland cement concrete. Research is shifting from the chemistry domain to
engineering applications and commercial production of geopolymer concrete.
There are two main constituents of geopolymers, namely the source materials and the alkaline
liquids. The source materials for geopolymers based on alumina-silicate should be rich in
silicon (Si) and aluminium (Al). These could be natural minerals such as kaolinite, clays, etc.
Alternatively, by-product materials such as fly ash, silica fume, slag, rice-husk ash, red mud,
etc could be used as source materials. The choice of the source materials for making
geopolymers depends on factors such as availability, cost, type of application, and specific
demand of the end users. The alkaline liquids are from soluble alkali metals that are usually
sodium or potassium based. The most common alkaline liquid used in geopolymerisation is a
combination of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or potassium hydroxide (KOH) and sodium silicate
or potassium silicate.
This paper is devoted to heat-cured low-calcium fly ash-based geopolymer concrete. Low-
calcium (ASTM Class F) fly ash is preferred as a source material than high-calcium (ASTM
Class C) fly ash. The presence of calcium in high amounts may interfere with the
polymerization process and alter the microstructure [Gourley and Johnson, 2005].
II. Geopolymer Concrete Materials
Fly ash: A by-product from thermal power stations which is found to have rich in silica and
alumina is used in geopolymer concrete which further helps in reducing global warming.
GGBS: Ground-granulated blast-furnace slag which is a by-product of iron and steel-making

industry obtained from a blast furnace and is a fine powder. GGBS is a glassy, granular, non-
metallic material consisting essentially of silicates and aluminates of calcium and other bases.
Aggregates: Fine and Coarse Aggregates are used in Geopolymer concrete.
Alkaline Solutions: The most common alkaline liquid used in geopolymerisation is a

combination of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or potassium hydroxide (KOH) and sodium silicate
or potassium silicate.
Super Plasticizer: High range water reducing (naphthalene sulphonate-based) super
plasticizer was used in the mixtures at the rate 1.5% of fly ash to improve the workability of
the fresh geopolymer concrete.
III Geopolymer Production
The primary difference between geopolymer concrete and Portland cement concrete is the
binder. The silicon and aluminium oxides in the low-calcium fly ash and GGBS reacts with the
alkaline liquid to form the geopolymer paste that binds the loose coarse aggregates, fine
aggregates and other un-reacted materials together to form the geopolymer concrete. As in the
case of Portland cement concrete, the coarse and fine aggregates occupy about 75 to 80% of
the mass of geopolymer concrete. The influence of aggregates, such as grading, angularity and
strength, are considered to be the same as in the case of Portland cement concrete [Lloyd and
Rangan, 2009]. Therefore, this component of geopolymer concrete mixtures can be designed
using the tools currently available for Portland cement concrete.
Studies have been carried out on fly ash-based geopolymer concrete. The compressive strength
and the workability of geopolymer concrete are influenced by the proportions and properties
371
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the constituent materials that make the geopolymer paste. Research results [Hardjito and
Rangan, 2005] have shown the following:
Higher concentration (in terms of molar) of sodium hydroxide solution results in higher
compressive strength of geopolymer concrete.
Higher ratio of sodium silicate solution-to-sodium hydroxide solution ratio by mass, results
in higher compressive strength of geopolymer concrete.
The slump value of the fresh geopolymer concrete increases when the water content of the
mixture increases. Superplasticizers may assist in improving workability.
As the H2O-to-Na2O molar ratio increases, the compressive strength of geopolymer
concrete decreases.
As can be seen from the above, the interaction of various parameters on the compressive
strength and the workability of geopolymer concrete is complex. In order to assist the design
of low-calcium fly ash-based geopolymer concrete mixtures, a single parameter called “water-
to-geopolymer solids ratio‟ by mass was devised. In this parameter, the total mass of water is
the sum of the mass of water contained in the sodium silicate solution, the mass of water used
in the making of the sodium hydroxide solution, and the mass of extra water, if any, present in
the mixture. The mass of geopolymer solids is the sum of the mass of fly ash, the mass of
sodium hydroxide solids used to make the sodium hydroxide solution, and the mass of solids
in the sodium silicate solution (i.e. the mass of Na2O and SiO2). The results showed that the
compressive strength of geopolymer concrete decreases as the water-to-geopolymer solids ratio
by mass increases [Hardjito and Rangan, 2005]. This test trend is analogous to the well-known
effect of water-to-cement ratio on the compressive strength of Portland cement concrete.
Obviously, as the water-to-geopolymer solids ratio increased, the workability increased as the
mixtures contained more water
IV Design of Geopolymer Concrete Mixtures
Concrete mixture design process is vast and generally based on performance criteria, some
simple guidelines for the design of heat-cured low-calcium fly ash-based geopolymer concrete
have been proposed [Hardjito et al, 2004; Rangan, 2008; Sumajouw, 2007]. The performance
criteria of a geopolymer concrete mixture depend on the application. For simplicity, the
compressive strength of hardened concrete and the workability of fresh concrete are selected
as the performance criteria. In order to meet these performance criteria, the alkaline liquid-to-
fly ash ratio by mass, water-to-geopolymer solids ratio by mass, the wet-mixing time, the heat-
curing temperature, and the heat-curing time are selected as parameters.
The mixture design process is illustrated by the following Example: Mixture proportion of heat-
cured low-calcium fly ash-based geopolymer concrete with design compressive strength of 45
MPa is needed for precast concrete products.
Assume that normal-density aggregates in SSD condition are to be used and the unit-weight of
concrete is 2400 kg/m3. Take the mass of combined aggregates as 77% of the mass of concrete,
i.e. 0.77x2400= 1848 kg/m3. The combined aggregates may be selected to match the standard
grading curves used in the design of Portland cement concrete mixtures. For instance, the
aggregates may comprise 277 kg/m3 (15%) of 20mm aggregates, 370 kg/m3 (20%) of 14 mm
aggregates, 647 kg/m3 (35%) of 7 mm aggregates, and 554 kg/m3 (30%) of fine sand to meet
the requirements of standard grading curves. The fineness modulus of the combined aggregates
is approximately 5.0.
372
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The mass of low-calcium fly ash and the alkaline liquid = 2400 – 1848 = 552 kg/m3. Take the
alkaline liquid-to-fly ash ratio by mass as 0.35; the mass of fly ash = 552/ (1+0.35) = 408 kg/m3
and the mass of alkaline liquid = 552 – 408 = 144 kg/m3. Take the ratio of sodium silicate
solution-to-sodium hydroxide solution by mass as 2.5; the mass of sodium hydroxide solution
= 144/ (1+2.5) = 41 kg/m3; the mass of sodium silicate solution = 144 – 41 =103 kg/m3.
Therefore, the trial mixture proportion is as follow: combined aggregates = 1848 kg/m3, low-
calcium fly ash = 408 kg/m3, sodium silicate solution = 103 kg /m3, and sodium hydroxide
solution = 41 kg/m3. To manufacture the geopolymer concrete mixture, commercially available
sodium silicate solution A53 with SiO2-to-Na2O ratio by mass of approximately 2, i.e., Na2O
= 14.7%, SiO2 = 29.4%, and water = 55.9% by mass, is selected. The sodium hydroxide solids
(NaOH) with 97-98% purity is purchased from commercial sources, and mixed with water to
make a solution with a concentration of 8 Molar. This solution comprises 26% of NaOH solids
and 74% water, by mass.
For the trial mixture, water-to-geopolymer solids ratio by mass is calculated as follows: In
sodium silicate solution, water = 0.559x103 = 58 kg, and solids = 103 – 58 = 45 kg. In sodium
hydroxide solution, solids = 0.26x41 = 11 kg, and water = 41 – 11 = 30 kg. Therefore, total
mass of water = 58+30 = 88 kg, and the mass of geopolymer solids = 408 (i.e. mass of fly ash)
+45+11 = 464 kg. Hence the water-to-geopolymer solids ratio by mass = 88/464 = 0.19. Using
the data given in Table 2, for water-to-geopolymer solids ratio by mass of 0.19, the design
compressive strength is approximately 45 MPa, as needed. The geopolymer concrete mixture
proportion is therefore as follows:
20 mm aggregates = 277 kg/m3, 14 mm aggregates = 370 kg/m3, 7 mm aggregates = 647
kg/m3, fine sand = 554 kg/m3, low-calcium fly ash (ASTM Class F) = 408 kg/m3, sodium
silicate solution (Na2O = 14.7%, SiO2 = 29.4%, and water = 55.9% by mass) = 103 kg/m3,
and sodium hydroxide solution (8 Molar) = 41 kg/m3 (Note that the 8 Molar sodium hydroxide
solution is made by mixing 11 kg of sodium hydroxide solids with 97-98% purity in 30 kg of
water).
The geopolymer concrete must be wet-mixed at least for four minutes and steam-cured at 60oC
for 24 hours after casting. The workability of fresh geopolymer concrete is expected to be
moderate. If needed, commercially available super plasticizer of about 1.5% of mass of fly ash,
i.e. 408x (1.5/100) = 6 kg/m3 may be added to the mixture to facilitate ease of placement of
fresh concrete.
V Geopolymer Concrete Properties
A. Compressive Strength
Compressive strength is one of the most essential properties of concrete. Anuar et. al, (2011)
explained that the higher concentration of sodium hydroxide solution inside the Geopolymer
concrete will produce higher compressive strength of ; because NaOH will make the good
bonding between aggregate and paste of the concrete.
B.Vijya Rangan et. al, (2004) stated that the compressive strength of Geopolymer concrete is
very high compared to the ordinary Portland cement concrete. The compressive strength of
Geopolymer concrete is about 1.5 times more than that of the compressive strength with the
ordinary Portland cement concrete, for the same mix. Similarly the Geopolymer Concrete
showed good workability as of the ordinary Portland Cement Concrete.
C.K. Madheswaran et. Al. (2013) concluded from their experimental study that increasing the
molar ratio of NaOH in GPC from 8M to 16M increases the compressive strength.
373
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Durability
Rangan, B.V. (2008) stated that Geopolymer concrete is more resistant to heat, sulphate
attack, water ingress & alkali-aggregate reaction. The role of calcium in Geopolymer
concrete made up of fly ash is very prominent since it may cause flash setting.
Wallah et. al, (2006) Explained that, heat-cured fly ash-based Geopolymer concrete undergoes
low creep and very little drying shrinkage in the order of about 100 micro strains after one year.
And it has an excellent resistance to sulphate attack. Chanh et al., (2008) stated that fly ash-
basedGeopolymer had been proved to provide better resistance against aggressive
environment. As such, this advantage can be used to construct structure that exposed to marine
environment. Sathia et al., (2008) explained that the exposure of Geopolymer in acid solution
shows that the weight loss due to the exposure is only 0.5% compared to normal concrete when
immersed in 3% sulphuric acid.N A Lloyd and B V Rangan (2010) concluded that heat-cured,
low-calcium fly ash-based Geopolymer concrete is estimated to be about 10 to 30 percent
cheaper than that of Portland cement concrete. In addition, the appropriate usage of one tonnne
of fly ash earns approximately one carbon-credit which in terms of ecological aspect makes it
more economical. One tonnne of low-calcium fly ash can manufacture approximately three
cubic meters of high quality fly ash-based Geopolymer concrete. Furthermore, the very little
drying shrinkage, the low creep, the excellent resistance to sulfate attack, and good acid
resistance offered by the heat-cured low-calcium fly ash-based Geopolymer concrete may yield
additional economic benefits when it is utilized in infrastructure applications. Geopolymer
concrete has significant advantages over standard concretes. It is much more durable than
standard concrete and requires little repair, thus saving huge amounts of money to be spent on
repairing and maintaining concrete based infrastructure.
Jamdade P.K et.al (2014) promoted the use of industrial waste fly ash as the replacement for
cement. Researchers done experiments on curing time, curing temperature of geopolymer
concrete. The compressive strength rises from 12 hrs to 24 hrs at 60°c. The compressive
strength is considerably achieved but for the polymerization the temperature is not sufficient.
The study shows that, for polymerization the temperature 90°c is quite sufficient. Geopolymer
concrete gives more strength than normal concrete in minimum period of curing. Geopolymer
concrete has larger compressive strength with higher curing temperature. Increase in the curing
temperature beyond 60° c did not increase the compressive strength substantially. As the curing
time is increased, it will improve the polymerization and increase the compressive strength.
Krishnan L et.al (2014) conducted studies and concluded that the geopolymer technology is
suitable for application in concrete industry as an alternative binder to the Portland cement.
Geopolymer binder is prepared using fly ash and GGBS (ground granulated blast furnace slag)
with alkaline liquids sodium hydroxide and sodium silicate. Cruz and Gillen reported that the
Portland cement paste follows a similar trend expanding to temperatures up to 93 °C and
continually contracts thereafter. The thermal incompatibility induces stresses and hence
cracking in both geopolymer and OPC concretes damaging the bond between the aggregate
and the paste in the concrete. The initial loss in compressive strength of both concretes from
ambient temperature to 400 °C is also attributed to the thermal gradient between the surface
and core temperatures of concrete cylinder. Kristensen and Hansen reported cracking in
concrete due to thermal gradient between 20 and 30 °C over 50mm length. The thermal gradient
observed in the cylinders at 200 °C is about 89.5 °C over 20mm. This might generate stresses
within the specimens and lead micro cracking within the concrete past research also reported
similar reduction in compressive strength of geopolymer paste beyond 520 °C, which is very
consistent to that observed in this study.
Rickard et al. proposed that after 600 °C, the shrinkage of paste increases and is believed to be
contributed to the reduction of compressive strength of geopolymer concretes at 800 °C. The
374
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shrinkage/densification of geopolymer paste is due to viscous sintering of geopolymer matrix
filling the voids in the material
VI Economic Benefits of Geopolymer Concrete

Heat-cured low-calcium fly ash-based geopolymer concrete offers several economic benefits
over Portland cement concrete. The price of one ton of fly ash is only a small fraction of the
price of one ton of Portland cement. Therefore, after allowing for the price of alkaline liquids
needed to the make the geopolymer concrete, the price of fly ash-based geopolymer concrete
is estimated to be about 10 to 30 percent cheaper than that of Portland cement concrete. In
addition, the appropriate usage of one ton of fly ash earns approximately one carbon-credit that
has a significant redemption value. One ton low-calcium fly ash can be utilized to manufacture
approximately three cubic meters of high quality fly ash-based geopolymer concrete, and hence
earn monetary benefits through carbon-credit trade. Furthermore, the very little drying
shrinkage, the low creep, the excellent resistance to sulfate attack, and good acid resistance
offered by the heat-cured low-calcium fly ash-based geopolymer concrete may yield additional
economic benefits when it is utilized in infrastructure applications.
CONCLUDING REMARKS
The paper presented brief details of fly ash-based geopolymer concrete. A simple method to
design geopolymer concrete mixtures has been described and illustrated by an example.
Geopolymer concrete has excellent properties and is well-suited to manufacture precast
concrete products that are needed in rehabilitation and retrofitting of structures after a disaster.
The economic benefits and contributions of geopolymer concrete to sustainable development
have also outlined. Study shows that Geopolymer concrete is more resistant to corrosion and
fire, has high compressive and tensile strengths, and it gains its full strength quickly (cures
fully faster). It also shrinks less than standard concrete. Thus, owing to these structural
advantages it may be concluded that in near future Geopolymer concrete may find an effective
alternate to standard cement concrete. To ensure further uptake of geopolymer technology
within the concrete industry, research is needed in the critical area of durability. Current
research is focusing on the durability of geopolymer concrete.
REFERENCES
[1] Chang, E.H., “Shear and Bond Behaviour of Reinforced Fly Ash-based Geopolymer
Concrete Beams”, PhD Thesis, Curtin University of Technology, Perth, Australia, 2009
[2] Cheema, D.S., Lloyd, N.A., Rangan, B.V., “Durability of Geopolymer Concrete Box
Culverts- A Green Alternative”, Proceedings of the 34th Conference on Our World in Concrete
and Structures, Singapore, 2009.
[3] Davidovits, J, “Soft Mineralogy and Geopolymers”, Proceedings of the Geopolymer 88
International Conference, the Université de Technologie, Compiègne, France, 1988.
[4] Gourley, J.T. and Johnson, G.B., “Developments in Geopolymer Precast Concrete”,
Proceedings of the International Workshop on Geopolymers and Geopolymer Concrete, Perth,
Australia, 2005.
[5] Hardjito, D. and Rangan, B. V., “Development and Properties of Low Calcium Fly Ash
Based Geopolymer Concrete”, Research Report GC1, Faculty of Engineering, Curtin
University of Technology, 2005
[6] Hardjito, D., Wallah, S. E., Sumajouw, D. M. J., Rangan, B. V., “On the Development of
Fly Ash-Based Geopolymer Concrete”, ACI Materials Journal, V. 101 (6), 2004, pp. 467 –
472.
375
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AN EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON MECHANICAL
PROPERTIES OF SELF-CURING CONCRETE (M20 GRADE)
Mohammad. Sumair Talha1, Dr. V. Mallikarjuna Reddy2
1
Student of M.Tech (Structural Engg.)Department of Civil Engineering GRIET Hyderabad, India
2
Professor & HOD, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, India.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
The aim of this investigation is to study the mechanical properties of concrete using water-soluble
Polyethylene Glycol-400(PEG-400) and Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) as self-curing agents. The function of
self-curing agent is to reduce the water evaporation from concrete, and hence they increase the water
retention capacity of concrete compared to the controlled concrete. The use of self-curing agents is very
important from the point of view that saving of water is a necessity every day. The benefit of self -curing
admixtures is more significant in desert areas where water is not adequately available. In this
investigation two different types of self-curing agents were used i.e., Polyethylene Glycol-400and
Polyvinyl Alcohol with different proportions 0.6%, 0.8%, 1%, 1.2% and 1.4% by weight of cement. The
use of Polyethylene Glycol-400 and Polyvinyl Alcohol in concrete as an admixture helps better
hydration and hence the strength of concrete increases. They trap the moisture within the structure and
prevent it from evaporation which normally occurs due to the hydration process. In order to study the
behaviour of self-cured concrete, compressive strength test and split tensile strength tests were
conducted on fresh and hardened concrete at the age of 7 days and 28 days, and non-destructive tests
were also conducted to know the quality of concrete. From the experimental results it is observed that
the compressive strength and split tensile strengths gradually increases with the increase in proportion
of self-curing agents, optimum strengths were achieved at the proportion of 1% for Polyethylene Glycol-
400 and 0.8% for Polyvinyl Alcohol by weight of cement. Further increase in the proportion of PEG-
400 to 1.2% by weight of cement and PVA to 1% by weight of cement, it is observed that a decrease in
the strengths takes place. The compressive strengths and split tensile strengths of self-cured concrete
were higher than those achieved by the controlled concrete.
Keywords: Self–Curing, Polyethylene Glycol-400, Polyvinyl Alcohol
1. INTRODUCTION
Concrete is the basic engineering material used in most of the civil engineering structures. Its
popularity as basic building material in construction is because of its economy of use, good
durability and ease with which it can be manufactured at site. Concrete like other engineering
materials needs to be designed for properties like strength, durability, workability. With advent
of new generation admixtures, it is possible to achieve higher grades of concrete with high
workability levels economically. Curing is the maintaining of a satisfactory moisture content
and temperature in concrete during its early stages so that desired properties (of concrete) may
develop.
The concept of self-curing agents is to reduce the water evaporation from concrete and to
increase the water retention capacity of the concrete compared to conventional concrete. It was
found that water soluble polymers can be used as self-curing agents in concrete.
The actual phenomenon of this technology is that, the water which is used during the mixing
of concrete itself is used for its curing in order to maintain the heat of hydration for the
prescribed duration to maintain the properties of concrete unaltered. This is also known as
internal curing(IC). Self-curing or internal curing is a technique that can be used to provide
additional moisture in concrete for more effective hydration of cement and reduced self-
desiccation. When concrete is exposed to the environment evaporation of water takes place
376
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and loss of moisture will reduce the initial water cement ratio which will result in the
incomplete hydration of the cement and hence lowering the quality of the concrete.
2. SCOPE AND OBJECTIVE
Scope of the study is to identify the effect of Polyethylene Glycol - 400 (PEG) and Polyvinyl
Alcohol (PVA) on strength characteristics of self-curing concrete and also to evaluate influence
of polyethylene glycol on mechanical properties which are experimentally investigated.
The main objective of the present work is to study the influence of self-curing concrete when
incorporated with PEG400 and PVA by testing mechanical characteristic of concrete i.e.,
compressive strength and split tensile strength by varying the percentage of PEG400 and PVA
from 0.6% to 1.4% by weight of cement for M20 grade concrete.
3. DESIGN MIX PROPORTION OF M20 GRADE CONCRETE
The mix was designed according to the code IS-10262:2009 “Guide lines for Concrete Mix
Proportioning”. The mix proportion of M20 grade concrete designed is:
Table 1: Mix Proportion obtained as per design mix procedure
WATER CEMENT FINE COARSE

AGGREGATE AGGREGATE
210L 467kg/m3 532kg/m3 1337kg/m3
0.45 1 1.13 2.86
Table 2: Final design mix proportion obtained after the trial mixes
WATER CEMENT FINE COARSE

AGGREGATE AGGREGATE
160L 355kg/m3 606kg/m3 1521kg/m3
0.45 1 1.70 4.28
The above mix proportion is used for both controlled concrete and self-cured concrete using
Polyethylene Glycol-400 (PEG-400) and Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA).
4. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMME
hardened properties on M20 grade of concrete with PEG-400, PVA as chemical admixture.
Indian standard concrete IS 102362:2009 mix proportioning guidelines are adopted for mix
design to achieve suitable mix proportions. The mix proportion for M20 grade was achieved,
taking the different w/c ratio into consideration. A total of 54 cubes of standard size 150 mm x
377
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
150 mm x 150 mm and 54 cylinders of 150 mm diameter and 300 mm height were casted for
determining the compressive strength and split tensile strength respectively.
5. MATERIALS USED
The different materials used in this investigation are:

1. Cement: Cement used in this investigation was 53 grade Ordinary Portland Cement
confirming IS-12269:1987
2. Fine Aggregate: The fine aggregate used was obtained from a nearby river source
confirming to IS-383:1970
3. Coarse Aggregate: The coarse aggregate according to IS-383:1970 was used. Maximum
size of coarse aggregate used is 12.5mm.
4. Water: Portable water used in the experimental work for both mixing and curing purposes.
5. Polyethylene Glycol – 400: Polyethylene glycol is a condensation polymer of ethylene
oxide and water with general formula H(OCH2CH2)n(OH), where n is the average number of
repeating ox ethylene groups.
6. Polyvinyl Alcohol: Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVOH, PVA, or PVA l) is a water-soluble synthetic
polymer. It has the idealized formula [CH2CH(OH)]n.
6. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
6.1 The physical properties of the materials that are tested in the laboratory are as mentioned
in the below tables:
Table 3: Physical properties of Ordinary Portland Cement
Test
S. No Property Test Method IS Standard
Results
Normal Vicat Apparatus
1. 31% 26-33%
Consistency (IS: 4031 Part - 4)
Sp.gr bottle
2. Specific gravity 3.12 3.15
(IS:2720 Part – 3)
Not less than
45 minutes
Initial setting time Vicat Apparatus 30 minutes
3. 182
Final setting time (IS: 4031 Part - 4) Not more than
Minutes
10 hours
Sieve test on sieve no.9
4. 1.3% 10%
Fineness (IS: 4031 Part – 1)
Le-Chatlier method Not more than
5. Soundness 2 mm
(IS: 4031 Part – 3) 10 mm
Compressive Testing
Compressive
6. Machine 55.3 N/mm2 53.0N/mm2
Strength
IS:4031 (Part 6) : 1988
378
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4: Physical Properties of Fine aggregate and Coarse Aggregate
Coarse
S. No Property Method Fine Aggregate
Aggregate
Pycnometer
IS:2386 Part 3-1986 3.21
Bulk Density 1400 kg/m3

2. IS:2386 Part 3-1986 1545.69 kg/m3
Loose
3. Bulking IS:2386 Part 3-1986 4% w c -
Fineness Sieve Analysis
4. 2.64
Modulus (IS:2386 Part 2-1963) 6.04
Table 5: Physical Properties of Polyethylene Glycol-400
S.NO DESCRIPTION PROPERTIES
1 Molecular Weight 400
2 Appearance Clear fluid
3 Moisture 0.2%
4 PH 6
Table 6: Physical Properties of Polyvinyl Alcohol
S.NO DESCRIPTION PROPERTIES
1 Molecular Weight 13000-23000g/mol
2 Appearance Crystalline powder
3 Melting Point 200ºC
4 Boiling Point 228ºC
5 Density 1.19-1.31g/cm3
379
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2 Destructive Test Results of fresh and hardened concrete:
6.2.1Compressive Strength: The cube specimens of size 150mmx150mmx150mm has been
casted and tested for 7 Days and 28 Days, and the results are furnished in the table 7 and
Table 7: Compressive Strength results
S.NO DAYS CONTROLLED SELF-CURING CONCRETE

CONCRETE PEG-400 (N/mm2)
(N/mm2)
0.6% 0.8% 1% 1.2% 1.4%
1 7 19 20 21.66 22.89 20.74 18
2 28 27 26.30 27.67 29.56 28.20 24

CONCRETE PVA (N/mm2)
(N/mm2)
0.6% 0.8% 1%
1 7 19 19.72 20.5 19.2
2 28 27 25.65 28 27
380
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50
40
27.67 29.56 28.20

30 26.30 24
7 Days
20
22.89
21.66 20.74 28 Days
20
18
10
0
0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40%
Figure 1: Compressive strength of PEG-400 for 7days & 28days
50
45
40
35
28 27
30 25.65
25
7 Days
20
19.72 20.5 28 Days
15 19.2
10
5
0
0.60% 0.80% 1.00%
Proportion of PVA
Figure 2: Compressive strength of PVA for 7days & 28days
6.2.2 Split Tensile Strength: The cylinders of size 150mm diameter and 300mm height has
been casted and tested for 7 Days and 28 Days, and the results are furnished in the table 8 and
381
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8: Split Tensile Strength results
S.NO DAYS CONTROLLED PEG-400 (N/mm2)
CONCRETE
(N/mm2) 0.6% 0.8% 1% 1.2% 1.4%
1 7 3.05 3.13 3.25 3.34 3.18 2.96
2 28 3.63 3.58 3.68 3.80 3.71 3.42

CONCRETE PVA (N/mm2)
(N/mm2)
0.6% 0.8% 1%
1 7 3.05 3.10 3.16 3.06
2 28 3.63 3.54 3.70 3.63
382
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.80
4 3.68 3.71
3.58
Split tensile strength (N/mm2)
3.42
3 3.25 3.34
3.13 3.18
2.96
7 Days
2 28 Days
0
0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40%
Proportion of PEG 400
Figure 3: Split Tensile strength of PEG-400 for 7days & 28days
383
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
4 3.70
3.54 3.63
3 3.16
3.10 3.06
7 Days
2
28 Days
0
0.60% 0.80% 1.00%
Proportion of PVA
Figure 4: Split Tensile strength of PVA for 7days & 28days
6.3 Non-Destructive Test results of fresh and hardened concrete:
The Rebound Hammer and Ultra Sonic Pulse Velocity tests are done to check the compressive
Strength and quality of concrete.
Rebound Hammer Test:
Table 9 Showing Rebound Hammer test results for various specimens
SPECIMENS REBOUND NUMBER COMPRESSIVE

STRENGTH
Controlled Concrete 33 28.5
PEG-400 35 31.2
PVA 34 30
Ultra Sonic Pulse Velocity Test:
SPECIMENS MEAN PULSE QUALITY OF

VELOCITY (km/sec) CONCRETE
Controlled Concrete 3.89 Good to very good
PEG-400 4.38 Very good to excellent
PVA 3.90 Good to very good
384
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. DISCUSSIONS ON TEST RESULTS
From the experimental results it is observed that, initially with the usage of Poly ethylene
glycol-400 (PEG-400) the compressive strength has increased from 98.87% of target mean
strength to 104% of target mean strength with the increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from
0.6% to 0.8% by weight of cement for 28days, 104% of target mean strength to 111.12% of
target mean strength of increment in the compressive strength with the increment in the
proportion of PEG-400 from 0.8% to 1% by weight of cement for 28days, and a sudden
decrease in the compressive strength from 111.12% of target mean strength to 106% of target
mean strength with the increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 1% to 1.2% and there is a
further decrement in strength 106% of target mean strength to 90.22% of target mean strength
with further increase in the PEG-400 proportion i.e., from 1.2% to 1.4% by weight of cement
for 28days. The desired strength of PEG-400 is achieved at 1 % by weight of cement. Further
increase in the dosage of PEG-400 is leading to the decrease in the strength.
The split tensile strength has been increased about 0.0017% for increase in the proportion of
PEG-400 from 0.6% to 1%, further it is observed that split tensile strength is decreased about
0.0038% for increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 1% to 1.4%. The sudden decrement
in the compressive strength and split tensile strength is due to the increase in the workability
of concrete, which is due to the increase in the proportion of PEG-400. Comparing to the
varying percentages of PEG-400 the compressive and split tensile strength test result shows
that the optimum strength of self-curing concrete attained at 1% of PEG-400 by weight of
cement. Further increase in the dosage is leading to the decrease in the strengths. With this
comparison it is clear that the internal curing is been carried out and heat of hydration is
maintained continuously, which didn’t altered the properties of the self-curing concrete when
compared with the normal curing concrete.
In the case of Poly vinyl Alcohol (PVA), a similar trend of behavior has been observed in the
experiments that are conducted on fresh and hardened concrete. The compressive strength is
increased from 96.42% of target mean strength to 105.26% of target mean strength with the
increase in the proportion of PVA from 0.6% to 0.8% by weight of cement for 28days, and a
sudden decrease in strength from 105.26% of target mean strength to 101.50% of target mean
strength with further increase in the PVA proportion i.e., from 0.8% to 1% by weight of cement
for 28 days. The desired strength of PVA is achieved at 0.8 % by weight of cement. Further
increase in the dosage of PVA is leading to the decrease in the strength.
The split tensile strength has been increased about 0.0007% for increase in the proportion of
PVA from 0.6% to 0.8% by weight of cement for 28days, further it is observed that split tensile
strength is decreased about 0.0007% for increase in the proportion of PEG-400 from 0.8% to
1% by weight of cement for 28days. The desired strength of PVA is achieved at 0.8 % by
weight of cement. Further increase in the dosage of PVA is leading to the decrease in the
strength. The sudden decrease in compressive strength and split tensile strength is due to the
increase in the workability of concrete, which is due to the increase in the proportion of self-
curing agent PVA. It is clear that the heat of hydration and internal curing is carried which
helped in achieving the strengths at respective age at a particular proportion of self-curing agent
and further increase in the dosage is leading to the decrease in the strengths.
385
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. CONCLUSIONS
1. The self-curing agent Polyethylene Glycol-400 is used at different percentages (0.6,
0.8, 1, 1.2 and 1.4) with M20 grade concrete mix. It shows that the compressive strength
of concrete is found to be increased by 12.25% by increasing the proportion of
Polyethylene Glycol-400 from 0.6% to 1% by weight of cement for 28 days. And there
is decrease in compressive strength by 5.12% by increasing the proportion of
Polyethylene Glycol-400 from 1% to 1.2% by weight of cement for 28 days.
2. The split tensile strength of concrete is found to be increased by 0.0022% by increasing
the proportion of Polyethylene Glycol-400 from 0.6% to 1% by weight of cement for
28days. And there is decrease in split tensile strength by 0.0009% by increasing the
proportion of Polyethylene Glycol-400 from 1% to 1.2% by weight of cement for 28
days.
3. The self-curing agent Polyvinyl Alcohol is used at different percentages (0.6, 0.8, 1, 1.2
and 1.4) with M20 grade concrete mix. It shows that the compressive strength of
concrete is found to be increased by 8.84% by increasing the proportion of Polyethylene
Glycol-400 from 0.6% to 0.8% by weight of cement for 28days. And there is decrease
compressive strength by 3.76% by increasing the proportion of Polyvinyl Alcohol from
0.8% to 1% by weight of cement for 28 days.
4. The split tensile strength of concrete is found to be increased by 0.0016% by increasing
the proportion of Polyvinyl Alcohol from 0.6% to 0.8% by weight of cement for 28days.
And there is decrease in split tensile strength by 0.0007% by increasing the proportion
of Polyvinyl Alcohol from 0.8% to 1% by weight of cement for 28 days.
5. The Non-Destructive tests were done and the quality of concrete based on average
Rebound Hammer is found to be a “Good layer”. The quality of concrete based on Ultra
Sonic Pulse Velocity is found to be a “Very good concrete”.
6. It has been observed that cubes and cylinders casted with Self-cured concrete
containing Polyethylene Glycol-400 and Polyvinyl Alcohol shows less cracks when
compared to controlled concrete.
REFERENCES
1. C. Selvamony, M. S. Ravi Kumar, S. U. Kannan and S. Basil Gnanappa, (2010),

“INVESTIGATIONS ON SELF-COMPACTED SELF-CURING CONCRETE
USING LIMESTONE POWDER AND CLINKERS ", ARPN Journal of Engineering
and Applied Sciences VOL. 5, NO. 3.
2. Hans W. Reinhardt and Silvia Weber, (1998), “SELF-CURED HIGH
PERFORMANCE CONCRETE", journal of materials in civil engineering November
1998.
3. John Roberts and Ron Vaughn, (2013), "INTERNAL CURING IMPROVES
FLEXURAL ANDCOMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF PERVIOUS CONCRETE ",
Northeast Solite Corporation Saugerties, New York.
4. Magda. Mousa, Mohamed G. Mahdy, Ahmed H. Abdel-Reheem, Akram Z. Yehia,
(2014), "MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF SELF-CURING CONCRETE (SCUC) ",
Housing and Building National Research Centre HBRC Journal.
5. Gowripalan.N Marks. R and Sun. R (2001),”Early age properties of self-cured
concrete”, proceedings of concrete institute of Australia, page 655-662.
386
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES ON PERMEABILITY AND SORPTIVITY OF LOW
CALCIUM FLYASH AND SLAG BASED GEOPOLYMER CONCRETE
T.Srinivas1, V.Rahul2, Dr. N. V. Ramana Rao3
1
Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad,
2
3
Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, JNTUH, Hyderabad –500085
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Geopolymer concrete is an environment friendly concrete which has lower carbon footprint as
compared to that of conventional concrete. The objective of the present work is to find the durability in
terms of permeability and sorptivity of the low calcium flyash and slag based geopolymer concrete.
Alkaline solution of sodium silicate (Na2Sio3) is added which is pre-mixed with NaoH cristals for
polymerisation process. The specimens were tested for permeability, sorptivity and also compared the
results with controlled concrete of respective grades. The satisfactory results have come, since there
was slightly reduction in permeability and sorptivity coefficients in case of geopolymer concrete, when
compared with the respective grades of controlled concrete.
Keywords: Geopolymer concrete, Sorptivity, Permeability, Percolation, capillarity.
1.0 Introduction
Concrete is one of the most widely used construction materials; it is usually associated with
Portland cement as the main component for making concrete. The demand for concrete as a
construction material is on the increase. On the other hand, the climate change due to global
warming, one of the greatest environmental issues has become a major concern during the last
decade. The global warming is caused by the emission of greenhouse gases, such as CO2, to
the atmosphere by human activities. Among the greenhouse gases, CO2 contributes about 65%
of global warming. The cement industry is responsible for about 6% of all CO 2 emissions,
because the production of one ton of Portland cement emits approximately one ton of CO2 into
the atmosphere. Although the use of Portland cement is still unavoidable until the foreseeable
future, many efforts are being made to reduce the use of Portland cement in concrete. These
efforts include the utilisation of supplementary cementing materials such as fly ash, silica fume,
granulated blast furnace slag, rice-husk ash and metakaolin, and finding alternative binders to
Portland cement.
2.0 Project Significance
Geopolymer concrete is an environment friendly concrete which has lower carbon footprint as
compared to that of conventional concrete. Fly ash (Class F) is a byproduct of coal obtained
from thermal power plant. It is also rich in silica and alumina. In this paper, fly ash of F class
is used to produce a geopolymer concrete. Geopolymer is a material resulting from the reaction
of a source material that is rich in silica and alumina with alkaline solution. Geopolymer
concrete is totally cement free concrete. Fly-ash and alkaline activator undergo geo-
polymerization process to produce alumino silicate gel.
387
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.0 Objectives of the present work
The main objective of the present work is to find the durability in terms of permeability and
sorptivity of the low calcium flyash and slag based geopolymer concrete of G30 & G50 grades
and which are to be compared with M30 & M50 grades of controlled concrete.
4.0 Experimental investigations
Experimental investigations are carried out as follows:
4.1 To determine the concrete water permeability as per IS 3085:1965.

4.2 To find out the water absorption rate (sorptivity test) of geopolymer concrete specimens to
estimate the volume of permeable voids and their interconnected pore space distribution.
5.0 Materials and Mix Proportions
The materials used for concrete are briefly reviewed in the following sections:
5.1 Ordinary Portland cement of 53 grade, confirming to IS: 12269-

1987 used in this investigation.
5.2 Locally available clean, well-graded, natural river sand having fineness modulus of 2.65
conforming to Zone II of IS 383-1970 was used as fine aggregate. Crushed granite angular
aggregate of size 20 mm nominal size from local source with specific gravity of 2.71 was
used as coarse aggregate.
5.3 Class F-fly ash is used, which is obtained from Vijayawada thermal power station in
Andhra Pradesh conforming to IS: 3812-part 1 2003.
5.4 Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS) conforming to IS : 12089- 1987
5.5 High range water reducing Master Glenium Sky 8233 (Formerly Glenium B233) super
plasticizer was used for concrete conforming IS: 9103-1999.
5.6 Water used for mixing and curing is fresh potable water, confirming to IS: 3025 – 1986 and
IS: 456 – 2000.
5.7 Alkaline liquids such as NaOH and Na2SiO3 are used.
5.8 The grades of concrete used in the present investigation are standard grades (M30 & M50)
of controlled concrete and equivalent grades (G30 & G50) of geopolymer concrete. The
M30 and M50 mix proportions are designed using BIS method where as G30 and G50 mix
proportions are developed by using the same proportions of controlled concrete by
replacing 100% cement with 85% fly ash and 15% with GGBS and in addition to these
alkaline liquids have been added based on trial and error to develop the same strength as
that of controlled concrete.
The mix proportions are as follows:
Standard grade (M30) of Controlled Concrete 1:1.89:3.27:0.45
Standard grade (G30) of Geopolymer Concrete 1:1.89:3.27:0.45
Standard grade (M50) of Controlled Concrete 1:1.35:3.16:0.4
Standard grade (G50) of Geopolymer Concrete 1:1.35:3.16:0.4
388
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results of the experimental investigations conducted are presented below:
6.1 Studies on Water Permeability
The tables 1 and 2 and figure 1 and 2 presents the coefficients of permeability values
determined as per IS 3085 for both grades of controlled and geopolymer concrete specimens
of age 28 and 90 days.
Table 1: Coefficients of Permeability for Controlled and Geopolymer Concrete

Specimens of Age 28 days
Type of Pressure Quantity of water Coefficient of %

Grade of
specimen head collected permeability Decreased
Concrete
H (m) (ml) x 10-9 m/sec
M 30 Controlled 100 8688 2.04 -
G 30 Geopolymer 100 8266 1.95 4.86
M 50 Controlled 100 5574 1.31 -
G 50 Geopolymer 100 5356 1.26 3.91
Table 2: Coefficients of Permeability for Controlled and Geopolymer Concrete

Quantity of
Grade of Pressure head Coefficient of
water %
Concrete Type of specimen H permeability
collected Decreased
(m) x 10-9 m/sec
(ml)
M 30 Controlled 100 8336 1.97 -
G 30 Geopolymer 100 8078 1.90 3.09
M 50 Controlled 100 5448 1.28 -
G 50 Geopolymer 100 5274 1.24 3.19
Table 3: Coefficient of Water Permeability Ranges

as per IS: 3085-1965
Water Permeability Very Low Low Medium High

Coefficient of
permeability < 0.5 0.5-1.0 1.0-2.0 >2.0
(x 10-9 m/sec)
389
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5
Controlled Concrete
Coefficient of Permeability x 10-9
M30 G30
Geopolymer Concrete
2
1.5 M50
m/sec
G50
0.5
0
Grades of Concrete
Fig 1: Variation of Coefficients of Permeability for Controlled and Geopolymer Concrete

2.5
Controlled Concerete
Coefficient of Permeability x 10-9
M30 Geopolymer Concrete

G30
2
1.5 M50
G50
m/sec
0.5
Grades of Concrete
Fig 2: Variation of Coefficients of Permeability for Controlled and Geopolymer Concrete

390
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
From the presented test results, it was observed that negligible decrease in water permeability
in geopolymer specimens than controlled specimens under 100m water head. Results showed
that the geopolymer concrete resulted in little lower coefficient of permeability of range 1.26
– 1.95 x 10-9 m/sec in comparison to controlled concrete which has coefficient of permeability
of 1.28 – 2.04 x 10-9 m/sec for both grades of concretes. Decrease in water permeability of
specimens in geopolymer is nearly 4.86% and 3.91% in G30 and G50 grade concretes
respectively of age 28days. Similarly decrease in water permeability of specimens in
geopolymer concrete is nearly 3.09% and 3.19% in G30 and G50 grades of concrete
respectively at 90days age. It shows that both grades of geopolymer concretes are little less
permeable than the controlled concretes.
6.2 Studies on Sorptivity
The table 4 illustrates the gain in mass per unit area over the density of water ‘I’ (m) at regular
intervals of time ‘t’ (min) and figure 3 shows plot between the gain in mass per unit area over
the density of water (I) and the square root of the elapsed time (√t). The slope of the line of
best fit of these points is reported as the sorptivity coefficient (k). Table 5 and Figure 4 shows
the sorptivity coefficient (k) of controlled (M30 & M50) and geopolymer (G30 & G50)
concretes.
Table 4: The Gain in Mass per Unit Area over the Density of Water ‘I’ (m) at Regular
Intervals of Time ‘t’ (min)
Controlled concrete
M30 M50
I x 10-3 t I x 10-3 t
(m) (min) (m) (min)
0 0 0 0
0.00045 15 0.00035 15
0.0006 30 0.00045 30
0.00085 60 0.0006 60
0.0012 120 0.0009 120
0.00165 240 0.00125 240
0.0021 360 0.0015 360
0.0041 1440 0.0031 1440
0.0058 2880 0.00435 2880
0.0071 4320 0.00515 4320
391
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Geopolymer Concrete
G30 G50
I x 10-3 t I x 10-3
t(min)
(m) (min) (m)
0 0 0 0
0.00035 15 0.00025 15
0.00045 30 0.00035 30
0.00065 60 0.0005 60
0.0009 120 0.00075 120
0.00125 240 0.00105 240
0.00155 360 0.00125 360
0.00315 1440 0.0025 1440
0.00435 2880 0.0035 2880
0.00555 4320 0.0044 4320
0.008
0.007
M30
0.006
G30
0.005
M50
I x 10-3(m)
0.004
G50
0.003
0.002
0.001
0
0.00
√t
Fig 3: Plot between I- √t to calculate Sorptivity Coefficient (k)
392
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5: Sorptivity Coefficients of both grades of Controlled and Geopolymer Concrete
Specimens
Sorptivity Coefficient (k)

Grade of the x 10-3 Percentage
Concrete m/min0.5 Decreased
Controlled M30 0.108 -

Concrete M50 0.081 -
Geopolymer G30 0.081 25
Concrete G50 0.067 17.28
Sorptivity Coefficient (k) x 10-3
0.12 Controlled Concrete
0.1 Geopolymer Concrete
0.08
m/min0.5
0.06
0.04
0.02
Geopolymer Concrete
0 Controlled Concrete
1
2
Grades of Concrete
Fig 4: Variation of Sorptivity of both grades of Controlled and Geopolymer Concrete

From table 4 it is apparent that sorptivity decreases systematically for geopolymer concrete
specimens for both the grades. The sorptivity coefficients of geopolymer concrete
specimens are low for both grades when compared with corresponding grades of controlled
concrete specimens because the pores in the bulk paste or in the interfaces between
aggregate and cement paste is filled by the dense structure hence, the capillary pores are
reduced. Sorptivity values for geopolymer concrete were in the range of 0.081 to 0.067
mm/min0.5 for the grades of G30 & G50 and for controlled concretes its value are in the
range of 0.108 to 0.081 mm/min0.5 of the equivalent grades respectively. The capillary
absorption coefficient (k) is greatly influenced by the addition of microorganisms to the
concrete. The reduction in capillary in geopolymer concrete specimens is from 17 to 25 %.
The water absorption, capillary and porosity characteristics indirectly reflect the durability
performance of the geopolymer concrete.
393
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.0 Conclusions
Based on the results reported in this research work and key findings during the experimental
investigations, the following conclusions can be drawn:
1) It is observed that the permeability is slightly less in case of geopolymer concrete when it
is compared with conventional concrete for both the grades. So, geopolymer concrete is
more preferred to conventional concrete for particular area where low permeability is more
essential.
2) The sorptivity of geopolymer concrete is slightly less than conventional concrete for G30
and G50 grades when it is compared with corresponding grades (M30 & M50), because the
pore sizes in geopolymer concrete is less due dense structure.
3) The attainment of early strengths are possible in an oven curing at 60 OC in case of
geopolymer concrete when compared to conventional concrete, so it can be used wherever
early strengths are required.
References
[1] Djwantoro Hardjito, Steenie E. Wallah, Dody M. J. Sumajouw and B.Vijaya Rangan; “On
the Development of Fly Ash-Based Geopolymer Concrete”, ACI Materials Journal, V. 101,
No. 6, November-December 2004, 467-472.
[2] N.P. Rajamane and R. Jeyalakshmi; “Formulae for sodium hydroxide solution preparation
of known molar concentration for geopolymer concretes”, Indian Concrete Journal, November,
2015.
[3] Monita Olivia and Hamid R. Nikraz; “Strength and Water Penetrability of Fly Ash
Geopolymer Concrete”, ARPN Journal of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Vol. 6, No. 7,
July 2011.
[4] Chamila Gunasekara, David W. Law and Sujeeva Setunge; “Long term permeation
properties of different fly ash geopolymer concretes”, Construction and Building Materials,
124 (2016), 352–362.
[5] Kolli Ramujee and M. Potharaju; “Permeability and abrasion resistance of geopolymer
concrete”, Indian Concrete Journal, December, 2014.
[6] Bennet Jose Mathew, M Sudhakar and C Natarajan; “Strength, Economic and
Sustainability Characteristics of Coal Ash –GGBS based Geopolymer Concrete”, International
Journal of Computational Engineering Research, Vol. 3 Issue. 1, 2013, 207-212.
[7] Partha Sarathi Deb, Prabir Kumar Sarker and Salim Barbhuiya; “Sorptivity and acid
resistance of ambient-cured geopolymer mortars containing nano-silica”, Cement and
Concrete Composites, 72 (2016), 235 – 245
394
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A CASE STUDY PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF CEMENT
WITH MARBLE POWDER IN CONCRETE MIX
1
S Venkatachrayulu
1
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABSTRACT
The waste materials to the environment directly can cause environmental Hazardous. Hence the reuse
of waste material has been emphasized. Waste can be used to produce new products or can be used as
admixtures so that natural resources are used more efficiently and the environment is protected from
waste deposits. Marble stone industry generates both solid waste and stone slurry. Whereas solid waste
results from the rejects at the mine sites or at the processing units, stone slurry is a semi liquid substance
consisting of particles originating from the sawing and the polishing processes and water used to cool
and lubricate the sawing and polishing machines. Presently large amount of marble dust is generated
in stone processing plant. So this project aims to test the strength by replacing it with cement in
concrete.
1.0 GENERAL: The waste materials are gaining attention to use the materials as a substitute
to natural getting them utilized in cement, concrete, and other construction materials, it helps
in reducing the cost of cement
.1.1 CEMENT: It is the most important and costliest ingredient of concrete. The mix-design
of concrete indirectly means optimising the use of cement for obtaining the desired properties
of concrete in green as well as hardened state. Ordinary portland cement (opc) OPC category
we have three grades of cement available in Indian market Grade 33,Grade 43,Grade 53
1.2 AGGREGATES: Aggregates are the important constituents in concrete. They give body
to the concrete, reduce shrinkage and effect economy. the aggregates occupy 70–80 per cent of
the volume of concrete, their impact on concrete is undoubtedly considerable.
1.2.1 CLASSIFICATION: Aggregates can be classified as (i) Normal weight aggregates, (ii)
Light weight aggregates and (iii) Heavy weight aggregates. The size of aggregate bigger than
4.75 mm is considered as coarse aggregate and aggregate whose size is 4.75 mm and less is
considered as fine aggregate.
1.3 WATER:It is indispensable because it is required for reaction of hydration. But its use
should be restricted to minimum as possible considering the requirement for chemical reaction
with cement and workability only.
1.4 About Marble Powder

Recycling of industrial wastes has actually environmental, economical and technical benefits.
For the producer, the environmental benefit can be attained as far as the waste is recycled. It is
estimated that 1 tone clinker production releases 1 tone CO2. Mixing of clinker to
supplementary materials called blending is considered as a very effective way to reduce CO2
emission. It is estimated that the Rajasthan Marble Processing Enterprise produces 1800m3
(4500 tons) marble waste annually
395
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.0 Literature Review

Er. Raj P. Singh Kushwah , Prof. (Dr.), Ishwar Chand Sharma, Prof (Dr.) PBL
Chaurasia(2015) presented in his paper that the marble can be utilized in concrete mix by
replacement of fine aggregates. Bahar Demirel (2010) presented the use of marble dust as in
place of fine aggregate in concrete ix and check the mechanical properties of mix. Baboo
Hassan A. Mohamadien (2012) investigates the effect of marble powder and silica fume of
different percentages as partial replacement for cement on mortar. Noha M. Soliman (2013)
presented the effect of using Marble Powder in Concrete Mixes and also its effect on the
strength of R.C. SlabsV. M. Sounthararajan and A. Sivakumar (2013) add lime content in
marble powder and check its effects on concrete mix.Animesh Mishra, Abhishek Pandey,
Prateek Maheshwari, Abhishek Chouhan, S. Suresh, Shaktinath Das (2013) uses marble
dust in green cement for sustainable concrete. The compressive strength and mechanical
properties were investigated in this study. Prof. Veena G. Pathan, Prof. Md. Gulfam Pathan
studied feasibility of marble powder as the constituent of concrete mix.
4.0 OBJECTIVE
 Main objective is to study the influence of partial replacement of cement with marble
powder,
 Compare it with the compressive and tensile strength of ordinary M20 concrete.
 Find the percentage of marble powder replaced in concrete
 Reduces the cement content which results in cost reduction.
 TO improving durability concrete
 To attaining and maintaining strength at specific days of concrete
5.0 Advantages Of Marble Powder

• It Intensifies The Properties Of Mortar And Concrete.
• Huge Amount Of Marble Waste Is Generated And So Cost Of Procuring Of This Waste Is
Low.
5.1 Disadvantages Of Marble Powder

• Marble does not take part in the hydration process.
• Marble waste is not available in all regions and so additional transportation cost will be
added for its procurement
6.0 Methodology
Cement was replaced with replacements levels of cement (0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20%). Six
numbers of cubes of 150 X 150 X 150 and Four number of cylinders 150 mm diameter and
300 mm length were casted for each %age replacement. Hence 50 numbers of cubes were
casted for each compressive and split tensile strength. The compressive strength and split
tensile strength of concrete of all mixes was determined at the ages of 7 and 28 days of curing
for the various replacement level of cement and addition of cement and addition of waste
marble powder (0%,5%, 10%, 15%, 20%) at the end of different curing periods.
Slump and air content of fresh concrete and absorption and compressive strength of hardened
concrete were also investigated. Test results show that this industrial bi product is capable of
improving hardened concrete performance up to 10%, Enhancing fresh concrete behavior and
can be used in architectural concrete mixtures containing white cement
396
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure 1 Marble Dust Powder
7.0 TESTING ON PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS

Initial setting time of Cement= 84 minutes
Fineness Modulus of Cement= 6%
Specific gravity of Cement = 3.14 (USING LE – CHATLIER FLASK)
SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF FINE AGGREGATE-
Table: 1. specific gravity of sand
SL NO Determination Gm
1 Pycnometer (M1) 458.10
2 Pycnometer + sand (half of bottle) (M2) 676
3 Pycnometer + sand + full of water (M3) 1390
4 Pycnometer + full of water (M4) 1253
8.0 CALCULATIONS
Specific gravity = [(M2-M1)]/[(M2-M1)-(M3-M4)]

a). (676-458.10)/ [(676-458.10)-(1390-1253)] = 2.693
b) (697-451)/ [(697-451)-(1405-1258)] = 2.49
Therefore, specific gravity of fine aggregate = 2.59
Table 2 Specific Gravity Of Course Aggregate
SL NO Determination Gm
1 Pycnometer (M1) 458
2 Pycnometer + aggregate (M2) 706
3 Pycnometer + aggregate + full of water (M3) 1405
4 Pycnometer + full of water (M4) 1258
397
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 CALCULATIONS
Specific gravity = (M2-M1)/[(M2-M1)-(M3-M4)]
(a) (706-458)/ [(706-458)-(1405-1258) ] = 2.45
(b) (666-463) /[(706-458)-(1405-1258) ]= 2.859
Mean of these = 2.66
Therefore, specific gravity of coarse aggregate = 2.66
8.2 SIEVE ANALYSIS

(A) SAND
Quantity of sand = 1 Kg Time of sieving = 15 minutes
Sieve analysis of fine aggregate
Fineness modulus = 304.2 / 100 = 3.042%
COARSE AGGREGATE
Quantity of materials = 4 kg
Time of sieving = 15 minutes
Sieve analysis of coarse aggregate
Fineness modulus = 710.77/100 = 7.10%
Table 3 Sieve analysis of fine aggregate
Sl Weight % Of Cumulativ Cumula

No Sieve Retained(G Weight e% tive %
Size m) Retained Retained Passing
1 40 mm 0 0 0 100
20 mm 585.0 14.625 14.65 85.375
3 10 mm 3260 81.5 96.12 3.88
4 4.75 mm 155 3.875 100 0
5 2.36 mm 0 9.8 100 0
6 1.18 mm 0 6.0 100 0
7 600 0 18.8 100 0
micron
8 300 0 39.7 100 0
micron
9 150 0 22.1 100 0
micron
398
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 3.2.1.6 Graph of Sieve
9.0 MIX DESIGN Mix design for concrete was made using the properties of constituents of
concrete. Grade of concrete was taken as M20 and the mix design was done as per IS:10262-
1982 and IS:456-2000. The water cement ratio was taken as 0.5 which should be the
maximum for M20 grade under mild exposure condition.
Mix design of : M20
characteristic compressive strength at 28 days : 20 N/mm2
maximum size of aggregates : 20mm
degree of quality of control : good
Type of exposure : Mild
TEST DATA FOR MATERIAL :
Specific gravity of cement :3.14

Specific gravity of fine aggregate :2.59
Specific gravity of coarse aggregate :2.66
TARGET MEAN STRENGTH FOR MIX DESIGN
fck =fck +1.65s (s = standard deviation)

fck =20+1.65×4 = 26.6N/mm2
399
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 Chemical Composition of Cement Table 5 Chemical Composition of Marble
Powder
SL OXIDE PERCENT SL TEST RESULTS

NO CONTENT NO PARAMETERS (% by mass)
(%) 1 Silica as SiO2 11.06
2 Aluminum as 2.59
1 CaO 60 – 67
Al2O3
3 Iron as Fe2O3 0.85
2 SiO2 17 -25 4 Calcium as CaO 34.02
5 Magnesium as 23.91
3 Al2O3 3–8 MgO
6 Sodium as NaO < 0.01
4 Fe2O3 0.5-6 7 Potassium as K2O < 0.01
8 Titanium as TiO2 < 0.01
5 MgO 0.1 – 4 9 Phosphorous as < 0.07
P2O5
6 K2O,Na2O 0.4 – 1.3 10 Sulphur as SO4 < 0.01
11 Loss on Ignition 27.09
(LoI)
Table 6 Design stipulation
SL DESIGN STIPULATIONS QUANTITY

NO
1 Characteristic compressive 20 N/mm2

strength in the field at 28 days
2 Maximum size of aggregates 20mm
3 Degree of quality of control Good

4 Type of exposure Mild
As per IS:10262-1982,
Water cement ratio = 0.5
water cement ratio and aggregate size as table 2 of IS: 10262 -2009 .
Water content = 186 kg/m3
Sand content = 35%
No adjustments are made.
400
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DETERMINATION OF CEMENT CONTENT
Water cement ratio = 0.50
Water = 186
Cement = 186/0.50 = 370 kg/m3
This cement content is adequate for mild exposure condition, according to Appendix A of
IS : 456-1978.
9.1 DETERMINATION OF COARSE AND FINE AGGREGATE CONTENT
From Table 3, for the specified maximum size of 20 mm , the amount of entrapped air in the
wet concrete is 2%.
Taking this into account and applying equations from 3.5.1 of IS: 10262 -1982.
Therefore
For fine aggregate :
0.98 = [186 + (370/3.14)+(1/0.35) x (fa / 2.59) ] x (1/1000)
fa = 606.06 kg/m3
For coarse aggregate :
0.98 = [ 185 + (370/3.14) + (1/(1-0.35) x (Ca / 2.66)] x (1/1000)
Ca = 1171.42 kg/m3
The mix proportions then becomes
Water: Cement : Fine aggregate : Coarse aggregate
186: 370 kg: 606.06 kg: 1171.42 kg
or
1: 1.638: 3.16
9.2 VOLUMES
Volume of cube = 15 x 15 x 15 =3375cm3

Volume of cylinder = 176.714 x 30 =5301.44 cm3
Total volume = 8676.44 cm3
Add 10% extra volume = 9544.084 cm3
9.3 FOR 30 CUBE SPECIMEN
Weight of cement = 45 kg
Weight of fine aggregate = 81.9 kg
Weight of coarse aggregate = 158 kg
Required water = 25 liters
9.4 FOR 20 CYLINDER SPECIMEN
Weight of cement = 47.187 kg

Weight of fine aggregate = 85.73 kg
Weight of coarse aggregate = 165.39 kg
Required water = 26.17 liters
401
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.5 MIX PROPORTIONS
Five concrete mixes with stone dust were produced, replacing 0%(reference mixture ),
5%,10%,15%,and
20% Cement, in terms of weight. The concrete mix proportion for M20 grade was designed
in accordance with I.S. code.
9.6 QUANTITY OF MARBLE POWDER FOR 30 CUBES;

5% of cement replaced by marble powder = 500gm
10% of marble powder = 1000 gm
20 %of marble powder = 2000 gm
9.7 QUANTITY OF MARBLE POWDER FOR 20 CYLINDERS;

5% of cement replaced by marble powder = 523gm
20 %of marble powder = 2093 gm
10 Experimental conditions:
Compressive strength of concrete was undertaken on 15 cm cubic specimens. at 7 days and 28
days of age. Regarding splitting tensile strength, cylinders with 30 cm of height and 15 cm of
diameter were casted and tested at 28 days of age. All specimens were removed 24 hours after
casting, and then transferred to regular conditions (interior of the laboratory) till testing.
11 PREPARATION AND CURING OF SPECIMEN:Standard cubic specimens of 150 mm

size were cast. Concrete cubes were cast for compressive strength. The standard cylindrical
specimen of 100mm diameter and 300mm height cylindrical specimens were caste for tensile
strength.
Fig 2 Applying oil to moulds Fig 3 weighed Aggregate and Cement
402
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fig 4 Mixing in Drum roller Fig 5 Compaction of concrete using vibrator
Fig 6 Casted cubes for 7 days and 28 days test
12. Test Programme

Compressive strength of concrete can be defined as maximum resistance of concrete to axial
loading. The specimens used for compression test were cubes of size 150x 150x150 mm size.
Compressive strength was determined for 7 and 28 days respectively. The test was conducted
in the laboratory on the compression testing machine of 3000 KN capacity and the reading at
the time of failure of specimen was taken. The results are tabulated in Table7.1(a) to 7.1(b).
403
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7.1(a) Compressive strength at 7 days
% of
marble Cube 1 Cube 2 Cube 3 Average Compressive
powder (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN) strength
replaced (MPa)
0% 410 390 430 410 18.22
5% 420 430 400 416.6 18.51
10% 480 430 450 453.3 20.14
15% 380 370 400 383.3 17.03
20% 300 280 330 303.3 13.45
Table 7.1(b) Compressive strength at 28 days
% of marble
powder Cube 1 Cube 2 Cube 3 Average Compressive
replaced strength
(MPa)
0% 412.33
413 394 430 18.27
5% 419.66
426 433 400 19.61
10% 456.66
486 434 450 21.14
15% 385.66
383 374 400 17.63
20% 306
302 286 330 14.45
404
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8.1 Tensile Strength – 7 Days

% of marble
powder Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 Average Tensile strength
replaced (KN) (KN) (KN) (MPa)
0% 160 140 150 2.11
5% 150 160 155 2.18
10% 190 170 180 2.53
15% 160 170 165 2.32

20%
120 110 115 1.61
Table 8.2 Tensile Strength – 28 Days
% of marble
powder Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 Average Tensile
replaced strength (MPa)
150
0% 160 140 2.22
155
5% 150 160 2.32
180
10% 190 170 2.55
165
15% 160 170 2.37
121
20% 123 120 2.22
13.0 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
13.1 Compression and Tensile Strength Test

Mechanical behavior of concrete cubes prepared without chemical admixtures was studied by
compressive tests (Grade M20) curing time of 7 days and 28 days. It can be noticed that 5%
replacement of cement with marble dust in mild condition and 10% replacement of cement
with marble dust in mild condition, are showing increase in compressive strength and Tensile
strength.
14 .0 CONCLUSION
Due to marble dust, it proved to be very effective in assuring very good cohesiveness of mortar
and concrete. From the above study, it is concluded that the marble dust can be used as a
replacement material for cement and 10% replacement of marble dust gives an excellent result
in strength aspect and quality aspect and it is better than the control concrete. The results
405
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
showed that the substitution of 10% of the cement content by marble stone dust induced higher
compressive strength, higher splitting tensile strength, and improvement of properties related
to durability. Test results show that this industrial waste is capable of improving hardened
concrete performance up to 15%, enhancing fresh concrete behaviour and can be used in plain
concrete.
15.0 REFERENCES
[1] IS:383-1970, Specification for Coarse and Fine Aggregate from Natural Sources for
Concrete—Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
[2] IS:10262-1982 Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design—Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
[3] IS: 456-2000, Plain and Reinforced Concrete—Code of Practice—Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
[4] IS: 516-1959, Methods of Tests for Strength of Concrete—Bureau of Indian
[5] IS: 8112-1989, 53 Grade Ordinary Portland cement—Specification, Bureau of Indian
406
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STUDIES ON STRENGTH CHARACTERISTICS OF
M V Jagannadha Kumar1, Dr. B Dean Kumar2, Dr. K Jagannadha Rao3
1
Research Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH, Hyderabad, Email: greenkumar65@gmail.com
2
Professor of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH, Hyderabad, Email: bdeankumar@gmail.com
3
Professor of Civil Engineering, CBIT, Hyderabad, Email: kjagannadharao@yahoo.com
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Today concrete is most widely used construction material due to its good compressive strength and
durability. Depending upon the nature of work the cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water are
mixed in specific proportions to produce plain concrete. Plain concrete needs congenial atmosphere by
providing moisture for a minimum period of 28 days for good hydration and to attain desired strength. Any
laxity in curing will badly affect the strength and durability of concrete. Self-curing concrete is one of the
special concretes in mitigating insufficient curing due to human negligence paucity of water in arid areas,
inaccessibility of structures in difficult terrains and in areas where the presence of fluorides in water will
badly affect the characteristics of concrete. The present study involves the use of shrinkage reducing
admixture polyethylene glycol (PEG 400) in concrete which helps in self-curing and helps in better
hydration and hence strength. In the present study, the effect of admixture (PEG 400) on compressive
strength, split tensile strength and modulus of rupture by varying the percentage of PEG by weight of
cement from 0% to 2% were studied both for M20 and M40 mixes. It was found that PEG 400 could help
in self-curing by giving strength on par with conventional curing. It was also found that 1% of PEG 400 by
weight of cement was optimum for M20, while 0.5 % was optimum for M40 grade concretes for achieving
maximum strength without compromising workability.
Index Terms: Self-curing concrete; Water retention; Relative humidity; Hydration; Absorption;
Permeable pores; Sorptivity; Water permeability
1. INTRODUCTION
Proper curing of concrete structures is important to meet performance and durability requirements.
In conventional curing this is achieved by external curing applied after mixing, placing and
finishing. Self-curing or internal curing is a technique that can be used to provide additional
moisture in concrete for more effective hydration of cement and reduced self-desiccation.
1.1 Methods of self curing

Currently, there are two major methods available for internal curing of concrete. The first method
uses saturated porous lightweight aggregate (LWA) in order to supply an internal source of water,
which can replace the water consumed by chemical shrinkage during cement hydration. The
second method uses poly-ethylene glycol (PEG) which reduces the evaporation of water from the
surface of concrete and also helps in water retention.
1.2 Mechanism of Internal Curing

Continuous evaporation of moisture takes place from an exposed surface due to the difference in
chemical potentials (free energy) between the vapour and liquid phases. The polymers added in
the mix mainly form hydrogen bonds with water molecules and reduce the chemical potential of
407
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the molecules which in turn reduces the vapour pressure, thus reducing the rate of evaporation
from the surface.
1.3 Significance of Self–curing

When the mineral admixtures react completely in a blended cement system, their demand for
curing water (external or internal) can be much greater than that in a conventional ordinary
Portland cement concrete. When this water is not readily available, significant autogenous
deformation and (early-age) cracking may result. Due to the chemical shrinkage occurring during
cement hydration, empty pores are created within the cement paste, leading to a reduction in its
internal relative humidity and also to shrinkage which may cause early-age cracking.
1.4 Potential Materials for Internal Curing (IC)

The following materials can provide internal water reservoirs:
• Lightweight Aggregate (natural and synthetic, expanded shale)
• Super-absorbent Polymers (SAP) (60-300 nm size)
• SRA (Shrinkage Reducing Admixture) (propylene glycol type i.e. polyethylene-glycol)
1.5 Advantages of Internal Curing

 Internal curing (IC) is a method to provide the water to hydrate all the cement, accomplishing
what the mixing water alone cannot do.
 Provides water to keep the relative humidity (RH) high, keeping self-desiccation from
occurring.
 Eliminates largely autogenous shrinkage.
 Maintains the strengths of mortar/concrete at the early age (12 to 72 hrs.) above the level where
internally & externally induced strains can cause cracking.
 Can make up for some of the deficiencies of external curing, both human related (critical period
when curing is required in the first 12 to 72 hours) and hydration.
1.6 Polyethylene Glycol

Polyethylene glycol is a condensation polymer of ethylene oxide and water with the general
formula H(OCH2CH2)nOH, where n is the average number of repeating oxyethylene groups
typically from 4 to about 180. The abbreviation (PEG) is termed in combination with a numeric
suffix which indicates the average molecular weights. One common feature of PEG appears to be
the water-soluble nature. Polyethylene glycol is non-toxic, odorless, neutral, lubricating, non-
volatile and non-irritating and is used in a variety of pharmaceuticals. The behaviour of
Polyethylene glycol is shown in Fig 1.
Fig. 1. Behaviour of Polyethylene glycol
408
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
Ole and Hansen describe a new concept for the prevention of self-desiccation in hardening
cement-based materials using fine, super absorbent polymer (SAP) particles as a concrete
admixture. The SAP will absorb water and form macro inclusions and this leads to water
entrainment, i.e. the formation of water-filled macro pore inclusions in the fresh concrete.
Consequently, the pore structure is actively designed to control self-desiccation. In this work, self-
desiccation and water entrainment are described and discussed.
Roland Tak Yong Liang, Robert Keith Sun carried work on internal curing composition for
concrete which includes a glycol and a wax. The invention provides for the first time an internal
curing composition which, when added to concrete or other cementitious mixes meets the required
standards of curing as per Australian Standard AS 3799.
Wen-Chen Jau stated that self curing concrete is provided to absorb water from moisture from
air to achieve better hydration of cement in concrete. It solves the problem when the degree of
cement hydration is lowered due to no curing or improper curing by using self curing agent like
poly-acrylic acid which has strong capability of absorbing moisture from atmosphere and
providing water required for curing concrete.
A.S. El-Dieb investigated water retention of concrete using water-soluble polymericglycol as

self-curing agent. Concrete weight loss and internal relative humidity measurements with time
were carried out, in order to evaluate the water retention of self-curing concrete. Water transport
through concrete is evaluated by measuring absorption%, permeable voids%, water sorptivity
and water permeability. The water transport through self-curing concrete is evaluated with
age.The effect of the concrete mix proportions on the performance of self-curing concrete were
investigated, such as, cement content and water/cement ratio.
PietroLura The main aim of his study was to reach a better comprehension of autogenous
shrinkage in order to be able to model it and possibly reduce it. Once the important role of self-
desiccation shrinkage in autogenous shrinkage is shown, the benefits of avoiding self-desiccation
through internal curing become apparent.
3. SCOPE AND OBJECTIVE

• The scope of the paper is to study the effect of polyethylene glycol (PEG 400) on
strength characteristics of Self-curing concrete
• The objective is study the mechanical characteristics of concrete such as compressive
strength, split tensile strength and modulus of rupture by varying the percentage of PEG
from 0% to 2% by weight of cement for both M20 and M40 grades of concrete.
4. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMME
The experimental program was designed to investigate the strength of self curing concrete by
adding poly ethylene glycol PEG400 @ 0.5%, 1%, 1.5% and 2% by weight of cement to the
concrete. The experimental program was aimed to study the workability, compressive strength,
split tensile strength and modulus of rupture. To study the above properties mixes M20 and M40
were considered. The scheme of experimental program is given in Table No.1
409
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M20 M40
SL.
Nature
Cube Cylinder Prism Cube Cylinder Prism
No
* # $ * # $
1 Plain 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 0.5% 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 1% 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 1.5% 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 2% 3 3 3 3 3 3
Table 1: Details of specimens cast.
*The size of each cube is 150 x150 x150 mm.

# The size of each cylinder is 150 mm in dia and 300 mm in height.
$ The size of each prism is 100 x100 x400 mm
5. MATERIALS USED
The different materials used in this investigation are
5.1 Cement: Cement used in the investigation was 53 grade

ordinary Portland cement confirming IS: 12269: 1987.
5.2 Fine aggregate: The fine aggregate used was obtained from a near byriver source. The fine
aggregate conforming to zone III according to IS: 383-1970 was used.
5.3 Coarse aggregate: Crushed granite was used as coarse aggregate. The coarse aggregate
according to IS: 383-1970 was used. Maximum coarse aggregate size used is 20 mm.
5.4 Polyethylene Glycol-400: Polyethylene glycol is a condensation polymer of ethylene oxide

and water with the general formula H(OCH2CH2)nOH, where n is the average number of repeating
oxyethylenegroups typically from 4 to about 180. The abbreviation (PEG) is termed in
combination with anumeric suffix which indicates the average molecular weight. One common
feature of PEG appears to be the water-soluble nature. The PEG-400 use in the investigation have
Molecular Weight 400, Appearance Clear liquid, pH 5-7, Specific Gravity 1.126
5.5 Water: Potable water was used in the experimental work for both mixing and curing purposes.
6. CASTING PROGRAMME:
Casting of the specimens were done as per IS:10086-1982, preparation of materials, weighing of
materials and casting of cubes, cylinders, beams. The mixing, compacting and curing of concrete
are done according to IS 516: 1959. The plain samples of cubes, cylinders and prisms were cured
for 28 days in water pond and the specimens with PEG400 were cured for 28 days at room
temperature by placing them in shade. The M20 and M40 grades of concrete are designed and the
material required per cubic meter of concrete is shown in Table 2.
410
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fine
SL. Cement Coarse Water
Mix Aggregate
No (kg) Aggregate (kg) (kg)
(kg)
1 M20 340 610 1300 187
2 M40 440 520 1220 154
Table 2: Materials required per cubic meter of concrete
7. TESTING
7.1 Slump Test & Compaction Factor.

Slump test is the most commonly used method of measuring consistency of concrete which can
be employed either in laboratory or at site of work. It does not measure all factors contributing to
workability. However, it is used conveniently as a control test and gives an indication of the
uniformity of concrete from batch to batch. The compacting factor test is designed primarily for
use in the laboratory but it can also be used in the field. It is more precise and sensitive than the
slump test and particularly useful for concrete mixes of very low workability as are normally
used when concrete is to be compacted by vibration. Such dry concretes are insensitive to slump
test.
7.2 Compressive strength:

The cube specimens were tested on compression testing machine of capacity 3000KN.The
bearing surface of machine was wiped off clean and sand or other material removed from the
surface of the specimen. The specimen was placed in machine in such a manner that the load was
applied to opposite sides of the cubes as casted that is, not top and bottom. The axis of the
specimen was carefully aligned at the centre of loading frame. The load applied was increased
continuously at a constant rate until the resistance of the specimen to the increasing load breaks
down and no longer can be sustained. The maximum load applied on specimen was recorded.
fc = P/A , where, P is load & A is area
7.3 Split tensile strength:

The cylinder specimens were tested on compression testing machine of capacity 3000KN.The
bearing surface of machine was wiped off clean and looses other sand or other material removed
from the surface of the specimen. The load applied was increased continuously at a constant rate
until the resistance of the specimen to the increasing load breaks down and no longer can be
sustained. The maximum load applied on specimen was recorded.
fsplit =2 P/πDL, where P=load, D= diameter of cylinder, L=length of the cylinder
411
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.4 Modulus of rupture:
W
The beam specimens were tested on universal testing machine for two-point loading to create a
pure bending. The bearing surface of machine was wiped off clean and sand or other material is
removed from the surface of the specimen. The two point bending load applied was increased
continuously at a constant rate until the specimen breaks down and no longer can be sustained.
The maximum load applied on specimen was recorded. The test set–up is shown in Fig. 2. The
modulus of rupture depends on where the specimen breaks along the span. The specimens while
testing compressive strength, split tensile and Modulus of rupture is shown in Fig. If the specimen
breaks at the middle third of the span then the modulus of rupture is given by
frup. = (WL)/(bd2)
If the specimen breaks at a distance of ‘a’ from any of the supports then the modulus of rupture is
given by
frup. = (3Wa)/(bd2), where W = load at failure, L = length of specimen (400mm)
b = width of specimen (10mm),
d=depth of specimen (100mm)
Fig 3: Specimens while testing
8. RESULTS & DISCUSSION

8.1 Slump and Compaction factor test:
The results of the Slump & Compaction factor test were represented in Table 3. The graphical
representation of the Slump & Compaction factor results is shown in Fig 4 and Fig 5 respectively.
412
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As the % of PEG400 is increased the slump and compaction factor is found to increase. But, the
rate of increase of slump & compaction factor for M40 concrete is less than that of M20 plain
concrete.
Compaction
Sl. PEG Slump (mm)
Factor
No 400
M20 M40 M20 M40
1 Plain 80 45 0.88 0.85
2 0.50% 92 65 0.90 0.87
3 1.00% 112 95 0.91 0.90
4 1.50% 140 130 0.93 0.91
5 2.00% 175 160 0.96 0.94
Table 3: Results of Workability
8.2 Compressive Strength:

The results of the compressive strength are represented in Table 4 and the graphical representation
is shown in Fig 6. The compressive strength was found to increase up to 1% PEG400 and then
decreased for M20 grade. In the case of M40 compressive strength increased up to 0.5% and then
decreased. The increase in compressive strength was 7.23% at 1% of PEG 400 compared to
conventional concrete for M20, while the increase is 1.24% at 0.5% of PEG400 in case of M40
grade of concrete.
413
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sl. PEG fc (N/mm2) fsplit (N/mm2) frup (N/mm2)

No M20 M40 M20 M40 M20 M40
1 Plain 26.60 46.65 1.81 2.42 3.50 4.62
2 0.50% 27.61 47.23 1.96 2.50 3.75 4.75
3 1.00% 28.49 45.93 2.02 2.45 3.80 4.64
4 1.50% 26.74 44.62 1.92 2.34 3.68 4.53

5 2.00% 25.03 42.44 1.85 2.25 3.55 4.46
Table 4: Mechanical Properties
414
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3 Split Tensile Strength:
The results of the split tensile strength are represented in Table 4 and the graphical representation
is shown in Fig 7. The split tensile strength was found to increase up to 1% PEG400 and then
decreased for M20 grade. In the case of M40 split tensile strength increased up to 0.5% and then
decreased. The increase in split tensile strength was 11.60% at 1% of PEG400 compared to
grade of concrete.
8.4 Modulus of rupture:

The results of the modulus of rupture are represented in Table 4 and the graphical representation
is shown in Fig 8. The modulus of rupture was found to increase up to 1% PEG400 and then
decreased for M20 grade. In the case of M40 modulus of rupture increased up to 0.5% and then
decreased. The increase in modulus of rupture was 8.57% at 1% of PEG 400 compared to
415
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
grade of concrete.
9. CONCLUSIONS:
1. The optimum dosage of PEG400 for maximum strengths (compressive, tensile and modulus
of rupture) was found to be 1% for M20 and 0.5% for M40 grades of concrete.
2. As percentage of PEG400 increased slump increased for both M20 and M40 grades of
concrete.
3. Strength of self curing concrete is on par with conventional concrete.
4. Self curing concrete is the answer to many problems faced due to lack of proper curing.
REFERENCES:
[1] Bentz, D.P.,“ Capillary Porosity Depercolation/Repercolation in Hydrating Cement
Pastes via Low Temperature Calorimetry Measurements and CEMHYD3D Modeling,”
Journal of the American Ceramic Society, 89 (8), 2606-2611, 2006.
[2] Bentz, D.P., “Influence of Curing Conditions on Water Loss and Hydration in Cement
Pastes with and without Fly Ash Substitution,” NISTIR 6886, U.S. Dept. Commerce, July
2002.
[3] Bentz, D.P., and Snyder, K.A., “Protected Paste Volume in Concrete: Extension to Internal
Curing Using Saturated Lightweight Fine Aggregates,” Cement and Concrete Research.
29, 1863-1867, 1999.
[4] Bentz, D.P., and Stutzman, P.E., “Curing, Hydration, and Microstructure of Cement
Paste,” ACI Materials Journal, 103 (5), 348-356, 2006.
[5] Bentz, D.P., Garboczi, E.J., and Snyder, K.A., “A Hard Core/Soft Shell Microstructural
Model for Studying Percolation and Transport in Three–Dimensional Composite Media,”
NISTIR 6265, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1999.
416
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[6] Bentz, D.P., Halleck, P.M., Grader, A.S., and Roberts, J.W., “Direct Observation of Water
Movement during Internal Curing Using X-ray Microtomography,” Concrete
International, 28 (10), 39-45, 2006.
[7] Bentz, D.P., Lura, P., and Roberts, J.W., “Mixture Proportioning for Internal Curing,”
Concrete International, 27 (2), 35-40, 2005.
[8] Bilek, B et al, “The possibility of self-curing concrete Proc Name Innovations and
developments in concrete materials and construction.” Proc. Intl Conf. University of
Dundee, UK. 9-11 September 2002.
[9] Cusson, D., and Hoogeveen, T., “Internally-Cured High-Performance Concrete under
Restrained Shrinkage and Creep,” CONCREEP 7 Workshop on Creep, Shrinkage and
Durability of Concrete and Concrete Structures, Nantes, France, Sept. 12-14, 2005, pp.
579-584.
[10] De Jesus Cano Barrita, F.; Bremner, T.W.; Balcom, B.J.,“Use of magnetic resonance
imaging to study internal moist curing in concrete containing saturated lightweight
aggregate,” High-performance structural lightweight concrete. ACI fall convention,
Arizona, October 30, 2002. ACI SP 218.
[11] Dhir, R.K. Hewlett, P.C. Dyer, T.D., “Mechanisms of water retention in cement pastes
containing a self-curing agent,” Magazine of Concrete Research, Vol No 50, Issue No 1,
1998, pp85-90.
[12] Geiker, M.R., Bentz, D.P., and Jensen, O.M., “Mitigating Autogenous Shrinkage
by Internal Curing,” High Performance Structural Lightweight Concrete, SP-218, J.P. Ries
and T.A. Holm, eds., American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, MI, 2004, pp. 143-
154.
[13] Geiker, M.R.; Bentz, D.P.; Jensen, O.M., “Mitigating autogenous shrinkage by internal
curing, High-performance structural lightweight concrete.” ACI fall convention, Arizona,
October 30, 2002. ACI SP 218.
[14] Hammer, T.A.; Bjontegaard, O.; Sellevold, E.J., “Internal curingrole of absorbed
water in aggregates, High-performance structural lightweight concrete.” ACI fall
convention, Arizona, October 30, 2002. ACI SP 218.
[15] Hoff, G. C., “The Use of Lightweight Fines for the Internal Curing of Concrete,”
Northeast Solite Corporation, Richmond, Va., USA, August 20, 2002, 37 pp.
[16] Hoff, G.C., “Internal Curing of Concrete Using Lightweight Aggregates,” Theodore
Bremner Symposium, Sixth CANMET/ACI, International Conference on Durability,
Thessaloniki, Greece, June 1-7 (2003).
[17] Kewalramani, M.A.; Gupta, R, “Experimental study of concrete strength through an eco-
friendly curing technique,” Advances in concrete technology and concrete structures for
the future. Dec 18-19, 2003. Annamalainagar.
[18] Kovler, K.; et.al., “Pre-soaked lightweight aggregates as additives for internal curing of
high-strength concrete”s, Cement, Concrete and Aggregates, No 2, Dec. 2004, pp 131-138.
[19] Lura, P., “Autogenous Deformation and Internal Curing of Concrete,” Ph.D. Thesis,
Technical University Delft, Delft, The Netherlands, 2003.
417
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRENGTH APPRAISAL OF CONCRETE BY USING
RECYCLED AGGREGATES
B.C. Sri Krishna1, V.Naresh Kumar Varma2
Student of M.Tech. Structural engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, India1
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, India 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Aggregates are one of the main ingredients in producing concrete. It covers 75% of the total for any
concrete mix. The construction industry is increasingly making higher demands of this material and is
feared to accommodate the many requests at one time. Hence need for an alternative coarse aggregate
arises. Recycled aggregates are the resultant aggregates which are left out after the demolition of a
building. They are predominantly used now a days in place of coarse aggregates concrete.
The experimental investigation were carried out using detailed strength related tests such as
compressive strength, Flexural strength and split tensile strength are performed for both normal and
recycled aggregates.. The aim for this project was to determine the strength characteristics of structural
concrete by replacing coarse aggregates with Recycled aggregates, which will give a better understanding
on the properties of concrete with these aggregates. The test results of the recycled aggregates compared
to the normal aggregates are lesser but are within the range of normal aggregate concrete limits. From the
experimental investigation it was found that Recycled aggregates can be used as coarse aggregates.
However further investigations have to be made to study long term effects concrete.
Keywords: RA-Recycled Aggregate, RAC- Recycled Aggregate Concrete
I. INTRODUCTION
Recycled aggregates consists of natural aggregate coated with cement paste residue, pieces of
natural aggregate, or just cement paste and some impurities. The recycled aggregates are collected
after the demolition of a building or any civil engineering infrastructure. There is a general
consensus that the amount of cement paste has a significant influence on the quality and the
physical, mechanical and chemical properties of the aggregates and as such as potential influence
on the properties of RC concrete. Concrete has variety of Strength characteristics such as
compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength, although these properties play a
part in defining the strength of concrete the most important parameter of concrete is its
compressive strength values and all other values are related to it.
Aggregates are most widely used construction material in the world. This project focuses on
the importance and strength variation in the concrete by using the recycled aggregates. The
recycled aggregate concrete and the normal aggregate concrete strengths are compared by
performing various Concrete tests
Recycled aggregates Collected Site and Information
The aggregates are collected after the demolition of a 20 year old building which was constructed
in 1996 at Gandhi nagar, bank of baroda colony,HYD.
The aggregates are handpicked and sieved with IS sieve analysis. The aggregates passing
through 25mm and retained in 20mm are used for the project.
418
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Ravindraraja demonstrated that the average value of water absorption in recycled aggregate was
6.35%, where as in natural aggregate it was 0.9%. “Properties of Concrete made with
CrushedConcrete as Coarse Aggregate”(2000)
M. C. Limbachiya, T. Leelawat and R. K. Dhir studied about the use of recycled aggregate in high
strength concrete. The effects of coarse Recycled concrete aggregate on the ceiling strength, bulk
engineering and durability properties of such concretes are established. The results showed that
30% coarse recycled concrete aggregate had no effect on the concrete strength but there after there
was gradual reduction as the recycled concrete aggregate content increased.”Use of recycled
concrete aggregate in high strength concrete”(2000)
Gomez showed that the porosity increases considerably when natural aggregate is replaced by
recycled coarse aggregate.”porosity of recycled concrete with substitution of recycled concrete
aggregate”(2002)
Gonzalez concluded that recycled aggregate concrete shows more water absorption than
conventional concrete.”Concretes with aggregates from demolition waste”(2008)
Hansen et al investigated that the specific gravity decreases from 4.5 to7.6% when compared with
specific gravity of natural aggregate. “Strength of recycled aggregate concrete made from crushed
concrete coarse aggregate.Concrete” (1983)
Hansen concluded that the density changes with the size of the aggregate and the amount of
adhered mortar to the aggregate, when the concrete is grinded with the same type of the machine
and the same energy applied.”Recycled aggregates and recycled aggregates concrete”(1985)
III. DESIGN MIX FOR CONCRETE
M25 Grade of concrete Mix design for the the results are as per IS-10262-2009 code book. The
design ratio is as follows for the M25 grade of concrete
Cement/Cube w/c Coarse Fine

ratio aggregate(kg) aggregate(kg)
1.08 0.45 2.64 3.4
The cubes, cylinders and beams are casted based on the grade of mix and the number of cubes
required. The cubes are kept in water for the period of time which is required to test the strength
for the following specimen. The test results of 7 and 28 days are taken into consideration for the
following tests.
IV.TESTS PERFORMED ON NORMAL AGGREGATES AND RECYCLED

AGGREGATES
A) Impact Strength Test

B) Aggregate Crushing Strength Test.
C) Water Absorption Test
D) Compressive Strength Test
E) Split tensile Strength Test
F) Flexural Strength Test
419
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Impact Strength Test Results
The Impact Strength test results for the normal aggregates and recycled aggregates are
determined by taking 3 samples and the average value of the 3 sample is the strength percentage
for the Aggregate Impact Test.
Impact Strength Test Results for normal aggregates and recycled aggregates are as follows
Normal Aggregates Recycled Aggregates

13.85% 15.84%
25
20
Impact Value Test
15
normal
aggregates
10 recycled
aggregate
0
sample 1 sample 2 sample 3
Fig 1: Comparison of impact value test % of normal aggregates with recycled aggregates
The impact value strength of the recycled aggregates is higher than the normal aggregates
B. Aggregate Crushing Strength Test
The Aggregate crushing strength test results for the normal aggregates and recycled aggregates are
as follows

31.39% 33.41%
420
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40
35
AGGREGATE CRUSHING TEST

30
25
NORMAL
20 AGGREGATES
RECYCLED
15
AGGREGATES
10
0
SAMPLE 1SAMPLE 2SAMPLE 3
Fig 2: Comparing the Aggregate crushing strength of normal aggregates with the recycled
aggregates
The mean average strength of the recycled aggregates is higher than the normal aggregates.
C. Water Absorption Test Results
The water absorption test results of normal aggregate and the recycled aggregates are as follows
1.89% 3.59%
The durability is high for the recycled aggregates when compared to the normal aggregates. The
durability of the aggregate depends on its water absorbing nature.
D. Compression Strength Test Results

The compression strength test results for the normal aggregates of M 25 Grade of Concrete are as
follows
w/c ratio 7 28
days(N/mm ) days(N/mm2)
2
0.45 22.50 33.4

The compression Strength test results for the recycled aggregates are as follows
w/c ratio 7 28
2
days(N/mm ) days(N/mm2)
0.45 21.35 32.54
The graphical representation of the test results
421
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40
35
COMPRESSION STRENGTH TEST

30
25
normal
20 aggregates
recycled
15
aggregates
10
0
7 days 28 days
Fig3: Comparing the Compression strength of normal aggregate concrete with recycled aggregate
concrete.
E. Split tensile Strength Test Results
The split tensile strength results for the M25 Grade of concrete are as follows
The Split tensile strength results for Normal Aggregates
w/c ratio
7 28
days(N/mm2) days(N/mm2)
0.45 2.33 3.42
The split tensile strength results for Recycled Aggregates
w/c ratio 7 28
0.45 2.06 3.04
The split tensile strength is performed by casting cylinders and the values of the test results for 7
days and 28 days show that the strength of the normal aggregate concrete is higher compared to
the recycled aggregate concrete. The 7day split tensile strength difference between the recycled
aggregate concrete and normal aggregate concrete is around 11.58% but within the limits of the
normal aggregate concrete. The 28 day split tensile strength difference between the normal
aggregate concrete and the recycled aggregate concrete is around 11.11% but within the range of
limits of the normal aggregate concrete strength
422
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
SPLITTENSILE STENGTH TEST

3.5
3
2.5 normal
2 aggregates
1.5 recycled
aggregates
1
0.5
0
7 days 28 days
Fig 4: Comparing the split tensile strength test results of normal aggregate concrete with recycled
aggregate concrete
F. Flexural Strength Test Results
The Flexural Strength Test Results For Normal Aggregates of M25 Grade of concrete are as follows
w/c ratio 7 28
0.45 6.93 7.95
The flexural Strength Test Results for Recycled Aggregates of M25 Grade of concrete as follows
w/c ratio 7 days(N/mm2) 28
days(N/mm2)
0.45 6.25 6.92
The graphical representation of the test results are as follows
10
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
6 normal
TEST
aggregates
4 recycled
aggregates
2
0
7 days 28 days
Fig 5: Comparison of flexural strength of normal aggregate concrete with recycled aggregate
concrete
423
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The flexural strength of concrete is performed by casting prisms and the values of the test results
for 7 day and 28 day strength indicate that the normal aggregate concrete strength is higher than
the recycled aggregate concrete and the difference in the 7 day strength of flexural strength of
recycled aggregate concrete and normal aggregate concrete is 9.81%.For the 28 days flexural
strength of recycled aggregate concrete is lower compared to the normal aggregate concrete, the
difference in the strength is around 12.95%.The flexural strength is within the limits of the normal
aggregate concrete strength.
Experimental Study
From the experiment results it is observed that the property values of the recycled aggregate
concrete are within the limits of the normal aggregate concrete. The strength of the recycled
aggregate concrete gradually increases from 7 days to 28 days, the change in 7 day results for both
the Recycled aggregate concrete and normal aggregates concrete are nearly 6 to 7% depending up
on the test. The 28th day strength of the recycled aggregate concrete is less than the normal
aggregate concrete with a difference of 11-12%.The compression test values indicate that the
recycled aggregate concrete also provide the strength within its range of limits. The difference in
the 7 day compression strength test for recycled aggregates compared to normal aggregates is
4.2%.The 28 day strength difference is around 3.17% but the strength limit is within the range of
normal aggregate concrete.
The water absorption properties of Recycled aggregates are higher than the normal
aggregate concrete as they have good water absorption behaviour compared to the freshly used
normal aggregates. The water absorption test proves that the durability of the recycled aggregates
is higher than the normal aggregates
The flexural strength of concrete is performed by casting prisms and the values of the test
results for 7 day and 28 day strength indicate that the normal aggregate concrete strength is higher
than the recycled aggregate concrete and the difference in the 7 day strength of flexural strength
of recycled aggregate concrete and normal aggregate concrete is 9.81%. For the 28 days flexural
strength of recycled aggregate concrete is lower compared to the normal aggregate concrete, the
difference in the strength is around 12.95%.The strength is within the limits of the normal
aggregate concrete strength.
The split tensile strength is performed by casting cylinders and the values of the test results
for 7 days and 28 days show that the strength of the normal aggregate concrete is higher compared
to the recycled aggregate concrete. The 7day split tensile strength difference between the recycled
aggregate concrete and normal aggregate concrete is around 11.58% but within the limits of the
normal aggregate concrete. The 28 day split tensile strength difference between the normal
aggregate concrete and the recycled aggregate concrete is around 11.11% but within the range of
limits of the normal aggregate concrete strength
CONCLUSIONS:
1. By the experimental results we can conclude that the strength of the recycled aggregate
concrete varies but it is within the limits of the normal aggregate concrete strength.
2. Split tensile strength of recycled aggregate concrete is 11.11% lower than the normal
aggregate concrete but within the range of limits of the normal aggregate
3. flexural strength of recycled aggregate concrete is 12.95% lower compared to the normal
aggregate concrete
424
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. As the usage of recycled aggregates increases the cost productivity for the normal
aggregates decreases.
5. The durability factor plays a key role in determining the water absorption of the aggregates,
the recycled aggregates possess more durability compared to the normal aggregates .The
water absorbing nature is higher than the normal aggregates.
6. The impact test strength results of the recycled aggregates are higher than the normal
aggregates. The recycled aggregate strength is 12% more than the normal aggregates
7. The aggregate crushing strength of the recycled aggregates is higher than the normal
aggregates. The recycled aggregates strength is 6.04% more than the normal aggregates
8. The test results of ages 7 and 28 days for the following tests indicate the strength of the
recycled aggregate concrete is lower than the normal concrete aggregate but within the
limits of the concrete strength.
References
[1] Strength of Recycled Concrete made from Coarse and Fine Aggregates.Conrete
International Design and Constuction, Hansen,T.C and Marga,M.(1988)
[2] Strength and durability evaluation of recycled aggregate concrete, Sherif yehia,kareem
helal and amani zaher
[3] Strength behavior of concrete using concrete crushed aggregate.Proc.2nd International
RILEM SYMPOSIUM.demolition and Reuse of Concrete and Masonry.Vol 2}.Resuse of
demolition waste.fujii,T.(1998)
[4] Recommendation for the use of recycled aggregates in concrete of passive environmental
Danish Concrete Association{(1989)
[5] Strengths of concrete containing recycled aggregate concrete.Proc.2nd International
RILEM symposium.Demolition and re use of concrete.Vol 2.Reuse of Concrete Waste
Ikeda T,Yamane,S.and Sakamoto,A.(1988)
[6] Demolition and reuse of concrete and Masonry Vol.2. Reuse of demolition waste.
Jacobsen,J.B,Elle,M.and Lauritzen,E.K.(1988)
425
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSESMENT OF CHLORIDE ION PENETRATION OF
BACTERIAL CONCRETE
K Satya Sai Trimurty Naidu1, Dr. M V Seshagiri Rao 2, Dr. V Srinivasa Reddy3, C Bhaskar4
Research Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH, Hyderabad, Email: ksstn2015@gmail.com
Retd. Professor of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH, Hyderabad, Email: rao_vs_meduri@yahoo.com
Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET, Hyderabad, Email: vempada@gmail.com
P.G. Student, Department of Civil Engineering (Structural Engg.), GRIET Hyderabad, Email: chbasker@gmail.com
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
In Reinforced concrete structures chloride ion penetration is considered to be a major cause of corrosion
of reinforcing bars. Conventional concretes fail to prevent the intrusion of moisture and aggressive ions
adequately. The deterioration of reinforced concrete structures usually involves the transport of aggressive
substances from the surrounding environment followed by physical and chemical actions in its internal
structure. The transport of aggressive gases and/or liquids into concrete depends on its permeation
characteristics. Therefore, permeation of concrete is one of the most critical parameters in the
determination of concrete durability in aggressive environments. The use of microorganisms has been
reported to increase the resistance of concrete to deterioration by aggressive chemicals such as chlorides.
In this investigation bacteria Bacillus subtilus JC3 is incorporated into concrete during mixing.
Microbiologically induced calcite precipitation (MICP), a highly impermeable calcite layer formed over
the surface of an already existing concrete layer, due to microbial activities of the bacteria Bacillus subtilis
JC3 (cultured at JNTU) seals the cracks in the concrete structure and also has excellent resistance to
corrosion therefore increase the strength and durability of concrete structures. To establish the resistance
of bacterial concrete to chloride ion penetration, ASTM C1202 chloride permeability test was conducted
and experimental investigations are presented.
Keywords: Bacterial concrete, Bacillus subtilus JC3, Chloride Ion Penetration, durability.
1. Introduction: Permeation property of concrete is one of the most critical parameters in the
determination of durability of concrete in aggressive environments. Permeation, is dictated by the
microstructure of concrete, controls the ingress of moisture, ionic and gaseous species into
concrete. Chemical degradation, e.g. sulphate attack, carbonation, alkali-aggregate reaction and
corrosion of steel reinforcement, as a result of reaction between an external agent and the
ingredients of concrete, and some physical effects, such as frost attack, can be greatly reduced by
reducing the permeability of concrete. As the permeation of concrete decreases, its durability, in
terms of physico-chemical degradation, increases. Reinforced concrete structures exposed to the
environment, chloride ion penetration is considered to be a major cause of corrosion of reinforcing
bars. Conventional concretes fail to prevent the intrusion of moisture and aggressive ions
adequately; therefore, special concretes with low permeability or novel techniques which can
reduce the permeation capacity are needed. The use microorganisms in concrete have been
reported to increase the resistance of concrete to deterioration by aggressive chemicals such as
chlorides. The potential synergy between specific type of bacteria and its cell concentration needs
to be investigated in the context of achieving an optimum balance for the development of high
performance and chloride ingress resistant concrete. Since high resistance to chloride penetration
can be directly related to low permeability that dominates the deterioration process in concrete
426
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
structures, the resistance to chloride penetration is one of the simplest measures to determine the
durability of concrete. Flow of chloride ions driven through concrete induced by an electrical
potential, is referred to as chloride ion permeability. Therefore, in this study, the rapid chloride
permeability test method designated in ASTM C 1202(1997) is adopted. This test, originally
developed by Whiting [1981], is commonly referred to as the “Rapid Chloride Permeability Test”
(RCPT). This name is inaccurate as it is not the permeability that is being measured but ionic
movement. In addition, the movement of all ions, not just chloride ions, affects the test result (the
total charge passed).The advantage of adopting this rapid chloride permeability test (RPCT) test is
direct cost savings could be quantified when compared to other tests and the brief procedural steps
involved significantly reduce the technician time necessary to evaluate a particular concrete.
There have been a number of criticisms of this technique, although this test has been
adopted as a standard test, is widely used in the literature [Saito and Ishimoiri, 1995; Goodspeed
at al., 1995; Thomas and Jones, 1996; Samaha and Hover, 1996].The main criticisms are: (i) the
current passed is related to all ions in the pore solution not just chloride ions, (ii) the measurements
are made before steady-state migration is achieved, and (iii) the high voltage applied leads to an
increase in temperature, especially for low quality concretes, which further increases the charge
passed [Andrade, 1993; Zhang and Gjorv, 1991; Malek and Roy, 1996; Roy, 1989; Geiker, et al.,
1990]. Lower quality concretes heat more as the temperature rise is related to the product of the
current and the voltage. The lower the quality of concrete, the greater the current at a given voltage
and thus the greater heat energy produced. This heating leads to a further increase in the charge
passed, over what would be experienced if the temperature remained constant. Thus, poor quality
concrete looks even worse than it would otherwise.
2.Biocalcification:Microbiologically induced calcite precipitation (MICP) using environment

friendly bacteria to precipitate calcite (CaCo3) during its microbial activities under prevailing
Indian conditions is investigated to formulate a strategy to present Bacterial Concrete as best
innovative self crack healing method in Concrete structures. During the process of biocalcification,
the enzymatic hydrolysis of urea takes place forming ammonia and corbondioxide. Urease which
is provided by bacteria deposits CaCO3, a highly impermeable calcite layer, over the surface of an
already existing concrete layer which is relatively dense and can block cracks and thus hamper
ingress of water efficiently increasing corrosion resistance and consequently increasing the
strength and durability of concrete structures. MICP is a complex mechanism and is a function of
cell concentration, ionic strength, nutrient and pH of the medium. Modern techniques such as XRD
& SEM analysis can be used to quantify the study of stages of calcite deposition on the surface
and in cracks.
3. Experimental Programme:
Materials
Ordinary Portland cement of 53 grade confirming to IS 12269 was used in this investigation. The
specific gravity of the cement was 3.06. Locally available river sand passing through 4.75 mm IS
sieve was used. The specific gravity of the sand is found to be 2.68. Crushed granite aggregate of
size 20 mm available from local sources has been used. The specific gravity of coarse aggregate
is 2.75. Bacteria cultured distilled water was used for mixing. The mineral admixture Silica fume
is used for development of high grade concrete.
427
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Microorganisms
Aerobic alkaliphilic microorganisms Bacillus subtilis strain JC3 cultured and grown at JNTUH
Biotech Laboratory was used in this study. The medium composition required for
growth of culture is Peptone: 5 g/lt., NaCl: 5 g/lt. and Yeast extract: 3 g/lt. supplemented with urea
buffer.
4. Test Methods:
Rapid Chloride Ion Penetration Test
The test was performed according to ASTM C 1202-97 “Standard Test Method for
Electrical Indication of Concrete’s Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration”. In the AASHTO
T277 (ASTM C1202) test, a water-saturated, 50-mm thick, 100-mm diameter concrete specimen
is subjected to a 60 V applied DC voltage for 6 hours. Components of the test arrangement as
marked in Fig 1 along with the details of the cell. The prepared samples were fitted between the
two compartments of the cell, and then the cell was tightened on all four corners with the help of
long screws and nuts. After tightening the cell, the edges of the sample and the compartment were
completely sealed with silicon rubber to prevent leakage. Once all cells were ready the test was
commenced by connecting each cell to a power supply.
Fig 1: Schematic Diagram of Rapid Chloride Permeability Test Setup
Preparation of solution: Two solutions are prepared in distilled water, 3% (by weight) of sodium
chloride (NaCI) solution (30 ml for 1 litre of distilled water or 30 grams of NaCl powder for 1 litre
of distilled water) is filled in the left compartment of the cell, which served as cathode(-ve) where
current flows in. The other compartment is filled with 0.3 N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution
(12 gms of NaOH pellets for 1 litre of distilled water) and served as anode (+ve) where current
flows out. These concentrations give the equal electrical conductivity of both the solutions.
428
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Weight of NaOH to be added
for 1 litre of solution ) 1000
N= 
(Gram equivalent weight V
of NaOH)
Where N= Normality, a measure of concentration, is equal to the gram equivalent weight per liter
of solution. Gram equivalent weight is a measure of the reactive capability of a molecule. V is the
volume of solution, in this case 1 litre (or 1000 ml)
(Weight of NaOH in grams
to be added for 1 litre of solution) 1000
0.3 N= 
40 1000
Weight of NaOH in grams
=12 grams
to be added for 1 litre of solution
In some literature instead of 0.3N NaOH, 0.3M NaOH is stated. M stands for morality and N stands
for normality. Both morality and normality are measures of concentration. One is a measure of the
number of moles per liter of solution and the other changes depending on the solution's role in the
reaction. The solution's role in the reaction determines the solution's normality. Molarity is the
most commonly used measure of concentration. A 1 M solution of H 2SO4 contains 1 mole of
H2SO4 per liter of solution.H2SO4 dissociates into H+ and SO4- ions in water. For every mole of
H2SO4 that dissociates in solution, 2 moles of H+ and 1 mole of SO4- ions are formed. This is where
normality is generally used. For acid reactions, a 1 M H 2SO4 solution will have normality (N) of
2 N because 2 moles of H+ ions are present per liter of solution. For sulfide precipitation reactions,
where the SO4- ion is the important part, the same 1 M H2SO4 solution will have a normality of 1
N.
In the present case 1M NaOH solution will have normality of 1N
0.3 M NaOH 0.3 N NaOH
Connection: All the permeability cells holding the test specimens are connected to the power
supply in such a way that the left compartment bearing the NaCI solution must be connected to
the positive terminal of the voltage. The external voltage cell is always maintained at 60V of power
supply. Chamber containing NaOH solution is connected to the negative terminal of the external
DC voltage cell. The concentrations of these two solutions provide equal conductivity. The
permeability cell, which is made of Perspex and consists of two parts each with a reservoir being
capable of holding 250 ml of chemical solution and copper mesh of 100 mm diameter to act as an
electrode. An external voltage cell is used to apply a voltage difference of 60V between the
electrodes. The electrochemical cell, constituted by this assembly, results in the rapid migration of
chloride ions from the sodium chloride solution to the sodium hydroxide solution, via the pore
network offered by the concrete disc shaped specimen. The movement of chloride ions is
proportional to the intensity of electric current as measured by an Ammeter in the power source.
Thermocouples: Thermocouples are immersed in NaOH solution for monitoring the temperature
during the test. The test is carried out for duration of 6 hours and the current is measured at 30 min
intervals. The chloride ion permeability is computed as the total charge passed through by using
the formula given below.
429
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chloride ion permeability:
Coulombs = (I0 + I1 + I2 + I3 + I4 + I5 + I6) mAh

 I mAh = I x 0.001A x 3600 s
Where I0, I6 are the initial and final currents and I1, I2, I3, I4, I5, are the intermediate currents. I is
the total current at the end of the test. The test determines the electrical conductance of the test
specimen, expressed as the total electrical charge passed through the specimen, in coulomb. The
total charge passed is determined and this is used to rate the quality of the concrete according to
the criteria rating. Rapid chloride ion penetrability tests were conducted on controlled and bacterial
specimens. Usually chlorides penetrate in concrete by diffusion along water paths or open pores.
Some of these chlorides can react with the cement compounds, mainly tricalcium-aluminates
(C3A), forming stable chloro complexes. The excess of chloride, which is free, leads to the
initiation of the corrosion process. In addition resistivity or conductivity can also be determined
from the Final current reading, since the resistance of the specimen can be calculated immediately
from Ohm’s law: R=V/I
Where R is resistance, V is voltage, and I is current.
The resistivity is determined from:
Resistivity =R x (A/L)
Where A is area of the specimen, and L is thickness of the specimen.
In the present investigation chloride ion permeability in concrete is studied. A total of 8 cylindrical
specimens of 100 x 50 mm size of Ordinary Grade (M20), standard Grade (M40) and High
Strength Grade Concrete (M60) are prepared. The chloride permeability values of Bacterial
Concrete were compared to controlled concrete as per ASTM C1202 criteria.
Table 1: RCPT ratings (per ASTM C1202)
Charge Passed(coulombs) Chloride Ion Permeability
>4000 High
2000-4000 Moderate
1000-2000 Low
100-1000 Very Low
<100 Negligible
Specimen Preparation:
Preparation of Test Solutions

NaCl : 30 grams of NaCl salt is mixed with 1000 ml of distilled water to get the sodium
chloride solution of 3% strength.
NaOH : 12 grams of NaOH salt is mixed with 1000 ml of distilled water to obtain the sodium
hydroxide solution of 0.3N strength.
The test is carried out on cylindrical specimens of diameter 100 mm and height 50 mm.
Preparation of Concrete Specimens
Cylindrical specimens of 100 x 50 mm size are used.
5. Test Results and Discussion:

Permeability values reduce due to formation of calcite crystal layers on the surface and in the pores
of concrete. In case of high grade concretes, with bacteria induced in it, chloride ion permeability
430
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
is reduced to very low to negligible levels.(in accordance with the rating) whilst this was moderate
in ordinary grade concretes. The results of this testing verified that the use of bacteria greatly
reduced the relative chloride ion penetration of the concrete. However, regardless of the type of
concrete, the ability of concrete to resist the penetration of chloride ions is also dependent on the
soundness of the concrete. The presence or development of cracks in the concrete structures
provides a direct path for chloride ions to reach the reinforcing steel, reducing any benefits the
concrete may provide in resisting the chloride penetration.
Results of the total charge passed on the concrete specimens of 100 mm diameter and 50 mm
thick during 6 hours at an applied voltage of 60volts indicates that bacteria induced concrete has
shown between 85% to 90 % higher resistance against the chloride movements in bacterial
concrete as compared to the chloride movements in normal concrete.
The percentage decrease in chloride ion permeability is in the range of 85 to 90 % in all grades
of concrete for all ages considered for study. With the age increasing, the pores become less well
connected and therefore more resistant to the passage of electrical current are recorded.
6. Conclusions: The results indicate that permeability values reduced gradually with increased
curing age; beyond 180 days the reductions were almost negligible in high strength grade concrete.
Significant reductions in the permeability index with values dropping to 93 Coulombs (i.e.
“negligible”). As SF was incorporated at 10%, in high strength grade concrete a significant
reduction in permeability was exhibited and the whole range of results was shifted towards smaller
values.
Bacterial concrete is less permeable than controlled concrete. The reason may be attributed due to
the fact that presence of calcium carbonate crystals reduces the porosity by plugging the pores.
Bacteria heal the cracks causing interconnecting voids to be minimum. Decrease in chloride ion
permeability is more pronounced in high strength grades of concrete. The same trend is observed
at all ages of concrete. The permeability of concrete depends on the pore structure of concrete,
while electrical conductivity or resistivity of concrete is determined by both pore structure and the
chemistry of pore solution. Factors, that have little to do with the transport of chloride, can have
great effects on electrical conductivity of concrete. Thus, the electrical conductivity or resistivity
of concretes cannot be used as an indication of their permeability. However, it can be used as a
quality control indicator when the concretes have the same components and mixing proportions.
431
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2(a): Chloride Ion Permeability at 28 days
Chloride
Charge Passed
Grade of Concrete Current (m.A) Permeability as per
(Coulombs)
ASTM C 1202
Concrete without Bacteria
M20 112 2419 Moderate
M60 47 1022 Low
Concrete with Bacteria
M20 17 367 Very Low
M40 11 238 Very Low
M60 8 173 Very Low
Table 2(b): Chloride Ion Permeability at 60 days
Charge Passed Chloride

Grade of Concrete Current (m.A) (Coulombs) Permeability as per
ASTM C 1202
M40 90 1991 Low
M60 45 997 Low
M20 16 351 Very Low
M40 10 222 Very Low
M60 6 159 Very Low
Table 2(c): Chloride Ion Permeability at 90days
Chloride
Charge Passed
(Coulombs)
ASTM C 1202
M40 83 1817 Low
M60 39 943 Low
M20 15 327 Very Low
M40 8 202 Very Low
M60 5 96 Very Low
431
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2(d): Chloride Ion Permeability at 180 days
Chloride
Charge Passed
(Coulombs)
ASTM C 1202
M40 83 1817 Low
M60 39 943 Low
M20 15 327 Very Low
M40 8 202 Very Low
M60 5 93 Very Low
REFERENCES
[1] Page, C. L., Short N. R. and El Tarras A., “Diffusion of chloride ions in hardened
cement paste”, Cement and Concrete Research, Vol. 11, 1981, pp 295-406.
[2] Whiting, D., “In situ measurement of the permeability of concrete to chloride ions. In
situ/Non-destructive Testing of Concrete”, ACI, SP 82, 1984, pp 500-524.
[3] Ozyildirim, C., “Rapid chloride permeability testing of silica fume concrete. Cement,
Concrete, and Aggregates”, Vol. 16, 1984, pp 53-56.
[4] Whiting, D., Rapid determination of the chloride permeability of concrete. FHWA
Report FHWA/RD-81/119, FHA, Washington D C, 1981. 174 pp.
[5] Khan M. I., “Permeation of High Performance Concrete”, Journal of Materials in Civil
Engineering, ASCE, USA, Vol. 15, No. 1, January/February 2003, pp. 84-92.
[6] Geiker, M., Thaulow, N. and Andersen, P.J., “Assessment of Rapid Chloride Ion
Permeability Test of Concrete With and Without Mineral Admixtures”, In Durability
of Building Materials, (ed. J.M. Baker, P.J. Nixon, A.J. Majumdar, H. Davis) E&FN
Spon, London, pp. 493-502, 1990
[7] Halamickova, P., Detwiler, R.J., Bentz, D.P., and Garbockzi, E.J., “Water Permeability
and Chloride Ion Diffusion in Portland Cement Mortars: Relationship to Sand Content
and Critical Pore Diameter”, Cement and Concrete Research, Vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 790-
802, 1995
[8] McGrath. P. Development of Test Methods for Predicting Chloride Penetration into
High Performance Concrete, Ph.D. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering,
University of Toronto, 1996
[9] Mobasher, B. and Mitchell, T.M., “Laboratory Experience with the Rapid Chloride
Permeability Test”, ACI SP-108: Permeability of Concrete, (ed. D. Whiting, A. Walitt),
American Concrete Institute, 1988
[10] Tang, L. and Nilsson, L.-O., “Chloride Diffusivity in High Strength Concrete”,
Nordic Concrete Research, Vol. 11, pp. 162-170, 1992
432
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LATERAL RESPONSE OF STEEL BRACED REINFORCED
CONCRETE STRUCTURE OF UNSYMMETRICAL HIGH RISE
BUILDINGS
Dr.V Mallikarjuna Reddy 1, G.Sravanthi2
Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET Hyderabad, Email: evmreddyin@yahoo.co.in.
M.Tech Student, Department of Civil Engineering (Structural Engg.), GRIET Hyderabad .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract
Steel bracings are lateral load resisting structural members which helps in increasing the
strength of RC structures. They also serve both architectural and structural requirements
considering gravity and lateral loads. Present analytical seismic study deals with optimum
location of internal steel bracing system in unsymmetrical high rise building of G+30 storeys
in Zone 5 following IS 1893(part-1):2002 considering also wind effect by ETABS-2013
software. An unsymmetrical building plan of T-Shape is considered with different steel
bracing system such as X, Knee, Single Diagonal, Inverted V bracings are assigned in
various locations of building. Gravity, wind and seismic forces are acted to the structure.
Response of the structure is compared with bracings and without bracings in Equivalent
static analysis and Response spectrum analysis. Braces are connected within the storey and
more than one storey considering five different types. The results are compared with bare
frame and five types and optimum location of bracings are compared. The response of the
structure is compared considering lateral displacement, story drift, story stiffness, base
shear, story torsion, eccentricity and time period.
Keywords: Unsymmetrical Building Plan, steel bracing, RC Frame, lateral loading,

Response Spectrum Analysis, Ductility.
1.0 Introduction
Functionality of all kinds of structural forms is to transfer gravity load effectively and
structure should resist lateral load caused by wind and seismic forces. Lateral loads influences
structure in developing high stresses and more sway. Therefore structure needs to have
sufficient strength against vertical loads and adequate stiffness to resist lateral forces and
resisting deformation without any collapse. For overcoming this problem lateral force resisting
systems such as bracings, shear wall increase the strength of RC framed structures and helps
for rehabilitation of structural damage caused by earthquake or strengthening of an undamaged
structure focusing stability and stiffness.
2.0 STRUCTURAL FORMS

The determination of structural form of a tall building or high rise building would
perfectly involves arrangement of the major structural elements to resist various
combinations of lateral loads and gravity loads. Structural considerations strongly influence
the selection of structural form and resist bending or flexure, shear and axial tension or
compression.
433
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ability of the structural system and material to deform and absorb energy without
collapse or fracture is termed as ductility. Selection of structural forms strongly influences
following factors that has to be taken into account:
1. The internal planning
2. The material and the method of construction
3. The nature and magnitude of the horizontal loading
4. The external architectural treatment
5. The height and proportions of the building and
6. The planned location and routing of the service systems
3.0 Objectives of the present work
Earthquakes are occurring very frequently now-a-days. The seismic analysis and design
of buildings has traditionally focused on reducing the risk and loss of life. To reduce the
effects caused by these earthquakes and wind loads different lateral loading systems are
introduced in the structures. Steel bracings are one of the lateral loading systems commonly
constructed in high rise buildings.
In symmetrical buildings centre of mass and centre of rigidity coincides but in the case
of unsymmetrical buildings the centre of mass and centre of rigidity does not coincide.
Position of steel bracing in unsymmetrical building is a challenge considering stability,
stiffness and reducing torsional effect. So, it is very necessary to locate position of steel
bracing in unsymmetrical buildings to minimize the torsion effect. The position and type of
steel bracing effects the building in aspects of displacement, base shear, and storey drifts etc.
In the present work the following tasks are carried out,
1 To study the behavior of high rise building of G+ 30 storeys’s RCC structure considering
T –shape plan providing steel bracings at various exterior locations of structure with
seismic, wind loading and different types of steel bracings.
2 Both Equivalent static analysis and Response spectrum analysis are carried out.
3 The variation of minimum storey shear, storey torsion, and maximum storey stiffness of
the models has been studied.
4 The variation of storey drifts, time period and displacements of the models has been
studied.
5 Considering all aspects comparing all models optimum location of steel bracing focusing
ductility, control drifts and stiffness has been studied.
4.0 BUILDING CONFIGURATION:
434
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4.1: Modeling Information
Software ETABS-2013
No. of stories G + 30
Height of Building 105.6 m
40 m(unsymmetrical along X Direction)

Length of building
40 m(symmetrical along Y Direction)
Bay Dimensions 8 m (both directions)

Material Properties
Grade of concrete M40
Grade of steel 415
Density of reinforced concrete 25 KN/m 3
Member Properties
Thickness of slab 0.200 m
Beam Cross Section 0.3m X 0.9 m
Plinth Beam Cross Section 0.3m X 0.75m
1.2m X 1.2m
(Up to story 10)
Column Cross Section 1.0m X 1.0m
(11 to 20 story)
0.8m X 0.8m
Steel Bracing Section (21200X200X25
ISA to 30 story)
Table 4.2: Loading Information
Live Load 3 KN/m2

Floor Finish 1.5 KN/m2
Wall Loading 9.2 KN/m
Wall Loading(parapet) 4.37 KN/m
Seismic Loading Conditions
Zone V
Soil Type Medium
Importance Factor 1
Response reduction 5
Wind Loading Conditions
Wind Speed 47m/s
Terrain Category 1
Structure Class C
Topography factor
1.2
(k3)
Figure 4.1:Isometric view of complete structure

5.0 Types of bracings:
5.1 Geometrical View: In geometrical view, bracings are divided into two
categories- concentric bracings and eccentric bracings.
435
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1.1 Concentric bracings: In concentric braced frames columns, beams, and braces
intersect at a common point such that the member forces are axial. They accommodates fully
triangulated vertical truss with combination of beams, braces and columns. These bracings
are generally used where no obstructions in serviceability (considering architectural view) of
building and they are most efficient systems. The vertical truss system restricts in bending
and suitable for gravity and lateral loading. Various types are X, Chevron (V-shape and
Inverted V-shape), Single diagonal bracings.
Figure 1.4: Concentric bracings (a) X bracing, (b) Single diagonal bracing, (c), (d) Chevron
bracing, (e)
Single diagonal in alternate directions
5.1.2 Eccentric bracings: Eccentric bracings are not fully triangulated vertical truss and they
are generally used where are more obstructions in serviceability, generally door, window
openings and other obstructions. They are not efficient of lateral resisting system when
compared to concentric braced frames. Types of bracings are Knee bracing and bracing
layout without forming complete triangular truss.
Figure 4.1: Top view of Figure 4.2: Top view of Model 2 (X bracing),
Model 1(Without steel Model 3 (Inverted V bracing) and Model 4 (Single
bracing) Diagonal bracing) in highlighted part
436
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure 4.3: Top view of Model 5 (X bracing), Figure 4.4: Top view of Model 8 (X bracing),
Model 6 (Inverted V bracing) and Model 7 Model 9 (Inverted V bracing) and Model 10
(Single Diagonal bracing) in highlighted part (Single Diagonal bracing) in highlighted part
Figure 4.5: Top view of Model 11 (X bracing), Figure 4.6: Top view of Model 15 (X bracing),
Model 12 (Inverted V bracing), Model 13 Model 16 (Inverted V bracing), Model 17
(Single Diagonal bracing) and Model 14 (Knee (Single Diagonal bracing) and Model 18 (Knee
bracing) in highlighted part bracing) in highlighted part
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

Figure 4.7: Elevation view of five types of models (a) Type-1, (b) Type-2, (c)
Type-3, (d) Type-4,(e) Type-5.
437
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results of the experimental investigations conducted are presented below:
6.1. Response Spectrum Analysis:

6.1.1. Base Shear:(kN)
Table 6.1: Comparison of all models considering reduction (%) comparing bare frame
along Y direction.
MODEL TYPE-1 TYPE-2 TYPE-3 TYPE 4 TYPE 5
NO.
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
(2)ADEQUATE STIFFNESS
2 -20.73 -23.57 -18.76 -12.89 -7.2
3 -32.58 -13.53 -5.2 -3.61 -2.7
4 -6.38 -8.2 -5.38 -4.04 -3.12
5 -11.68 -13.99 -10.17 -6.38 -4.78
6 -14.64 -6.48 -3.92 -2.72 -2
7 -4.7 -5.03 -4.04 -1.09 -2.37
8 -2.95 -3.11 -2.6 -2.1 -1.64
9 -3.15 -2.14 -1.36 -0.98 -0.75
10 -1.63 -1.72 -1.39 -1.09 -0.85
11 -13.48 -6.33 -3.93 -2.76 -2.07
12 -10.74 -12.81 -9.28 -6.19 -4.71
13 -4.68 -4.91 -3.97 -3.07 -2.36
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 -33.02 -50.84 -32.07 -22.91 -15.55
15 -37.67 -35 -10.1 -4.67 -3.56
16 -11.97 -27.77 -11.57 -5.47 -3.91
From above comparative table we can observe that:
Base shear is maximum in type-1 group compared to model 1 and comparatively
decreases from type-2 and reaches minimum in type-5.
Providing more stiffness leads to maximum of base shear in type-2 group respect to X
and single diagonal bracing system.
Base shear decreases maximum in type-5 of -1.64% (X-bracing-model-8), -0.85%
(single diagonal bracing-model-10) and -0.75% (inverted V bracing-model-9).
6.1.2. Storey Torsion:(kN-m)
Table 6.2: Comparison of all models considering reduction (%) comparing bare frame along
Y direction at the base.
438
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MODEL TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 TYPE 5
NO.
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
2 -20.73 -23.57 -18.76 -12.89 -7.2
3 -32.58 -13.53 -5.2 -3.61 -2.7
4 -5.93 -7.41 -4.34 -2.77 -1.69
5 -11.68 -13.99 -10.17 -6.38 -4.78
6 -14.64 -6.48 -3.92 -2.71 -2
7 -4.31 -4.22 -3.05 -0.12 -1.33
8 -2.95 -3.11 -2.6 -2.1 -1.64
9 -3.15 -2.14 -1.36 -0.98 -0.75
10 -1.32 -1.06 -0.51 -0.12 0.13
11 -13.48 -6.33 -3.93 -2.76 -2.07
12 -10.74 -12.81 -9.28 -6.19 -4.71
13 -4.17 -3.89 -2.6 -1.5 -0.72
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 -43.99 -65.92 -32.07 -22.91 -15.55
15 -49.29 -48.5 -10.11 -4.67 -3.56
16 -19.56 -40.55 -9.1 -2.76 -1.09
Providing more stiffness leads to more torsional effect and torsional effect decreases
from type-3 considering X and inverted V bracing.
Storey torsion decreases maximum in type-5 of -1.64% (X-bracing-model-8), 0.13%
(single diagonal bracing-model-10) and -2.64% (inverted V bracing-model-9).
6.1.3. Top storey Displacements:(mm)
Y direction (DL+EQY).
No
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
2 39.29 40.97 38.64 35.66 32.96
3 38.92 36.03 29.52 21.79 16.39
4 28.77 26.26 21.14 15.27 10.52
5 38.18 39.39 37.62 34.45 29.61
6 39.76 35.29 26.16 19.27 14.62
7 25.61 24.67 19.27 4.56 10.15
8 14.43 15.46 14.06 12.2 10.52
9 16.01 12.85 9.31 6.8 5.03
10 8.85 8.47 6.42 4.56 3.07
11 35.1 31.47 23.74 17.6 13.31
12 33.89 34.73 33.52 30.63 26.63
13 22.91 21.88 17.04 12.48 8.75
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 43.48 45.53 43.02 40.04 36.5
15 45.81 40.22 34.08 27.56 21.32
16 30.91 27.75 22.53 18.72 13.22
439
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Displacement decreases maximum in type-2 of 45.53% (X-bracing-model-14), type-1 of
30.91% (single diagonal bracing-model-16) and 45.81% (inverted V bracing-model-15).
Considering adequate stiffness displacement decreases maximum in type-2 of 40.97% (X-
bracing-model-2), type-1 of 28.77% (single diagonal bracing-model-4) and 38.92% (inverted
V bracing-model-3).
Table 6. 4: Comparison of all models considering reduction (%) comparing bare frame along
Y direction (DL-WLY).
No
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
2 53.45 48.57 44.93 39.66 34.31
3 50.58 40.43 30.36 22.54 17.2
4 30.13 29.2 23.39 17.66 12.94
5 40.28 42.37 39.12 34.39 29.74
6 43.14 35.32 26.34 19.52 14.87
7 26.18 25.56 20.6 5.5 11.62
8 15.18 16.11 14.72 12.78 11
9 16.65 13.4 9.76 7.2 5.34
10 9.6 9.37 7.36 5.5 4.03
11 38.73 32.15 24.4 18.2 13.94
12 36.17 37.96 35.24 31.29 27.34
13 24.01 23.39 18.82 14.33 10.61
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 55.23 58.02 54.14 48.41 42.45
15 58.4 48.88 37.57 28.58 22.23
16 36.95 35.71 28.89 22.08 16.42
Displacement decreases maximum in type-2 of 58.02% (X-bracing-model-14), type-1
of 36.95% (single diagonal bracing-model-15) and 58.4% (inverted V bracing-model-
16).Considering adequate stiffness displacement decreases maximum in type-1 of
53.45% (X-bracing-model-2), 30.13% (single diagonal bracing-model-4) and 50.58%
(inverted V bracing-model-3).
6.1.4. Maximum storey drift:(m)
Y direction (DL+EQY).
440
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NO
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
2 43.63 45.43 42.12 37.8 33.98
3 43.63 39.16 32.33 23.18 16.41
4 31.46 28.37 22.75 14.9 9.29
5 41.68 43.27 40.6 36.14 30.09
6 43.48 37.44 27.57 19.22 13.82
7 27.72 26.49 20.73 4.68 9.07
8 17.93 19.29 17.93 15.19 11.88
9 19.8 15.33 11.09 7.7 5.18
10 10.37 9.65 7.27 4.68 2.16
11 39.67 34.49 26.35 18.72 13.1
12 38.08 39.24 37.15 33.05 27.79
13 25.13 23.47 18.72 11.59 7.06
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 48.02 50.18 46.51 41.83 36.65
15 50.47 43.27 36.07 27.72 20.73
16 33.26 28.65 21.17 14.97 8.42
Storey drift decreases maximum in type-2 of 50.18% (X-bracing-model-14), type-1 of
33.26% (single diagonal bracing-model-16) and 50.47% (inverted V bracing-model-
15).Considering adequate stiffness storey drift decreases maximum in type-2 of
45.43% (X-bracing-model-2), type-1 of 31.46% (single diagonal bracing-model-4)
and type-2 of 43.63% (inverted V bracing-model-3).
Y direction (DL-WLY).
NO
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
2 59.07 55.2 50.83 44.36 36.78
3 57.13 45.91 34.4 24.28 18.14
4 34.96 34.18 27.54 19.91 14.44
5 46.07 48.62 44.41 38.11 31.19
6 49.39 39.49 29.09 19.86 14.71
7 29.65 29.31 23.84 6.36 12.17
8 20.96 22.51 20.02 16.65 13.05
9 23.17 17.53 12 7.85 5.64
10 12.17 12.11 9.51 6.36 4.37
11 46.68 38.16 28.21 19.47 14.38
12 43.69 46.02 42.2 36.67 30.03
13 28.37 27.82 22.62 15.82 11.28
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 60.56 63.27 58.74 51.6 43.58
15 63.77 53.04 40.21 29.31 22.4
16 40.71 39.16 30.59 22.01 15.6
441
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Storey drift decreases maximum in type-2 of 63.27% (X-bracing-model-14), type-1 of
40.71% (single diagonal bracing-model-16) and 63.77% (inverted V bracing-model-
15).Considering adequate stiffness storey drift decreases maximum in type-1 of
59.07% (X-bracing-model-2), 34.96% (single diagonal bracing-model- 4) and 57.13%
(inverted V bracing-model-3).
6.1.5. Maximum storey stiffness:(kN/m)
Table 6.20: Comparison of all models considering increase (%) comparing bare frame
along Y direction.
NO
(1)BARE FRAME
1 - - - - -
2 74.94 84.49 79.28 61.69 49.08
3 88.25 60.64 37.62 24.04 16.07
4 41.06 47.39 41.87 33.78 26.53
5 57.5 64.8 60.43 47.13 37.49
6 66.8 46.42 28.72 18.36 12.27
7 31.09 35.66 31.3 8.81 19.79
8 19.97 22.52 20.66 16.31 13.06
9 23.5 16.19 10.02 6.41 4.27
10 10.85 12.44 10.89 8.81 6.95
11 65.82 46.12 28.66 18.36 12.27
12 56.26 63.44 59.38 46.69 37.25
13 30.84 35.54 31.35 25.36 19.96
(3)FULL STIFFNESS
14 94.9 106.67 100.23 76.96 60.87
15 108.37 75.28 46.5 29.71 19.86
16 51.72 59.9 52.93 42.62 33.29
Storey stiffness increases maximum in type-2 of 106.67% (X-bracing-model-14),
59.9% (single diagonal bracing-model-16) and type-1 of 108.37% (inverted V
bracing-model-15).Considering adequate stiffness storey drift decreases maximum in
type-2 of 84.49% (X-bracing-model-2), 47.39% (single diagonal bracing-model- 13)
and type-1 of 88.25% (inverted V bracing-model-3).
7.0 Conclusions
1. Providing bracing influences global performance of the structure. Providing more
stiffness by bracings leads to reduces ductile nature, time period and increases
torsional effect. Providing adequate stiffness and continuous load path provides better
results with good ductility and reduces torsion.
2. Base shear is maximum by connecting bracing within the storey (type 1) and reduces
when connecting more than one storey. More the connectivity between storeys, storey
shear reduces and ductility increases. Single diagonal bracing controls maximum
storey shear and helps increase of ductility.
3. Storey displacement reduces maximum in type 1 along x-direction and type 2 along
Y-direction. Displacement increases when connecting of bracing more than one storey
442
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
along x direction and more than two storeys along y-direction. Storey displacements
are controlled by X bracing both along X and Y direction.
4. Storey drift reduces maximum in type 1 along x-direction and type 2 along Y-
direction. Drift control decreases when connecting of bracing more than one storey
along x direction and more than two storeys along y-direction. Maximum storey drift
are controlled by X bracing both along X and Y direction.
5. Storey stiffness is maximum in type 1 and minimum in type 5 compared to bare
frame. If connecting of bracing between the storey increases stiffness decreases.
Inverted V bracing provides maximum stiffness in type 1 and rest X bracing provides
maximum results.
6. Eccentricity is maximum in type 1 and minimum in type 5. If connecting of bracing
between the storey increases eccentricity decreases and torsion effect also decreases.
Single diagonal bracing controls maximum eccentricity in type 5 group.
7. Storey torsion is maximum when bracing is connected within the storey (type 1) and
reduces when connecting increases more than one storey. Single diagonal bracing
provides good results in control of torsion.
8. Time period is maximum in type 5 and minimum in type 1 because when storey shear
increases time period decreases and storey shear is maximum in type 1.
9. Providing bracing where the structure component is weak (such as tension capacity is
less at re-entrant corners) provides good stiffness and should be careful with
maintaining good ductile nature. In the present models, type-5 provides maximum
ductile nature but reduces stiffness compared to type-1 group. So, providing adequate
stiffness and considering ductile nature is most important aspect.
References
[1] Marc Badoux and James O.Jirsa (1990)“Steel Bracing for RC Frames for Seismic
Retrofitting”, Journal of Structural Engineering (ASCE), Volume No. 116Issue No.1,
PP. 55-74.
[2] Jose A. Pincheira, and James O. Jirsa (1990) “Seismic response of RC frames retrofitted
with steel braces or walls”, Journal of Structural Engineering (ASCE), Volume No. 121
Issue No.8, PP. 1225-74.
[3] M.R.Maheri, R.Kousari and M.Razazan (2003) “Pushover test on steel X-braced and
Knee-braced RC frames”, Engineering Structures, Issue No.25, PP. 1697–1705.
[4] M.A.Youssef, H.Ghaffarzadeh and M. Nehdi (2007) “Seismic performance of RC frames
with concentric internal steel bracing”, Engineering Structures, Issue No.29,
PP. 1561–1568.
[5] A.R. Rahai and M.M. Alinia (2008) “Performance evaluation and strengthening of
concrete structures with composite bracing members”, construction and Building
Materials, Volume No. 22, PP. 2100-2110.
[6] F.M.Mazzolani (2008)“Innovative Metal Systems for Seismic Upgrading of RC
Structures”, Journal of Constructional Steel Research, PP. 882-895.
443
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[7] H.El-Sokkary, K.Galal (2009) “Analytical Investigation of the seismic performance of
RC frames rehabilitated using different rehabilitation techniques”, Engineering
structures, Issue No. 31, PP. 1955-1966.
[8] A.Kadid and D.Yahiaoui (2011) “Seismic Assessment of Braced RC Frames”, Procedia
Engineering, Volume No. 14, PP. 2899-2905.
[9] A.Massumi and M.Absalan (2013) “Interaction between bracing system and moment
resisting frame in braced RC frames”, Archives Of Civil and Mechanical Engineering,
Volume No. 13, PP. 260-268.
[10] Hendramawat A Safarizki, S.A.Kristiawan and A.Basuki (2013) “Evaluation of the Use
of Steel Bracing to Improve Seismic Performance of Reinforced Concrete Building”,
Procedia Engineering, Volume No. 54, PP. 447-456.
[11] Amnart Khampanit, Sutat Leelataviwat, Jensak Kochanin and Pennung Warnitchai
(2014) “Energy-based seismic strengthening design of non-ductile reinforced concrete
frames using bucking-restrained braces”, Engineering Structures, Issue No.81, PP. 110–
112.
[12] A.Murali Krishna and Dr.E.Arunakanthi (2014) “Optimum Location of Different
Shapes of Shear Walls in Unsymmetrical High Rise Buildings”, International Journal of
Engineering Research and Technology Volume No.3 Issue No.9, ISSN 2278-0181.
Hand Books:
[1] Bureau of Indian Standards, SP: 6(1)-1964 –Handbook for structural engineers, second
revision, November 1964.
[2] Bureau of Indian Standards, IS: 875 (Part 3) -1987 – code for practice for design
loads(other than earthquake) for buildings and structures, second revision, February
1989.
[3] Bureau of Indian Standards, IS 456:2000-code of practice for Plain and Reinforced
Concrete, fourth revision, June 2000.
[4] Bureau of Indian Standards, IS 1893 (Part 1): 2002 –criteria for earthquake resistant
design of structures, fifth revision, June 2002.
[5] S.Bungale and Ph.D.S.E.Taranath (2005), Wind and Earthquake Resistant Buildings
Structural Analysis and Design, Marcel Dekker.
[6] Bureau of Indian Standards, IS 800:2007 –code of practice for General Construction in
Steel, third revision, December 2007.
444

E Proceeeding S Rice 2017 Final Draft

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

E Proceeeding S Rice 2017 Final Draft

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

E Proceeeding S Rice 2017 Final Draft

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROCEEDINGS

December 15-16, 2017

Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering & Technology

© Gokaraju Rangaraju Institute of Engineering and Technology, Hyderabad

Printed and Published by-

GURU CALIXTO PUBLICATIONS

We feel privileged to conduct a two day National Conference on

The Department of Civil Engineering is established in the year 2008, with

About RICE 2017

Chief Patron : Prof. P S Raju, Director, GRIET

Patron : Dr. Jandhyala N Murthy, Principal, GRIET

Convener : Dr. V Mallikarjuna Reddy, Professor and Head,

Co-Convenors : Dr. G V V Satyanarayana, Professor, GRIET

1. Dr. Mohd Hussain, Prof, GRIET

1. Dr. M V Seshagiri Rao, JNTU (Retd.)

Chair of Session 1: Dr. N Sanjeev, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET

Chair of Session 2: Dr. Md. Hussain, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET

Chair of Session 3: Dr. M V S Rao, Professor of Civil Engineering, CVR COE

Chair of Session 4: Dr. G V V Satyanarayana, Professor of Civil

10.00 am – 11.00 am Keynote Lecture by

Dr. G K Viswanadh, Professor of Civil Engineering, JNTUH CEH

11.00 am – 11.15 am Tea Break

12.45 pm – 2.00 pm Lunch

2.00 pm – 3.30 pm Keynote Lecture by

3.00 pm – 3.15 pm Tea Break

3.15 pm – 5.00 pm Paper Presentation (Parallel Session -1&2)

Chair of Session 1: Dr. N Sanjeev, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET

Chair of Session 2: Dr. Md. Hussain, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET

Day 2 (16-12-2107) (Saturday)

11.00 am – 11.15 am Tea Break

11.15 am – 1.00 pm Paper Presentation (Parallel Session -3&4)

Chair of Session 4: Dr. G V V Satyanarayana, Professor of Civil Engineering, GRIET

1.00 pm – 2.00 pm Lunch

2.00 pm – 3.30 pm Keynote Lecture by

Fuzzy Model Development In Green Building Material Selection

5 Settlement Analysis of Piled Raft System in offshore layered Soils

6 Watershed Analysis of Anegunta

8 Performance Of Basalt Rock Fibre In Strength Characterstics Of Concrete

10 FRP Retrofitting Of RC Building On Joints Using STAAD Pro

11 Experimental study on bacterial-based self-healing concrete

13 A Material By Itself Can Be Eco-Friendly Bamboo: As A Construction Material

14 Comparative analysis of international codes of practices for buildings

15 Studies of Nitric acid Attack on SCBA Concrete

An Experimental Study On Behaviour Of High Performance Glass Fibre

Effect Of Packing Factor (PF) On Workability And Mechanical Properties Of

25 Effect of Elongation Index on the Bituminous Mixes

26 Study On Properties Of Construction Materials

28 Replacement of Sand with Quarry Dust in M30 Grade Concrete

A Study On Replacement Of Additives With CCR+FA To Improve Bearing

35 An Experimental Investigation on Silica Fume on Steel Slag Concrete

40 Seismic Analysis Of RCC Multi-Storied Building On A Sloping Ground

Studies on Analysis of Rainfall and Runoff in Telangana Region of India

42 Safety at Signalized Intersections – A Case Study in Kolkata City

43 Durability Studies Of SFR-SCC Subjected To Elevated Temperatures

50 Studies on strength characteristics of Self-curing concrete

51 Strength Appraisal of Concrete by Using Recycled Aggregates

Need of Green Building Material

4.0 Related Literature

5.0 Fuzzy Model Development